Fitness Gear | Popular Science https://www.popsci.com/category/fitness-gear/ Awe-inspiring science reporting, technology news, and DIY projects. Skunks to space robots, primates to climates. That's Popular Science, 145 years strong. Thu, 01 Jun 2023 19:55:33 +0000 en-US hourly 1 https://wordpress.org/?v=6.1.1 https://www.popsci.com/uploads/2021/04/28/cropped-PSC3.png?auto=webp&width=32&height=32 Fitness Gear | Popular Science https://www.popsci.com/category/fitness-gear/ 32 32 A graduation gift guide for grads who love the outdoors: From practical tools to personalized accessories https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-gift-guide-for-grads-outdoor-gifts/ Tue, 25 May 2021 15:59:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=366540
A lineup of the best grad gifts for those who love the outdoors on a white background.
Amanda Reed

We’ve compiled a gift guide for grads who can’t wait to get off campus and lose themselves (figuratively) in the great outdoors.

The post A graduation gift guide for grads who love the outdoors: From practical tools to personalized accessories appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best grad gifts for those who love the outdoors on a white background.
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best for campers Graduation gift guide with the best camping hammock Wise Owl Outfitters Hammock
SEE IT

A durable option that doesn’t hurt the bank.

Best for hikers Two pair of socks in a grey color with written letters under them. Smartwool Hiking Crew Socks
SEE IT

These socks are made of Merino wool, which will keep your feet warm and dry.

Best solar generator Best Solar Generators Jackery Portable Power Station Explorer 300
SEE IT

Power small appliances while camping.

It feels safe to assume that—after spending the better part of many years cooped up inside classrooms, libraries, cafeterias, and/or dorm rooms—any grad is ready for a change of scenery, especially grads who love the actual outdoors. Once all their schoolwork is done, grades have been entered, and degrees are in hand, these grads will surely feel it’s time some exploits braving the elements, and you can help by giving graduation gifts for outdoor lovers that travel well. Wherever their love for the outdoors takes them, we have you covered with the best graduation gift guide for well-accessorized adventurers.

Best for campers: Wise Owl Outfitters Hammock  

Wise Owl Outfitters

SEE IT

If your favorite grad is equipped with just about everything they need to make it through a backcountry trip, get them camping gifts to introduce even more relaxation and fun to their next outdoor escape. A camping hammock is a perfect way to sit back, take a nap, read a book, or drink a calming beverage outdoors. This is the best hammock from Wise Owl and weighs under 2 pounds, including the hanging straps, so it’s perfect for campers who prioritize portability. When packed down, it’s about the size of a grapefruit, so your grad should be able to easily carry it with them or keep it stashed away in their car. Each hammock comes with tree straps and carabiners for easy setup, with no need for any additional equipment. It comes in over 10 colors so that you can choose their favorite. It’s 9 feet long and 4.5 feet wide, with a 400-pound weight limit, which should be suitable for just about any user. You can even grab a two-person hammock (weighing only 5 ounces more) if they tend to go camping with a partner or friend.

Best for grad parties in the backyard or backcountry: Ultimate Ears WONDERBOOM 3

Brandt Ranj

SEE IT

No graduation gift guide would be complete without some great speakers. If your recent grad is always on the go—heading out for day hikes, camping trips, beach hangouts, long bike rides, and more—you can’t go wrong gifting them a portable Bluetooth speaker. No matter where they are or what they are doing, a smartphone and a compact speaker will provide the perfect soundtrack for any outdoor activity. The Ultimate Ears WONDERBOOM 3 is an excellent option, weighing under 1 pound and equipped with a flexible handle that can easily attach to a backpack, bike basket, or belt loop. It’s only 4 inches tall, but the small, compact design doesn’t mean you sacrifice anything when it comes to sound. The portable speaker can reach up to 87 decibels (equivalent to standing next to a loud blender or vacuum) and produces full 360-degree sound coverage. This powerful Bluetooth speaker can also withstand the elements and is one of our favorite waterproof speakers for a good reason; it has an IP67 rating, which means it can survive being dropped into a body of water up to a meter deep for half an hour, plus it’s dirt/dust-resistant. In addition, the battery lasts a full 13 hours, so your grad can jam outside all day long. And, if they want to be a party-goer and a party-thrower, you can up the energy with a portable party speaker.

Best for hikers: Smartwool Hiking Crew Socks  

Smartwool

SEE IT

A hiker is only as good as their socks are strong, so give a grad who loves to ramble amongst the rocks a pair that will last. While socks may seem like a simple gift, a quality pair or two is one of those hiking gifts that can go a long way. You’ll be taking care of an essential need any avid hiker has and investing in their overall outdoor experiences. Take it from us: nothing ruins a hike faster than angry blisters and constant friction. Smartwool hiking socks come in various colors and sizes, both men’s and women’s. From a tried and true brand, these socks are designed for rugged day hikes and moderate backpacking. An elasticized arch brace provides extra support, medium cushioning absorbs impact, and a flat-toe seam keeps things comfortable. Made from Merino wool and nylon, these socks will keep their feet warm even during cold winter hikes. If your loved one likes to embark on a variety of adventures, you can check out Smartwool’s other socks specifically designed for activities like running, cycling, skiing, and more. There’s a reason we listed them as our favorite wool socks.

Best for interval training to interviews: Garmin epix Pro and Garmin fēnix 7 Pro

Garmin

SEE IT

Whether your grad is thinking more about the backcountry or the boardroom, they could use a smartwatch that helps them get where they need to be when they need to be there. And when it comes to multi-band GPS smartwatches, Garmin makes the best adventure accessories out there. Endurance athletes to purposeful wanderers can benefit from the rugged, sensor-embedded case, metrics-rich displays, and accurate navigation resources found in Garmin’s newest Pro editions of the company’s multisport timepieces—available in multiple sizes and colors with different types of scratch-resistant/solar-charging glass.

Best for your grad’s new apartment: Fuzzy Ink Wilderness Print

Fuzzy Ink

SEE IT

The perfect grad gifts for outdoor lovers aren’t always the ones they’ll bring on their adventures—they can be ones they’ll appreciate before and after an excursion. A woodsy print or poster is a great present for a graduate who needs a little help decorating their new apartment. At this point, they might have all the gear they need, but what they probably don’t have are elegant pieces that express their personality but also provide a sense of maturity for an adult abode. This print from Fuzzy Ink is an artistic way for your grad to stay inspired. It measures 18 inches by 24 inches and is printed on coated paper with a matte finish, so they won’t have any trouble finding a great spot to display it. This print quietly depicts the beauty and awe that many outdoor enthusiasts find so mesmerizing about being in nature. From the crackling campfire to the expansive display of fir trees, this piece will surely bring joy to a grad who longs to roam around the forest.

Best for outdoor athletes: CamelBak Octane Dart Hydration Pack

CamelBak

SEE IT

Any outdoor lover knows how important it is to stay hydrated. Whether hiking, cycling, or running, drinking water is key to preventing heat stroke, dehydration, fatigue, and other issues. Of course, a water bottle is the first thing we think of when it comes to H2O on the go; however, bottles can be bulky and cumbersome. So, if you want to get your grad a great outdoor gift that prioritizes function and efficiency, we recommend a CamelBak Hydration Pack. This multisport hydration backpack can hold 50 ounces of water and easily straps to your back with a long drinking tube and trap management to make hydrating hands-free. All they need to do is bite down and suck to get as much water as necessary—no need to stop during a long run or bike ride to grab a water bottle. The 3D vent mesh provides lightweight comfort and airflow, while front harness pockets can hold snacks, sunscreen, and other essentials. Reflectivity strips are added for extra safety during early morning or nighttime exercise. Your grad will be able to get a run in anytime, anywhere, and stay hydrated all the while. If you’re looking for more options, consider our list of the best hydration packs.

Best personalized gift: Engraved Compass

Etsy

SEE IT

A personalized gift is always a good idea, especially when you’re celebrating a significant achievement. Giving a gift designed specifically for them—something special that only they will have—will let your grad know how much you care for and support them. If you want to give a personalized gift suited for the outdoors, check out these engraved compasses. You can choose from existing mountainscapes or upload your own favorite photos and illustrations to be perfectly recreated on the compass’s cover. Practically any part of the compass can include etching, so you won’t have to choose between a picture or a message. You can even ask for your own handwriting to be impressed on the metal so your graduate can take a piece of you with them no matter where they travel.

A useful graduation gift for the outdoors: Victorinox Swiss Army One-Hand Trekker Knife

Victorinox

SEE IT

Outdoor enthusiasts know that it’s essential to prioritize gear that is lightweight, portable, and multipurpose. You will rarely find a seasoned camper lugging around a toolbox, though the need for various utensils and instruments is frequent. From quick repairs to food preparation, a survival tool or multipurpose knife is a helpful gift for anyone who spends a lot of time outside (they can also be pretty practical for indoor use). A Swiss Army knife is practical, classic, and cool. A household name when it comes to compact knives, the Trekker lives up to the hype. Its attached tools include a wood saw, large blade, 3-millimeter and 5-millimeter screwdrivers, wire stripper, can opener, tweezers, toothpick, and more. It’s one of those camping gifts that offer pretty much everything you need to make it through the trek without any issues. A knife like this is a thoughtful graduation gift that they are guaranteed to use for years to come.

Best thoughtful: Paddywax Candles Parks Collection

Paddywax Candles

SEE IT

A candle is a fantastic gift for any graduate, signifying new beginnings and ordaining their adult apartment, or childhood bedroom, with sophisticated, balanced scents to keep them calm as they figure out their next steps. We’re a fan of scented gifts in general. But if your recent grad pines for the outdoors but doesn’t have time to travel just yet, a candle that brings nature to them is even more highly recommended. Paddywax has created a National Park Service-inspired collection that features the complex aromas of our country’s natural wonders. “Yellowstone” has hints of sagebrush and fir, the “Great Smoky Mountains” features Maplewood and moss, “Acadia” has seagrass and driftwood, while the “Grand Canyon” smells like cactus flowers and fern. Each candle is 11 ounces and has a burn time between 50 and 60 hours. When they’ve used up every drop of wax the candle has to offer, grads can upcycle the jars and repurpose them as plant pots, beauty tool holders, catch-alls, and more. Best of all, Paddywax donates a minimum of $25,000 per year to the National Parks Foundation, so your gift will not only go to your graduate but support the beautiful natural landmarks they love so much.

Best for day trips: YETI Packable Lunch Bag

YETI

SEE IT

There is only one thing better than a day outdoors, and that is a day outdoors with snacks. Whether they plan on packing a lunch for a mountaintop picnic or bringing a few celebratory drinks to a grad party on the beach, beverages, and munchies are a must-have for your graduate’s next outside hang. A cooler is the best way to keep their tasty treats fresh all day long, so they never have to worry about their food heating up in the sun while they hike or swim. This YETI lunch bag is the perfect gift for grads to take food outside or pack a tasty lunch for their new job. Available in two sizes, a standard box or larger bag, and a variety of colorways, this pack uses Coldcell Flex insulation” technology and a “thermosnap” closure to keep food at the correct temperature, hot or cold. The adjustable grid means you can set the size by simply closing the top hook into any one of the available hoops. That way, the lunch bag can easily fit under a desk or be stuffed with snacks and drinks using all of its available 15.75 inches. This bag will pair well with just about any outdoor excursion, so your grad will be able to pack all the necessities and then some.

Best wearable: Outdoor Life Tee

540Brands

SEE IT

If you want to get sweet, versatile graduation gifts guaranteed to make them smile, go with cute graphic tees like this one from Outdoor Life. Available in both men’s and women’s sizes, the “Go Play Outside” slogan is a fun way for you to tell everyone you see where your priorities lie. Made from 100-percent cotton and available in five colorways, this T-shirt will complement any hunter, angler, hiker, camper, surfer, sailor—just about any outdoor enthusiast you could think of. The soft material makes these tees particularly great for lounging around a campfire, though we recommend sizing up for maximum coziness—your grad will thank you.

Best for dirty hiking clothes: STNKY Bag Pro Wash Bag

STNKY

SEE IT

STNKY’s Bag Pro Wash Bag is the simple gift our adventurous grad didn’t know they needed. The zip-up laundry bag can hold all of their dirty clothes during multi-day camping and hiking trips to prevent unwanted odors and bacteria from getting onto their clean ones. When it’s time to wash their clothes, the STNKY bag can be unzipped and turned inside out, at which point the clothes will fall into the washing machine without being touched. The bag itself is also machine washable, which is a nice bonus. Anyone who struggles to stay organized and sanitary during their next outdoor trip will love this gift.

Best portable firepit: Colsen Tabletop Portable Fire Pit

Colsen

SEE IT

Sometimes setting up a big outdoor fire pit isn’t feasible or reasonable, but that doesn’t mean giving up s’mores for the night. Colsen’s Tabletop Portable Fire Pit runs on the company’s odorless liquid fuel, can be set up and ignited within a few minutes, and produces flame up to one foot tall for roughly 45 minutes. This is the ideal gift for someone who’s into glamping or wants a fire pit they can use indoors and out at any point during the year. The fact that you don’t need firewood to ignite it is particularly important because rainy weather can make dry fuel hard to find. And if you happen to have a grad living somewhere with a sizeable backyard/patio, you can give them a tasteful taste of the campfire life at home with a Solo Stove Bonfire firepit.

Best firestarter: Pull Start Firestarter

Pull Start Fire

SEE IT

On the other hand, if you’re shopping for someone who spends days upon days out in the woods, they’re going to need Pull Start Firestarter. The fire starter is literally ignited by pulling a string built into its small box. Smoke will begin to billow from the box, indicating that the fire starter will be fully ignited within three seconds. It lasts up to 30 minutes once fully ignited. Beyond the convenience of not having to strike a match, keeping a pack of these around can be helpful during an emergency. It’s very difficult to light wet wood with a match, but prolonged exposure to a fire starter can do the trick. Whether they’re trying to save time or their own life, your grad will appreciate having a three-pack of Pull Start Firestarter in their pack.

Best hard cooler: RTIC Ultra-Light 55 Quart Hard Cooler

RTIC

SEE IT

No campsite or boat is complete without a cooler that can reliably keep foods and beverages cold for hours—or days—at a time. If you’re shopping for a grad who’s planning a big summer trip, there’s a good chance Ultra-Light 55 Quart Hard Cooler is the perfect gift. The high-capacity cooler has three inches of insulation to maintain a consistent temperature inside, but it was engineered to be nearly a third lighter than the competition. This means it’ll be easier to carry when filled with ice, food, and dozens of cans. A cooler is one of the few gifts that may actually last your grad a lifetime, so it’s important to make the right choice. If you know they tend to pack extra light, RTIC also offers a 32-Quart model of this same cooler. Want more options? Check out more of the best coolers for camping.

Best for post-trail drinks: Hydro Flask 25 oz Ceramic Reusable Wine Bottle

Hydro Flask

SEE IT

Enjoying a bottle of wine on a mountain sounds like a dream—but wine bottles and hiking don’t exactly mix. Give your grad the gift of sneaky boozing with this ceramic reusable wine bottle from Hydro Flask, which fits one 750 mL bottle of wine. It’s dishwasher-safe for easy cleaning and BPA-free for peace of mind. TempShield double-wall vacuum insulation keeps whites chilled and reds at room temp, and a ceramic-lined interior prevents flavor transfer. Although it’s advertised for wine, we think it’s also perfect for any spirit: Our favorite nature-inspired aqua vitae is Tin Cup Whiskey, cut with water from the Rocky Mountains and named after the tin cups miners used to drink. Need a more traditionally shaped option? Check out our favorite insulated water bottles.

Best unbreakable glasses: Silipint Silicone Pint Glasses

Silipint

SEE IT

We’ve included the Silipint in our best camping gifts guide, but we think it makes a great gift especially for someone who may be too transient for real drinkware. These shatterproof “glasses” are made of 100% food-grade silicone, meaning you don’t have to deal with dangerous broken glass. Plus, they’re a fun, bright way to reduce the amount of plastic your grad may use between graduation and their very first job.

Best for ski lodge lounging: Chaco Ramble Puff Ankle Boot

Amanda Reed

SEE IT

Chaco is known for its rugged and arch-supporting sandals, but we think their covered shoe offerings deserve some praise. The Ramble Puff Ankle Boot feels like a down parka for your feet, and they’re perfect for throwing on after a day of skiing or hiking. And, water-resistant rip-stop nylon means they’re not just indoor shoes—they can hold up in the great outdoors. If you’re looking for something that slips on, the Ramble Puff also comes in a clog style just as comfy and dreamy as its boot brethren. Our staff writer lives in both the clog and boot for women—don’t ask her to pick her favorite. Speaking of puffy stuff …

Best for camp comfort: Therm-a-Rest Honcho Poncho Down

ThermaRest

SEE IT

We all know the importance of having appropriate layers for hiking—but what if you want to stay warm without having to wear the same jacket you’ve worn all day. The Honcho Poncho from Therm-a-Rest (also makers of excellent sleeping pads) combines the lightweight, warm properties of 650-Fill Nikwax Hydrophobic Down with a water-resistant 100% recycled polyester shell for a wearable sleeping bag. You can wear it around the campsite or campfire or lay it out in your tent and use it as a blanket. Its front pocket doubles as a stuff sack to make it easy to stow away back into your pack (or to use it as a lite pillow).

Best for camp chefs: Opinel Nomad Camping Kitchen Utensil Kit

Opinel

SEE IT

These knives are great for a grad who trying to step up their outdoor cooking game. The kit comes with a serrated folding knife, a folding corkscrew knife, a pocket peeler, a beechwood cutting board, and a microfiber cleaning cloth that doubles as a travel pouch. A Virobloc safety ring is attached to all knives/peelers to make it safer to open and transport the kit. Your grad never has to struggle to cut a piece of campfire-cook beef or a hunk of crusty bread again.

Best hiking boot: Vasque Breeze Waterproof Hiking Boot

Tony Ware

SEE IT

Your grad deserves a new pair of hiking boots for successfully climbing the mountain that is college. This one from Vasque is comfortable—our assistant managing editor (his ankles and dog shown above) says, “Lightweight, breathable, and comfortable to … boot … the Vasque Breeze immediately impressed me by requiring zero break-in, then continued to impress me with its stability and traction.” This means grads can climb the highly-graded mountain of post-grad life and worry more about their rent than getting blisters. They’re waterproof and made of sustainable, durable materials for years and years of adventures.

Best headlamp: BioLite 800 Pro

BioLite

SEE IT

Grad gifts are all about shiny new things, and this new headlamp from BioLite should excite your night crawler. It packs 800 powerful, bright Lumens to illuminate any dark trails … or the way to the bathroom at night. Your grad will get 150 hours of power on low; seven hours on high; and 8 hours on reserve. It recharges using a micro USB port, and includes a Constant Mode for full illumination without auto-dimming. Plus, 3D SlimFit tech gives you bounceless, slipless, and near-weightless wear. Being comfortable and able to see where you’re stepping? Sounds like a win.

Best solar generator: Jackery Portable Power Station Explorer 300

Jackery

SEE IT

Jackery topped our list of the best solar generators, and we love the company’s small-but-mighty portable power station that can be charged by a wall outlet, car outlet, and the sun (!!!). The solar panel isn’t included, but you can get this bundle that solves the lack of solar panel upon purchase. It’s easy to carry at 7.1 pounds and can charge up to six devices while your grad is on outdoor adventures. Your grad may go outdoors to unplug, but you’ll get peace of mind that their phone or other powered essentials won’t die out in the wilderness.

Things to consider when picking gifts for folks who love the outdoors

From lite hiking gifts to entertaining accessories to full-on camping gifts, you can help recent graduates prepare for whatever their next exploration entails. Or, for graduates moving to a new city or starting a new job and unsure they’ll get out much in those early post-grad days, give graduation gifts that remind them of what they love, from naturally scented candles to beautiful nature prints. The key is determining their favorite outdoor activities, skills, comfort level, and existing accouterments, allowing you to match the grad with the gift.

Final thoughts on the best graduation gifts for outdoors enthusiasts

We hope this graduation gift guide for grads who love the outdoors has filled you with ideas and inspiration for the perfect present. Whether you’re celebrating a trekking champion, kayaking aficionado, or dedicated camper, you’ll find grad gifts for outdoor lovers that fit their specific interests. After all, a graduation gift, whether it’s hiking gifts or camping gifts, or apartment decor, is about celebrating their accomplishments and encouraging them to follow their dreams while holding onto their passions. 


PopSci wants to help you find the most useful shopping recommendations for the best gifts regardless of occasion or preoccupation. Searching for more unique gifts? Check out our additional expert gift guides, including Best Gifts for Travelers, Sustainable Gifts, Gifts to Turn Any Kitchen Into a Café, New Gear for those New Year New You Resolutions, and Science Toys for Kids.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post A graduation gift guide for grads who love the outdoors: From practical tools to personalized accessories appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best bone-conduction headphones in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-bone-conduction-headphones/ Mon, 23 Aug 2021 13:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=389546
A lineup of bone conduction headphones
Amanda Reed

Bone-conduction headphones let you approach audio and activity with open ears and an open mind.

The post The best bone-conduction headphones in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of bone conduction headphones
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall A pair of grey SHOKZ bone conduction headphones on a blue and white background. Shokz OpenRun
SEE IT

Impressive battery life, water resistance, and reliable connectivity make these the best pair of bone-conduction headphones around.

Best for kids A pair of pink bone conduction headphones with a unicorn pattern on a blue and white background N/0 Kids Bone Conduction Headphones
SEE IT

Give your kids a pair of headphones that will provide safe entertainment while they stay active.

Best waterproof A pair of blue bone conduction headphones on a blue and white background Shokz OpenSwim
SEE IT

A pair of open-ear headphones that’s waterproof, the OpenSwim suit doing laps in the pool swimmingly.

If you’ve got a bone to pick with the way traditional audio devices disconnect you from the world, there is another option: bone-conduction headphones. Headphones, in general, can play many valuable roles, no (or some) bones about it: they let you jam out to music, dive into podcasts, or dial into phone calls while blocking out environmental noise. This can help you concentrate on tasks, but there are some circumstances when being cut off from what’s around you isn’t optimal. The best bone-conduction headphones let you enjoy all your favorite listening experiences with your ear canal exposed so that you can drive, walk, run, bike, swim, etc.—all while remaining completely aware of your surroundings.

How we chose the best bone-conduction headphones

Bone-conduction headphones are still a relatively new product, but—after consulting academic articles, peer recommendations, real-world user impressions, and our own first-hand tests—we have identified certain models that stand out. Following extensive research, we selected pairs that address the specific needs of athletics, work environments, and age. We chose units that were easy to use, incorporated the features we love about traditional headphones, and prioritized sound quality.

The best bone-conduction headphones: Reviews & Recommendations

Sitting right outside the ear on the jaw, bone-conduction headphones are a different physical and acoustic experience than most people are used to. But different can be good. Here are our picks for the best bone-conduction headphones to help keep you in the hear and now.

Best overall: Shokz OpenRun

SHOKZ

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Shokz is dedicated to producing top-tier bone-conducting headphones, and the OpenRun is the company’s most advanced model, employing eight-generation technology to boost sound quality.

Specs

  • Frequency response: 20Hz-20KHz
  • Battery life: 8 hours
  • Charge time: 2 hours
  • Water resistance: IP67
  • Microphone: Dual noise-canceling

Pros

  • Good sound quality
  • Impressive battery life
  • Sweat-resistant for intense exercise

Cons

  • Hard to replace charging cable
  • Audio quality can’t hold up against traditional headphones
  • Buttons are close together

Without a doubt, Shokz has cornered the bone-conduction headphone market. The company produces thoughtfully engineered, top-quality products, creating an audio experience to complement the activities you enjoy. The OpenRun (formerly the AfterShokz Aeropex) is an excellent pair of bone-conduction headphones overall. Available in four colors and two band sizes, the OpenRun fits gently, yet securely, around the back of the head, looping around the ears and resting against the temples. The headphones employ patented eight-generation bone-conduction technology, are equipped with Bluetooth 5.0 SBC, and feature PremiumPitch 2.0+ signal processing, which prevents bleed, minimizes distortion, and produces a more dynamic bass with minimal vibrations. The battery lasts eight hours, and each pair comes with two magnetic USB charging cables, which can provide a full charge in just two hours. A dual noise-canceling mic will let you make clear calls, and included earplugs can help you tune things out when the time is right. An IP67 rating means this pair can withstand dirt, dust, sweat, and rain, while a built-in moisture detector will let you know when it’s getting wet. However, while the OpenRun is water-resistant, it’s not designed to be fully submerged in the pool.

Best waterproof: Shokz OpenSwim

SHOKZ

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The OpenSwim have an IP68 rating, which means they can be fully submerged in water for up to two hours; you can swim with them without making terrible sacrifices regarding audio quality.

Specs:

  • Frequency response: 20Hz-20KHz 
  • Battery life: 8 hours
  • Charge time: 2 hours
  • Water resistance: IP68
  • Microphone: None

Pros

  • Waterproof
  • Ample storage for songs and audiobooks
  • Comfortably fits under swim cap

Cons

  • Single-purpose headphones
  • No Bluetooth connection
  • Limited color options

The Shokz OpenSwim is specifically designed to deliver your favorite music, audiobooks, and podcasts while swimming. These headphones have an IP68 rating, fit comfortably under a swim cap, and can be submerged in 2 meters of water for up to two hours at a time. While these headphones are not Bluetooth compatible, they can store up to 1,200 songs (4 GB) of various file types, including MP3, WAV, AAC, and FLAC. The OpenSwim headphones feature the same command controls and PremiumPitch 2.0 technology as other Shokz open-ear headphones, so while you won’t be able to stream, you can listen to your favorites with solid, satisfying sound quality. They even come with a noseclip.

Best for calls: Shokz OpenComm

SHOKZ

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: A DSP noise-canceling microphone means the OpenComm headphones are able to isolate your voice while talking, drowning out any surrounding din but keeping you in tune with your environment.

Specs

  • Frequency response: 20Hz-20KHz
  • Battery life: 16 hours of talk time // 8 hours of listening
  • Charge time: 1 hour
  • Water resistance: IP55
  • Microphone: DSP noise-canceling boom microphone

Pros

  • Comfortable for long wear
  • Extended battery life for long phone calls
  • Boom microphone enhances call quality

Cons

  • Shape is hard to store
  • Some sound bleed might limit private conversations
  • IP55 rating could be better

The OpenComm headphones prioritize clear communication using an adjustable DSP boom microphone that suppresses background noise and highlights your voice when positioned near your mouth. Though the person on the other end of the line won’t pick up on your environment’s sounds, the open-ear headphones will ensure you can hear the person talking on the phone and the one right in front of you. The OpenComm system also lets you bypass your car’s choppy stereo if you have to make a call on the road, without cutting yourself off from the sound of traffic. You can also stay on the call when you’re at a job site or keep connected during a busy commute, all without losing situational awareness. You can get up to 16 hours of talk time or 8 hours of listening, and with Quick Charge, you’ll get a replenished two hours of battery life in just five minutes.

Best for multitasking: HAYLOU PurFree Bone Conduction Headphones

Amanda Reed

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: These waterproof, sweatproof headphones will hold up as you pump iron or just rearrange your living room.

Specs

  • Frequency response: Unknown
  • Battery life: 8 hours
  • Charge time: 10-minute quick charge
  • Water resistance: IP67
  • Microphone: Built-in wireless

Pros

  • IP67 rated
  • High sound quality
  • Long battery life

Cons

  • Proprietary charger

Using your sweaty hands to remove your headphones because someone is asking to use the treadmill is common in the gym. So is taking your earbuds out or headphones off repeatedly while roommates/family/friends try to talk to you as you get chores done. Keep your headphones on while keeping your ears open with these sport-friendly HAYLOU PurFree Bone Conduction Headphones. They are IP67 rated, meaning sweat and water won’t get in the way of completing your reps—whether that’s lifting weights or emptying the washer. An eight-hour battery life gives you all-day tunes power, and 10-minute quick charging gives you two hours of power. The sound quality is superb compared to other bone-conduction headphones, with deep bass and a solid range of highs and lows thanks to a strong Bluetooth 5.2 connection. A noise-canceling microphone means you can take calls without the background bleeding into your conversation. However, a proprietary charger means you’ll be tuneless if you lose power on the go, so prep before you step.

Best for kids: N/0 Kids Bone Conduction Headphones

N/0

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: These headphones include a volume limit of 85 decibels, and the open-ear design means your child will always be able to hear the world around them and when you call for them.

Specs

  • Frequency response: Unknown
  • Battery life: 8 hours
  • Charge time: 1-hour quick charge
  • Water resistance: IP54
  • Microphone: Built-in wireless

Pros

  • Lightweight
  • Volume limiter keeps kids’ hearing safe
  • Adjustable band can grow with your child

Cons

  • Soundbeaming technology is difficult to grasp
  • Susceptible to water damage
  • No noise cancellation means they’re not great for travel

These open-ear headphones aren’t exactly the same as bone-conduction headphones, but the form factor and effect are similar. With soundbeaming speakers resting outside the ear on the cheekbones, these headphones ensure your active child can stay alert to their surroundings even when listening to their favorite songs. With an adjustable band suitable for children ages 4 to 15 and a volume limit of 85 decibels, these headphones go above and beyond to address any concerns you might have for their awareness or hearing. They are equipped with Bluetooth 5.0, 8 hours of battery, and an automatic sensor to control playback. An IP54 rating means you won’t have to worry about a few spills or drops in the dirt. Whether they’re skateboarding, biking, or just running around the backyard, your kids can enjoy music and mobility safely.

Best budget: Guudsound Bone Conduction Headphones

Guudsound

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: If bone conduction is new to you, you might not be ready to shell out $100 or more. The Guudsound headphones produce satisfying sound quality and suitable specs in a great intro pair.

Specs

  • Frequency response: Unknown
  • Battery life: 6-10 hours
  • Charge time: 2 hours
  • Water resistance: IP54
  • Microphone: Built-in wireless

Pros

  • Inexpensive
  • Useful, responsive multifunction button
  • Sound quality is good for the price point

Cons

  • Flimsy build
  • Sound quality could be improved
  • Battery life is just okay

If you want to try out bone conduction but are not ready to invest in a high-end pair, this cheap model from Guudsound might be right for you. Available for less than $40, they are equipped with Bluetooth 5.0, a built-in microphone, multifunction buttons, and an adjustable band for comfort. The battery can last up to 10 hours, and a 15-minute quick charge provides one hour of playback. Each pair comes with a USB charging cable and a pair of earplugs so you can create custom noise cancellation.

What to consider when buying the best bone-conduction headphones

If your mom always warns you not to listen to your headphones while walking home at night, or you need to hear the traffic behind you as you pedal to work, try out the best bone-conduction headphones. To determine which pair will work best for your needs, you’ll want to consider where and when you’ll be using them the most. You’ll also want to make sure you understand how they work, especially if this is your first pair of bone-conduction headphones.

First of all, what is bone conduction, and how does it work?

Bone-conduction headphones allow you to experience audio sans any direct interaction with your ear canal or eardrum. While this may sound like some new-fangled, tech-heavy sorcery, there is evidence that bone conduction has been around for centuries. It is rumored that Beethoven relied on bone conduction to compose music after losing his hearing by attaching a metal rod to his piano and biting down on it as he played. But how does it work? 

Typically, sound waves travel through the air and are funneled through the ear canal to the eardrums, where they are then decoded into vibrations and sent to the inner ear (or cochlea), which is connected to the auditory nerve. When the vibrations hit the inner ear fluid, tiny hair cells start to convulse, creating electrical pulses that travel up the auditory nerve to the brain. This process is called air conduction. Bone conduction completely avoids the eardrum and relies on a transducer—like headphones, or a metal conductor’s rod in Beethoven’s case—to convert sound waves into vibrations and send those through the facial bones to be received by the inner ear. Essentially, the vibrations received by the cochlea are the same no matter which way you receive them; they are simply sent via a different pathway. 

This concept has even been used in reverse. The Sony WF-1000XM4 earphones include a bone-conduction sensor that picks up the vibrations from your voice during calls to help enable clearer speech without picking up ambient sound.

Who should use bone-conduction headphones?

Medically, the best bone-conduction headphones benefit those experiencing conductive hearing loss, a condition that directly affects the transmission of sound through the eardrums. Conductive hearing loss is just one way the auditory system can be disrupted, so bone-conduction headphones won’t work for everyone with hearing difficulties. 

Bone-conduction headphones are also helpful for those who need to maintain situational awareness while they enjoy their music. These headphones provide an additional layer of safety for bikers, hikers, drivers—essentially anyone who needs to be aware of their surroundings. Active in dense urban environments? Bone conduction makes for great running headphones. Bone-conduction headphones are also particularly great for swimmers. Air conduction is heavily suppressed when we are underwater, but the vibrations created by bone conduction can still be transmitted, which means a pair of bone-conduction headphones with an Ingress Protection rating of IP68 (a.k.a. waterproof) can keep you connected to your workout playlist lap after lap. 

Now, bone conduction won’t make your entire face shake, rattle, and roll, so you don’t need to worry about experiencing discomfort while you listen. In fact, many report that these headphones are secure, comfortable, and easy to wear. However, if you are sensitive to pressure, there is a chance that you may experience dizziness or headaches after a long stretch of listening.

How’s the sound quality?

If you’re an audiophile searching for your next pair of headphones, chances are bone conduction isn’t going to be what you’re looking for. That being said, the overall audio quality of these headsets can certainly get you through a tough training session or walk to work. At high volumes, audio can start to distort or get crunchy and an expansive mix isn’t really possible. However, with a quality model, you will still get to experience impactful bass; you’ll feel the vibrations instead of highly pressurized waves from over-ear cans. 

Just remember that even the best bone-conduction headphones aren’t meant to fit or even necessarily sound like traditional headphones or earbuds. If you haven’t used bone-conduction headphones before, you might feel inclined to turn up the volume as loud as it can go in an attempt to recreate that natural, passive noise cancellation that every other type of headphone relies on. Remember that nothing is blocking your ear canal, which means that you will purposefully be able to hear your surroundings clearly; maxing out the volume won’t affect that, but it could lead to hearing loss down the road.

Can bone-conduction headphones use Bluetooth?

Yes, there are wireless bone-conduction headphones that use Bluetooth 4.2 and higher to connect to smart devices such as cellphones and computers. Set up and pairing is no different with Bluetooth bone-conduction headphones than connecting any other type of Bluetooth headphones, and some may even have onboard controls like play, pause, and skip for your streaming services. Other models are more like a portable MP3 player, with the ability to store hours of songs internally that you can then play through without any wires involved. Remember the iPod shuffle? That’s what you’ll be getting—an excellent option for folks who want to jam out to a curated playlist while they focus on working out or a walk about the town.

Can you take phone calls with bone-conduction headphones?

Yes, some bone-conduction headphones are equipped with a microphone so you can answer calls on the go. While the headphones themselves can’t employ any passive or active noise cancellation to enhance your listening experience, some models can use technology to make calls crisp and clear. The headphones with mic use various means to minimize outside sound—like wind, traffic, etc.—ensuring that the person you’re talking to can hear you without interruption. Just remember that bone-conduction headphones are subject to more sound bleed than traditional units, so you’ll want to be conscientious about volume when it comes to private calls.

FAQs

Q: How much do bone-conduction headphones cost?

Generally, the best bone-conduction headphones cost between $80 and $150. It’s important to go with a quality pair to ensure you’re investing in a safe and well-designed model. Though the history of bone-conduction technology is long, its application to commercial headphones is relatively new, which means you’ll have the most success with an established brand, like Shokz.

Q: Can bone-conduction headphones cause hearing loss?

Any long-term exposure to loud noise can cause damage potentially leading to hearing loss; this includes listening to music at loud volumes with any headphones. At this time, there is no evidence to support the claim that bone-conduction headphones put you at significantly more risk for hearing loss than any other headphone type, including earbuds and over-the-ear models. It’s important to remember that bone-conduction headphones will not block out surrounding noise, so you should not try to block out additional sound by turning the volume up too loud.

Q: Can you wear glasses with AfterShokz?

Yes, you can wear your glasses while using Shokz headphones. The company recommends putting the headphones on first and then sliding your glasses into place for a more secure fit. They can also be worn underneath a helmet, and the waterproof model can be worn with a swim cap covering the tips of your ears.

Q: Do bone-conduction headphones sound good?

They say beauty is in the eye of the beholder, and the same goes for bone-conduction headphones. Imagine you’re holding a phone speaker up to your ear—that’s what it’s like to wear a pair of bone-conduction headphones. Will they perform the same as headphones with active noise cancellation? No. If hearing street sounds and skipping ANC earbuds is music to your ears, however, you’ll be happy going with bone conduction.

Final thoughts on the best bone-conduction headphones

Chances are you’re either an experienced bone-conduction headphones user or a novice looking to see if these air-conduction alternatives are right for you. Regardless of your familiarity, finding the right pair means homing in on when and where you’ll use them most. Think about your surroundings and consider your priorities regarding sound quality, microphone use, and waterproof rating, then shop accordingly. If you’re accustomed to traditional earphones or over-ear models, get ready to be surprised by the best bone-conduction headphones.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best bone-conduction headphones in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Garmin’s newest smartwatches are even more adventure-ready https://www.popsci.com/gear/garmin-epix-pro-fenix-7-pro-news/ Wed, 31 May 2023 16:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=544842
Garmin fēnix 7 Pro on a wrist with the flashlight illuminated
Garmin

The new epix Pro and fēnix 7 Pro high-performance GPS adventure watches offer more advanced features for serious endurance athletes and outdoor enthusiasts.

The post Garmin’s newest smartwatches are even more adventure-ready appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Garmin fēnix 7 Pro on a wrist with the flashlight illuminated
Garmin

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Garmin is well known for its expansive list of rugged fitness watches, with multiple lines specifically tailored to different activity types. And now, the options for adventurers and serious endurance athletes are even more extensive with the announcement of updated Pro versions of the epix and fēnix 7 watches. 

Most of the updates to these premium next-gen. multisport watches are incremental software changes, such as more activity types and new fitness measurement tools. But there are also a few notable hardware and build upgrades, including a new size option and AMOLED display for the epix Pro and an LED flashlight in all three sizes of both the epix Pro and fēnix 7 Pro. Both watches will also benefit from trickle-down features from the new Forerunners.

Garmin epix Pro details

Garmin just debuted its epix 2 line of watches last year. Despite how new the series is, the company is rolling out some worthwhile updates to make it even better in a new Pro version. With vibrant metrics-rich watch faces and extensive sensors/navigation features in a sleek body, the epix Pro remains a great choice for boardroom-to-backcountry adventures and weekend warriors, from climbers and mountaineers to ultra-marathon trail runners. 

Garmin

SEE IT

epix Pro and build changes

The epix came in two sizes—42mm and 47mm—while the Pro version adds a 52mm option for those who really want a statement piece on their wrist. The larger size offers more than just a dramatic look, however. Garmin packed extra battery into the 52mm version, which promises up to 31 days of battery life in smartwatch mode. The 42mm and 47mm both should provide 10 and 16 days of battery life, respectively. 

Like the epix Gen. 2, the Garmin epix Pro will be available in Standard Edition, which features Corning Gorilla Glass and stainless steel case, or the Sapphire Edition, which uses a more durable Sapphire lens and titanium case. And all three sizes get an even brighter upgraded AMOLED display for a colorful, detail-packed watch face. 

All three sizes will offer an LED flashlight, which can vary in intensity and features a strobe mode. We were glad to see the flashlight included even on the smallest watch since it is a potentially game-changing feature. It can illuminate your path while trail running or hiking in the dark and help others see you, which is invaluable if exercising near a road. 

The epix Pro also gets an updated and optimized heart rate sensor. Garmin didn’t provide any information on what exactly that means, but it says these changes will provide “enhanced multisport performance tracking.”

Fitness tracking features

Garmin watches are already robust in their fitness tracking abilities, but the company is not one to just let things be. The epix Pro will offer new activities, which include team sports such as soccer, basketball, and racquet sports, as well as horseback riding and more.

Beyond new tracking modes, Garmin also created new training features. Hill Score gives you a better idea of how your training impacts your ability to run uphill. Uphill segments are automatically detected and analyzed, and that information is combined with other physiological metrics to provide a score from one to 100. It even breaks the score down into Hill Endurance and Hill Strength, which reflect short, fast efforts versus long, sustained climbs. And it offers feedback to improve your training over time. 

The second new feature—Endurance score—looks beyond your VO2 Max, giving a more personalized look at your fitness. It analyzes both short-term and long-term endurance training and takes into account all types of activity, not just running or cycling. And, like Hill Score, it provides training feedback to help you understand your score.

Three new display types on the Garmin epix Pro smartwatch
The epix Pro will offer new terrain maps, a Red Shift Mode for night use, and weather overlays. Garmin

Additional new features

The Garmin epix Pro will provide a unique Red Shift Mode, which changes the display to shares of red. This lessens the impact on your vision when looking at your watch in the dark and reduces any sleep cycle disturbance you might get from the standard display. You can manually turn on this display mode or schedule it to automatically turn on and off based on sunset and sunrise time. And you can even select certain activities that automatically use Red Shift Mode.

Up Ahead mode will allow you to view running points of interest, such as checkpoints and aid stations, right on the map. This allows you to better understand what’s in front of you and plan accordingly on your race or activity. 

The last feature those navigating the backcountry will especially appreciate is the new weather map overlays and relief shading on topographic maps. The weather overlays can display temperature, precipitation, and cloud cover, to help you make more informed decisions on the go. And relief shading will assist in navigation. You can also opt into Outdoor Maps+ for even more map content, including satellite imagery and more detailed maps.  

Garmin epix Pro pricing & availability

The epix Pro is available for purchase as of today, starting at $899.99.

Garmin

SEE IT

Garmin fēnix 7 Pro details

Like the epix Pro, most changes to the fēnix 7 Pro are smaller software additions. The fēnix 7 Pro still comes in 42mm, 47mm, or 51mm sizes, though you no longer have the option of a version without solar charging. You can, however, choose between Standard Solar or Sapphire Solar, depending on how robust you want your watch face. 

Like many of Garmin’s new watches lately, including the Instinct 2X, the fēnix 7 Pro will feature an LED flashlight in all sizes. It offers a broad pattern, variable intensities, red safety light, and strobe mode. 

New training features

The fēnix 7 Pro also gets a new heart rate sensor. Garmin says this next-gen sensor utilizes “more spatially diverse optical sensors and sport-specific algorithms.” It should provide even better performance tracking for more activities, giving you even more accurate insight into your training. 

Like the epix Pro, the fēnix 7 Pro will also get the new Endurance Score and Hill Score for better endurance training insight. It also gets its share of new activities, including white water rafting, motocross, overlanding, and dozens more. And the watch will provide access to the weather map overlays, new relief shading, and Up Ahead mode.

Garmin fēnix 7 Pro pricing and availability

All versions of the fēnix 7 Pro are available for purchase at a starting price of $799.99.

The post Garmin’s newest smartwatches are even more adventure-ready appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best Memorial Day fitness deals let you jump into summer activities and save https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-memorial-day-amazon-fitness-deals-2023/ Fri, 26 May 2023 12:19:03 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=543181
Save big on gear with these Memorial Day fitness deals.

Break a sweat without breaking the bank with these deals, like 20% on an inflatable kayak.

The post The best Memorial Day fitness deals let you jump into summer activities and save appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Save big on gear with these Memorial Day fitness deals.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

The unofficial kickoff to summer is a great time to get active, indoors or out. The warmer weather invites barbecues and relaxation. So whether you’re training for a race, looking to get out on the water for the first time, or improving your putt, these Memorial Day fitness deals will help you prepare, have fun, and save money while you’re doing it.

Aquaglide Deschutes Inflatable Kayak $543.89 (was $679.99)

Inflatable kayaks are appealing because they’re generally much easier to transport than traditional models. But you shouldn’t have to sacrifice performance for portability. Aquaglide’s Deschutes Inflatable Kayak provides a solution: It’s both a cinch to toss into your car and includes features that paddlers are looking for. Plus, it’s currently available at its lowest price in months—just in time for the weather and waters to warm up.

This single-person kayak weighs just 18 pounds and fits into an included duffle bag. You’ll need a 12-volt air pump to inflate the three chambers of this open cockpit model, which is not included. Once inflated, this 11-foot kayak is designed with handles for carrying, a cushioned, quick-release seat, and adjustable footrests for a comfortable ride. The package also includes a quick-release fin, cockpit drain, and repair kit should you encounter rough waters. 

More outdoor fitness deals

Best home gym equipment deals

Best smartwatch and wearable deals

Best fitness accessories

The post The best Memorial Day fitness deals let you jump into summer activities and save appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best earbuds in 2023, tested and reviewed https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-earbuds/ Sat, 10 Jul 2021 00:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=378407
Best earbuds sliced and diced header
Tony Ware

Sweet earbuds to pair with jogs, joy rides, joysticks, joking with coworkers, just music, and more.

The post The best earbuds in 2023, tested and reviewed appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best earbuds sliced and diced header
Tony Ware

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall AirPods Pro 2 in my hand in Times Square Apple AirPods Pro 2
SEE IT

Apple’s AirPods Pro 2 offer the best balance of sound, battery life, comfort, and extra features.

Best noise cancellation Bose QuietComfort Earbuds II in my hand on a Metro train Bose QuietComfort Earbuds II
SEE IT

The Bose QuietComfort Earbuds II will become the most indispensable gadget for your plane trips or commute.

Best budget EarFun Air Pro 3 earbuds with charging case in my hand in front of plants EarFun Air Pro 3
SEE IT

EarFun’s Air Pro 3 earbuds offer better sound than we’d expect from a pair that cost well under $100.

If you’re wondering just how broad the personal audio market has become, consider the vast world of earbuds, ranging from less than $25 to well over $1,000. While wired earbuds still exist, True Wireless (TWS) earbuds have become the most popular option, thanks to improvements in micro-sized receivers that can deliver huge sound. Bluetooth technology has evolved to the point it can all but guarantee seamless connections, while an array of microphones and sensors help keep music and conversations clear. That means TWS earbuds are no longer a luxury item made by a select few companies. Yet there are still times when a wire is the way to go. Whether you’re an audiophile or a devout Apple enthusiast in the market for sports or gaming earbuds, we’ve compiled what you need to know to find the best earbuds that’ll match your needs.

How we chose the best earbuds

There are nearly infinite earbuds available—models of all shapes, sizes, and price points—so we relied on hands ears-on testing to determine the best ones currently available. Our tests helped us determine the best earbuds for several specific use cases, like gaming or podcast listening, and let us single out pairs that performed best when using key features like active noise cancellation. Audio quality was paramount when making our selections, so each earbud you see below passes our sound quality tests regardless of how much money you spend.

The most discerning listeners will be able to pick up the subtle improvements on more premium pairs, but each set of earbuds will sound great if you open up a streaming app, find the music you’re looking for, and hit play. Our focus has mostly been on TWS types, which have become the dominant style in recent years, popularized in the mainstream by Apple’s AirPods. The convenience of these earbuds is undeniable, and current-generation pairs from well-known audio companies and newcomers alike offer incredible sound for their size. But we threw in some other options, too. There’s no shortage of new and exciting earbuds, but these are the best ones you can get today.

The best earbuds: Reviews & Recommendations

Whether you’re heading out for a trail run, on an open-world quest, or need to get locked in a work groove, you can get a pair of earbuds to suit your needs. And you can find them below, where we’ve collected some of the best options for any purpose and across every price point.

Best overall: Apple AirPods Pro 2

Tony Ware

SEE IT

Specs

  • Style: True wireless
  • Battery life: Up to 6 hours
  • Active noise cancellation: Yes
  • IP rating: IPX4
  • Microphones: Yes (3)

Pros

  • Well-balanced sound
  • Solid battery life
  • Compatible with Spatial Audio
  • Updated case with “Find My” support

Cons

  • Best technical features only work when connected to Apple devices

Apple’s second-generation AirPods Pro—colloquially known as AirPods Pro 2—are the best earbuds you can get in 2023; there, we said it. The latest version of Apple’s true wireless earbuds feature appreciable improvements in audio quality, active noise-cancelling performance, Spatial Audio support, and they come in an updated case with genuinely useful features. In short, it’s the total package, and it should be the default choice for many, especially if you use Apple devices.

In our first impressions, and continued tests conducted over several months of frequent use, the AirPods Pro 2 consistently impressed. The earbuds don’t have a totally flat frequency response, but Apple’s sonic sculpting—a little extra boost to the bottom end and slightly raised mids—doesn’t make songs sound unnatural or artificial. Music with a lot of low-end sounds extra full without bass distortion, while live music, pop, rock, and jazz benefit from Apple’s tweaks. We never found ourselves wanting to muck around with a digital multiband EQ. Apple did the research to determine what would sound good to most people, and it mostly stuck the landing.

The original AirPods Pro earbuds were lauded for bringing premium active noise cancellation to earbuds, and the second generation brings several improvements in this area. The AirPods Pro 2 could block out far more ambient noise—keys being typed, birds chirpings, footsteps—and loud sporadic noises like a New York City subway car clattering on the tracks. It’s not the best active noise cancellation we’ve experienced in a pair of earbuds, but it’s not too far off.

Apple says the AirPods Pro 2 earbuds get up to six hours of playtime per charge, with an extra 24 hours thanks to its battery case. That’s mostly been true in our experience, though keeping active noise cancellation enabled all the time did drain the earbuds more quickly. With one or two 15-minute breaks, you should be able to get through an entire international flight with the AirPods Pro 2’s ANC turned on. If you work in an office, coffee shop, or at home with another people, the active noise cancellation should be sufficient to create a reasonable buffer between you and the outside world.

One of the big bets with the original AirPods was support for Spatial Audio, a type of binaural surround sound you can take on the go. The technology was impressive, if unproven, but Apple has spent the past few years coaxing artists to re-release classic albums or release new ones with a Dolby Atmos mix. The library for surround sound music on Apple Music has exploded, and the AirPods 2 let you take full advantage of it—though if you want the true Dolby Atmos experience, you’ll need to pony up for an Apple TV and surround sound speaker system.

Spatial Audio tracks on the AirPods 2 do sound more immersive than their stereo counterparts, especially if you enable head tracking, which will automatically pan music based on how your head is turned to recreate the experience of listening to music on speakers. Spatial Audio mixes are still hit or miss, but at least there’s a variety of music to choose from. Apple offers a way to personalize the Spatial Audio experience by taking pictures of your face and ears, but we didn’t notice a big difference and performance.

One of Apple’s most unexpected updates to the AirPods Pro 2 was changing its case. The new case has a larger battery, lanyard loupe, and support for “Find My,” which allows you to track the location of your AirPods 2 case in case the earbuds get lost. A built-in speaker can play a chime, making it easier to find. These welcome improvements make a tangible difference in the earbuds’ overall usability. Sometimes it boils down to nice things being nice.

The only potential downside to using the AirPods Pro 2 is that they’re designed to work best with Apple’s other gear, so if you don’t have an iPhone, iPad, or Mac, you’ll get a slightly worse experience. The AirPods Pro 2 will still sound the same and have identical active noise-cancelling performance, but features like instant pairing are absent. This isn’t a dealbreaker, but it’s something to consider if you live in the Windows and Android world.

Are the AirPods Pro 2 the best-sounding earbuds? No. Are they the best active noise-cancelling earbuds? No, but by offering a great technical and audio experience, they’re the most well-rounded pair. The whole is greater than the sum of its parts, and we can’t imagine anyone complaining about this pair of earbuds.

Best noise-cancelling: Bose QuietComfort Earbuds II

Tony Ware

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Bose’s QuietComfort Earbuds II have the most-efficient noise cancellation of any earbuds we’ve ever tested—to an almost eerie extent.

Specs 

  • Style: True wireless
  • Battery life: Up to 6 hours
  • Active noise cancellation: Yes
  • IP rating: IPX7
  • Microphones: Yes (4)

Pros

  • Best-in-class noise cancellation
  • Four microphones per bud
  • Bose app is actually helpful

Cons

  • Only three pairs of eartips are included

Bose’s QuietComfort Earbuds II are actually kind of scary. Their active noise cancellation was so effective that sounds I used to test it, like clapping my hands, didn’t produce an audible sound. The difference between what I was seeing and hearing was actually jarring. At some points, the only thing I could hear and feel was my heartbeat, a unique experience compared to my experience with other ANC earbuds. I’m not alone; our associate managing editor was also impressed while commuting with them on the New York City subway.

The reason for this incredible active noise cancellation? Each bud has two microphones instead of one. The mics are located above and below each bud’s ear tip, which also improves your vocal quality while taking calls. This hardware is tightly integrated with Bose’s custom processor, which continually adjusts to filter frequencies with laser precision. This performance comes in a pair of earbuds that’s roughly a third smaller by volume compared to the first-generation pair and comes in a dramatically smaller case.

If you don’t want to experience the full isolation chamber-like experience the QuietComfort Earbuds II can offer, you can adjust their active noise cancellation via Bose’s mobile app, which is better than you’d expect. The app walked us through the earbud’s initial pairing process and made it easy to switch between quiet and aware—noise cancellation and transparency modes, respectively—and allowed us to set two custom modes based on our personal preferences. We opted to create a “home” mode with active noise cancellation at 100%, allowing us to experience the earbuds’ true potential.

On the audio side, Bose updated the QuietComfort Earbuds II with 9mm dynamic drivers and Bluetooth 5.3 with support for the SBC/AAC codecs. We liked how the earbuds’ sounded out of the box and didn’t need to futz around with the digital EQ in Bose’s app—though we were pleased it was present. We could hear each instrument in complex arrangements, even while listening to lossy audio with ANC on. Subtle sounds—like the piano on “Smog Eyes” by Warne Marsh— were as present as prominent ones, a true feat. The earbuds could have heavy-handed treble on occasion, but that had to do with how certain tracks were mastered rather than a technical deficiency on the earbuds themselves.

There’s no shortage of excellent active noise-cancelling earbuds, but the Bose QuietComfort Earbuds II currently reign supreme.  

Best for multiple devices: Technics EAH-AZ80

Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

SEE IT

Specs

  • Style: True wireless
  • Battery life: Up to 7 hours
  • Active noise cancellation: Yes
  • IP rating: IPX4
  • Microphones: Yes (8)

Pros

  • Smooth multi-point pairing
  • Four microphones per ear
  • Compact size
  • LDAC support

Cons

  • Cost

Technics may be most synonymous with club turntables thanks to its legendary SL-1200 (now 1210MKII), a deck used worldwide by DJs. Still, music listeners (rather than performers) should immediately acquaint themselves with the company’s new EAH-AZ80 earbuds. Their marquee feature is triple multipoint pairing—the ability to keep the earbuds connected to three devices simultaneously—but that’s just the tip of the iceberg. We’ve had the opportunity to test the earbuds for a couple of weeks, and they’ve become the top pair we’ve tried in 2023.

Let’s start with their multipoint pairing, which works astonishingly well. After pairing the earbuds to a couple of devices, they would automatically connect to both as long as they were within range. If I paused music on the first device, I could hit play on the second, and the audio would immediately start to play. The same was true when I threw a third device into the mix—to be clear, I approach any Bluetooth earbuds multipoint pairing with skepticism, and no earbuds claim to work with three devices. This is very difficult to pull off technically, and the only earbuds that have done it as well are Apple’s AirPods 2. But Apple’s top-tier earbuds only support seamless multipoint pairing when connected to the company’s other devices. The EAH-AZ80s can be multipoint paired with any gear regardless of its operating system.

On the active noise cancellation front, these earbuds stand above the AirPods Pro 2 but not quite at the level of QuietComfort Earbuds II. They blocked out almost—but not quite—as much sound as the latter. Commuters and travelers can turn to Technics earbuds for excellent ANC performance, and it’s up to most of the rest of the audio industry to play catch up. As for how others can hear you through ambient noise, eight high-sensitivity MEMS mics plus advanced noise reduction capture and transmit your voice clearly. Surprisingly, Technics went from off our consumer earbud radar to near the top, but that’s how good the EAH-AZ80s have performed in our tests.

While we were pleased with the earbuds’ technical performance, we were blown away by how good the 10mm free-edge drivers (housed in a custom acoustic chamber) sound. Rich bass, smooth as silk midrange, and clear highs were present each time we hit play. It didn’t matter if we were listening to Miles Davis’ “Kind Of Blue” for the umpteenth time or catching up with the latest Dawes album released earlier this year; the EAH-AZ80s would continue to reveal new sounds during repeated listenings. These are reference-grade Bluetooth earbuds, especially if you’re using one of the few devices that support the LDAC codec (either a small selection of Android smartphones or a dedicated digital audio player), which offers near-lossless audio quality streamed wirelessly. If you have the right setup and audio files, these earbuds are basically peerless.

All of this performance comes at a cost, and while the EAH-AZ80s aren’t the most expensive earbuds out there, they’re a sizable investment. However, if you regularly bounce between different devices, stream high-resolution audio, prefer smaller earbuds, or can appreciate any combination of the three, we can’t see how these earbuds would let you down.

Best battery life: beyerdynamic Free BYRD

Tony Ware

SEE IT

Specs

  • Style: True wireless
  • Battery life: Up to 11 hours
  • Active noise cancellation: Yes
  • IP rating: IPX4
  • Microphones: Yes (2)

Pros

  • Incredible battery life
  • Bundled with eight sets of ear tips
  • Phenomenal fit

Cons

  • They stick out from your ears

Beyerdynamic has been a part of the audio world for decades, impressing us with its mixing headphones, among others, but its latest long-lasting earbuds took us by surprise. While we were pleased by the Free BYRD’s sound and fit, its 11-hour battery life (eight if you leave active noise cancellation off) is in the top tier of true wireless earbuds. If you toggle ANC on and off regularly, you should have no problem getting nine hours of music playback before popping them back into their case. If you do somehow run out of juice during a single listening session, the Free BYRD’s case offers an hour of music playback off a 10-minute charge.

Most true wireless earbuds last roughly five to six hours with ANC turned on—the extra two hours offered by the Free BYRDs make a huge difference on a transatlantic flight, where tuning out the whirring sound of an engine can make the difference between sleep and misery. The Free BYRDs’ battery life is impressive, but it’s not the only reason they’ve made the cut. We were also very taken by the earbuds’ noise cancellation, which only comes up short when compared to the QuietComfort Earbuds II.

While the Free BYRDs didn’t produce the same eerie isolation chamber-like effect as Bose’s earbuds, they did block out a significant amount of noise. When listening to music at 80%, only the loudest sounds—think a sudden, expected clang, or jackhammer on the street—could pierce the bubble. One of the reasons for this impressive performance was that Beyerdynamic includes eight pairs of eartips in the box, so you can find the ones that fit your ears perfectly.

A tight seal around your ear is essential to getting good active noise-cancelling performance, and the Free BYRDs pass that test with flying colors. A tight seal can put unwanted pressure on the inside of your ear, but that was never the case with these earbuds. Another upside: The earbud seal was so tight we could headbang to our heart’s content without the risk of them falling out.

Concerning audio, the Free BYRDs’ 10mm dynamic drivers produced sound on par with our top-rated earbud pick, the AirPods Pro 2. They support SBC, AAC, and aptX Adaptive codecs in their Bluetooth 5.2 container. In our tests, which included listening to music from different genres and spoken word audio like podcasts and audiobooks, the Free BYRDs never skipped a beat. Everything we listened to sounded surprisingly natural, which is particularly great when listening to people speaking.

Punchy bass, midrange clarity, and never-crispy treble are always a winning combination, as they are here. The sound was so good we never thought about mucking with the digital EQ in beyerdynamic’s MIY app. You can run through a hearing test in the app to tune these earbuds based on how sensitive your ears are to different frequencies, but this is entirely optional. We can’t imagine anyone being upset with the way the Free BYRDs sound out of the box.

You should be aware of the guitar pick-like shape of these earbuds, which makes them protrude from your ears. It’s not that you look silly wearing the Free BYRDS, but they will look different than most modern earbuds. That’s a small price to pay for their great sound, solid active noise cancellation, and exceptional battery life.

Best for sustainability: House of Marley Redemption ANC 2

Brandt Ranj

SEE IT

Specs

  • Style: True wireless
  • Battery life: Up to 6 hours
  • Active noise cancellation: Yes
  • IP rating: IPX5
  • Microphones: Yes (2)

Pros

  • Made from sustainable materials
  • Fast charging support
  • Surprisingly good fit

Cons

  • Lackluster app

With the Redemption ANC 2 earbuds, House of Marley has made bedfellows out of technology and sustainability without any major concessions. These earbuds—case and all—are made (in part) from a mix of solid bamboo, natural wood fiber composite, and recycled plastics.

In our tests, choosing these materials didn’t impact the Redemption ANC 2s sound, fit, or noise cancellation performance, which is especially impressive considering their relatively low price. They even beat some of our favorite earbuds in the durability department due to their IPX5 rating, which will protect them from damage by sweat or splashes of water—getting caught running in a rainstorm won’t spell trouble. This feature is especially welcome because the Redemption ANC 2 earbuds’ fit is so good that we can easily recommend them for working out. Running and jumping couldn’t dislodge them from our ears.

Active noise cancellation is the namesake feature of these earbuds, and we were pretty pleased with their performance in this area. They aren’t at the level of our more premium earbud recommendations, but that’s to be expected given their sub-$160 price. The earbuds effectively blocked keyboard typing and footsteps, but loud noises like car horns could still be heard prominently. They may not be the best choice for airplane flights, but the Redemption ANC 2s are perfectly suited for office use.

Our experience with the earbuds’ sound was similarly satisfying. We could detect a difference in clarity when comparing the Redemption ANC 2s directly to the AirPods Pro 2 or QuietComfort Earbuds II, but that didn’t dampen our enjoyment of listening to music. If you get these earbuds, you’re not going to be disappointed by the way they sound unless you veer toward audiophile hardware, in which case the Redemption ANC 2s aren’t targeted at you. There was some muddiness in the low end and some sibilance at the high end, but overall the earbuds produced a pleasing sound. You can mitigate some of these audio abnormalities by tuning the EQ in House of Marley’s app, but we were disappointed by how barebones this software was.

Despite this setback, we feel comfortable recommending the House of Marley ANC 2s to anyone who takes the sustainability of their technology seriously. You’ll end up with a good-sounding, great-fitting set of relatively inexpensive true wireless earbuds with a fair lower environmental impact than most gadgets.

Best for gamers: ASUS ROG Cetra

Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

SEE IT

Specs

  • Style: True wireless
  • Battery life: Up to 5.5 hours
  • Active noise cancellation: Yes (Hybrid)
  • IP rating: IPX4
  • Microphones: Yes (2)

Pros

  • Virtual 7.1 surround sound
  • Case has an LED
  • Price

Cons

  • Not the fullest ANC
  • So-so audio quality for music

ASUS’ ROG Cetra is a pair of budget-priced true wireless earbuds with features designed for gamers—provided you use the company’s Armory Crate software. One advantage of the ROG Cetras is that the earbuds fit into a hardware ecosystem. ASUS has desktops, laptops, mobile gaming handhelds, controllers, and these earbuds are designed to fit in. Their case has a pleasing rounded-off shape, and opening it reveals an LED—a trademark of PC gaming rigs.

The earbuds themselves feel comfortable to wear and get solid battery life for a pair that costs under $100. We didn’t find ourselves reaching for a charger more than twice a week during our tests, which is on par with earbuds that cost three times the price. The biggest difference between the ROG Cetras and their premium counterparts is noise cancellation. These earbuds support hybrid noise cancellation, which uses external and internal feedforward/feedback mics but isn’t fully effective at blocking noise. Light background sounds would fade away, but moderately loud ones remained audible.

A big draw for gamers who use ASUS Armoury Crate software is the ability to activate the low-latency gaming mode and use these earbuds to create a virtual 7.1 surround sound environment. The effect wasn’t as impressive as Spatial Audio on the AirPods Pro 2, but we could hear some additional separation when the settings were correct. The experience varied from game to game, and ASUS can’t control the sound mixing of each title, so your experience may vary.

We’re recommending these earbuds to gamers because they were designed with this use case in mind. Chiptune music from older and indie games, or explosions and dialogue from newer ones, sounded pretty good, but the ROG Cetra’s 10mm drivers weren’t tuned for music, which didn’t sound very clear. Nuances we could hear with higher-end earbuds were gone on the Cetras, and it was more difficult to discern sounds across different frequency ranges. If you need a pair of inexpensive earbuds to pair with your portable gaming machines, these are a solid pick, but music lovers should look at our other recommendations.

Best for working out: Apple Beats Fit Pro

Stan Horaczek

SEE IT

Specs

  • Style: True wireless
  • Battery life: 6 hours single-charge; 24 hours with case
  • Active noise cancellation: Yes
  • IP rating: IPX4
  • Microphones: Yes

Pros

  • High-performance active noise canceling in a compact earbud design
  • Secure design stays in ear when running or working out
  • Compatible with dynamic head tracking on iOS devices
  • Includes pocket-sized travel case and three eartip options

Cons

  • No wireless charging
  • iOS device required for full functionality
  • Not protected against water immersion
  • No multipoint pairing

We’ve thoroughly reviewed the Apple Beats Fit Pro, and they’re the best for working out thanks to their sound quality, movement-friendly design, and fantastic iOS compatibility. They contain the same proprietary H1 chip found in Apple’s AirPods, enabling near-instantaneous pairing, steady, reliable connections to iOS devices, and battery life optimization. Like AirPods, the Beats Fit Pro earbuds are also fully compatible with iOS head-tracking and Spatial Audio features for simulated surround sound and immersive media listening. Their inclusion of active noise cancellation (ANC) and transparency modes make them equally useful on the road and at the gym. We also love the range of colors these buds come in, particularly their unique skin tone range.

The Beats Fit Pro earbuds are designed to sit securely in your ears using small rubber wings that rest comfortably against your outer ear along with three sets of variously sized ear tips. A quick optional setup step uses the earbuds’ onboard microphones to test your fit for sound leaks. Once your optimal fit is achieved, the Beats Fit Pro can endure almost every exercise imaginable—from running to rowing—without budging. The earbuds’ conveniently pocked-sized charging case brings their total battery life to around 24 hours. While it would be nice to see wireless charging in a product with this price tag, we appreciate that the case is chargeable via USB-C rather than Apple’s proprietary Lightning connector.

If you work out regularly and are an iPhone user, you’d be seriously hard-pressed to find a better in-ear option because of the snug fit, balanced sound, and seamless iOS connectivity. If you’re sold on the Beats features but are looking for an option with earhooks, the Powerbeats Pro earbuds are also a solid choice.

Best planar-magnetic earphones: 7Hertz Timeless AE

Chris Coke

SEE IT

Specs

  • Style: Wired
  • Type: Closed-back earphones
  • Frequency Response: 5Hz – 40kHz
  • Impedance: 14.8 ohm
  • Sensitivity: 104dB
  • Weight: 5.5 grams (each earpiece)

Pros

  • Very well-tuned, balanced sound
  • Full of detail
  • Good bass performance

Cons

  • Unusual shape 
  • Limited soundstage

Unlike dynamic and balanced armature drivers, which comprise most earbuds, planar magnetics feature larger, thinner membranes—contributing to lighting-quick low-distortion transients but often require more voltage to drive. Luckily, the technology has evolved so that planar earphones are no longer expensive unicorns. Still, there has rarely been such a well-tuned option at such an affordable price. The magic of the 7Hertz Timeless AE lies in the tuning of its 14.2mm drivers (powered by double-sided N52 magnet arrays), updated to provide deeper, more impactful bass and smoother treble for hours of easy listening. It’s a warmer sound that delivers an enjoyable amount of detail, combining to make these earphones a well-balanced buy at $249. If you’re into wired earphones and want ones that don’t skimp on the bass, the 7Hz Timeless AE is an impeccable balance of price and performance. The Timeless isn’t perfect, however. It breaks the mold with the divisive, quarter-like shape of its earpieces. You’ll either be ambivalent about the shape or outright hate the shells—there doesn’t seem to be much in between.

And suppose you’ve got $1,500 and want something exclusively yours. In that case, the Campfire Audio Supermoon is an in-ear monitor featuring 14mm, 2-micron-thick planar drivers in solid-body enclosures custom-molded to your ear canals. The bass is textured but controlled, the midrange is dynamic, and the treble is honest (which can be a good or bad thing, depending on the recording). Planar IEMs are really coming into their own.

Best budget: EarFun Air Pro 3

Tony Ware

SEE IT

Specs

  • Style: True wireless
  • Battery life: Up to 9 hours
  • Active noise cancellation: Yes (Hybrid)
  • IP rating: IPX5
  • Microphones: Yes (6)

Pros

  • Bluetooth 5.3—with support for SBC, AAC, aptX adaptive, plus LE Audio & LC3
  • Multipoint connectivity
  • 45-hour playtime: 9 hours + 36 hours with wireless-compatible charging case
  • Delivers insane performance:price ratio

Cons

  • ANC, while good, isn’t going to match premium earbuds
  • Mics can pick up wind
  • Volume can seem low with some devices
  • Not going to rival the sonic separation of earbuds that cost 3x as much (but they cost 3x as much)

There’s cheap, and then there’s a bargain, and the two shouldn’t be confused. The EarFun Air Pro 3 is the latter: budget TWS earbuds that pack ridiculous features and value for $79 (less with regular discounts). Stemmed earbuds in the style of their namesake (the AirPods, natch), the Air Pro 3 earbuds feature active noise cancellation, Bluetooth 5.3, six mics, 9 hours of battery life, touch controls, multipoint connections, and more in a classic, comfortable ergonomic form factor. If you like the idea of AirPods but not the price, especially if you want that type of earbuds for an Android device, the Air Pro 3 is a top pick.

Bluetooth 5.3—with support for SBC, AAC, aptX adaptive, plus LE Audio & LC3—delivers a low-power, stable signal to feed the 11mm wool composite dynamic drivers higher-bitrate content. Bass is the standout frequency band, punchy without being paunchy, but its confident strut is nicely balanced by fleshy midrange and bright highs. And QuietSmart 2.0 hybrid active noise cancellation up to 43dB ensures you can enjoy that richly appointed range; it’s not Bose-level ANC but proves more than efficient. Plus, there’s a graphic EQ-enabled app to tweak settings and coax clarity. While imaging isn’t the best, and they’re not the most compact, the EarFun Air Pro 3 earbuds are great if you want to take some fun thump on your commute and they are the budget ANC earbuds to beat, particularly for fans of modern bass-heavy genres.

What to consider when shopping for the best earbuds

From a secure fit to fabulous sound, the best earbuds can provide what you need. Here are the main things to consider when shopping: 

How can I ensure a good fit?

TWS earbuds have become so popular, in part, because companies have been able to develop earbuds that won’t fall out. The best wireless earbuds include ear tips (typically sized S, M, and L, but sometimes including middle sizes like SM or ML) that fit snugly and comfortably in the canal of your ear. Some models offer flexible wings or fins that fit the concha and make the earbuds feel locked in place, while others come with hooks or malleable wires that curl over your ear to secure things. Deciding on the best design is a personal choice but, thankfully, many models come with multiple ear tip options—most often a mix of silicone (better for quick insertion/removal) and foam (better for isolation)—to give you a good chance of finding a fit that’s right for your ears. 

What if I might get caught in the rain?

The best earbuds offer some water resistance, and you can even find waterproof earbuds. The way to determine how your electronics can cope with environmental intrusions is by checking the Ingress Protection, or IP, rating—two numerals that indicate resistance to liquids and dust. Earbuds can go all the way up to an IP68 rating—meaning they can be fully submerged in over 1 meter of water for up to 30 minutes without damage, and won’t be heard by a tumble into the sand at a beach. If you live in a wet climate or work up a prodigious sweat on the treadmill, look for models with higher water-resistance ratings. But if you just need earbuds that can withstand a little drizzle or a few drops of sweat, an IPX4 rating could suffice. Many charging cases for the best wireless earbuds offer their own amount of water and dust protection. However, some of the best budget wireless earbuds sacrifice that added security to reduce costs.  

What if I’m a music-first type? 

TWS earbuds can work for audiophiles. The best earbuds have high-resolution receivers, digital audio converters, custom-tuned drivers, and amplifiers that combine to deliver sound replicating the original recording as closely as possible. Look for the newest 5.2 or 5.3 versions of the Bluetooth protocol with support for codecs (the digital format that compresses and transmits the sound) that match your device to your earbuds. Everyone supports SBC, but Apple prefers AAC, Sony promotes LDAC, and Android devices are likelier to support aptX/aptX HD/aptX adaptive/aptX Lossless. And these various formats operate at varying bitrates, from basic to high-resolution, with the top of the scale minimizing the lossy properties of compression.

Additionally, information like frequency response can tell you how well the earbuds reproduce low tones to high notes—20Hz to 20kHz is the baseline from which to expand—while the maximum decibel output tells you its capability. At the end of the day, the surest test is to see how the buds sound in your ears, but some of the best earbuds offer detailed EQ customization that almost ensures they’ll play music tailored to your tastes. And if you’re looking for the purest signal, it’s always going to come wired.  

What if I need some peace and quiet?

Almost all earbuds provide some amount of passive noise isolation, which means that they are designed with snug-fitting tips that can mute the outside world. Many of the best earbuds, however, offer active noise cancellation (ANC), which means microphones measure surroundings and speakers emit sound waves to neutralize the ambient noise in your environment—the effect makes listeners feel like they are in a cocoon of silence (though some users report a pressurized sensation). Some high-end earbuds step it up to adaptive noise-canceling, which adapts the noise-canceling algorithm based on the sound levels/types or location, and this is often accompanied by a transparency mode, which lets in (and sometimes amplifies) ambient sound when you want to listen to music but also need to hear external announcements, the traffic coming up behind you, etc.    

Yeah, what if I still have devices with a headphone jack?

If you’re an audiophile needing the most full-spectrum sound or a gamer needing the lowest lag, or maybe you’re just traveling and want to plug into the in-flight entertainment, shop for the best wired earbuds. While Bluetooth 5.0 should provide a fairly seamless connection, the only way to entirely eliminate lag or frequency response loss is to plug in—although the best Bluetooth earbuds limit these shortcomings to the point where most users can’t even notice it.

What if I’m taking a lot of calls?

If you want to talk to your helpful virtual assistant or want to handle work calls with your staff, you’ll need earbuds equipped with microphones (and if the earbuds have features including ANC, it’s safe to assume there are mics to spare). Beamforming microphones will focus on your voice rather than the sounds around you, while cheaper microphones may mean your listener will get lost in the chatter if you’re in a busy place. Earbud microphones are typically protected by fabric designed to limit wind noise, but if you have the buds in an amplifying mode rather than a noise-canceling mode, you may find the wind distracting.     

What if I need my earbuds to last all day?

Earbuds offer playtimes anywhere from a couple of hours to the length of a workday. Charging cases add additional hours—or even days—of battery life before needing to be plugged back in (typically with a USB-C connection). While average earbud life is anywhere between four and eight hours, recharging them typically takes 1.5 hours to 3.5 hours. And many of the best earbuds offer quick-charging options that let you gain an hour or so of playtime in a tiny fraction of that time.   

FAQs

Q: Are cheap wireless earbuds good?

Cheap wireless earbuds can be good, especially if you’re just looking for a pair to pump some tunes on jogs or make your commute more bearable. For less than $50, don’t expect superior audio quality. Still, cheap earbuds can offer surprisingly dynamic and detailed sound, and you should be able to find a pair (even True Wireless earbuds) that will fit comfortably, resist sweat, and even handle phone calls.

Q: What should I look for when buying wireless earbuds?

There’s a lot to look for when buying wireless earbuds; your price point and purpose can go a long way toward determining what features you should prioritize. For example, gaming earbuds must limit latency, while the best wireless earbuds for working out must stay in place and repel moisture. Audiophiles may want to spend more for earbuds with high-end processors and/or analog connections that can deliver exceptionally rich and customizable sound. At the same time, shoppers on a budget may be perfectly happy with a set of cheap wireless earbuds that still manage to provide adequate audio quality.

Q: Why are wireless earbuds so expensive?

By now, the technology has developed enough so that wireless earbuds don’t have to be so expensive. Still, building water-resistant earbuds that stay snugly in place and have tiny 6mm drivers and Bluetooth chips that can convert digital data into rich stereo sound costs money, so many of the best earbuds cost more than $100. But at a certain point, wireless earbuds are so expensive because the market allows companies like Apple to charge a premium. Therefore, you’d be wise to compare features and see what it is that you’re really paying for.

Q: How much do wireless earbuds cost?

The best wireless earbuds can cost anywhere from under $75 to over $300, depending on their features. Premium audio hardware (like specialty drivers and advanced Bluetooth receivers), active noise cancellation, multipoint connectivity, and waterproofing are the main drivers of price.

Final thoughts on the best earbuds

In many ways, the best earbuds are earbuds that you don’t even think about. They fit in your ear without coming loose and they deliver a sound quality as good as live music. Still, shopping for the best earbuds leaves you with much to consider. Set your price point and go from there. Then, determining whether you need features like ANC, transparency, low latency, and customizable sound depends on how you plan to use them and the sharpness of your ear. With the array of earbud options available, you can definitely find the best earbuds for you. Here’s to making a sound choice.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best earbuds in 2023, tested and reviewed appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
These discounted massagers can help you loosen up after your Zelda marathon https://www.popsci.com/gear/percussion-massager-spring-amazon-deal/ Fri, 12 May 2023 14:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=540814
Theragun Pro with attachments and Fit Kind compression boots on a blue background for Amazon's sale
Imagine using both at the same time. Stan Horaczek

There's even a hand massager for maximum gaming performance.

The post These discounted massagers can help you loosen up after your Zelda marathon appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Theragun Pro with attachments and Fit Kind compression boots on a blue background for Amazon's sale
Imagine using both at the same time. Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Summer is full of sore muscles. Whether from endless hours of yard work, rigorous outdoor activities, or too many hours spent curled up with an OLED Nintendo Switch playing the new Zelda game, your body could use some help with recovery. Right now, Amazon has personal massagers of just about every type on sale for the lowest prices we have seen in a while. The products range from serious therapeutic equipment to casual devices designed to give you a pleasant foot rub, so there’s something for everybody (and every body).

TheraGun Pro percussion massager $260 (Was $599)

TheraBody

SEE IT

This is the previous generation of TheraGun’s pro-grade percussion massagers, and it’s roughly half the price of the current version while offering almost all of the same features. My gym has had one of these in the mobility area for quite some time now, and it still works flawlessly despite hard use. The unique triangular shape provides options for holding it so you can dig into your traps without giving yourself a tricep cramp. A full battery charge provides up to five hours of operation, which is more than enough. In fact, it’s too much. Five hours with this thing and your body would be goo. It offers five speeds, six included attachments to pinpoint the percussion, and an onboard display to keep tabs on battery life and intensity.

This is a serious piece of equipment, and you’ll become hopelessly addicted to it if you frequently get sore muscles.

FIT KING Leg Compression Boots Massager for Foot and Calf Recovery $199 (Was $289)

Fit King

SEE IT

I know, these look a little ridiculous, but compression boots are phenomenal for recovery. These boots have three independent air bladders inside that inflate and deflate to strategically apply pressure to your feet and various parts of your calves. They offer three pressure settings and three timed treatment routines to match your specific tolerance and level of soreness. If you’ve never used these before, I highly recommend them as a person with impossibly tight and often very sore lower legs. It almost feels good enough to wash away the trauma of running for any amount of time or distance. Almost.

More massager and recovery deals:

The post These discounted massagers can help you loosen up after your Zelda marathon appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Get the Fitbit Versa 2 for its lowest price ever on Amazon https://www.popsci.com/gear/fitbit-versa-2-amazon-deal/ Thu, 11 May 2023 15:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=540452
Fitbit Versa 2
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Help yourself get in tip-top shape without tripping over your budget.

The post Get the Fitbit Versa 2 for its lowest price ever on Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Fitbit Versa 2
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Fitbit has the most recognizable—and some of the most highly regarded—fitness bands on the market. And, right now, Fitbit has marked down many of its most popular models on Amazon. The Google-owned company’s sterling reputation is based on the quality of its hardware and software—all of the health data your wearable collects is automatically synced with your Fitbit account so that you can measure your progress over time. Fitbit has also introduced more advanced sensors over the years, which can more accurately gauge certain aspects of your health. So, if you’re clinging onto an ancient fitness tracker, it’s likely time for an upgrade. A Fitbit won’t guarantee a healthier lifestyle, but it’ll give you the information you need to make exercise decisions.

Fitbit Versa 2, $101.93 (Was $149.95)

Fitbit

SEE IT

Several Fitbits are on sale, but we’re particularly pleased with the $48 discount on its Versa 2 smartwatch because the discount brings it down to its lowest price ever. This wearable can record your steps taken, calories burned, heart rate, and sleep cycles. It’s even waterproof, so you can wear it while swimming. There’s even a smart wake feature, which will monitor your REM cycle while you’re sleeping to wake you up at the optimal time. Many of these health tracking features are available on less sophisticated Fitbit models, but its smartwatch capabilities set the Versa 2 apart, making it a solid Apple Watch alternative.

You can use the Versa 2 to make contactless payments using Fitbit Pay or control your smart home accessories using Amazon’s Alexa, which is built into the watch. When notifications come to the watch from your phone, they’ll be easier to read, so you can decide whether it’s worth pausing your workout to address them. The Versa 2 can even run apps like Spotify, so you can switch tracks or start a playlist directly from the smartwatch. This is a lot of functionality from a Fitbit that’ll only set you back about $100 on sale.

Fitbit’s deals aren’t tied to a larger sale and can end anytime. Some models have even sold out already, and we wouldn’t be surprised if the Versa 2 is the next one to go. If you’ve been looking for an inexpensive but fully-featured smartwatch, this is the one to get.

Here are more Fitbit deals to get your heart pumping:

And here are other great deals that are ongoing:

The post Get the Fitbit Versa 2 for its lowest price ever on Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best electric mountain bikes in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-electric-mountain-bikes/ Wed, 27 Jul 2022 15:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=458178
Best electric mountain bikes sliced header
Stan Horaczek

Race you to the top!

The post The best electric mountain bikes in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best electric mountain bikes sliced header
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Rocky Mountain Instinct Powerplay Carbon 90 has a motor that will pull you up the steepest inclines. Rocky Mountain Instinct Powerplay Carbon 90
SEE IT

The Rocky Mountain Instinct Powerplay Carbon 90 has a motor that will pull you up the steepest inclines.

Best fat tire The Juiced RipRacer is made for bumpy rides on level paths. Juiced RipRacer
SEE IT

The Juiced RipRacer is made for bumpy rides on level paths.

Best step-through The Rad Power Bikes RadRover 6 is a bit small, but offers solid power and range in step-through form factor Rad Power Bikes RadRover 6 Plus Step-Through
SEE IT

The Rad Power Bikes RadRover 6 is a bit small, but offers solid power and range in step-through form factor

There are many reasons to take a closer look at electric mountain bikes. Maybe you’re into mountain biking, but you’ve never had much love for the uphill battle that comes before the rush of bombing down a trail. Maybe you simply want an electric that will handle an off-road scramble. Or maybe you’re just a real ebike head and want to try some of the latest tech-laden bikes coming out right now. Whatever box you fit into, the best electric mountain bikes offer cyclists state-of-the-art features and unrivaled all-terrain capability.

How we chose the best electric mountain bikes

As a die-hard outdoorsman and general bike enthusiast, I’ve provided a wide range of gear and tech coverage across a wide array of publications, including Popular Science, the Daily Beast, Runner’s World, Thrillist, The Manual, Popular Mechanics, and more. Electric bikes have become a key part of that coverage in the past few years.

As a result, I’ve spent months riding dozens of electric bicycles and mountain bikes, spanning every specialization and price point, and I’ve come to recognize true greatness from hype. In some cases, those tests were bolstered with additional research and observations drawn from expert and customer reviews.

The best electric mountain bikes: Reviews & Recommendations

Our favorite electric mountain bikes are made to handle a wide range of experiences. Some are made for serious mountain trails. Others are for more moderate off-road endeavors. There are options on this list for every kind of rider.

Best overall: Rocky Mountain Instinct Powerplay Carbon 90

bikes

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: The Rocky Mountain Instinct Powerplay really ups the torque to amp up its climbing ability.

Specs

  • Battery capacity: 720Wh
  • Motor power/torque: 700W peak/108Nm
  • Suspension travel: 150mm front, 140mm rear
  • Weight: 46.6 lbs.

Pros

  • Outstanding motor
  • Great descent handling
  • Responsive suspension

Cons

  • High center of gravity for taller riders
  • Complicated setting navigation

Based out of Vancouver, British Columbia, Rocky Mountain has quietly churned out amazing bikes for years. One of its latest ebikes, the Instinct Powerplay Carbon 90, packs a noteworthy punch thanks to the company’s powerful Dyname 4.0 motor.

With a peak output of 700W and an impressive 108Nm of torque, it exponentially increases your pedaling power when in its top setting. That’s more than enough oomph to get you over the top of even the most severe incline. At the same time, its suspension and transmission provide a smooth, responsive riding experience. It also has above-average battery capacity, allowing for a full day of riding.

What’s more, the Instinct Powerplay delivers outstanding performance over fast-flow trails and through moderately technical trails. I did find that its low-slung stance results in a somewhat high center of gravity for taller riders, and the digital settings can be a bit tricky to navigate if you want to make any adjustments or calibrations. Even with a few hang-ups, though, the Rocky Mountain Instinct Powerplay is a downright thrilling ride.

Best fat tire: Juiced RipRacer

juicedbikes

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The surefooted and powerful Juiced RipRacer is plenty of fun for scrambling over off-road terrain.

Specs

  • Battery capacity: 520Wh
  • Motor power/torque: 750W, 80Nm
  • Suspension travel: None
  • Weight: 66 lbs.

Pros

  • Outstanding surface grip
  • Outstanding power
  • Twist throttle
  • Integrated head and tail lights

Cons

  • No suspension
  • Heavy
  • Too small for some riders

If you’re looking for a powerful fat tire ebike for bombing around off-road, the Juiced RipRacer is surefooted, fast, and flat-out fun. While it isn’t built for technical mountain trails, you can have a blast zipping over gravel, dirt, or easy-flow trails with surefooted confidence.

The RipRacer stands apart thanks to a 750W motor that delivers plenty of get-up-and-go and a motorcycle-style twist throttle to let you zip up to speed fast. With an admirable 520Wh battery, you’ve got the power for a full day of off-road fun.

It’s worth noting that, unlike our top picks, the RipRacer doesn’t have suspension, so you shouldn’t take it out on actual mountain trails. It isn’t for extreme ground variations or overly technical trail features. And although its small stature makes it easy to throw it in the back of your vehicle, it’s still a fairly heavy bike.

For fat tire off-roading over uncertain surfaces like gravel, dirt, sand, or even snow, however, the RipRacer is as dependable as they come.

Best step-through: Rad Power Bikes RadRover 6 Plus Step-Through

radpowerbikes

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Powerful and capable, the Rad Power Bikes RadRover 6 Plus Step-Through delivers hyper-customizable performance.

Specs

  • Battery: 672Wh
  • Motor power/torque: 750W/80Nm
  • Suspension travel: 60mm
  • Weight: 73 lbs.

Pros

  • Outstanding power
  • Solid range
  • Twist throttle
  • Some suspension travel

Cons

  • Limited suspension
  • Too small for some riders

Rad Power Bikes has exploded onto the ebike scene with an expansive range of highly capable, highly customizable ebikes. The latest version of its RadRover fat tire ebike perfectly represents why the brand has garnered so much acclaim. With outstanding power and off-road capability, the RadRover 6 delivers an all-around fun riding experience.

With well-balanced performance, the RadRover 6 Plus is fast, especially when you rev it up with the throttle, and offers a solid range. It even has light suspension, making it a bit more capable on uncertain surface conditions. That said, at 73 pounds, it is the heaviest bike on our list, so it isn’t made for steep climbs. In fact, it may be too heavy to fit on your car’s bike rack.

Like all of Rad’s bikes, the RadRover 6 Plus is extremely customizable. You can add front and rear baskets or cargo carriers, bags, center consoles, water bottles, integrated locks, mirrors, passenger seating, fenders, and a whole lot more. You can even upgrade the tires with Tannus Armour for more off-road reliability. You can build the perfect bike for your needs.

Best hybrid: Ride1Up Prodigy XC

ride1up

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: If you’re looking for an around-town commuter that can handle the occasional off-road excursion, the Ride1Up Prodigy XC delivers.

Specs

  • Battery: 504Wh
  • Motor power/torque: 250W, 90Nm
  • Suspension travel: 120mm
  • Weight: 50 lbs

Pros

  • Solid performance
  • Surprisingly good suspension
  • Ergonomic stance
  • Relatively affordable

Cons

  • No throttle
  • No rack or taillights
  • Slow charging

The only “cross-country” bike among Ride1Up’s relatively affordable selection, the Prodigy XC is a daily commuter bike that delivers a surprising level of off-road capability thanks to its front fork suspension. It also delivers admirable performance, with a motor that provides plenty of uphill propulsion.

If you’ll use the Prodigy XC as a commuter (hence our “hybrid” designation) you’ll appreciate its ergonomic, comfortable design. However, it could benefit from the addition of taillights and a throttle. This is the sort of bike that you ride to work all week, then pedal over mild-to-moderate off-road trails for some weekend fun.

Arguably the biggest downside to the Prodigy is its relatively lazy recharging time. At five hours, it’s the slowest recharge on our list. Barring that, however, this is a nicely versatile ride.

Best budget: Cannondale Monterra Neo 5

cannondale

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Cannondale Monterra Neo 5 is a competitively equipped electric mountain bike you can get for a competitive price.

Specs

  • Battery: 504Wh
  • Motor power/torque: 250W, 85Nm
  • Suspension travel: 150mm
  • Weight: 53 lbs

Pros

  • Solid handling
  • Decent range
  • Strong motor
  • Relatively affordable

Cons

  • Slow charging time
  • Somewhat heavy

Sticker shock is a common reaction while shopping for an electric mountain bike. Many of our picks, and many others that we tested, cost upwards of $10,000. Mountain bikes are very expensive. Electric bikes are very expensive. Put those things together and you have an incredibly pricey bike. The Cannondale Monterra Neo 5 is not “cheap,” but delivers most of the specs and features you’d want from a modern electric mountain bike at around half the price you expect to pay for a top-of-the-line model. 

Electrically speaking, its motor offers admirable strength while its battery capacity is large enough for a solid afternoon of charging up (and then down) hill. It corners well, has a great suspension, and delivers an all-around enjoyable riding experience. 

Of course, with a much lower price, you can expect there to be a few flaws. The Neo 5 is heavier than our top picks and requires a very long 7 hours to fully recharge. For its price, however, these are easy flaws to overlook. 

What to consider when picking an electric mountain bike

There are a number of core concerns that you should consider when shopping for any electric bike, but certain elements are especially important in electric mountain bikes. You aren’t just looking for an ebike, after all. To provide superior off-road performance, a great electric mountain bike needs superior suspension, a strong motor, and a crazy durable yet lightweight frame, all of which tend to make them more expensive than your typical ebike.

Motor

More than anything, an electric mountain bike needs a strong motor. To literally power up steep mountain trails, you will need a motor that delivers unwavering propulsion, as well as plenty of torque, or rotational force, to pull your bike uphill over obstacles.

To make sure your bike can push you up really steep hills, we recommend a motor that churns out at least 500 watts (W) of power and 60 Newton-meters (Nm) of torque. That’s about double what we look for in a standard electric touring bike.

Range

One thing you absolutely want to avoid is having your battery give out on you halfway up a big hill. That means finding an electric mountain bike with a larger-than-average battery, capable of tackling long uphill and downhill rides that require more energy than the average ebike.

Keep in mind that while you would use a formula for a normal commuter ebike to determine how a specific model’s battery would translate into travel range, you can’t really measure how an electric mountain bike will perform off-road. There are a lot of factors that impact range—rider weight, ground conditions, and “elevation climb,” to name a few—that determining range is already a ballpark estimate that may change from ride to ride. Add in the unpredictable nature of trail riding and pinning down even a rough idea of the range becomes next to impossible.

That said, there is a direct correlation between the size of your battery and how long your ebike will be able to assist you. Bigger is better if you want a bike that will keep you on the trails all day long.

Suspension

Quality suspension, which absorbs the force of your bike hitting the ground after bumping over uneven terrain, is essential to any mountain bike, electric or otherwise. Solid suspension can make even a rocky uphill climb feel safe and relatively comfortable. Without it, any bump could jolt you off your bike.

Suspension is noted in millimeters of “travel,” which measures how far the suspension components allow the frame to move and absorb shock upon impact. We recommend looking for at least 140mm for hard riding.

Please remember that not all the bikes on our list include suspension, as some of our picks are intended for more moderate, off-road riding rather than rugged trails.

Transmission

Your electric mountain bike might be powered, but you still need a quality transmission with a wide gearing range to make it up steep inclines. Simply put, the more gears you have, the more you can reduce the force necessary to pedal up an incline. If you expect to be hitting the trails hard, you want at least eight gears if you’ll be doing any serious climbing.

Weight

Having a lightweight bike is key for trail riding. It makes it easier to pedal the bike uphill and provides more control when you’re zipping back down. For hill-climbers, you’ll want to shoot for a frame that weighs under 50 pounds. We have included a couple of heavier options here, but they’re oriented toward off-roading on level ground rather than steep inclines.

FAQs

Q: Do you need a helmet for your electric bike?

It’s always a smart idea to wear a helmet while cycling, and it’s especially important when you’re mountain biking. In fact, you should make sure to get a special helmet for off-road or extreme biking, as a typical bike helmet doesn’t necessarily provide enough protection for falling off your biking uphill, off-road, at motor-powered speeds. Always look for a helmet with MIPS (Multi-directional Impact Protection), and preferably with some form of face/eye protection like a visor or even a full face guard. Smith, POC, and Fox all make some outstanding electric mountain bike helmets.

Q: Are electric bikes good for hills?

With the right motor and transmission, electric bikes are outstanding for climbing hills. In fact, extra torque power, which allows for better climbing, is the best reason to spend the extra money on an electric mountain bike.

Q: How far can you ride an ebike?

There are formulas for calculating the approximate range of an individual electric bike, but they are just approximations. Even one specific bike’s range can vary from ride to ride based on the rider, terrain, and even the weather. This is particularly true with electric mountain bikes as you’ll usually be riding them through extremely diverse, unpredictable conditions.

Q: What are the disadvantages of electric bikes?

The biggest hurdle to buying an electric bike is the price. Even so-so ebikes cost around $1,000. As you can see from our top picks, the best of the best feature price tags well over $10,000. There’s a lot of tech that goes into an ebike and that tech tends to be expensive. 

Once you own the bike, the most common downside is potentially running out of power. Electric bikes tend to be very heavy. If your ebike runs out of juice mid-ride, it can be extremely difficult to pedal under your own strength.

Final thoughts on the best electric mountain bikes

Personally, I think riding the trails on an electric mountain bike is significantly more pleasurable than going sans power. Pedal assist practically eliminates the uphill struggle, allowing you to focus all of your energy and enjoyment on negotiating technical features and taking in the trail’s natural beauty. So whether you’re looking for a serious bike for extreme trail riding, or simply want to flow over easy gravel or dirt paths, powering up with one of the best electric mountain bikes is worth your consideration. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best electric mountain bikes in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best headphones for working out in 2023, tested and reviewed https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-headphones-for-working-out/ Fri, 17 Mar 2023 21:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=519976
A lineup of the best headphones for working out on a white background
Amanda Reed

Throw on some of these high-performance audio accessories and load up your perfect soundtrack to take workouts to the next level.

The post The best headphones for working out in 2023, tested and reviewed appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best headphones for working out on a white background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Beats fit pro amazon deal earbuds Apple Beats Fit Pro
SEE IT

A snug fit, balanced sound, and seamless iOS connectivity make these easy to add to any workout routine.

Best battery life A pair of Jabra Elite 7 active in-ear headphones on a blue and white background Jabra Elite 7 Active
SEE IT

These earbuds are highly resistant to dust and water and feature a great combination of ANC performance and battery life.

Best budget A pair of Anker Sport headphones on a blue and white background soundcore by Anker Sport X10
SEE IT

The soundcore by Anker Sport X10 headphones are great for runners on a budget.

Using headphones for working out can transform your frame of reference and put you in the mood to grind like nothing else. Of course, exercise can be strenuous and involve tons of movement, so it’s essential to find a pair of headphones or earbuds that leave you unencumbered by wires and fit securely enough that they won’t be flung to the ground every time you move your head. In this list, we’ll break down the best headphones for working out and optimizing your circuit(s) with your favorite music and podcasts.

How we chose the best headphones for working out

The best headphones for working out are wireless, and Bluetooth requires power. We picked headphones that offer at least five hours of single-charge battery life, and all of the earbuds include charging cases. Considering the battery life of your headphones is extremely important for keeping the flow going—you wouldn’t want the music to stop mid-workout. All of the headphones on our list fit securely around the head or in the ear to ensure that they move very little or not at all during workouts. Everyday headphones made for walking or when you’re stationary aren’t typically designed with extreme movement in mind.

Sound quality was also a big factor in considering headphones for this list, and many of the earbuds we picked either come with a full and balanced sound profile or offer the option to adjust their sound via an app. Staying aware of the activity around you is always important while wearing headphones, especially if you’re on the go. For our list, we picked headphones that either feature a transparency mode or are completely open-ear.

The best headphones for working out: Reviews & Recommendations

Prepping for a workout is all about getting your mind and body in the right place, and apart from stretching and putting on the right clothes, pumping up the jams properly can pump you up for a regular training run. One of our choices is sure to put a spring in your step the next time you go for a jog or lift weights.

Best overall: Apple Beats Fit Pro

Stan Horaczek

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Apple Beats Fit Pro features a snug fit, balanced sound, and seamless iOS connectivity that make them easy to add to any workout routine.

Specs

  • Weight: 0.2 ounces/earbud; 2.3 ounces with case
  • IP rating: IPX4 (splash-resistant)
  • Battery life: 6 hours single-charge; 24 hours with case

Pros

  • High-performance active noise canceling in a compact earbud design
  • Secure design stays in ear when running or working out
  • Compatible with dynamic head tracking on iOS devices
  • Includes pocket-sized travel case and three eartip options

Cons

  • No wireless charging
  • iOS device required for full functionality
  • Not protected against water immersion
  • No multipoint pairing

We’ve thoroughly reviewed the Apple Beats Fit Pro, and they take the best overall award on this list thanks to their sound quality, workout-friendly design, and fantastic iOS compatibility. They contain the same proprietary H1 chip found in Apple’s AirPods, which enables near-instantaneous pairing and steady, reliable connections to iOS devices along with battery life optimization. Like AirPods, the Beats Fit Pro earbuds are also fully compatible with iOS head-tracking and spatial audio features for simulated surround sound and immersive media listening. Their inclusion of active noise cancellation (ANC) and transparency modes make them equally useful on the road and at the gym. We also love the range of colors these buds come in, particularly their unique skin tone range.

The Beats Fit Pro earbuds are designed to sit securely in your ears using small rubber wings that rest comfortably against your outer ear along with three sets of variously sized ear tips. A quick optional setup step uses the earbuds’ onboard microphones to test your fit for sound leaks. Once your optimal fit is achieved, the Beats Fit Pro can endure almost every exercise imaginable—from running to rowing—without budging. The earbuds’ conveniently pocked-sized charging case brings their total battery life to around 24 hours. While it would be nice to see wireless charging in a product with this price tag, we appreciate that the case is chargeable via USB-C rather than Apple’s proprietary Lightning connector.

While the Beats Fit Pro earbuds are unmistakably great for iPhone users, it’s unfortunate that the instant pairing and steady connectivity of the earbuds’ H1 chip aren’t extended to Android users. For their price, it would also be nice to see features like multipoint pairing and more robust weatherproofing rather than the same IPX4 rating found in standard AirPods. Still, if you work out regularly and are an iPhone user, you’d be seriously hard-pressed to find a better in-ear option. If you’re sold on the Beats features but are looking for an option with earhooks, the Powerbeats Pro earbuds are also a solid choice.

Best over-ear: JBL Live 660NC

JBL

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The JBL Live 660NC boasts full bass, and balanced sound with a 50-hour battery life, making them perfect for spur-of-the-moment workouts.

Specs

  • Weight: 9.3 ounces
  • IP rating: N/A
  • Battery life: 50 hours

Pros

  • Long-lasting 50-hour battery life
  • Quick charge gives 4 hours operation in 10 minutes
  • JBL app offers EQ and other advanced features

Cons

  • Variable fit affects noise cancellation performance
  • Integrated voice assistant button is easy to press accidentally
  • Multi-button design is complicated to use and set up
  • No IP rating

If you prefer the fit and look of over-ear headphones for working out, the JBL Live 660NC’s are worth considering, thanks to their snug fit and battery life. They offer up to 50 hours of operation on a single charge and a burst charge for four hours of operation in 10 minutes, so they’re almost always ready to go on a moment’s notice. The 660NC’s also feature noise canceling and ambient-aware modes, making them equally suitable for use in noisy gyms and on busy streets. We had inconsistent results with their noise-canceling abilities due to the earcups sealing differently on different peoples’ heads, so if the best noise-canceling is an absolute must in your book, you’ll want to consider noise-canceling earbuds instead of over-ears.

Thanks to their 40-millimeter drivers, the sound of the JBL 660NC is balanced and neutral with a slightly pronounced bass response that makes them great for listening to pop, dance, and other beat-heavy music while working out. The JBL headphones app offers further sculpting of the 660NC’s’ sound with EQ and ambient-aware level adjustments as well as access to battery life indicators and more. The headphones also feature their own onboard suite of control buttons. Still, they require a bit of studying to master, and the voice assistant button that covers the entirety of the left earcup is easy to press accidentally.

Lastly, the 660NCs have no official IP rating, and while we didn’t experience any technical issues from getting them a little sweaty, you’ll still want to be mindful of using them in heavy rain or other settings where they might get doused. If you absolutely need to work out with waterproof over-ear headphones, the Jabra 85h is a satisfactory alternative that features great ANC but has a slightly less secure fit.

Best for CrossFit: Dóttir Freedom Sport Earbuds

Amanda Reed

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Dóttir Freedom Sport Earbuds simply won’t budge during high-intensity workouts thanks to their substantial ear hooks and wide range of silicone ear tips.

Specs

  • Weight: 0.33 ounces/earbud; 9.5 ounces with case
  • IP rating: IPX7 (waterproof for 30 minutes, not dustproof)
  • Battery life: 12 hours single-charge; 72 hours with case

Pros

  • Incredibly secure fit
  • Built-in touch controls
  • Long single-charge battery life, extended further with case

Cons

  • ANC performance is spotty
  • On the bulkier and heavier side for earbuds
  • Max volume is lower than comparable earbuds

CrossFit enthusiasts and others who perform more strenuous exercises will like the impossibly secure fit and high sweatproof rating of the Dóttir Freedom Sport Earbuds, an easy-to-use pair of true wireless headphones with a design similar to the Apple Powerbeats Pro that cost around $100 less. Coming from Icelandic CrossFit legends Katrin Davidsdottir and Annie Thorisdottir, who have a lot of experience with sets in the box (both exercises and audio gear), these earbuds come with a whopping 12 pairs of eartip options to ensure the absolute best fit for your ear canal. In addition, they feature a substantially long earhook, so they’re not going anywhere once they’re in place. An intuitive combination of buttons and on-earbud touch controls grant access to volume adjustments and music controls, allowing you to put your phone away and focus on your workout. To accommodate their overall design philosophy and long 12-hour single-charge battery life, the Freedom Sport Earbuds are a bit bulkier than compact earbud options like the Bose Sport Earbuds and Beats Fit Pro. However, they weigh around 0.6 ounces less per bud than the Apple Powerbeats Pro. When paired with the USB-C charging case, their total battery life jumps to about 72 hours.

While the Dóttir Freedom are advertised as active noise cancelation earbuds, their ANC performance isn’t able to filter out nearly as much background noise as some other brands that specialize in noise-canceling earbuds—the official spec is 35 dB of reduction. Some chatter, traffic, and other ambient noise may come through in normal workout settings. This isn’t a huge dealbreaker, considering that it’s good to have some measure of situational awareness anytime you’re working out. Still, if you need near-silent levels of ANC performance from your earbuds, you might look elsewhere. We also noticed that the Dóttir Freedom sounded a bit quieter than the Beats Fit Pro and other earbuds on this list at max volume, but we didn’t have the equipment necessary to test their max SPL, and it’s unfortunately not published. We were always able to feel the bass so we could keep the pace, however, and did like the performance for the price. And, with an IPX7 rating, the Dóttir Freedom won’t break a sweat no matter how hard you do.

Best bone-conduction: SHOKZ OpenRun

SHOKZ

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The unique design of the SHOKZ OpenRun keeps your ears fully open, so you can stay aware of your surroundings while running and cycling.

Specs

  • Weight: 0.92 ounces
  • IP rating: IP67 (dustproof, waterproof for 30 minutes)
  • Battery life: 8 hours

Pros

  • Fully sweatproof and weatherproof for high-impact workouts
  • Open-ear bone conduction design for improved situational awareness
  • Long battery life with quick charge function

Cons

  • Lacks bass response
  • Proprietary magnetic charger isn’t interchangeable
  • Not silent—others can hear what you’re listening to

The SHOKZ OpenRun is one of the best bone-conduction headphones on the market, boasting a unique open-ear design that allows you to listen to music and podcasts while maintaining full situational awareness. Unlike traditional headphone designs, bone conduction headphones employ a clever hack of human anatomy to transfer sounds directly to the inner ear by gently vibrating your facial bones from the outside in, leaving the entire ear canal unobstructed. The drawbacks to this design include that they provide no passive or active noise cancellation, and the vibrations can be audible to others, so they’re not the best choice for quiet environments or taking public transit. Bone conduction headphones also produce markedly less bass frequencies than traditional designs, making them less ideal for immersive music listening.

On the functionality side of things, the SHOKZ OpenRun packs about eight hours of battery life on a single charge and boasts a substantial IP67 rating, making them completely impervious to dust ingress and fully waterproof for up to 30 minutes. They have a comfy and lightweight headband design with easy-to-use control buttons that makes them particularly suited for running and cycling on roads and trails. While there’s no way to adjust the headband’s fit, the OpenRun does come in two different sizes. Another minor design gripe is that the OpenRun uses a proprietary magnetic charger instead of USB-C, making it more of a hassle to replace if it breaks or goes missing.

Best for a custom fit: Ultimate Ears FITS

Abigail Ferguson

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: These earbuds include tips that mold to your ears when first using them, creating a custom and comfortable fit. Plus, they provide up to eight hours of continuous playback. 

Specs

  • Earpiece weight: 0.4 ounces
  • Bluetooth version: Bluetooth 5.0
  • IP rating: IPX3
  • Battery life: 8 hours on the earbuds, 20 hours with the case

Pros

  • Tips are molded to your ear shape
  • They stay put even during exercise
  • Lengthy battery life
  • Built-in mic lets you take calls

Cons

  • Switching between Bluetooth devices can be a bit finicky
  • No active noise cancelation

Ultimate Ears FITS, otherwise known as UE FITS, are unique earbuds due to the custom fitting process. When you first get your pair (or a new set of tips), the app guides you through the molding process. This involves the photopolymer gel tips heating up with the use of light-forming LEDs. It’s a strange sensation but nothing uncomfortable by any means. The entire process takes just 60 seconds to let you get your earbuds and reps in almost immediately.

Once the tips are molded to your ears, they should offer more comfort and stability than other earbuds. I must have sensitive, small ears as I tend to get pain from most earbuds almost immediately, but I can wear my UE FITS for a few hours just fine. They also stay put in my ears better than anything I’ve ever used. While I don’t do any HIIT workouts, they don’t budge at all during my runs or weight training sessions (even during side planks).

Beyond fit, the UE FITS also sound good. They are slightly lacking in bass by default, but you can customize EQ settings to your liking in the easy-to-use app. Unfortunately, there is no active noise cancellation, but thanks to the snug fit, they provide a nice amount of noise isolation. And the earbuds offer eight hours of battery life on their own, with 20 hours of battery life for the case. 

Less athletically inclined but still like the idea of custom-fit earbud comfort for running errands (or the occasional power walk)? UE offers the DROPS, which have a more involved, more handcrafted process resulting in bespoke acrylic housings tailored to your personal specifications and aesthetic.

Best for Spotify: Bose Sport Earbuds

Bose

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Take your entire music library for a spin with these small-but-mighty workout earbuds that boast Bose’s signature balanced sound quality.

Specs

  • Weight: 0.24 ounces/earbud; 2.15 ounces with case
  • IP rating: IPX4 (splash-resistant)
  • Battery life: 5 hours single-charge; 15 hours with case

Pros

  • Comfortable and secure fit with interchangeable ear tips
  • Well-rounded sound profile with full-bodied bass and present mids
  • Easy-to-use capacitive touch controls on each bud

Cons

  • Smartphone app required
  • Relatively short single-charge battery life
  • No active noise canceling

If you’re a stickler for sound quality, the Bose Sport Earbuds deliver a fantastic music listening experience in a compact, workout-friendly package that makes it enjoyable to dive into your music collection anywhere you go. They feature a very balanced and well-rounded sound profile with full, clear bass and detailed midrange frequency performance that’s suitable for a wide range of music styles and podcasts alike. Like any good pair of workout headphones, the Bose Sport Earbuds are IPX4 splash-resistant and feature a super secure fit aided by three sets of interchangeable ear tips. Their battery life isn’t as great as some of their competitors, clocking in at up to about five hours of use on a single charge, but this is mitigated somewhat by the 10 extra hours stored in their charging case.

Controlling the Bose Sport Earbuds is fairly straightforward thanks to their built-in capacitive touch controls, allowing users to swipe and tap their way through their music libraries, take calls, and more. Setting up the earbuds is a little less elegant, however, and relies heavily upon the Bose Connect app for everything, including device pairing and volume adjustments. Despite being a bit of a hoop to jump through, once set up, the app does offer access to EQ adjustment features and over-the-air firmware updates. One additional feature we’d like to see added is active noise cancellation, but that would likely drain the battery even quicker, and the Sport Earbuds perform reasonably well in the passive canceling department.

Best battery life: Jabra Elite 7 Active

Andrew Waite

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Jabra Elite 7 Active earbuds are highly resistant to dust and water and feature the best combination of ANC performance and battery life we’ve encountered in a pair of workout headphones.

Specs

  • Weight: 0.19 ounces/earbud; 1.9 ounces with case
  • IP rating: IP57 (dust-resistant, waterproof up to 1 meter)
  • Battery life: 8 hours single-charge; 30 hours with case

Pros

  • Very long battery life for frequent use without charging
  • Snug and secure fit with three eartip sizes
  • Balanced sound profile with customizable EQ via app
  • Multipoint pairing

Cons

  • Case can be tough to open
  • Low-frequency noise cancellation could be improved
  • Hit-and-miss phone call quality in loud environments

If you often find yourself in situations where you forget to charge your headphones—maybe you’re an endurance athlete, parent, or every overworked person in the modern world—the Jabra Elite 7 Active is a great-sounding and reliable option to add to your workout routine. At first glance, the low-profile design of the Elite 7 Active is reminiscent of a slightly less rugged Jaybird Vista 2 (which we’ve also reviewed in the past) with better battery life; despite weighing only 0.19 ounces per bud, the Elite 7 Active can run for eight hours on a single charge and up to 30 hours when used with their charging case, making them great for infrequent charging and ideal for stowing in a gym bag or glove compartment.

The Elite 7 Active’s noise cancellation performance is also very good in the midrange and high-frequency ranges where human conversation and music from speakers live. However, we found that they performed a little worse when dealing with car engines, noise from inside an airplane, and other very loud low-frequency information. This can be mitigated somewhat by selecting the best-fitting ear tips from the three pairs included with the buds. Still, if you’re using them for a workout, or to listen to podcasts while your kid burns through some energy (as shown above), you’ll probably want to stay aware of your surroundings and use the earbuds’ HearThrough mode anyway.

Music sounds great on the Elite 7 Active earbuds thanks to their flat and balanced sound profile, which you can sculpt further using the EQ settings in the Jabra Sound+ app. The app also offers battery life indicators, pairing options, and firmware updates, and we find it to be more user-friendly overall than the Bose Connect app. Call quality through the buds is fairly decent, although their built-in mics sometimes struggle to discern your own voice from ambient chatter when taking public transit or in other loud environments. The sleek charging case is also a great size and shape for keeping in a pocket during your workouts, but if you’ve worked up a sweat, its shape and smooth finish can make it difficult to open.

Best budget: soundcore by Anker Sport X10

Jen McCaffery

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Anker Soundcore Sport X10 offers an incredibly secure fit and long battery life for runners on a budget.

Specs

  • Weight: 0.2 ounces/earbud; 1.9 ounces with case
  • IP rating: IPX7 (waterproof for 30 minutes, not dustproof)
  • Battery life: 8 hours single-charge; 32 hours with case

Pros

  • Very secure swiveling ear hook design
  • Controls customizable via a smartphone app
  • Transparency mode enhances situational awareness

Cons

  • No multipoint connection
  • ANC performance is lacking in loud environments
  • Multi-press controls are confusing and uncomfortable

If you’re less concerned about noise cancellation performance, the Anker Soundcore Sport X10s are a great budget option for working out thanks to their secure fit and long battery life. They have a unique swiveling ear hook design that folds into a compact shape for storage in their charging case and unfolds to loop securely around the front of your earlobe, keeping them snug during even the most vigorous exercise routines. The Sport X10s also features a six-microphone array that provides relatively good phone call quality and an effective transparency mode. Still, their ANC performance falls short of quieting most common midrange sounds like speech, engines, and other urban noise.

The Sport X10’s sound profile is a bit muddy and heavy in the low-mids, but this can be adjusted using the EQ settings within the Soundcore app, which includes several presets to choose from. The app also allows you to rebind custom functions to the earbuds’ onboard control buttons, which are clicky and provide some nice feedback but tend to shift the earbud around with minor discomfort. You also don’t get multipoint pairing with the Sport X10, but at their price point, that’s understandable.

What to consider before buying the best headphones for working out

You could take the best headphones to the gym, but you would probably have very sweaty ears and potentially ruin your precious investment. Heck, even some of the best Bluetooth earbuds might not be suited for more than a brisk stroll. So here is what to think about before clicking “add to cart” on the best headphones for working out and going all in on that next set:

Sweat level

Sweating is a normal part of any workout, but if you tend to sweat more than the average person while you exercise, you should consider a pair of headphones with an Ingress Protection rating of at least IPX7. Most of the headphones on our list are designed with that level of waterproofing, including the Jabra Elite 7 Active, Dóttir Freedom Sport Earbuds, and SHOKZ OpenRun. If you sweat a lot, you’ll probably also want to steer clear of over-ear designs, which can heat up your ears and exacerbate the problem.

Workout intensity

If you do CrossFit or other forms of intense workouts, choose earbuds that use an ear hook or another type of external fastener to ensure that they don’t go flying. We like the Dóttir Freedom Sport Earbuds for heavy exertion, while the Powerbeats Pro earbuds are a good alternative with a similar design.

Charging capacity

If you use your headphones frequently, have limited access to charging capabilities, or just find yourself constantly running devices on low battery, picking a set of headphones with a high battery capacity can increase the likelihood that they’ll be ready come workout time. The 8-hour single charge and 30-hour charging case with the Jabra Elite 7 Active are the best we’ve tested in the battery life department, though our budget pick, the Soundcore by Anker Sport X10, also performs well.

Situational awareness

If you spend lots of time exercising near traffic or in busy locations, it’s important to maintain a good level of situational awareness for your own safety. Many headphones include a transparency mode that allows you to hear your surroundings in addition to your music, including the Apple Beats Fit Pro and the Jabra Elite 7 Active. For maximum situational awareness, nothing beats the open-ear design of bone-conduction headphones, and we prefer the SHOKZ OpenRun.

FAQs

Q: How much do headphones for working out cost?

Headphones for working out cost between $70 and $200, depending on features.

Q: Is it OK to sweat with headphones?

It’s generally OK to sweat with headphones as long as they were designed with some measure of waterproofing. The easiest way to tell if your headphones are waterproof is by looking for an IP rating in their specs—anything above IPX4 should be just fine for everyday workouts. If you sweat a bit more than average, it might be safer to choose something around IPX7 or higher. All of the picks on our list, except for the JBL 660NC, are officially waterproof.

Q: Are bone-conduction headphones good for working out?

Bone conduction headphones are very good for working out thanks to their open-ear design that keeps you fully in touch with your surroundings. Runners and cyclists are particularly good candidates for using bone-conduction headphones due to their proximity to road traffic, though anyone can benefit from the increased situational awareness that these designs provide.

Q: Do noise-canceling headphones work in the gym?

Noise-canceling headphones work in the gym to an extent, but not every pair of ANC headphones is created equal. The best headphones for canceling out human conversation and ambient music that we’ve tested include the Apple Beats Fit Pro and the Jabra Elite Active 7, both of which are aided by their secure earplug designs to deliver passive and active noise canceling at the same time.

Final thoughts on the best headphones for working out

The best headphones for working out will fit securely in your ears or on your head while delivering great sound and a good level of situational awareness. We love the Apple Beats Fit Pro for its overall sound quality and secure fit, as well as the elevated audiophile performance of the similarly designed Bose Sport Earbuds. If you need the longest and most reliable battery performance, the Jabra Elite 7 Active and JBL 660NC are the best earbuds and over-ears for working out, respectively. The Ultimate Ears Fits mold to the shape of your ear canal for a secure fit. For high-impact workouts, the secure fit of the Dóttir Freedom Sport Earbuds is fantastic. And if you want the best situational awareness possible while cycling and running, the SHOKZ OpenRun bone conduction headphones have our vote.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best headphones for working out in 2023, tested and reviewed appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best budget electric bikes for 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-budget-electric-bikes/ Wed, 14 Dec 2022 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=496637
Get started with the best budget electric bikes.

Got some speed and savings at the same time.

The post The best budget electric bikes for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Get started with the best budget electric bikes.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Ride1Up Roadster V2 Ride1Up Roadster
SEE IT

The Ride1Up Roadster V2 is an all-around great ebike that won’t break the bank.

Best mountain Ancheer Electric Mountain Bike 350W 26” Ancheer Electric Mountain Bike 350W 26”
SEE IT

Most electric mountain bikes cost thousands of dollars. This one’s highly capable and costs less than $700.

Best folding Vivi 26-inch Folding Electric Mountain Bike Vivi 26-inch Folding Electric Mountain Bike
SEE IT

The Vivi 26-inch Folding Electric Mountain Bike feels especially solid for a folding ebike.

Is the term budget electric bike an oxymoron? Two things are certain about ebikes: They’re really cool, and they are very expensive. They often cost upwards of $2,000, so getting one is no small investment. There are plenty of people who can’t afford one. That said, it is possible to get a decent ebike for less than $1,000. A few brands have designed relatively affordable ebikes that deliver admirable functionality at the low end of the price range. They tend to be foldable or compact versions for commuters, so they’re made for relatively light use, but there are options for trail bikers, too. Let’s examine the benefits and limitations of the best budget electric bikes.

How we chose the best budget electric bikes

I’ve been an avid outdoorsman enthusiast for my entire life, which has resulted in several years of providing gear and tech coverage for outlets like Popular Science, the Daily Beast, Runner’s World, Thrillist, the Manual, and more. My love of cycling has been a recurring theme throughout all of it.

Over the past several months, I’ve ridden dozens of electric bikes at all different price points and categories. I have come to learn what to look for when separating genuine quality from flashy marketing. In certain cases, those tests were supplemented with research collating reviews from experts and impressions from customers alike.

The best budget electric bikes: Reviews & Recommendations

The best budget ebikes span several different riding purposes and considerations. While most low-cost ebikes are often very similar, our picks offer distinctive riding experiences. They got our attention, and maybe you’ll see something in them, too.

Best overall: Ride1Up Roadster V2

ride1up

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: The Ride1Up Roadster V2 is an all-around great ebike that won’t break the bank.

Specs

  • Battery capacity: 36V 7Ah (252Wh)
  • Range: Approximately 12-20 miles (and maybe even more)
  • Motor: 350W (500W peak)

Pros

  • Solid all-purpose bike
  • Relatively good range and power
  • Classic looks
  • Smooth ride

Cons

  • Not for short riders
  • No lights

For just $1,000, the Ride1up Roadster V2 is a remarkably well-rounded and polished bike. High-powered for its price with a 350W motor, the Roadster V2 provides strong acceleration and propulsion, making it capable of reaching 24 miles per hour with pedal assist. It also has a range of 12-20 miles on average, with several riders suggesting they’ve gone 25 miles on a single charge. That’s a great range for an around-town cruiser.

It’s lightweight—only 33 pounds—and durably built. Plus, it looks very slick, with a classic aesthetic that almost doesn’t look like an ebike.

The Roadster V2 isn’t perfect, though. It’s a very tall bike, best suited for riders 5’8” and over. It also doesn’t have much in the way of accessories; there’s not even a headlight, which is pretty standard at this point.

Still, with all the core features working at or above our expectations, you’ll be hard-pressed to find an ebike that works so well for this price.

Best for urban adventures (and apartments): Lectric Bikes XP Lite

Tony Ware

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Small but spry, the Lectric Bikes XP Lite lets you zip through crowds and doesn’t require much storage space.

Specs

  • Battery capacity: 48V 7.8 Ah (374 Wh)
  • Range: 15-40 miles
  • Motor: 300W nominal, 720W peak

Pros

  • Good range and power
  • Solid build quality
  • Class 1 or 2

Cons

  • Lack of suspension is noticeable on rough roads

Started in 2019 from a garage in Phoenix, Ariz., Lectric Bikes expanded quickly because of the company’s restless spirit. Not only are the company’s ebikes intended for the intrepid—for gaining the experience points, XP, in the bike names—but the founders are continually listening to user feedback to refine the product line while maintaining affordability.

Foldable yet offroad-friendly, the core Lectric XP 3.0 model can comfortably accompany RVers and van-lifers. The less-expensive XP Lite, meanwhile, was developed as the optimal option for city dwellers needing a lighter-weight ebike that could go from closet to commute. It even shows up quickly in a surprisingly compact box. At 46 pounds, and 36- x 16- x 26-inch folded dimensions, the XP Lite is easy to tuck and transport via elevator, as shown above—or even stairs in a pinch, as shown below—while packing in a lot of features for its $799 price point.

Class 1 and 2, the XP Lite features a twist-grip throttle plus five levels of pedal assist, with slimmer tires that assist the maneuverability needed in active urban environments. The 48V lithium-ion battery can get up to 40 miles on a charge (assuming you’re using no more than intermittent pedal assist level 1). Or you can use the throttle to scoot to/from work, the store, etc., quickly with the least effort and sweat (the single-speed drivetrain makes it easy—just twist and go—but you’ll get max 15 miles in this mode).

The base XL Lite includes front & rear safety lights, and a backlit heads-up LCD screen offers trip and battery info (electrical components are IP65-rated in case you get caught in incremental weather, but don’t leave the bike out in the rain). You’ll absorb some shocks if navigating uneven asphalt, and acceleration—while appropriately fast for street navigation—isn’t always the smoothest in transition. But you can buy an optional seat with a suspension post, and you’ll appreciate the nimble nature of the bike whether you’re zipping through downtown or kicking up some dust on more developed trails. — Tony Ware

Lectric XP Lite ebike folded in a stairwell
Tony Ware

Best mountain bike: Ancheer Electric Mountain Bike 350W 26”

ANCHEER

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Most electric mountain bikes cost thousands of dollars. This one’s highly capable and costs less than $700. 

Specs

  • Battery capacity: 36V 10.4Ah (374.4Wh)
  • Range: 20+ miles
  • Motor: 350W

Pros

  • Good range and power
  • Solid build quality
  • Shock-absorbing fork
  • 21-speed shifter w/ throttle

Cons

  • No built-in light
  • Poor customer service from the manufacturer

It’s not uncommon for electric mountain bike prices to steer closer toward $10,000 than $1,000, making them a very hard sell. Luckily, Ancheer makes a highly capable alternative that costs less than $700.

With a 350W motor capable of cruising at 20 miles per hour, the Ancheer Electric Mountain Bike has no problem charging up inclines. It also has a substantial range, with many users reporting that it will go well over 20 miles if you’re using the throttle economically. 

Its design is also surprisingly solid for a budget electric mountain bike, inspiring several buyers to leave shining reviews after several months of hitting the trails. Shock absorbers in the fork deliver a smooth, capable riding experience. And its overall aesthetic is clean and sporty. 

Best folding: Vivi 26-inch Folding Electric Mountain Bike

Vivi

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: The Vivi 26-inch Folding Electric Mountain Bike feels especially solid for a folding ebike.

Specs

  • Battery capacity: 36V 8Ah (288Wh)
  • Range: Approximately 14 miles
  • Motor: 350W

Pros

  • Solid all-purpose bike
  • Relatively good range and power
  • Shock absorbers
  • 21-speed shifter w/ throttle

Cons

  • Slow charging
  • Poor customer service from the manufacturer

Most folding electric bikes feel somewhat rickety, thanks to their signature hinges. Budget bike-maker Vivi somehow made a folding design that minimizes that wiggle in its 26-inch Electric Mountain Bike, and does so without charging an arm and a leg.

Its strong 350W motor will zip you up to 20 miles per hour using either throttle or pedal assist. Its 14-mile range can’t compete with high-level ebikes, but is acceptable for an $800 bike and should be more than enough for local commuters to ride their daily route on a single charge. What’s more, its Shimano 21-speed transmission makes taking on hills effortless. 

When you’re done for the day, folding the bike up to store is easy, as is reassembling it to ride. More importantly, the bike feels sturdy despite the movable points on the frame and provides a comfortable riding experience. And it has a built-in headlight that can be switched on via the handlebar control pad, which is also used to shift between three riding modes: normal bike mode, pedal-assist, and pure electric power.

While Vivi has a solid bike on its hands here, the company has earned a reputation for poor customer service when issues have cropped up. This may impact the bike’s long-term viability, but it is also a common issue with companies targeting budget products.

Best compact: Sailnovo 14-Inch Electric Bike

Sailnovo

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: The Salinovo 14-inch Electric Bike offers supreme portability and solid performance.

Specs

  • Battery capacity: 36V 10.4Ah (374.4Wh)
  • Range: Approximately 18 miles
  • Motor: 450W

Pros

  • Strong motor
  • Relatively good range
  • Waterproof
  • Throttle and pedal assist

Cons

  • Could be more ergonomic
  • Some customers have had customer service issues

The Salinovo 14-inch Electric Bike is surprisingly powerful for a compact electric bike. Its 450W motor can quickly reach just shy of 20 miles per hour via either the throttle or pedal assist. (Salinovo claims the range goes much further, but some reviewers reported that it falls short of those claims.) Round that out with a surprisingly solid range and little flourishes like integrated head and tail lights, plus a central shock absorber, and you’ve got a pretty solid bike for around $500 bucks.

Some serious cyclists might find that compact, foldable ebikes at these prices don’t deliver the structural solidity they expect from a bike. Generally, they can feel a bit more rickety than their non-folding counterparts. With a bike like the Sailnovo, it’s important to remember that you are making a compromise, favoring affordability and portability over feel and stability. All in all, though, it’s a great little commuter or a fun way to explore a neighborhood.

Best for beginners: Propella Mini

Propella

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: If you’re looking to learn the ebike ropes, the Propella Mini is a great place to start.

Specs

  • Battery capacity: 36V 7Ah (252Wh)
  • Range: 20+ miles
  • Motor: 250W

Pros

  • Good range and power
  • Lightweight
  • Fast charging time
  • Straightforward operation

Cons

  • No light
  • Not for tall riders

The Propella Mini is a great ebike for beginners, offering decent performance without overwhelming you with features. It offers decent range and power, and it’s not overpowered, which allows you something of a learning curve before stepping up to higher-performance bikes. 

It’s also extremely lightweight, making it easy to lift in and out of a vehicle or carry up stairs. While it is pretty limited in features (there’s only a single gear to help with hills, for example), that might be exactly what you’re looking for. After all, fewer features mean less to manage. We think a headlight would complete the package, but you can always find a third-party light.

Best under $500: ENGWE Electric Bike

ENGWE

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With surprisingly solid performance for such a low price, the Engwe Electric Bike is as capable as it is cheap.

Specs

  • Battery capacity: 36V 8Ah (288Wh)
  • Range: Approximately 18 miles 
  • Motor: 250W

Pros

  • Solid all-purpose bike
  • Relatively good range and power
  • Shocks and Shimano shifter
  • Handles hills well

Cons

  • Not for tall riders
  • Poor customer service

When you’re shopping for an electric bike with less than $500 to spend, you’ll look at a lot of undersized folding bikes. The Engwe Electric Bike is a rare exception, allowing you to buy a traditional bike frame at an incredibly low price.

The Engwe features a 250W motor capable of throttling or pedal assisting up to 20 miles per hour, an admirable range of roughly 18 miles, front fork shocks, and hill-conquering Shimano 21-speed shifters. Its no-frills, the traditional design also looks better than pretty much any ebike you’ll find in its price range. It delivers a surprisingly great riding experience without breaking the bank.

As with many of our picks, Engwe’s Achilles’ heel is customer service. It’s also worth noting that it’s a smaller bike, which means riders taller than an inch or two past six feet will likely fit it a bit too petite. However, if the size is right for you, the price will be too. You may also want to consider it as one of the best kids’ bikes.

Things to consider before choosing a budget electric bike

If you’ve come looking for the best budget electric bikes, rather than simply the best electric bikes, then we know the price is on your mind. Even cheap bikes cost a few hundred dollars, though, so you want to make sure you’re putting that money into something worth riding. There are several specific factors you should keep in mind, so you can figure out whether a budget ebike is a bargain or, for lack of a better word, junk. The best budget electric bikes will deliver in these specific ways.

Price

First and foremost, you’re here because you’re looking for an electric bike that won’t cost as much as a used car—all of the bikes on this list cost under $1,000. We also included a few compact bicycles that cost around $500. These offer somewhat limited functionality and durability compared to full-size ebikes, but they’re still great for the price.

Riding range

An electric bike that runs out of juice after a few miles isn’t worth buying, no matter the price. What good is a motor if it can’t get you from point A to point B? A large battery will ensure you get a boost from your ebike, rather than pushing it home.

Most ebikes rate their batteries in a combination of volts (V) and amp-hours (Ah), which you can combine to calculate a bike battery’s actual capacity in watt-hours (Wh). Watt-hours are the more useful specification, as they allow you to approximate how long the battery will last at a given speed.

Converting volts and amp-hours into watt-hours is easy. Simply multiply the two numbers together. A number of our picks, for example, boast 36V 8Ah batteries. 36 x 8 = 288, so we know that battery lasts for 288Wh. With this number, we can calculate how far the battery will take us by dividing the number of watt-hours by your speed to see how far you’ll go. So, at 20 miles per hour, a 288Wh bike should carry you about 14.5 miles.

“About” is an important word here. In the real world, your actual range will be affected by things like rider weight, road surface, flat vs. hilly terrain, and other factors that can demand more or less power. So, while you can’t measure and determine the minimum amount of juice you’ll need on spec, you can probably figure out if a bike can get you where you need to go.

If nothing else, remember that a bigger battery is always better.

Motor

There’s no point in having an ebike if the motor isn’t powerful enough to take the edge off your pedaling effort. Power is one of the biggest differences between less expensive ebikes and the cream of the crop. Many are so weak that you’ll barely notice the pedal assistance. However, all of the bikes on this list deliver at least 250 watts, meaning they’re capable of delivering solid pedal assistance or even propelling themselves at 20 miles per hour or higher.

Keep in mind that your actual speed will vary based on factors like payload, road conditions, stops and starts, and so on, but a high-watt motor is important, especially when looking to spend less money.

Durability

Whenever you’re going with a budget-tier version of a product, you need to pay extra attention to its overall construction. You aren’t saving money if you buy something cheap, but it breaks down after several uses. To verify the durability of our recommendations, we’ve scoured reviews from owners who can attest to the longevity of each bike.

When you’re checking out a specific bike in the real world, check over its various parts to find out if anything rattles to a worrisome degree. Some budget picks may feel more rickety than their more expensive brethren, but they should still be sturdy and comfortable to ride.

Accessories

Ebikes can come with an extremely wide range of accessories, including lights, bells, cargo carriers, and so on. While you don’t need accessories like these, they can make your riding experience safer, more fun, and more versatile.

FAQs

Q: Are electric bikes worth the money?

Electric bikes are absolutely worth the money for commuters if it allows you to cut down on expenses like gas, parking, and vehicle maintenance. They’re also incredibly fun to ride, especially when they let you blow past traffic jams. That said, they are very expensive, so we’d only recommend them for people who ride a lot. You don’t necessarily need to be a commuter, but they aren’t a worthwhile investment for people who only bike once in a while.

Q: What are the disadvantages of electric bikes?

As we’ve discussed here, money is a major hurdle for most people considering whether or not to buy an ebike. Electric bikes usually cost more than traditional bikes, and they feature more complicated machinery, which translates into more maintenance and repair costs. The range can also be an issue. Electric bikes tend to be very heavy. When they run out of juice, they can be difficult to ride without power assistance.

Q: Do you pedal an electric bike?

You can, but you don’t always need to. On Class 2 and 3 electric bikes with throttles, you can propel the ebike with zero effort. On class 1 bikes with pedal assist, you have to pedal, but the motor speeds you up and does most of the work. Technically, some companies also sell “electric bikes” without pedals. These tend to be cheaper and work similarly to using the throttle on a class 2 or 3 bike. By removing the pedals, these companies are playing with the line between an electric bike and an electric scooter or moped, so we’re not sure they fit what we think of when we talk about ebikes.

Q: How fast do electric bikes go?

Your ebike’s top speed comes down to the motor of its motor, plus several other factors, including rider weight, flat vs. hilly terrain, road surface conditions, bike weight, cargo weight, and so on. They are not so powerful that they can push their limits under any conditions. That said, we generally expect budget ebikes capable of average top speeds between 15-20 miles per hour. A top-of-the-line model should be able to go a bit faster, up to about 28 miles per hour.

Final thoughts about the best budget electric bikes

Electric bikes are an environmentally friendly, fun way to get around town, whether commuting, running errands, or simply going for a ride. While they often come with a hefty price tag, there is a price range, and you can get one that won’t cost too much. If $500-$1,000 is still too much, looking for a used or refurbished model may help you cut costs.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best budget electric bikes for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best kids water bottles of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-kids-water-bottles/ Fri, 15 Jul 2022 12:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=455955
Best kids water bottles sliced header
Stan Horaczek

H2-Oh kids, and parents, will love these water bottles.

The post The best kids water bottles of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best kids water bottles sliced header
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Hydro Flask’s stainless steel water bottle offers great durability for little adventurers. Hydro Flask 12-ounce Kids Wide Mouth
SEE IT

Hydro Flask’s stainless steel water bottle offers great durability for little adventurers.

Best stainless steel The Yeti Rambler Jr. will quench your thirst in the great outdoors. Yeti Rambler Jr.
SEE IT

The Yeti Rambler Jr. will quench your thirst in the great outdoors.

Best insulated The vacuum insulation of the CamelBak Eddy+ will keep your water icy cold for hours and hours. CamelBak Eddy+ Kids 12-ounce Bottle
SEE IT

The vacuum insulation of the CamelBak Eddy+ will keep your water icy cold for hours and hours.

Drinking water is a cornerstone to healthy living, so a kids water bottle is an essential piece of every child’s day bag. The tricky part is finding one that kids will actually want to use. While we can’t guarantee our picks will get them excited to drink water, per se, they’ll help reinforce positive lifelong habits as we push our kids to stay active, get plenty of rest, eat a well-balanced diet, and stay hydrated. These are the best kids water bottles we’ve found to date.

How we chose the best kids water bottles

I’ve been writing about gear and gadgets for over 10 years and, during that time, my byline has appeared on CNN Underscored, Gear Patrol, and TechnoBuffalo. At Popular Science, I’ve covered everything from the best 55-inch TVs to the best carbon monoxide detectors, so I write about a wide range of products. 

To make our selections, I researched dozens of water bottles for kids and spoke to parents I know with young kids. I also did hours of general research on water bottles and their construction. Lastly, I considered recommendations for water bottles from parenting-focused publications. As a new dad, I took a particular interest in this topic because I’ll eventually need a good water bottle for my child.

The best kids water bottles: Reviews & Recommendations

Water bottles for kids are a dime a dozen but there’s a lot of nuance in their designs if you look closely. Once you find something that meets the proper criteria, one final thing to remember: Make sure your kid likes what you buy.

Best overall: Hydro Flask 12-ounce Kids Wide Mouth

Hydro Flask

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Hydro Flask 12 oz. Kids Wide Mouth features tough stainless steel construction and double-wall vacuum insulation to keep drinks icy cold all day long.

Specs

  • Material: Stainless steel
  • Capacity: 12 oz
  • Height: 6.8 inches
  • Weight: 0.6 pounds
  • Dishwasher safe: Yes
  • BPA Free: Yes

Pros

  • Solid construction
  • Double-wall insulation
  • Perforated flex boot for extra protection

Cons

  • Expensive

Hydro Flask’s 12-ounce Kids Wide Mouth bottle is made of durable stainless steel and features double-wall vacuum insulation, so drinks stay icy cold for up to 24 hours. This is particularly great during the hot summer when dehydration is particularly dangerous.

The Hydro Flask bottle features a straw lid that’s easy for kids of all ages to use. It’s made of solid plastic that curious kids won’t be able to chew through. Like all straw lids, it can be tough to keep clean without a small brush handy, but it’s also the easiest drinking apparatus for small kids. It also features a convenient loop handle and a perforated flex boot, adding extra protection and grip when placed on a surface.

Best of all, the Hydro Flask is dishwasher safe, so you can throw it in with the rest of your dishes and get on with your day. Plus, it comes in many colors and is highly customizable with alternate lids and a name tag so your kid doesn’t lose it at school. 

The Hydro Flask is a bit pricier than our other picks but its durable construction should withstand regular bumps and bruises while keeping water cold.

Best stainless steel: Yeti Rambler Jr.

YETI

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With a durable design and easy-to-use straw cap, the Rambler Jr. from Yeti is a great option for adventurous kids.

Specs

  • Material: Stainless steel
  • Capacity: 12 oz
  • Height: 8.4 inches
  • Weight: 1 pound
  • Dishwasher safe: Yes
  • BPA Free: Yes

Pros

  • Customizable
  • Durable for the outdoors
  • Vacuum insulated

Cons

  • Taller and heavier than our other picks

The Yeti Rambler Jr. is a heavy-duty kids water bottle. It comes with a leak-resistant straw cap and features a double-wall vacuum insulated design. We like straw caps because they’re easy for kids to use and give them more control over the flow of water into their mouths. The straw cap with the Rambler Jr. is also ultra-durable to withstand a few bumps and bruises on the trail. Yeti’s setup is dishwasher-safe and is available in various bright colors. For adventurous kids, the Rambler Jr. can be customized with premade graphics and text. You can also upload a custom design on Yeti’s website for a truly personalized water bottle.

Best insulated: CamelBak Eddy+ Kids 12-ounce Bottle

CamelBak

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With a durable design and vacuum insulation, the CamelBak Eddy+ is a great option for long days away from home.

Specs

  • Material: Stainless steel
  • Capacity: 12 oz
  • Height: 6.8 inches
  • Weight: 0.6 pounds
  • Dishwasher safe: Yes
  • BPA Free: Yes

Pros

  • Vacuum insulation keeps water icy cold for hours
  • Fun, playful designs
  • Soft bite valve helps prevent leaks

Cons

  • Straw can be tough to clean

Featuring a variety of adorable designs and durable stainless steel construction, the CamelBak Eddy+ 12oz bottle reimagines the company’s unique bottle design for kids. Vacuum insulation keeps water cold for several hours to keep kids hydrated during a busy day of school, a day at the playground, or little league practice. (There’s also a carry handle for easy transportation.) The bottle features a powder coat finish, giving it a grippy texture that doesn’t wash out in the dishwasher. 

The lid features Camelbak’s signature bite valve where kids bite softly on the plastic straw to make water come out. It’s intuitive and fun for kids, plus it makes the bottle spillproof and leakproof. The valve may be a slight annoyance for parents, as it’s a separate, removable piece, that takes a little extra effort to clean thoroughly. It’s definitely worth the extra effort if the valve gets your kid drinking, though.

The 12oz Eddy+ is also available in plastic if you want something lighter and more affordable.

Best leakproof: Thermos Funtainer Stainless Steel Water Bottle

Thermos

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Thermos Funtainer is available in a variety of fun designs and features a simple leakproof, spillproof design.

Specs

  • Material: Stainless steel
  • Capacity: 12 oz
  • Height: 7 inches
  • Weight: 0.4 pounds
  • Dishwasher safe: Yes
  • BPA Free: Yes

Pros

  • Lid covers straw from dirt and grime
  • Insulation keeps drinks cold
  • Lid handle makes it easy to carry

Cons

  • Flip-top lid might be complicated for young kids
  • Features multiple pieces

The Thermos Funtainer features a simple design and is available in various colors and graphics (including Batman). We love the Funtainer’s spillproof, leakproof design. Instead of a flip-up straw, it features a flip-top lid with a silicone straw underneath. The design helps prevent spills and leaks and keeps the straw protected from dirt and grime, making this option a more hygienic choice. 

While the design helps protect against germs and leaks, it might be more complicated for younger kids because you have to press a button to open the lid. The lid also features a handle that makes the Funtainer easy to carry and the insulated design keeps drinks cold for up to 12 hours. Like other picks on our list, this bottle is dishwasher safe, though Thermos recommends handwashing.

Best travel: Takeya Kids Insulated Water Bottle

Takeya

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Takeya Kids Insulated Water Bottle can carry more liquid than our other picks, comes in a variety of fun colors, and offers a convenient loop handle for easy carrying.

Specs

  • Material: Stainless steel
  • Capacity: 14 oz
  • Height: 8.11 inches
  • Weight: 0.61 pounds
  • Dishwasher safe: Yes
  • BPA Free: Yes

Pros

  • Loop handle for carrying
  • Insulation keeps drinks cold
  • Flip-up straw

Cons

  • Larger size might be heavy for younger kids

Featuring a 14 oz vessel and flip-up straw lid, Takeya’s insulated water bottle for kids is a great companion for travel. It holds slightly more water than other options on our list and its double-wall vacuum insulation keeps liquids cool for up to 24 hours. Meanwhile, the lid features a loop handle for carrying or attaching to a backpack, so it’s easy to take to school, practice, and wherever else. Takeya’s kids water bottle is available in a variety of cool colors and comes with a soft-touch boot for improved durability. If you want to carry even more water, Takeya’s insulated water bottle for kids is also available in 16 oz.

Best budget: Nalgene Kids Grip-N-Gulp

Nalgene

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Nalgene’s Grip-N-Gulp features delightful designs and a sippy cup lid, making it a great option for little kids.

Specs

  • Material: Plastic
  • Capacity: 12 oz
  • Height: 7.25 inches
  • Weight: 0.2 pounds
  • Dishwasher safe: Yes
  • BPA Free: Yes

Pros

  • Affordable
  • Fun, colorful designs
  • Lightweight

Cons

  • Not insulated

The Kids Grip-N-Gulp from Nalgene features a spill-proof sippy cup lid and is available in various colors. Each color offers a fun graphic, from sea turtles to space to a volcano. They’re quirky and fun, making the Grip-N-Gulp an excellent choice for toddlers. Nalgene claims its bottle is 100 percent leak-proof and supports different lids, including a wide-mouth loop top for older kids. The plastic design is robust, dishwasher safe, and BPA and BPS-free. This option isn’t insulated, so it won’t keep water cold for very long, but its straightforward, durable design and support for multiple lids make it an excellent budget pick.

What to look for when picking the best kids water bottle

Choosing the right water bottle isn’t as straightforward as you think. In 2022, they’re made from many different materials, come in different shapes and sizes, and some feature accessories like different lids and slings for easier carrying. With a water bottle for a child, you should also pay close attention to how it works and how it breaks down when you need to clean it. A kid’s water bottle should be very durable, easy to fill, easy to clean, and preferably come in a size and shape that appeals to your child.

Material

Water bottles are generally made from either thick, durable plastic or stainless steel. Occasionally, you may find water bottles made with shatter-resistant glass but they are rare and realistically too fragile for children.

Stainless steel water bottles are our preferred choice. They are very durable, and often feature vacuum insulation, which features a small air gap between two layers of metal in the bottle walls to reduce conduction to keep liquids hot or cold for several hours.

The best stainless steel water bottles we researched were all made from 18/8 stainless steel. The numbers “18/8” represent its composition—18% Chromium and 8% Nickel. It’s a food-grade material that’s resistant to corrosion and oxidation. 

Plastic water bottles are more affordable but don’t generally offer much insulation, especially in kids’ sizes. However, we like them for kids because they are light so they are easy to carry. The best plastic water bottles are made from a plastic called Tritan, which is incredibly durable and also BPA-free. BPA, or bisphenol A, is an industrial chemical that has been used to make plastics since the 1950s. Studies have shown that, when used in food or drink containers, BPA can seep into liquids, and may be harmful. Though the FDA deemed BPA safe for food-grade use in 2014, manufacturers generally avoid using it, and we recommend avoiding manufacturers that do.

Easy to use

Small children won’t drink out of a water bottle with an obtuse design. We looked for options that are intuitive and easy to understand, so kids can easily use them without an adult’s help. We also looked for bottles that are very light and compact: No kid wants to slog around a water bottle that’s big, bulky, and heavy. Finally, we considered bottles that support multiple lid types, from straw spouts to sports caps. Each kid will have their preference, so it’s nice to be able to switch things up without buying multiple bottles.

Easy to clean

Parents are busy, so the easier a water bottle is to clean, the better. Most of the water bottles we considered are rated dishwasher safe, including our stainless steel picks. This allows parents to throw their water bottles into the dishwasher and focus on other things. That said, we also looked for water bottles with comparatively few pieces and no tricky crevices to scrub, in case you wind up having to wash them by hand.

Durability

Kids aren’t delicate with their stuff. Above all else, any water bottle you buy for a child has to be able to withstand getting dropped, scuffed, scraped, thrown, sat on, rolled, and banged against tables all day, every day. Premium plastic bottles resist cosmetic dents and scratches better than stainless steel but erode quicker over the long term. That said, both kinds should last for many years if properly cleaned and cared for. And if they aren’t, many water bottles for kids offer replacement parts when something gets damaged.

Design

In addition to searching for water bottles that are easy to use and clean, we also wanted options in various sizes and colors that support a wide range of accessories. Kids can be picky, so giving them options will allow them to choose the water bottle they love. You want your kids to be excited about the bottle they’re carrying around like it’s part of their ensemble. 

Of course, we also made sure the water bottles we researched don’t have parts that could become a choking hazard.

FAQs

Q: How much does a kids water bottle cost?

A kids water bottle—depending on size and material—will run you between $16-$30.

Q: Are glass water bottles safe for kids?

Glass is considered one of the safest materials to avoid chemical buildup but it’s hard to argue that giving a glass water bottle to a small child is a good idea. Many manufacturers make shatter-resistant glass bottles but they can still crack and break, which can get dangerous very quickly. Realistically, the very real fear of a kid smashing a glass bottle and cutting themselves outweighs the hypothetical possibility of non-toxic materials getting into their water over time.

Q: How often should kids’ water bottles be cleaned?

Kids can play hard and attract all kinds of germs and grime, so you should clean their (and yours) water bottle at least once a day. Cleaning it this often might seem like a lot of work for busy parents, but reusable water bottles can harbor bacteria that can grow if not cleaned regularly. A simple rinse with soap and warm water will do in a pinch but for a more thorough cleaning, you will need a bottle brush, straw brush, and looped detail-cleaning brush, like this kit from OXO. Using the right tools will ensure you get into all the nooks and crannies and clean off any buildup.

Q: How big should a kids’ water bottle be?

A kids’ water bottle should be a comfortable size for them to carry all day. Most reusable water bottles for kids are 12 ounces. It’s a good size for kids to hold on their own, even at full capacity. Some companies offer 20 oz. options for older children but at that size you may be better off buying a standard water bottle for adults. These sizes should be manageable at full capacity and shouldn’t become burdensome over extended periods.

Q: Can you put other drinks in a kid’s water bottle?

Most manufacturers advise against putting liquids other than water in a kids’ water bottle. Hydro Flask, for example, says not to put carbonated or pulpy beverages in its stainless steel water bottles because the acidity of certain sodas and juices can erode the inner wall over extended periods. The same rules apply to plastic water bottles. None of our picks is 100% leakproof, so we strongly advise against hot liquids in your kid’s water bottles to avoid accidents.

Final thoughts on the best kids water bottles

Between school, sports, and other extracurriculars, kids these days are busier than ever. They have enough to worry about, but drinking water shouldn’t be one of them. As you send them off to tackle their day, equipping them with a reusable water bottle is an excellent way to ensure they stay hydrated. And while you’re at it, grab one of the best gallon water bottles for yourself and stay refreshed running them from activity to activity.

The post The best kids water bottles of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best trekking poles of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-trekking-poles/ Tue, 13 Sep 2022 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=469199
best trekking poles sliced header
Tony Ware

The best tools for keeping you upright on all manner of hikes, treks, and scrambles.

The post The best trekking poles of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
best trekking poles sliced header
Tony Ware

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Black Diamond Alpine FLZ is a dynamic, highly packable trekking pole. Black Diamond Alpine FLZ
SEE IT

The Black Diamond Alpine FLZ is a dynamic, highly packable trekking pole.

Best carbon fiber These MSR poles feature a “Dynalock” mechanism that shores up their durability.
MSR Dynalock Ascent Carbon
SEE IT

The MSR Dynalock Ascent Carbon is a versatile, sturdy, and comfortable pair of poles.

Best aluminum Leki Makalu Lite Leki Makalu Lite
SEE IT

The Leki Makalu Lite will hold up through months-long treks over all sorts of terrain.

Many dedicated backpackers consider a quality pair of trekking poles essential gear for hiking. They help you hike and keep your balance over steep hills, rocky paths, and slippery snow-covered trails. Like their predecessor, the humble walking stick, a quality pair of hiking poles are sturdy enough to put your entire weight on them, yet light enough that they do not feel like a burden after a long day on the trail. They ease the strain on your knees and back, especially if you’re carrying a heavy pack. There are a dizzying number of poles to choose from. They’re made from different materials, feature different designs, and, of course, some are more expensive than others. We’ve tried a whole bunch of popular options, taking them on runs, hikes, climbs, and scrambles to find the best trekking poles for all your outdoor adventures.

How we picked the best trekking poles 

I’ve been writing about outdoor gear and my often dubious adventure travel for decades at publications like Hearst, HuffPost, BBC Travel, Fodor’s, Adventure Cycling, Input, and many others. My criteria for experiencing new places usually include how many people visit (the fewer the better), and if it has a reputation as a “challenging” journey. Over the years, I’ve traveled across all kinds of terrain and environments, many of which required a good set of trekking poles to navigate.

I’ve spent a good deal of time testing trekking poles—walking, running, climbing, scrambling, and sometimes falling—all over the world. Over the years, I’ve found a few favorites. I’ve also compared notes and talked for hours with trekkers, hikers, and adventurers about gear around countless campfires and well-worn tables in questionable bars.

The best trekking poles: Reviews & Recommendations

Like most outdoor gear, trekking pole preference can vary from person to person. Given that, our recommendations span a variety of options made from different materials and covering a wide range of prices. All of them, however, have a clear edge over similar poles in important qualities like durability and weight.

Best overall: Black Diamond Alpine FLZ

Black Diamond

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: The Black Diamond Alpine FLZ is a highly versatile pole that packs down small, making it a prime choice for all kinds of activities.

Specs

  • Weight: 18 ounces
  • Maximum length: 43, 49, or 55 inches
  • Collapsed length: 14, 15, or 16 inches
  • Shaft material: Aluminum
  • Grip material: Cork
  • Pole design: Foldable
  • Tips: Carbide tips, trail baskets, snow baskets, rubber tips (sold separately)

Pros

  • Versatile
  • Comfortable handles
  • Packable

Cons

  • Heavy

The Black Diamond Alpine FLZ is an incredibly versatile trekking pole. The small packable size and durable aluminum construction make it an optimal pole for most everything including rugged trekking, multi-day backpacking, steep hiking, and even backcountry skiing. The cork handles become increasingly more comfortable over time as well as a secondary foam grip.

While a telescoping pole is inherently stronger than a foldable one, I’ve found the Alpine FLZ holds up extremely well in a variety of precarious situations including nefarious water crossings and muddy sheer drop-offs. They feature Black Diamond’s patented Flicklock pro locking mechanism, which uses a lever to secure the pole length with an inner adjustable tension dial that requires a small Allen key to adjust.

The Black Diamond Alpine FLZ is far from the fanciest pair of trekking poles out there but has proven that it can get the job done in difficult situations, and feels comfortable on easy trail hikes.

Best carbon fiber: MSR Dynalock Ascent Carbon

MSR

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The MSR Dynalock Ascent Carbon is a versatile, sturdy, and comfortable pair of poles that work for a wide variety of adventures.

Specs

  • Weight: 17 ounces
  • Maximum length: 47 inches or 55 inches
  • Collapsed length: 14.25 inches or 17.5 inches
  • Shaft material: Carbon fiber
  • Grip material: EVA foam
  • Pole design: Collapsible
  • Tips: Winter and summer baskets

Pros

  • Comfortable grip
  • Versatile
  • Small pack size

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Heavy for a carbon pole

My friend Ben has been almost everywhere on the globe and he always travels with his MSR Dynalock Ascent carbon poles, which he considers an extension of himself and one of the best gear spurges he’s ever made (it may also be the only one).

The Dynalock Ascent poles have comfortable, contoured foam grip handles and padded straps. Each one folds down to a very packable 14.25-17 inches, depending on which size you get. Unlike most other poles where most of the tips are sold separately, these come with both winter and summer basket tips. 

They also feature MSR’s signature Dynalock mechanism, which consists of a thick aluminum lever and an inner metal dial that allows you to tighten or loosen with ease as well as providing exceptional sturdiness. It also locks each section into place with metal buttons on the sides. As someone who often has “Final Destination”-type scenarios running through my brain, I appreciate both of these components. 

Best aluminum: Leki Makalu Lite

REI

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: The Leki Makalu Lite is one of the most durable poles I’ve tried.

Specs

  • Weight: 17.3 ounces
  • Maximum length: 54 inches
  • Collapsed length: 26 inches
  • Shaft material: Aluminum
  • Grip material: Cork
  • Pole design: Collapsible
  • Tips: Carbide tips, summer basket

Pros

  • Comfortable
  • Extremely durable
  • Moderate price

Cons

  • Large packed size

If you’re planning to use your trekking poles on a weeks-long adventure, Leki’s Makalu Lite poles are among the most durable we’ve found. Despite the name, they’re slightly thicker than most other poles, making them tremendously strong, as well as fairly heavy.

The Makalu Lite features Leki’s very comfortable “Aergon Air” grip—a cork design with a hollow core and wide support at a lightly tilted ergonomic angle. Like all Leki poles, these use the company’s durable “Speed Lock” system, which combines a lever lock with a small dial to tighten spring tension by hand.

A pair of Makalu Lites is overkill for your average day hike, but their durability is worth the extra weight on a long trip where you’ll traverse mountains or glacial ice for weeks or months.

Best for hiking: Black Diamond Alpine Carbon Cork

Black Diamond

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: The Black Diamond Alpine Carbon Cork is an incredibly sturdy carbon pole with a very comfortable grip.

Specs

  • Weight: 17 ounces
  • Maximum length: 51 inches
  • Collapsed length: 24 inches
  • Shaft material: Carbon fiber
  • Grip material: Cork
  • Pole design: Collapsible
  • Tips: Carbide tips and trail baskets included; snow baskets sold separately

Pros

  • Comfortable
  • Excellent locking mechanism
  • Durable

Cons

  • Not as packable as other options
  • Expensive

I prefer cork handles over rubber and foam because they mold to your hands over time so, eventually, feel like a seamless extension of your body. The cork handles on Black Diamond’s Alpine carbon poles are quite comfortable right out of the box and improve exponentially over time. Like most trekking poles, they have a secondary foam grip beneath the handles, which gives you a comfortable place to grab when you need to lower your grip, as well as wide wrist straps.

They are amazingly durable and sturdy for a carbon pole, thanks to their thicker shafts and Black Diamond’s patented “Flicklock” mechanism, which flips into place with a robust snap. The “Flicklock” system has its disadvantages: The locking mechanism requires a tiny Allen key to adjust, which isn’t ideal since it’s easily misplaced. Not being the most graceful person, (especially when hiking) I routinely get my poles stuck between boulders requiring intense back-and-forth movement to dislodge. Despite this, I have yet to break them.

The collapsed length of these poles means they’re not well-suited to be stowed in a backpack during a technical climb but for most activities, including trekking over rock and snow in remote regions of the world, these poles are a solid choice that will last for years.

Best for backpacking: Black Diamond Trail Ergo Cork

Black Diamond

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: The Black Diamond Trail Ergo Cork is a solid, affordable option that’s durable enough to handle most backpacking trips.

Specs

  • Weight: 18 ounces
  • Maximum length: 55 inches
  • Collapsed length: 27 inches
  • Shaft material: Aluminum
  • Grip material: Cork
  • Pole design: Collapsible
  • Tips: Carbide tips, trekking baskets, and snow baskets

Pros

  • Comfortable
  • Versatile
  • Reasonable mid-range price

Cons

  • Doesn’t pack down as small as other options

Black Diamond’s Trail Ergo Cork trekking poles are a great pick for new hikers. They’re sturdy, comfortable, and reliable—a great fit for most backpacking and thru-hiking. Plus, at less than $150, they don’t cost a fortune.

 The cork handles are tilted forward slightly for a more natural, ergonomic wrist alignment. They also have padded straps and a foam secondary grip, making them easy to hold. Like the other Black Diamond hiking poles on our list, these feature the company’s patented “Flicklock” system, ensuring they don’t come loose while you’re walking.

Collapsing to a fairly large 27 inches, they are longer than the majority of other poles when packed away. Unless you’re taking them on a plane, though, that probably shouldn’t be too much of an issue.

Best ultralight: Gossamer Gear LT5 Three Piece Carbon

gossamer gear

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Gossamer Gear LT5 is one of the lightest trekking poles available.

Specs

  • Weight: 10.6 ounces
  • Maximum length: 51 inches
  • Collapsed length: 23.5 inches
  • Shaft material: Carbon fiber
  • Grip material: EVA foam
  • Pole design: Collapsible
  • Tips: Carbide tips

Pros

  • Comfortable
  • Ultralight
  • Extremely durable for their weight

Cons

  • Expensive

For situations where every ounce (or even gram) counts, the ultralight Gossamer Gear LT5 carbon trekking poles streamline your experience better than any other poles. Despite weighing less than 11 ounces, they’re incredibly durable. I used them on a multi-week thru-hike over mixed terrain through a good portion of northern Spain one summer where I was intent on carrying as little weight as possible, both emotionally and physically, and they didn’t let me down.

The twist-lock mechanism is easy to set; you simply rotate the sections for a secure lock. The wrist straps sport comfortable padding and the EVA foam handles have proven to be comfortable enough (though I am partial to cork handles).

The LT5s also serve as great support for ultralight tents that use trekking poles as part of the structure, thus providing a super lightweight sleep system.

Best budget: Trekology Trek-Z

TREKOLOGY

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: The Trekology Trek-Z is an incredibly inexpensive pole that doesn’t sacrifice comfort or durability.

Specs

  • Weight: 26 ounces
  • Maximum length: 51 inches
  • Collapsed length: 15 inches
  • Shaft material: Aluminum
  • Grip material: Cork
  • Pole design: Foldable
  • Tips: Carbide, rubber, snow baskets, mud stops, rubber feet

Pros

  • Inexpensive
  • Durable
  • Folds down small

Cons

  • Heavy

Made from aerospace-grade 7075 aluminum alloy, the Trekology Trek-Z is an inexpensive pair of poles that come complete with carbide tips, rubber tips, snow baskets, mud stops, and rubber feet, making them highly adaptable and a huge bargain. They feature a metal flip-lock mechanism that’s easy to operate, though you may not use it often since they offer a very limited 7-inch range. They do collapse into a very compact 15-inch package, though.

For less than $50, the Trek-Z is one of the most affordable poles we’ve seen. Unsurprisingly, they’re also among the heaviest. We wouldn’t recommend them for alpine climbing, mountain running, or speed hiking, where you want to be quick and nimble. For those sticking to the trail and not too concerned about their performance, they’re an excellent option for not a lot of money.

One thing to keep in mind: Trekology makes a new “Trek-Z 2.0” with EVA foam grips instead of cork. In general, I prefer cork grips because of the material’s moldable properties, so we’re sticking with the original. Just keep in mind that it may become harder to find in the coming months.

What to consider when buying trekking poles

Finding the perfect trekking pole can be a daunting task. As with all outdoor gear, there are a variety of options to consider. More often than not, finding the “best” choice requires you to balance different strengths and weaknesses based on your personal needs and taste. The lightest trekking poles will rarely be the absolute sturdiest. The strongest poles will likely not be the most packable. To help you figure out what you need, let’s talk about the most important elements of any trekking pole set.

Sizing up your poles

Trekking poles come in different lengths so that any person can find a pair that feels right. At standing position, the grip of the pole should line up with your elbow or, more precisely, with your hands when your elbows are bent at a 90-degree angle. If you’re shopping at home, look for poles that are adjustable to within 20-24 inches shorter than you. For example, I’m 5 feet 6 inches, or 66 inches, so I want poles that you can set to a height between 42-46 inches.

Most modern trekking poles are adjustable to some degree, so there’s a lot of wiggle room if you aren’t sure about what will feel right. Some companies also make fixed-height poles, as they are technically stronger. All of our recommendations are adjustable, though, as we find them to be much more versatile than fixed-length poles. In general, I usually shorten my poles when ascending a steep incline and lengthen them when descending. Collapsible and foldable trekking poles allow the user to change the overall length of the pole as the terrain and situation merit.

Collapsible poles feature a telescoping design, where increasingly narrow sections slide and fit inside each other. Foldable poles have a reinforced cord running through them that holds the sections together when pulled apart while allowing them to fold—like the pole technology used in most lightweight tents. 

Telescoping poles will be stronger than their foldable counterparts because, in most cases, the pole overlaps and slides into itself at a greater distance than foldable ones. A fixed-length pole will be the most durable option, though, as there are no weak points or breaks in the shaft. Many poles now feature one telescoping section coupled with two folding sections to offer more precise adjustment options.

Pole material

Most trekking poles are made from either high-grade aluminum or carbon fiber. Carbon fiber produces a lighter pole, while sacrificing a bit of durability. Under intense stress, a carbon fiber pole will likely snap. Aluminum poles, by contrast, will usually bend before they break, giving you a bit of a warning that you should navigate out of that particular situation right away if at all possible. 

If you’re looking for speed and/or the ability to go long distances, a carbon pole is probably your best choice. If you’re okay with a slightly heavier pole (and we’re usually talking ounces here, not pounds), an aluminum pole may be a better fit for difficult terrain and will last a bit longer.

Check the grip

You’re going to spend a long time holding your trekking poles’ grips, so you want to make sure that they’re comfortable. You should take a look at the grip and, ideally, give it a squeeze to see how it feels in your hand.

Most pole grips are made from cork, foam, or rubber. I prefer cork because the material molds to the shape of your hand over time. Grips made with EVA foam are also often quite comfortable and weigh a bit less than cork. Rubber grips absorb shock exceptionally well, but can get sticky and cause blisters when it’s hot and humid out.

Tips

Trekking poles come with different kinds of tips on the end, which can help you move across different kinds of terrain. Many poles, including our recommendations, either come with multiple sets of pole tips or give you the opportunity to buy alternate tips or replacements when you need them. (You should replace your tips every 1,500-2,000 miles.) Most pole tips have a screw-on mechanism, so it’s easy to change them on the fly, so it’s nice to have multiple options on your trip. Here are some of the most common choices:

Rubber tips provide extra grip on wet surfaces, as well as shock absorption on paved surfaces. Since they’re softer and less pointy, rubber tips don’t tear up trails as much as carbide tips, but also don’t provide as much traction.

Carbide tips are extremely durable. They don’t wear down as quickly as rubber versions. With a sharper point, they grip well on rock, dirt, and ice, allowing you to really dig into surfaces. They’ll also rip up soft dirt, so they may damage hiking trails.

Rubber feet have a shape that resembles a small foot. With a wider footprint, they allow you to move faster without losing your balance.

Mud baskets attach a few inches above the tip of your poles and prevent your poles from sinking down too far into soft, muddy earth. They can also prevent some of the mud from splattering onto your calves. Like carbide tips, though, they can damage plant life on trails, so you should reserve them for appropriate terrain.

Snow baskets are a wider version of mud baskets made for snow. They function like snowshoes, keeping your poles near the surface of deep snow.

Locking mechanism

If you follow my lead and go with adjustable poles, you should take a closer look at how it opens and closes. Most adjustable trekking poles feature a locking mechanism with a lever that opens or closes to slide the pole length up or down, coupled with a push button lock or spring-loaded twist lock. Many also include an inner dial in the lever to increase or decrease tension. When considering a pole, check to make sure it’s easy to adjust the poles and operate the lock with or without gloves. If you buy poles that require special tools to change spring tension, make sure those are included. You want a pole that you can easily adjust when out on the trail but also locks securely.

FAQs

Q: How much do the best trekking poles cost?

Most trekking poles cost $50-$250, depending on what they’re made from, versatility, comfort, durability, and weight. Generally speaking, the lighter the pole, the higher the price tag. When choosing hiking poles, remember that they need to be light enough to lift and carry all day without tiring you out on a hike, but strong enough to support your body weight.

Q: Where do I recycle my trekking poles?

If they are in good working condition without structural damage, you can often recycle a pair of trekking poles through a gear trade-in program like the one offered by REI. If they aren’t reusable, you can put aluminum poles out with your household metal recycling.

Carbon fiber trekking poles aren’t recyclable. There are companies who are developing ways to recycle it, but it’s not a process that is easy or currently available to the general public.

Q: Are trekking poles bad for trails?

Trekking poles can be bad for trails as they have the potential to tear up soft soil and damage plants growing along the trailside. Pay close attention to where you place your poles, and stick to hiking best practices, including the following:

Don’t use your poles when you don’t need them. Use rubber tips as much as possible. In an area with tense vegetation, avoid using baskets that will rip up plant life. And finally, make sure to leave no trace.

Q: Do carbon fiber trekking poles break?

Carbon trekking poles can break, though it’s usually a result of extreme pressure. It doesn’t happen often enough for them to be considered unsafe. 

Originally developed for the aerospace industry, carbon fiber is lightweight, strong, and stiff made from woven fibers held together with resin. It is stronger than even steel of the same thickness while also being much lighter which is why it’s used to make things like trekking poles and bicycles.

Final thoughts on the best trekking poles

Outdoor gear companies are always finding ways to build sturdier, lighter trekking poles, but I find that you don’t need to get too worried about the particulars. As long as you get a pair that’s sturdy, comfortable to hold, and light enough to use all day, you shouldn’t worry too much about optimizing for the “best” experience. More than anything, you want something reliable. All of the poles included here are durable and comfortable with the potential to be that favorite piece of gear you don’t leave for an adventure without.

The post The best trekking poles of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best elliptical machines of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-elliptical/ Mon, 26 Jul 2021 21:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=378823
A foot of a person wearing sports sneakers who is pedaling on a black and white fitness machine.
Pixabay

Sprint through our best elliptical machine selects, and get pumped for the at-home cardio workouts you crave.

The post The best elliptical machines of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A foot of a person wearing sports sneakers who is pedaling on a black and white fitness machine.
Pixabay

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best elliptical overall The Schwinn 420 is our pick for best elliptical overall. Schwinn 430 Elliptical Machine
SEE IT

With a Bluetooth connected app, 29 workout programs, and 25 levels of resistance, this pick is the perfect addition to any home gym.

Best foldable ellipitical machine The NordicTrack Spacesaver Trainer is the best elliptical that's foldable. NordicTrack Spacesaver SE9i Elliptical Trainer
SEE IT

The vertical and folding space-saving design allows you to store your exercise equipment just about anywhere.

Best budget elliptical trainer The Horizon Fitness EX-59 is the best elliptical if you’re on a budget. Horizon Fitness EX-59 Elliptical
SEE IT

With Bluetooth connectivity and a variety of speed and incline controls, this budget pick can give you an at-home workout without breaking the bank.

If building out your home gym with low-impact cardio workout machinery has been on your to-do list but you just didn’t know where to start, consider the elliptical machine. An at-home workout on an elliptical trainer provides numerous health benefits. Like any good cardio exercise, it builds stamina and endurance by strengthening your heart, muscles, and lungs. This device trains both your lower and upper body and burns body fat if you approach it the right way. Plus, it puts way less stress on your joints in comparison to running. So, if you’re all warmed up and ready to race in place, here are some of the best elliptical machines on the market now to give you a headstart on your at-home workouts.

Best elliptical machines: Reviews & Recommendations

It can feel overwhelming choosing the right elliptical for your home gym, but deciding which features are most important to you—from LCD display screens to foldable designs to workout programs—will help to limit the scope.

Best overall: Schwinn 430 Elliptical Machine

Schwinn

SEE IT

With the 10-degree motorized ramp offering the option of adjustable incline and Precision Path technology, the Schwinn 430 Elliptical Machine provides a great workout. Choose from the twenty-five levels of resistance for a range of intensity and 22 workout programs that make this elliptical tough to beat.

Best splurge: Sole Fitness E25 Elliptical Machine

SOLE

SEE IT

For ultra-smooth performance and a guaranteed full-body workout every time, the Sole Fitness E25 Elliptical Machine features a 19-pound flywheel and a high-gear ratio. To target different muscle groups, you can change the incline from flat level to 30 degrees with the push of a button. Track your workout metrics—time, distance, calories, pulse, and resistance—with the 6.25-inch blue LCD display. For switching up your workouts, the elliptical offers a number of workout programs, including nine automatic and one customizable option. Built-in speakers, a water bottle holder, and cooling fans are just the icing on the cake.

Best foldable: NordicTrack Spacesaver SE9i Elliptical Trainer

NordicTrack

SEE IT

With the purchase of the NordicTrack Spacesaver SE9i Elliptical Trainer, not only are you getting a fantastic machine with SMR Silent Magnetic Resistance for a quiet workout and built-in fans. Connect via Bluetooth from your phone or tablet to the 7-inch display, the app (available in Google Play and the App Store) to gain access to interactive studio classes and global workouts. Plus, the iFit trainer will automatically adjust your resistance from the 24 available levels, so you can focus on your workout. Finally, you can easily track your workout metrics on the LCD display to watch yourself improve session after session.

Best hybrid: ProForm Hybrid Trainer

ProForm

SEE IT

If you love cycling and elliptical training, then the ProForm Hybrid Trainer is worth a serious look. Perfect for multiple users and those who like to switch up their exercise routine, this trainer offers an adjustable seat and pedals with a unique design so that you can choose between a recumbent bike or a rear-drive elliptical (or both!), giving you two cardio machines in one. The grip sensors keep you informed of your heart rate, while the LCD display tracks your distance, cadence, and estimated calorie burn. The Silent Magnetic Resistance and Inertia-Enhanced Flywheel keeps your ride smooth from start to finish. Plus, with 16 levels of resistance, you can vary the intensity of your workout. Purchase includes a free 30-day iFit trial membership for access to interactive training and on-demand studio classes (auto-renews without cancellation). 

Best budget: Horizon Fitness EX-59 Elliptical

Horizon Fitness

SEE IT

For just under $650, you can enjoy a great workout on the Horizon elliptical from the comfort of your own home. The Horizon Fitness EX-59 Elliptical’s Ergonomic Six-Star Frame encourages ideal body position and movement so you can enjoy a more comfortable and efficient workout without any wear and tear. Plus, the tighter Q factor (i.e. distance between pedals) reduces stress on the hips and back. In order to better focus on your workout, one-touch keys allow you to easily switch up your resistance and speed. Plus, with a device holder and a rapid-charge USB port, you won’t have to worry about running out of battery mid-workout. If you prefer an elliptical with a LCD display, this isn’t it; however, you can easily use your phone or tablet.

What to look for when shopping for the best elliptical

A spec sheet with lots of bells and whistles can be hard to resist. But, you’ll want to make sure that the features offered to match your needs and your budgetary constraints. If you want something basic, paying extra for connectivity can be counterproductive. That’s especially true if you have to pay for a monthly app subscription to get the most out of your machine. Those programs work great for some, but add needless extra cost for others.

Will there be multiple users?

Exercise equipment typically doesn’t embrace the one-size-fits-all mindset. Different bodies require different setups. Opting for an adjustable elliptical machine will make it much more versatile, especially if multiple people will use it to work out. This allows you, roommates, and/or family to get the best use out of the machine. If you’re using an app like iFit, it’s a great idea to create multiple profiles in order to avoid confusion with workout metrics and preferences. That way, everyone can track their progress individually without having to rely on outside apps like Strava.

Do you have space to spare?

If you have lots of room in your home for an at-home gym or workout nook, then you will have few limitations on which elliptical is best suited for your home. However, if space is tight, you might want to consider an elliptical that folds so you can store it when you’re not using it to optimize the space that you do have. Even if the machine’s footprint will fit into your space, you want to make sure you have some extra room around it. Working out is a dynamic process and you don’t want to feel boxed in or bang your elbow against the wall during an intense interval. Extra space will also improve air flow so you’re not roasting in your own sweat as you churn away at your workout.

How important is workout variety to you?

Versatility when it comes to working out is key, not only for health reasons but to keep your exercise routine fun and exciting. A hybrid elliptical machine is a great way to make sure you have options. To keep your mind and body active, you can jog on the elliptical one day and cycle on the recumbent bike the next day. It’s almost like a two-for-one deal. There are trade-offs, though. Hybrids typically include more moving parts, which can wear out over time. Versatility typically comes with a cost.

Do you prefer manual or automatic workouts?

While some people like to create their own workout routine, others prefer to follow workout programs. If you’re in the former group, then you might not need an elliptical that offers multiple workout programs—although having the option is nice. If you fall into the latter category, then an elliptical that offers automatic and customizable options would be a better fit for you. Some brands, like NordicTrack tie into a full-on workout system like iFit. In addition to suggested workouts, you can get pre-programmed sessions that guide you over the course of multiple days. For some users, this kind of consistency makes a huge difference.

What’s your budget?

There are plenty of ellipticals that offer great workouts without breaking the bank. While the more affordable options may not have an LCD display screen, they will still track your workout metrics. Plus, many have Bluetooth connectivity so you can sync your phone or tablet to follow along with workouts, listen to music, or watch TV.

Do you want to connect your phone or tablet?

To enhance your workout, you probably want to listen to music or catch up on your favorite TV shows, so bluetooth connectivity is key. When your phone or tablet is synced to the elliptical speakers, you’ll be able to enjoy entertainment options  with great sound quality.

FAQs

Q: Do elliptical trainers help lose belly fat?

In short, they can if you integrate them into a healthy overall lifestyle. Since you’re working both your lower and upper body, using more muscles at once, you burn more calories. In fact, you can burn ample calories. Ramping up your intensity as well as incorporating speed and interval training will help you burn more calories and in turn, lose belly fat. It’s important to note that you can’t out work a bad diet and you shouldn’t try.

Q: Is an elliptical machine better than walking?

Using an elliptical machine will likely burn more calories than walking through sheer intensity. Plus, it can be easier on your joints due to its no-impact nature. If you’ve got sensitive joints or arthritis, you’re better off using an elliptical trainer or elliptical bike. However, walking may provide a better workout for hamstrings, calves, and small muscles in the ankle. All of these muscle groups are important for balance. 

Q: How much should I spend on an elliptical machine?

On average, a good elliptical trainer with all the bells and whistles will cost somewhere between $1000 and $2000. Depending on your budget and if there are certain features you’re willing to do without, you can find good elliptical machines in the mid-hundreds. 

The final word on shopping for the best elliptical

The best elliptical for at-home use will be easy to set up (hopefully!), a breeze to use, and will track your workout metrics so you can keep an eye on your improvement or focus on certain target areas. Plus, with a wide range of resistance and speed levels, you can decide how intense you want your workout to be that day. If you want a piece of exercise equipment that strengthens your heart, lungs, and muscles, builds stamina and endurance, and burns fat whilst putting less pressure on your joints, then an elliptical machine will provide a good at-home cardio workout for you.

The post The best elliptical machines of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
You can save $60 on the best Android smartwatch at Amazon https://www.popsci.com/gear/samsung-galaxy-watch-5-amazon-sale/ Thu, 27 Apr 2023 15:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=537216
SAMSUNG Galaxy Watch 5 40mm
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Take advantage of limited-time savings on Samsung's svelte Galaxy Watch 5 and collect more metrics for less money.

The post You can save $60 on the best Android smartwatch at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
SAMSUNG Galaxy Watch 5 40mm
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

There aren’t many smartwatches that can stand toe-to-toe with the Apple Watch, but Samsung’s Galaxy Watch 5 is one of those exceptions. The sleek-looking digital timepiece can also display notifications and continuously record key health metrics without intervention, bringing the kind of integration that iOS users are used to over to the Android ecosystem. The best part is that you can snag this smartwatch for $219—its lowest price ever—if you shop at Amazon right now.

SAMSUNG Galaxy Watch 5 (40mm), $219 (Was $279.99)

Amazon

SEE IT

One of the Galaxy Watch 5’s greatest strengths is that it doesn’t look like a piece of tech at first glance. Watches are fashion accessories regardless of functionality, and subtlety works in Samsung’s favor. This smartwatch’s 1.2-inch color display is large enough that you should be able to easily read text without feeling like you’re carrying a boat on your wrist. The screen is made of scratch-resistant sapphire crystal glass, so it shouldn’t chip if you accidentally bump your wrist against a desk or dumbbell. You can change its watch faces and bands to suit your mood or the occasion, too.

Aesthetics are important, but the Galaxy Watch 5’s tech features help it stand out the most. Samsung says its sensors can analyze your sleep and recommend changes to help you get more rest. Additional sensors can track your heart rate, BMI, body water level, basal metabolic rate, blood pressure, and more. If you’re exercising, the Galaxy Watch 5 can automatically assess how you’re working out and accurately track how many calories you’ve burned based on the activity.

If you’re trying to improve your health or want to know what time it is without pulling out your phone, Samsung’s Galaxy Watch 5 is an excellent option at this price. Just be mindful that it can only be paired with Android devices, which means it’s incompatible with the iPhone.

If you’re already happy with what’s on your wrist, here are some more deals to accessorize your home:

The post You can save $60 on the best Android smartwatch at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best rowing machines of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-rowing-machine/ Tue, 17 Aug 2021 17:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=389603
Pretend you’re on the water at home with the best rowing machine.
Kyle Kranz, Unsplash

The best rowing machines provide a low-impact, full-body workout from the comfort of your own home.

The post The best rowing machines of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Pretend you’re on the water at home with the best rowing machine.
Kyle Kranz, Unsplash

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best splurge The Concept2 is the best rowing machine splurge. Concept2 Indoor Rowing Machine
SEE IT

This Bluetooth-compatible model allows you to track your health metrics over time. 

Best water Mr. Captain Rowing Machine is the best rowing machine for water. Mr. Captain Water Rowing Machine
SEE IT

Get a real-life rowing experience with the sounds of water in the background. 

Best budget The Sunny Health & Fitness Magnetic Rowing Machine is the best budget pick. Sunny Health & Fitness Magnetic Rowing Machine
SEE IT

A strong competitor at an affordable price.

Are you looking for a low-impact workout that builds endurance and strengthens muscles? And do you want to exercise from the comfort of your own living room or bedroom or home gym? If you’ve answered yes to both questions, it might be time to add a rowing machine to your fitness equipment collection. Like treadmills and elliptical machines, the best rowing machine offers a great cardio workout with additional benefits like full-body conditioning and a good effect on your heart and lungs. Plus, it’s great for rowers of all levels and can even be meditative. Physical and mental wellbeing—check! Take a lap and scroll through our best rowing machine selects below.

The best rowing machines: Reviews & Recommendations

The rowing machine market is crowded, which means options for every type of rower, but selecting the best for you can feel overwhelming. As long as you have an understanding about what’s most important to you from type of rower to workout preference to levels of resistance, finding the best rowing machine will be a (sea) breeze. 

Best overall: NordicTrack – RW500 – Rower

NordicTrack

SEE IT

If you’re looking for a full-body workout on a rower with advanced and customizable features, the NordicTrack RW500 Rower is a solid choice. Depending on your preference, you can choose between manually adjusting the 26 levels of resistance or using the built-in SMR (Silent Magnetic Resistance) system that changes up your training intensity without interrupting your workout. With the LED screen, you can easily control and monitor your workout metrics. Plus, for added comfort and ease, the Nordictrack rower features an ergonomic seat and handle and dual two-inch speakers with an audio auxiliary port so you can listen to music or watch videos during your workout. 

Best splurge: Concept2 Indoor Rowing Machine

Concept2

SEE IT

Super quiet and easy to store, the Concept2 Indoor Rowing Machine is a great fit for your home gym, whether in your house or small apartment. In addition to controlling the intensity of your workout with the air-resistance flywheel, you can also control the air flow by changing the damper, ranging from levels one to ten. You can select programs based on time, distance, intervals, and more and easily track your workout on the backlit LCD screen. If you want to track your heart rate as well, wireless Bluetooth and ANT+ compatibility allow you to connect with heart-rate belts and apps. Plus, if trying new workout programs is your jam, you can connect to endless fitness apps, and the free ErgData app records and stores workouts on your phone. Designed to fit most rowers, the seat is 14 inches high and features adjustable footrests and an ergonomic handle.

Best water: Mr. Captain Water Rowing Machine

MR. CAPTAIN

SEE IT

A great workout is a priority when it comes to rowing machines, but what if you could truly feel like you’re rowing on actual water? Enter the Mr. Captain Water Rowing Machine, which is built like a ship with sustainable oak wood covered with an aluminum-alloy rail. It also comes with real water resistance via a water tank. To get the most out of your workout, you can set up three modes from the Bluetooth monitor: manual, interval custom, and target. Plus, features like the ergonomic seat, active recoil system, and adjustable footpads and straps provide comfort and customization for each rower. As an added bonus, you’ll have the beautiful background sound of water moving around within the shock- and oxidation-resistant tank. You might have to ask yourself: Am I in my home gym or out on the water? 

Best budget: Sunny Health & Fitness Magnetic Rowing Machine

Sunny Health & Fitness

SEE IT

Available for just under $250, the Sunny Health & Fitness Magnetic Rowing Machine is a steal. A strong competitor to more expensive ergometers, this rowing machine features eight levels of magnetic resistance that can be adjusted during your workout for interval training. The LCD console tracks your time, calories, distance, and more, so you can focus on your workout. Safety and comfort features include non-slip foot pedals and straps, floor stabilizers, anti-slip handlebars, and a cushioned seat. And if you’ve got multiple rowers in your household, this machine can accommodate most riders with its extra long slide rail. 

What to consider when shopping for the best rowing machines

When shopping for the best rowing machine to add to your home fitness equipment, there are a few things to consider. In order to find the best fit for you, start by asking what kind of machine you want for a cardio workout at home. Ergometers are designed with one of four main types of resistance: water, magnetic, air, and air/magnet hybrid. Then consider how much space you have available. And are you on a budget? Once you have a better understanding of your workout preferences and your space limitations (or not), you’ll be off and running to find your best ergometer.

How intense do you want your workouts?

Regardless of whether you’re a beginner or experienced rower, you’ll probably want some variation of intensity in your workout. Most rowing machines have at least eight levels of resistance, but if you really want to get your heart rate up, you might want to consider an indoor rower that features 24 levels of resistance. Additionally, lots of machines offer the option of manual or automatic so you can customize your workout or leave it up to the pre-programmed workouts. 

How much space do you have to spare?

If you have a dedicated space for your home gym and can leave your rowing machine out, then you will have few limitations in terms of options. However, if space is at a premium, or you don’t want exercise equipment in your living room, it’s a good idea to get a foldable ergometer. This way, you can fold it and store it away vertically to make the best use of your space. 

What type of rowing machine do you want?

Rowing machines are generally designed with one of four different modes of resistance: air, water, magnetic, or air/magnet hybrid. So which is the best for you? While air/magnet hybrids are the priciest option, they are considered to be some of the best rowers because they are super quiet and offer a variety of training styles. Air rowers are generally the most affordable and lightweight but tend to be on the noisier side. A water rower has the most realistic rowing sensation so you can feel like you’re out on a lake, with the sound of water sloshing in the background included. Magnetic rowers are another great affordable option if you want something on the quieter side but they don’t feel as realistic. 

Are you on a budget? 

There are lots of great rowing machines available for under $500. In this price range, you’ll find more air and magnetic indoor rowers, which have lots of pros. Cons for air rowers are that they can be quite noisy and for magnetic rowers, they tend to feel less realistic. But If your main priority is getting a great workout, then the more affordable options will certainly get the job done.  

Will there be multiple rowers? 

Once your family members or roommates catch you rowing, there’s no doubt they’ll want in. To accommodate multiple rowers, you’ll want a rowing machine that allows you to adjust both the length and footpads and straps. Lucky for you (and your housemates), most indoor rowers are easily adjustable for a good at-home cardio workout. 

Is Bluetooth connection important to you? 

In order to connect to your phone or tablet for additional workout programs, to track your heart rate or to listen to music, your rowing machine will need Bluetooth connectivity. If this is a priority for you, then be sure to look for a rower that can work with your device(s). 

FAQs

Q: Are rowing machines worth it?

In short, the answer is yes, rowing machines are worth it, but that all depends on how you plan to use them. Naturally, you might assume that rowing only benefits your upper body but in fact, an ergometer works the majority of your muscles. The total-body workout also helps increase endurance, strengthens and tones muscles, and even offers aerobic benefits for your heart and lungs. Like most workout machines, to see real improvement, it’s best to use the rowing machine at least four times a week. 

Q: Can you lose belly fat on a rowing machine? 

While exercising on the rowing machine doesn’t directly target your stomach section (though your abs are worked with each stroke), the workout does burn calories and strengthens muscles, which leads to shedding fat all over. The best way to do that is consistent high-intensity workouts.

Q: Which is better, treadmills or rowing machines? 

This all depends on what you want out of your workout. If your main focus is weight loss and a lower body workout, a treadmill would be the best way to go. However, if you want full-body fitness—strengthening muscles, endurance building, toning—then the rowing machine will be a great fit.

The final word on shopping for the best rowing machines

The best rowing machine will provide a great low-impact cardio workout for your entire body, building endurance and strengthening muscles. When looking for the best model for you, your space limitations and how many rowers will be using the machine are important considerations that will help narrow down your search. If you want a realistic rowing experience, a quiet one, or a machine that offers the ability to connect to your device for additional workout programs, the best ergometer is one stroke away. 

The post The best rowing machines of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best Garmin smartwatches for 2023, tested and reviewed https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-garmin-smartwatch/ Sat, 29 May 2021 22:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=368581
Best Garmin smartwatches sliced header
Tony Ware

Garmin smartwatches include sleep tracking, GPS, wellness monitoring, step trackers, and so much more. Here's how to pick the best features and fashions for you.

The post The best Garmin smartwatches for 2023, tested and reviewed appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best Garmin smartwatches sliced header
Tony Ware

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall A pair of grey SHOKZ bone conduction headphones on a blue and white background. Shokz OpenRun
SEE IT

Impressive battery life, water resistance, and reliable connectivity make these the best pair of bone-conduction headphones around.

Best for kids A pair of pink bone conduction headphones with a unicorn pattern on a blue and white background N/0 Kids Bone Conduction Headphones
SEE IT

Give your kids a pair of headphones that will provide safe entertainment while they stay active.

Best waterproof A pair of blue bone conduction headphones on a blue and white background Shokz OpenSwim
SEE IT

A pair of open-ear headphones that’s waterproof, the OpenSwim suit doing laps in the pool swimmingly.

Garmin is one of the most popular smartwatch makers in the world, largely due to the multinational GPS-enabled technology company’s focus on hyper-accurate fitness tracking. While Apple still holds 30% of the global market (and over 50% of its revenue), according to a February 2023 Counterpoint Research report, Garmin has achieved a position of prominence on people’s wrists from the boardroom to the backcountry. When it comes to premium multisport wearables, Garmin is the endurance athlete’s top choice because of the depth of activities supported and battery life that can outlast almost any adventure. We’ve pulled together several of the company’s most popular products to help you find the best Garmin smartwatch to fit your lifestyle, sense of style, and budget.   

How we chose the best Garmin smartwatches

All Garmin smartwatches provide a degree of wellness metering; they measure steps, monitor your heart rate, and generally check to make sure you’re still alive. But if you take your training seriously, the best smartwatches feature activity tracking, pulse oximeters to measure the oxygen in your blood, stress metering, energy-level monitoring, sleep trackers, customizable training regiments, and challenges designed to help you improve in your favorite sports. The Garmin Connect app syncs to your iOS and Android phones, providing access to customizable coaching and a community of athletes to compete with. If you’re serious about training, durability should also trump style. You don’t want it falling apart the first time you bang the watch against a machine at the gym, or you take a hit on the playing field. And if you’re a swimmer, your watch has to be waterproof, too. We took all these factors, and more, into consideration.

The best Garmin smartwatches for 2023: Reviews & Recommendations

Once you’ve considered your specific needs, it’s time to dig into the Garmin lineup. With multiple models in different lines—including sports & fitness, outdoor recreation, swimming, fashion, luxury, and more—there are plenty of options. Here are our top picks from several categories:

Best overall: Garmin fēnix 7 Sapphire Solar

Tony Ware

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: If you want metrics that tell you if you’re in the weeds and guidance that helps you get out of the woods, the fēnix 7 Sapphire Solar can keep up with whatever you’re up to.

Specs

  • Display: 1.3-inch sunlight-visible, transflective memory-in-pixel (MIP)
  • Touchscreen: Yes
  • Battery life with GPS: Up to 57 hours/73 hours with solar (GPS only mode)
  • Weight: 2.68 ounces

Pros

  • The battery life, which can stretch from many days to several months depending on usage and solar energy conditions
  • Touchscreen and button navigation/controls
  • The visibility in sunlight
  • The durability of the titanium body and sapphire crystal

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Bulky

The Garmin fēnix 7 Sapphire Solar is perfect for gym rats, anyone who plays a wide variety of sports, and especially people who believe new terrain equals new gains. It tracks more activities than other watches and includes advanced training features like PacePro for grade-adjusted pace guidance throughout an activity. Plus, the heart monitor works underwater. Adventurous athletes will appreciate the preloaded TopoActive maps (updateable via Wi-Fi), ski maps for more than 2,000 ski resorts, and a multiband global navigation satellite system. Whether it’s jet lag or running laps, the sensor-packed smartwatch gives you insight into your body’s battery (tracking everything from heart rate and blood oxygen to respiration and sleep to stress and hydration). The downside: It’s predictably expensive and chunky. The upsides, though …

Watches need to be charged. Most of Garmin’s smartwatches plug into a wall via a proprietary multi-pin USB cable (don’t lose it!) that attaches to the back of the case. At the higher end of the product line, these watches run for about 26 hours under a constantly tracking GPS load or 173 days in battery-saver mode. However, if you’re someone who spends a lot of time outdoors—whether hiking, gardening, or running, for instance—Garmin’s solar watches can extend that time, well, almost indefinitely. Garmin uses what the company calls “Power Glass,” which is integrated behind tough Corning Gorilla Glass 3 in the standard Solar edition or Power Sapphire in the upgraded flagship (shown catching sunlight on a crisp January hike above), to turn a few hours of direct light into days of use. As a bonus, the Power Glass doesn’t take up real estate on the watch’s face, leaving ample room for all the other information Garmin’s watches provide. 

As its name suggests, the Garmin Solar watches can be powered by the sun; three hours of direct light is enough to keep one running. It’s a boon for outdoor enthusiasts, especially athletic ones who will appreciate the robust set of activity trackers, personal coaching, and other wellness features. It’s a great fitness watch, but the fēnix 7 Sapphire Solar isn’t the prettiest of Garmin’s premium products because it lacks the advanced AMOLED touchscreen found on the Garmin epix (Gen. 2)—though that vivid display (shown below on the same winter day in a bit of shade for comparison) means the epix can’t match the fēnix 7 in battery life even though it’s otherwise as full-featured. Though a week or two, depending on mode, ain’t bad and more than enough if most of your training and traveling centers around convenient recharging stations.  

Garmin epix (Gen. 2) on a wrist while hiking in the shade
Tony Ware

Best running watch: Forerunner 955 Solar

Abby Ferguson

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Forerunner 955 Solar offers excellent battery life with a seemingly endless list of features and capabilities, from training and safety tools to full smartwatch abilities and countless customization options. 

Specs

  • Display: 1.3-inch transflective memory-in-pixel (MIP)
  • Touchscreen: Yes
  • Battery life with GPS: Up to 42 hours/49 hours with solar (GPS only mode)
  • Weight: 1.86 ounces

Pros

  • Long-lasting battery life
  • A plethora of sensors for lots of data
  • Full smartwatch capabilities
  • Touchscreen

Cons

  • Solar charging doesn’t add much to battery life

If you are serious about improvising your fitness and performance, a watch with many sensors is a must. There’s no such thing as too much data for such athletes. That’s where the Forerunner 955 Solar comes in. It’s jam-packed with just about every sensor you could imagine so that you can measure everything from heart rate to stride length and even REM sleep.

Garmin then uses all that data to provide training suggestions and status updates via the watch and the Garmin Connect app. It helps prevent overtraining, offers a rough guide for improving your performance, and suggests workout ideas to keep your training fresh (as we found out in our full review). Your Forerunner 955 can even give predictions on race times for different distances. It’s essentially like having a coach right there on your wrist (or in your pocket).

Beyond fitness tracking, the watch also pairs with your phone for full smartwatch capabilities. It will give you notifications for calls, texts, and all your apps and even let you send some preformatted responses right from the watch. And you’ll have access to important safety features for runners so that they can track your progress on an activity (LiveTrack), and you can quickly request help (Assistance).

Best for hiking: Instinct 2 Solar and Instinct 2S Solar

Abby Ferguson

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Instinct 2 Solar provides truly impressive battery life and rugged design for those who seek out long adventures.

Specs

  • Display: 0.79 x 0.79-inch or 0.9 x 0.9-inch monochrome, sunlight-visible, transflective memory-in-pixel (MIP)
  • Touchscreen: No
  • Battery life with GPS: Up to 30 hours/48 hours with solar
  • Weight: 1.52 ounces or 1.86 ounces

Pros

  • Ridiculous battery life
  • Available in two sizes
  • Robust fitness tracking and health features
  • Garmin Pay compatible

Cons

  • Black and white display 
  • Detailed maps and graphs don’t show up well

Hiking—especially long hikes and backpacking—requires more from a watch than many other activities. Battery life, in particular, is critical. Recording with GPS for long periods can eat through battery life, and having your hike recording disappear because of a dead battery is extremely frustrating. The Instinct 2 Solar attempts to solve this with its absurdly long battery life. For example, in Expedition mode, you can get up to 105 days of battery with the right solar conditions.

Part of the long battery life is thanks to the rather simple monochrome display. It’s not a fancy color touchscreen like some of the more premium Garmin watches, but it’s easily visible even in bright sunlight and fits the rugged design of the watch. Additionally, the Instinct Solar 2 comes in two case sizes: 40mm or 45mm. That’s especially ideal for those with tiny wrists who don’t want a giant watch (like me, for instance). And a newer Instinct 2X Solar has been released with a larger bezel for those who prefer a larger display and longer battery life, so now there are three size options within the family.

The watch comes with more basic sensors, including heart rate, barometric altimeter, accelerometer, thermometer, pulse ox monitor, compass, and a few GPS modes. Even though it doesn’t have as many sensors as the more expensive watches, it still provides training details, statuses, and suggestions to improve your fitness without thinking much about it. 

Best for diving: Garmin Descent G1 Solar

Abby Ferguson

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The solar capabilities of the Descent G1 Solar prolong the battery life, allowing you to stay out longer while recording your dives. Plus, it offers a full suite of freediver-friendly features to keep you safe and help you improve your apnea performance. 

Specs

  • Display: 0.9 x 0.9-inch monochrome, sunlight-visible, transflective memory-in-pixel (MIP)
  • Touchscreen: No
  • Battery life with GPS: Up to 26 hours/39 hours with solar
  • Weight: 2.32 ounes

Pros

  • Excellent battery life and fast charging
  • Dive features are intuitive and easy to use
  • Very customizable
  • Pairs with other Garmin fitness devices like heart rate monitors and power meters

Cons

  • Monochrome screen
  • Not as sleek as the more premium Garmin dive watch

While most forms of exercise overlap with what you would want from a watch, diving presents a unique situation. Environmental conditions such as tide and weather are even more critical when diving, and different data types are useful to stay safe. The Garmin Descent G1 Solar is a robust and rugged dive computer and exercise watch that is water-rated to 100 meters. It’s the ideal tool for those who dive but don’t want a separate device for exercise on land.

This watch can keep you updated on the current tide, surf, and weather conditions, provides GPS coordinates of your surface entry and exit points, and can pair with the Garmin InReach communication device. All these features will help keep you safe even if you are in a remote location. Plus, you’ll get up to 25 hours of battery life in dive mode, so you won’t have to worry about your watch dying mid-dive session.

The Descent G1 Solar comes loaded with multiple types of diving, including single and multiple gas dives (including nitrox and trimix), gauge, apnea, apnea hunt, and closed-circuit rebreather. But it’s also ready for just about any other type of activity, from running to cycling and even hunting and yoga. My husband has been using this watch for six months and said it is a fantastic partner to have with you in the field (or in the water) on long days.

Best fashion wearable: Garmin Venu 2 

Amazon

SEE IT

Specs

  • Display: 1.3-inch AMOLED optional always-on mode
  • Touchscreen: No
  • Battery life with GPS: Up to 22 hours (GPS without music); 11 days as just a smartwatch
  • Weight: 1.73 ounces

Sometimes you want a smartwatch that is less focused on your workouts but can keep you up on work while you’re out. While keeping track of your steps, etc., is valuable, sometimes you want to control your watch and control your life. The Garmin Connect app allows the company’s watches to sync to iOS and Android phones via a robust Bluetooth connection. This opens up advanced wellness features and biometric tracking, as well as a way to further customize the watch’s features. But what I really love is how syncing the two lets me subtly check my messages and calendar alerts by simply glancing at my wrist. I can also control my music, navigate through a new city, and many other things I’d normally use my phone for—all while keeping my hands free. Now, reaching into my back pocket for anything other than answering a call seems like a waste, even when not working out.

The Venu 2 features a colorful, touch-sensitive AMOLED display that’s as easy to read as it is to navigate. This is great because the smartwatch is loaded with features, including activity tracking, a powerful GPS, onboard storage for up to 650 songs, and seamless integration with your smartphone via the Garmin Connect app. This is a watch you can wear all day, in any setting, and it’ll never look out of place (and you can read more about the experience in our full review).

Best budget watch for beginners: Garmin Vivoactive 4

Garmin

SEE IT

Specs

  • Display: 1.3-inch sunlight-visible, transflective memory-in-pixel (MIP)
  • Touchscreen: No
  • Battery life with GPS: Up to 18 hours (GPS without music)
  • Weight: 1.78 ounces

Pay attention to your budget when choosing a smartwatch. If you don’t need advanced features, like solar power, and AMOLED screens, then don’t pay extra for them. If you’re looking for a basic fitness tracker and something that syncs with your phone, many of Garmin’s entry-level watches will suit you just fine. 

They still offer basic sports apps, GPS, and access to apps and widgets from the Garmin Connect store, and they’ll integrate with iOS and Android phones. While future-proofing yourself might seem smart, smartwatch technology develops quickly and by the time you’re ready for more advanced features, watches featuring them might drop in price. Only pay for what you’ll use. 

Garmin’s Vivoactive 3 GPS smartwatch features built-in sports apps, a contactless payment system, and the ability to sync with compatible smartphones. It comes housed in a classy package that looks great in the gym and out and about, and the watch face can be personalized by visiting Garmin’s Connect IQ store.

What to consider when choosing a Garmin smartwatch

After holding the pandemic at bay with packaged cookies and streaming TV, people have been reintroducing regular exercise and movement into their lives in living rooms, gyms, trails, and beyond. And achieving goals is easier if you can accurately track them. However, if you’re not a hardcore athlete, you don’t need the same features someone training to hit specific benchmarks would. When choosing the best Garmin watch, focus on finding the health monitoring features you want without paying extra money for those you’ll never use. Here are some things to think about when choosing the best Garmin activity tracker:

Features

Are you looking for a simple workout tracker, or do you need advanced metrics? Will it be closely monitoring your health? How important is the sleep tracker function? Do you prefer a fitness watch that allows you to organize your life by providing access to your phone’s messages and calendars? Will you pay for things by tapping your watch? Download and play music, or control the music player on your phone? How important are GPS features? Different watches offer different combinations of these features and more. There’s a big difference between something like the $199 Garmin Forerunner 55 (reviewed here) or the $169 Garmin Forerunner 35, which are dedicated Garmin running watches, and something like the $399 Garmin Venu 2, which is more of a well-rounded smartwatch you’ll wear all the time.

Style

Many of Garmin’s best sports watches aren’t exactly elegant to look at. Think about when and where you plan on wearing your watch. Do you like the bulky aesthetic of classic sports watches, like the Garmin Instinct Solar, or do you want a watch you can wear all day—maybe even going straight to work from the gym? Don’t forget to look at the different color options available to each watch model, and keep in mind that watch bands are often customizable.  

Battery life

Do you spend a lot of time camping? Do you go weeks without seeing an outlet? Or are you home each night with access to a charging station? Make sure the watch you purchase won’t let you down by running out of juice. This doesn’t necessarily mean larger batteries—Garmin makes solar versions of most watch series that can last for weeks if exposed to enough direct sunlight. For other watches, battery life can come down to usage. The Venu 2, for instance, can last up to 11 days in battery-saver mode, but it will die in just 7 hours if you’re playing music and using GPS. 

FAQs

Q: Is Garmin better than Apple Watch?

Everyone’s definition of “better” will differ. In the end, choosing the best smartwatch comes down to the features you want, your budget, and whether you’re already part of the Apple ecosystem. While Apple far and away controls the largest market share for smartwatches, Garmin has a solid chunk by offering a variety of GPS and sports watches geared toward different users’ needs. There is undoubtedly no easier experience than pairing an Apple Watch with an iPhone for seamless connectivity and maximum productivity. And the Apple Watch Ultra has ratcheted up the brand’s durability for endurance athletes. But if you’re looking for a serious training tool, however, something like the Garmin epix (Gen. 2) could offer some handy training features that the Apple Watch can’t.

Q: What is the best value Garmin watch?

Again, it comes down to what you want your watch to do and how much you can afford to spend. The Venu SQ 2 starts at just $249. While it lacks some of the high-end bells and whistles found on the $399 Venu 2, the Venu SQ 2 still offers an impressive set of features for the price, including a blood oxygen monitor and sleep tracking. If you don’t need full smartwatch capabilities and you specifically want to track your runs, then Forerunner 45 is only $150 and gets you tons of fitness tracking muscle without the stuff you may not use. 

If you want a full feature set without such a bulky frame, the Garmin Vivoactive 4S is a solid balance of value and performance. At $349, it’s cheaper than the flagship models but more expensive than the entry-level offerings.

Q: Are Garmin watches worth it?

If you’re looking for a convenient way to track your activities and monitor your health, and you like the idea of a more subtle way to control your phone and receive messages and alerts, then I absolutely think Garmin watches are worth it. The best Garmin smartwatches offer top-tier tools for training and fitness, sleep trackers are the like, and the Garmin Connect app for iOS and Android opens up a host of features that push the watch in powerful directions. If you’re already in the Apple ecosystem, an Apple watch is definitely worth investigating; Apple products have a way of seamlessly integrating that makes them a delight to use. However, even if you’ve got an iPhone, and especially if you’re using an Android phone, Garmins are strong contenders in the smartwatch field. 

Final thoughts on the best Garmin smartwatches

It’s no mystery why Garmin has become a top smartwatch company. Instead of taking a one-size-fits-all approach to watch design, Garmin has offered up options focusing on health and fitness, all-day wear, and high-tech gadgetry designed to fit individual users’ lifestyles. Sometimes the differences aren’t obvious, and shopping for a Garmin watch can feel daunting. But by identifying your needs first and consulting this guide, you’ll be able to zero in on the smartwatch that’s best for you. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best Garmin smartwatches for 2023, tested and reviewed appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best percussion massagers of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-percussion-massagers/ Wed, 19 Jan 2022 00:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=420593
A lineup of the best percussion massagers on a white background
Amanda Reed

Apply some portable percussion after a hard workout or long day at work for some therapeutic relief.

The post The best percussion massagers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best percussion massagers on a white background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best budget Fitness Gear photo Sportneer Elite D9
SEE IT

Get up to six hours on a charge.

Best overall Theragun Pro Percussion Massager Theragun Pro
SEE IT

It offers lots of options and plenty of power.

Best for athletes hypervolt 2 pro percussion massager Hypervolt 2 Pro
SEE IT

It connects to a companion app.

Buying a percussion massager can seem intimidating at first. “A percussive massage gun is a type of handheld portable massager that uses vibration therapy massage on a sore muscle,” says Dr. Allen Conrad of the Montgomery County Chiropractic Center in North Wales, Penn. “The goal of a percussion massage gun is to help relieve pain and soreness of a muscle from an injury or a repetitive motion activity that causes muscle soreness.“

Conrad explains that the best percussion massagers are helpful for large body muscles. “These include the trapezius, quads, and hamstring muscles on the back of your legs,” he says. “Large muscle groups work well with a massage gun, as the treatment helps alleviate delayed onset muscle soreness (DOMS), which is the accumulation of lactic acid and inflammation in the muscles after a strong muscle workout.” In fact, Conrad says a percussive massage gun can provide 5 specific benefits: improved range of motion, better flexibility, decreased spasms, augmented sports performance, and reduced recovery time. That all sounds great to us. Here’s what we found in our search for the best percussion massagers on the market.

How we chose the best percussion massagers

As a freelance journalist for over 10 years, I’ve reviewed technology for publications including CNN Underscored, Popular Mechanics, Tom’s Guide, The Daily Beast, Architectural Digest, Apartment Therapy, The Spruce, and Bob Vila. In addition to conducting extensive research, I’ve tested over a dozen of the best percussion massagers—including those on this list—and also considered recommendations from colleagues and reviews from other users.

The best percussion massagers: Reviews & Recommendations

The best percussion massagers are easy to hold and won’t make your hand feel like it will vibrate into another dimension. Plus, they should ease your weary muscles after a long run, hard workout, or the occasional yoga snafu where you’re ready for bridge pose but your body disagrees. Including them with other mobility tools can help you recover and hit the ground running (literally). One of these should loosen your apprehension about using a percussion massager.

Best overall: Theragun Pro 4th Gen

Theragun

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: It’s expensive, but the Theragun Pro 4th Generation is smart, has a long battery life, and includes an OLED screen. It can even charge wirelessly.

Specs

  • Weight: 2.9 pounds
  • Battery life: 5 hours (2 swappable batteries)
  • Noise level: 60 decibels
  • PPM: up to 2400

Pros

  • Can charge wirelessly
  • OLED screen
  • Long battery life
  • 4 unique arm positions

Cons

  • Expensive

The Theragun Pro is the most expensive item on our list, but we think it’s the best percussion massager. Dr. Allen Conrad also considers the Pro and the simplified Theragun Prime the best on the market. It has a professional-grade motor that works quietly yet effectively. With four unique arm positions, it’s easy to go underneath and around to reach wherever you need to, and the ergonomic handle means your hands and wrists won’t get tired.

The Theragun Pro also has five speeds between 1,750 and 2,400 ppm. Two swappable batteries each last up to 150 minutes and can charge wirelessly. The device includes six attachments: supersoft, dampener, standard ball, wedge, thumb, and cone. The included carrying case makes it simple to lug the whole kit on a trip or to the gym.

Best for professionals: HoMedics Therapist Select Plus

Homedics

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The reasonably priced HoMedics Therapist Select Plus is the lightest device on the list but delivers a powerful punch.

Specs

  • Weight: 1 pound
  • Battery life: 4 hours
  • Noise level: not available
  • PPM: up to 2,900

Pros

  • Great price
  • 6 adjustable speeds
  • 4-hour battery life

Cons

  • Lacks 4 arm positions of the Theragun Pro

If you want to get the best professional percussion massager for home without spending an arm and a leg on a percussive massage gun, consider the HoMedics Therapist Select Plus. It’s lightweight (only 1 pound) and portable, with six adjustable speeds up to 3,000 ppm. The ergonomic handle makes it easy to grasp, and the LCD touch screen makes it easy to choose the desired intensity level. In addition, the rechargeable battery lasts for 4 hours.

The six interchangeable heads include flat with acupressure, u-shape, trigger point, large round, small round, and wedge. There’s also a convenient storage case to keep everything in.

Best for athletes: Hypervolt 2 Pro

Stan Horaczek

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Hypervolt 2 Pro includes customized options and recommendations based on individual fitness levels.

Specs

  • Weight: 2.6 pounds
  • Battery life: 3 hours
  • Noise level: 55-65 decibels
  • PPM: up to 2,700

Pros

  • Pressure sensor technology
  • Connects via Bluetooth to app
  • Quiet
  • Professional motor

Cons

  • Doesn’t include a carrying case

The Hypervolt 2 Pro is the best percussion massager for athletes (and one of our favorite back massagers) for several reasons. It has a pressure sensor to let you know how hard you push into your muscles. The percussive massage gun also connects to the company’s Hyperice App, which allows users to select their current level of activity to get personalized massage programs. It can also suggest certain regimens to target specific parts of your body. In addition, it also scores your progress, based on how often you use the massage gun.

The app includes guided routines and exclusive content from professional athletes, trainers, and physiotherapists. The massage gun’s battery has a 3-hour life, and it includes five speeds. There are also five head attachments: fork, ball, cushion, flat, and bullet. A pouch contains the attachments, but there’s no case included for the gun itself.

Best for travel: Hydragun Atom Mini Massage Gun

Billy Cadden

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This sleek massage gun is fast-charging and powerful but also small enough to tuck into a carry-on or gym bag easily.

Specs

  • Weight: 1.2 pounds
  • Battery life: 5 hours
  • Noise level: 50-55 decibels
  • PPM: Three speeds: 1,800; 2,400; 3,200

Pros

  • Small and lightweight
  • Powerful
  • Comes with three speeds

Cons

  • Not adjustable


If you’re looking for power in a small package, Hydragun’s Atom Mini Massage Gun is a great choice. The sleek aluminum device weighs just 1.2 pounds, making it easy to toss into a suitcase or gym bag. Choose from three speeds—1,800; 2,400; and 3,200 ppm—and alternate between three heads (bullet, flat, and ball) to customize your recovery. The motor’s 15.4 pounds of output force is impressive and can help relieve lower back pain. The Atom is also self-standing and designed to work as a desktop companion to help ease muscle tension during long days at your desk. It comes with a USB-C cord for charging and its battery life of 5 hours (30 sessions) is in line with competitors.

Best mini: Theragun Mini Gen 4

Theragun

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Percussive massage guns can sometimes be tiring to use, but the Theragun Mini is just the right size for those who want a smaller option.

Specs

  • Weight: 1.4 pounds
  • Battery life: 2.5 hours
  • Noise level: 50 decibels
  • PPM: up to 2,400

Pros

  • Quiet
  • Lightweight
  • 3 speeds

Cons

  • Only one ball attachment

As the best mini percussion massager, this compact Theragun Mini is great for small hands or for people who don’t want to be bothered with a heavier percussive massage gun. This also makes it easier to transport, and the ergonomic grip makes it easy to handle. The massage gun has three speeds and, like the Theragun Pro, it also includes the company’s QuietForce technology so that it won’t be irritating to your ears or anyone else close by.

It’s not only smaller, but it also has a shorter battery life; still, 2.5 hours is probably enough for the average person looking for a more compact model. In addition, it only has one standard ball attachment, compared to the numerous head attachments you’ll find with other models. The percussive massage gun also comes in a soft case.

Best quiet: Hypervolt GO 

Hypevolt

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: It’s not cheap, but the Hypervolt GO is also not cheaply made, and it uses quiet glide technology to deliver quiet results.

Specs

  • Weight: 1.5 pounds
  • Battery life: 2.5 hours
  • Noise level: 45 – 65 decibels
  • PPM: up to 3,200

Pros

  • Quiet
  • Lightweight
  • 3 speeds

Cons

  • Only 2 head attachments

It’s the second least expensive and the second quietest but, all things considered, the Hypervolt GO’s combination of price and quietness makes it the best value. It has a percussion range that can go up to 3,200 ppm and only weighs 1.5 pounds. The quiet glide technology significantly suppresses any noise.

The Hypervolt GO is small enough to be considered lightweight and easy to use. However, it is substantial enough to work better than a typical minigun, and the battery can last up to 2.5 hours. The device also has three speeds. However, it only includes two head attachments (flat and bullet), which reduces flexibility.

Best budget: Sportneer Deep Tissue Massage Gun

Tony Ware

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: In addition to the longest-lasting battery, the Sportneer also has numerous massage heads and speeds.

Specs

  • Weight: 2.3 pounds
  • Battery life: Up to 6 hours
  • Noise level: 30-45 (40 on average) decibels
  • PPM: up to 3,200

Pros

  • Outstanding battery life
  • 6 massage heads
  • 6 speeds

Cons

  • May not be intense enough for some

The Sportneer Elite D9 Deep Tissue Percussive Massage Gun proves that you don’t have to bust your budget to get a quality device. Not only does it have a great price (often available near the $100 mark), but it also has the longest battery life of all the items on the list, making it the best budget percussion massager. Depending on the intensity level, it can last from 2 to 6 hours on a single charge. The device has six intensity levels, so you can choose the best frequency to meet your needs at any given moment. The Sportneer also has six speed levels and six attachment heads: spherical, bullet, fork, flat, metal ball, and metal flat. And, if you’re looking to save a little more and willing to drop down to only five speeds, the Sportneer K1 is another excellent choice with a long-lasting battery, available for under $100. 

What to consider when buying the best percussion massagers

Let’s deconstruct some of the most common features you’ll find on the best percussion massagers. 

Noise

The quieter, the better to ensure you can use this device on areas like your neck and shoulders that can be quite loud for your ears,” says Dr. Sapna Sriram, a chiropractor and injury expert at Integra Health Centre in Toronto.

Weight

Since you’ll be using one hand a lot, Sriram advises getting a percussion massager that is easy to use and position on different body parts.

Attachments

“Most guns should come with different attachments that can target different parts of your body and multiple muscle groups with targeted pressure,” Sriram says. The best percussion massagers come with an assortment of attachments to choose from, and Dr. Allen Conrad of the Montgomery County Chiropractic Center in North Wales, Penn., says he’s noticed that which ones are more desirable is usually a matter of personal preference.

Speed settings

Sriram recommends guns that have a few speed settings. “This allows you to customize the number of percussions per minute, which is helpful to ensure the intensity benefits different muscle groups,” Sriram explains.

Battery length

“Massage guns battery lengths vary greatly, with some lasting an hour and others lasting up to 6 hours before they need charging,” Conrad says. The length may be particularly important if you use it at the gym or when traveling. “Another factor to keep in mind is whether it comes with a charging station and a travel bag, as all models do not.”

FAQs

Q: Are percussive massage guns safe to use?

Percussive massage guns are generally safe to use. However, Conrad warns that they are not recommended to use on all body parts—or even by all people. “Anyone who suffers from hypertension, Rheumatoid Arthritis, bone fractures, swelling, varicose veins, or any autoimmune or muscular disorder should consult with their doctor before using a massage gun,” he says. “For example, if you use it on an area that is swollen, it can make the injury worse.”

Q: Can children use percussive massage guns?

Conrad says a percussive massage gun is not a toy and should not be used by children. “It is a helpful method of reducing muscle soreness in the comfort of your own home, but it is also important that it is not within reach of a child, which may injure itself,” he says.

Q: How should you use a percussive massage gun?

Before you start using a percussive massage gun, Sriram recommends that you first confirm with your healthcare professional that it’s safe for you to use one. “Also, I would advise you to avoid using the gun over bony areas of your body,” she says. “Try the softer attachment heads first to ensure your body can tolerate the pressure.” She recommends you start using it with a muscle group for 30 seconds on the lighter setting. “Slowly increase up to 60 seconds, and vary the intensity once your body is used to the device.”

Final thoughts on the best percussion massagers

The best percussion massagers can help you relieve sore muscles and recover faster. The right one for you could be based on several factors, including how much it weighs, how much noise it makes, how many pounds per minute (PPM) it delivers, and, of course, price. The 4th-generation Theragun Pro is expensive, but it’s also a smart device with an OLED screen and four distinct arm positions to help you reach muscles in awkward places. But if you don’t want to pay that much, the other percussive massage guns on the list are also among the best on the market.

Best overall: Theragun Pro   
Best for professionals: HoMedics Therapist Select Plus
Best for athletes: Hypervolt 2 Pro
Best for travel: Hydragun Atom Mini Massage Gun
Best mini: Theragun Mini  
Best quiet: Hypervolt GO 
Best budget: Sportneer Deep Tissue Percussive Massage Gun  

The post The best percussion massagers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Amazfit Band 7 fitness & health tracker review: Back to basics https://www.popsci.com/gear/amazfit-band-7-fitness-health-tracker-review/ Mon, 17 Apr 2023 21:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=534514
The Amazfit Band 7 is a minimal yet capable fitness watch.
The running stats displayed on the Band 7 help keep me and my pup, Athena, on target for our workouts. Abby Ferguson

The Amazfit Band 7 is a simple and budget-friendly fitness tracker that still offers plenty of health insights.

The post Amazfit Band 7 fitness & health tracker review: Back to basics appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The Amazfit Band 7 is a minimal yet capable fitness watch.
The running stats displayed on the Band 7 help keep me and my pup, Athena, on target for our workouts. Abby Ferguson

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

The rise of smartwatches has made health and fitness tracking seem inherently more expensive. Even fairly straightforward watches containing only the most basic sensors tend to be pricey. There used to be many budget options when “Fitbit” was synonymous with fitness tracker, but many seem to have disappeared as convergence devices have increased. Enter Amazfit. The company is relatively new (established in 2015) but already has a robust lineup of budget-friendly activity accessories. And with the Amazfit Band 7, the brand has a bracelet-style tracker that takes a step back from pricier smartwatches so you can track your steps (and other performance metrics) as you move toward your fitness goals. Let’s take a close look at the conveniences and compromises that accompany a $50 fitness watch.

Abby Ferguson

SEE IT

The Amazfit Band 7’s design

While all of Amazfit’s watches are more affordable than most options, the Band 7 falls in Amazfit’s Essential Series lineup, which, as you might guess, is its lowest tier. The Band 7 follows in the footsteps of the Band 5 (there was no Band 6) but presents a larger, more rectangular display, better battery life, and some general software upgrades. There’s no built-in GPS, and there are minor usability issues, but the compromises are minimal and, for most, insignificant. The watch is surprisingly capable for such a low price, with a good amount of health data and tracking opportunities. What it is not, however, is flashy.

Minimal is the best word to use when describing the design of the Amazfit Band 7. It is a simple rectangular shape with no buttons or design flourishes whatsoever. The band is one seamless piece that secures the watch face, with no special design or color inserts. The stock models are available in beige, pink, or black (the color I received to review). Should you want something else, you can also buy $10 replacement straps in green, blue, pink, or orange. 

The watch strap connects with a snap button-type design. That makes it easier to put on, but I also had issues with the edge catching on things resulting in the band unsnapping and the watch coming loose on my wrist. The band is also fairly large. I have small wrists, yes, but I used the second to last hole. Amazfit lists the minimum wrist size as 6.5 inches. So if you have smaller wrists than that, you’ll likely want to stay away from the Band 7 unless you don’t mind wearing it higher on your arm. 

Although the band may be a bit long, the watch itself is really slim. It only measures 1.7 x 1 x 0.5 inches, so it looks great, even on my miniature wrists. And it’s low-profile enough that the watch face doesn’t get caught on long sleeves. 

The lack of buttons is either really great or really annoying, depending on your preferences. It was a bit of both for me. I like the sleek look of a button-free design. But there were definitely times when having a button would have been nice. For example, if the watch turns off—either because I turn it off or it goes to sleep after not being worn for a few days—you have to connect the watch to a charger to turn it back on because there’s no power button. I found this very annoying, especially if I wanted to pop out for a run or walk. 

Amazfit Band 7 smartwach
The snap-style band closure tends to catch on things and come undone.

Display

Despite the budget price, the watch features a rather nice display. It’s a 1.47-inch HD ​​AMOLED display with a resolution of 198×368, 282ppi, and very minimal bezels. I really like the narrow rectangular design, as it provides enough screen real estate to see things easily but doesn’t take up my entire wrist to do so. It just looks really nice to me. 

It’s a colorful display and is easy to see in most situations. You have to adjust brightness manually, though, which is tricky if the brightness is turned down and you are out in the sun. You can adjust that setting in the app, but that’s a bit of a pain if you are on a run, for example. The screen is topped with tempered glass and an anti-fingerprint coating. Tempered glass isn’t as durable as other options, such as Gorilla Glass. Yet I haven’t managed to scratch the Band 7 display despite scratching my more expensive, Gorilla Glass-topped Garmin Forerunner 955

As you may expect, since there are no buttons, the display is a touchscreen, so you can swipe and tap through menus and settings. It is plenty responsive; in fact, I had issues with it being too responsive. When I crossed my arms, there was enough pressure to activate the touchscreen and enter the menu to change the watch face. It got quite irritating. 

Sensors

Amazfit fitted the Band 7 with its ​​BioTracker 3.0 PPG biometric sensor. Put simply, PPG sensors use low infrared light to measure how much light is absorbed by blood vessels. This provides a constant measurement of heart rate and blood oxygen levels (SpO2). It can also use that data to calculate and track VO2 Max, stress levels, and sleep. You will have to turn on settings to automatically track SpO2, as it defaults to only manual measurement.

The watch also utilizes a geomagnetic sensor and a three-axis acceleration sensor. It connects to your smartphone via Bluetooth 5.2 BLE, and that’s the extent of its sensors and connectivity. 

One of the aforementioned compromises due to the budget price is the lack of GPS connectivity in the watch itself. Instead, it relies on tethered GPS, meaning you’ll need your phone for all GPS data. That leads to some accuracy issues compared to watches with built-in GPS, especially multi-band GPS like the Garmin Instinct 2S Solar. If you want your route tracked or need distance data, you must have your phone along. And even with your phone, distance and route information won’t be as accurate as watches with GPS. 

Setting up the Amazfit Band 7

Setting up the Amazfit Band 7 is mostly straightforward, albeit a bit tedious. Most of the setup process is done on your phone in the Zepp app (Amazfit is powered by Zepp Health’s health management platform). The initial pairing process with my Samsung Galaxy S22 was very easy, with a simple scan of a QR code on the watch using the app. 

From there, however, things get a little bit complicated and a lot annoying. You have to grant a lot of permissions, more than any other watch platform I’ve used before. It seemed to go on forever. I also had a really hard time finding some of the menus for permissions that the Zepp app specified. It mentioned menus that simply do not exist on my phone, even though it says it’s specific to the phone manufacturer. Then, if you want to get notifications on your watch, you have to go through each individual app that you want notifications from. Which, again, was a bit tedious. 

The Amazfit Band 7’s features

As a budget device, you’d expect the Band 7 to be extremely limited in functionality and abilities. And while it certainly doesn’t have as robust a feature set as a $500 watch, the watch is surprisingly feature-rich for $50. It won’t be a replacement for serious athletes that need highly accurate information and robust tools, but it’s more than capable for most people. 

Battery life

The battery life on the Band 7 is quite surprising, given the low price of the watch. The watch offers a 232 mAh rated capacity, and Amazfit promises up to 18 days of battery life with typical usage. It says heavy usage will result in up to 12 days of battery life. Of course, all this depends on your watch settings as well, as the always-on display and certain settings like stress measuring will eat away at battery life. 

In my testing, I got an average of 16 days of battery life. I typically do one dedicated workout (either a run or strength training session) a day with anywhere between 30 minutes to an hour of duration. And I generally track a few short walks per day on top of that because of my dog. I did not have the always-on display running because I wanted to save the battery more, which greatly affected how much battery life I could get.

When the battery did run out, I was able to charge the watch quickly. Amazfit claims that the theoretical charging duration is two hours, and I found that to be accurate. If I needed a quick top-off before a workout, 15 minutes of charging would give me enough juice to record an hour-long session. The charger uses a magnetic design. In line with the watch’s design, it’s a tiny charger, making it easier to bring along on trips than other watches I’ve used. 

Amazfit Band 7
The Band 7 is capable of tracking plenty of different workout types. Abby Ferguson

Activity tracking

The Amazfit Band 7 can track 120 different types of activities. That includes the basics like outdoor and indoor running, hiking, and cycling. But it also can track badminton, belly and square dancing, jumping rope, jiu-jitsu, and even kite-flying or swinging. Essentially, if there’s an activity you want to do, chances are there’s a unique profile for it on the Amazfit Band 7. 

Tracking is easy, though, by default, the workout widget (where all the activities are) is quite low in the list, so you’ll need to scroll a bit. I thought that was an odd default placement since that’s one of the main reasons to get a watch like this. But you can customize that placement in the Zepp app. Then, you simply tap on Workout and choose the type of workout you want. 

Before you start tracking, you can also adjust settings by tapping the ellipses above the “Go” button. For example, for outdoor running, you can set a workout goal (miles, time, or calories). You can set workout alerts for different metrics like high heart rate or minimum pace. And you can even set the watch up for interval training, which is a nice feature. 

Data collection and insights

The Band 7 is fairly limited in sensors, but it offers the most important ones for basic insights: a  PPG biometric sensor, a geomagnetic sensor, and a three-axis acceleration sensor. It uses these three sensors to collect and calculate heart rate, SpO2, VO2 Max, and stress levels. 

The watch can also track your sleep, breaking it down to give you insights into how long you slept, REM sleep, and how often you were awake during the night. While it doesn’t apply this information to your training, and it isn’t highly accurate, it can at least give you a rough idea of your sleep.

Your training information and data provide a few key insights: PAI and Training Status. PAI, or Personal Activity Intelligence, uses a simple 100-point scale to reflect how active you are, with the goal of keeping it at or above 100 to reduce your risk of disease. It is based on an algorithm that assesses your age, gender, resting heart rate, maximum heart rate, and accumulated heart rate over seven days. Because an algorithm powers it, it’s dynamic and based on you as an individual instead of using generalizations.

While Training Status and PAI are enough for most users, The Band 7 and Zepp app won’t provide the in-depth data and insights serious athletes want or need. For example, Garmin (what I’m most familiar with) provides training stats such as the training effect of each individual workout, power curves, race predictions, training readiness, and heart rate variability (HRV) information. Most of that isn’t relevant to those simply trying to stay active and healthy, but if you want focused training for performance reasons, the Amazfit Band 7 and companion app likely won’t cut it. 

Smartwatch features

On top of all the fitness tracking, the Band 7 provides some smartwatch functionality. It doesn’t provide cellular connectivity, and there is no microphone, which limits its capabilities, though that’s to be expected at this price point. But you can get notifications on the watch from your smartphone from just about any app you use. You can’t interact with those notifications in any way, but you can at least see them to know if it’s something important enough to pick up your phone.

Beyond notifications, the watch also provides access to weather information. And if you are playing music on your phone, you can control it from the watch. I really liked that feature while in the gym working out. If a song started in my UE Fits earbuds that I didn’t want, I could just hit next right on my wrist instead of needing to pick up my phone and sweatily navigate to Spotify. 

Zepp app

The Zepp app is clean and clutter-free, with three primary tabs containing settings and data that you may need. The Homepage of the app features data cards to give you snapshots of what you most want to keep track of. For example, it can show steps, sleep, workout history, exercise status, and more. You can customize this, both in terms of which cards are shown and their order, which is nice. 

The Health tab is also customizable, though with far fewer options. It primarily shows you a breakdown of your workouts and your target goals (which you can edit). Since all of this can be found on the Homepage, it’s a bit confusing that a separate tab is needed.

The third tab is your Profile, which gives you access to settings, goals, connected accounts, and more. It’s also where you access your devices to change device-specific settings.

The app runs very smoothly on my Samsung Galaxy, and it’s quick to sync the watch when I make changes via the app as well. It doesn’t provide as in-depth insights as the Garmin app and doesn’t offer the social component Garmin does, but Zepp works well and provides basic and necessary information. 

Garmin Forerunner 955 and Amazfit Band 7 watches
The distance data from the Band 7 isn’t very accurate since it relies on a connected phone’s GPS. Here you can see it compared to the Garmin Forerunner 955, which has multi-band GPS. Abby Ferguson

The Amazfit Band 7’s usability and accuracy 

Overall, the Amazfit Band 7 is straightforward to use. It has its quirks—such as a lack of buttons for input—that make getting used to it a little tricky at first. But most of the controls are intuitive and easy to figure out. The sensitive touchscreen can be a bit annoying but is small in the grand scheme of things. 

One aspect that I really love about the Amazfit Band 7 is that it provides help text on the watch itself for certain data sets and features. For example, under Workout Status, if you tap the “i” at the bottom of the screen, a rather thorough explanation of EPOC pops up. Since the budget-friendly watch is largely geared toward those who aren’t exercise experts, these terms may be completely new. Explaining what they mean and why they are important right on the watch is extremely helpful and valuable. 

I found the watch’s heart rate monitor to be very accurate, even compared to a dedicated heart rate monitor, which is typically more precise. Likewise, the calculated VO2 Max was in the range it should be for me, though I plan on getting a lab test done for a truly accurate comparison. 

I rarely find sleep tracking very accurate, and that was the case with the Amazfit Band 7. There were nights it seemed spot on, but most of the time, it seemed at least slightly off, and nights it was completely incorrect as well. It also tends to think I’m taking a nap if I take the watch off for more than a few minutes.

How the Amazfit Band 7 stacks up against the competition

There’s no shortage of fitness watches available, with even Amazfit’s own line of devices quite lengthy. I’ve also been using Amazfit’s T-Rex 2. At $200, the T-Rex 2 is still quite a bargain compared to the likes of a Garmin, though it’s four times more expensive than the Band 7. And in most ways, the price difference is noticeable. The T-Rex 2 is decidedly more aggressive looking and significantly larger. It’s much more rugged, having passed 15 Military-Standards Tests (MIL-STD-810G) to withstand harsh conditions. And it comes with more health data and built-in dual-band positioning. You get a lot more watch in the T-Rex 2, albeit in a very different style that isn’t for everyone.

Garmin’s fitness watches tend to be one of the gold standard options for athletes, and the prices certainly match that. The company has done a fantastic job of managing health and fitness data to provide useful and accurate information for training purposes. Amazfit does a nice job of providing useful insights, but it isn’t as thorough as Garmin, especially in the minimal Band 7 watch. Garmin’s watches offer more robust feature sets and data tracking than the Band 7, yet still offer battery life that’s nearly as much as the simpler Band 7.

Amazfit Band 7 and Amazfit T-Rex 2 watches on a wrist
The Band 7 is much more minimal than Amazfit’s dual-band positioning higher-end T-Rex 2. Abby Ferguson

So, who should buy the Amazfit Band 7?

I must admit that I was pleasantly surprised by the Amazfit Band 7. After exclusively using fairly expensive fitness watches for the past 10 years, I assumed that such a budget-level watch would be lacking and less impressive. But that was not the case. 

The Band 7 has some big wins, no matter what price point you are looking at. It sports a sleek design, lengthy battery life, accurate heart rate measurement, music controls, plenty of fitness-focused features, and a wide array of activity types. Of course, with the low price comes some disadvantages: No built-in GPS, a finicky touchscreen, and a cheap band enclosure design. It also doesn’t provide as in-depth training insights or data compared to more expensive watches. As a result, it isn’t great for serious, focused athletes looking for specific performance improvements. But it offers much more than the $50 price would lead you to believe. 

So who’s the Band 7 ideal for? It’s a fantastic choice for those looking for a simple device that can help encourage them to be more active. Not everyone needs access to race predictions and hyper-accurate pace and stride information. But the Amazfit Band 7 can help you learn more about exercise terms and support you in keeping tabs on your activity levels to work toward a healthier, more active lifestyle. And it can do this while functioning as a general smartwatch, making it even more well-rounded. 

The post Amazfit Band 7 fitness & health tracker review: Back to basics appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best hybrid smartwatches of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-hybrid-smartwatches/ Thu, 11 Aug 2022 15:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=461226
best hybrid smartwatches sliced header
Tony Ware

Get the best of both worlds with these timepieces.

The post The best hybrid smartwatches of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
best hybrid smartwatches sliced header
Tony Ware

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Withings ScanWatch is stylish, and comes with a full range of health-focused features. Withings ScanWatch
SEE IT

The Withings ScanWatch is stylish and comes with a full range of health-focused features.

Best for iPhone Skagen Jorn 38MM Gen 6 Hybrid Smartwatch Skagen Jorn Hybrid HR
SEE IT

The Skagen Jorn Hybrid is one of the most visually appealing in the space, and its e-ink display is a one-of-a-kind feature.

Best with heart rate monitor Garmin Vivomove hybrid smartwatch Garmin Vivomove HR
SEE IT

The Garmin Vivomove HR is a sporty hybrid smartwatch with a nice array of features for fitness junkies.

Smartwatches are one of the most useful pieces of wearable tech out there. However, the chunky bodies and digital faces of the sensor-packed Apple Watches and Fitbits of the world don’t appeal to everyone’s sensibilities. So while the biggest tech companies build watches that emphasize the tech, many brands have integrated some of the simplest, most useful smartwatch features into conventional timepieces. The average hybrid smartwatch features analog hour and minute arms, with a small screen or screens underneath to show stats like heart rate and tracked steps. For many people, the best hybrid smartwatches provide a good balance between a watch that will give you the fitness tracking and heart rate monitor you desire without looking out of place in a professional workplace.

How we chose the best hybrid smartwatches

I’ve been writing about tech for nearly a decade for publications such as PC Gamer and Input, among others, so I know how to discern between the next big thing and the next big bust. I’m also a watch enthusiast who has owned more than my fair share of smart and traditional timepieces over the years. To determine these recommendations, I consulted technical specs and tests conducted by experts, as well as consumer reviews to find the best hybrid smartwatches for all kinds of people.

The best hybrid smartwatches: Reviews & Recommendations

Now that you know what to look for in a hybrid smartwatch, you’re ready to pick one for yourself. If you’d like a little help jumpstarting your search, we’ve selected the best hybrid smartwatches for all kinds of users. Whether you want to shell out a bundle for a high-end watch with all the bells and whistles or buy a cheaper model with just the essentials, we have you covered.

Best overall: Withings ScanWatch

Withings

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: The Withings ScanWatch offers everything you can hope for in a hybrid smartwatch.

Specs

  • Size: 38mm or 42mm
  • Heart monitor: Yes, with oxygen levels
  • Sleep tracking: Yes
  • Activity tracking: Yes, with altimeter
  • Water resistance: 50m
  • Battery life: 30 days
  • Other features: Sapphire glass

Pros

  • Great feature set
  • Water resistance
  • Comes in multiple sizes

Cons

  • A little expensive

French health tech manufacturer Withings specializes in devices that monitor your body, including smart scales, thermometers, and blood pressure monitors. Their flagship watch, the ScanWatch, integrates deep health-tracking functionality into a simple, elegant hybrid timepiece. Going beyond basic step and heart rate tracking, it features an altimeter to track vertical movements, such as climbing stairs, and a pulse oximeter for blood oxygen (SpO2) tracking. Its 30-day battery life makes it one of the longest-lasting watches. It’s also waterproof and certified for up to 50 meters (or 5 atmospheres) of water pressure. 

It also provides lots of room for you to pick a watch that fits your style. It comes in two sizes and Withings offers more colors and styles than many of its competitors. In plain black with metal hardware, it’s a simple and elegant everyday accessory.

All of that function pushes the ScanWatch’s price up higher than many of our other picks, but it offers a strong blend of style and tech substance.

Best for iPhone: Skagen Jorn Hybrid HR

Skagen

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: The Skagen Jorn is an elegant hybrid smartwatch with a unique e-ink display, and it has great app integration for your phone.

Specs

  • Size: 38mm or 42mm
  • Heart monitor: Yes
  • Sleep tracking: Yes
  • Activity tracking: Yes
  • Water resistance: “Water Resistant”
  • Battery life: 14 days+
  • Other features: E-ink display

Pros

  • Multiple size options
  • Stylish design
  • Decent features

Cons

  • E-ink display may not appeal to everyone
  • Interface can be confusing

Skagen is known for their fashion watches, and the Jorn brings a very appealing “Bauhaus”-like sensibility—a cleanly geometric German retro-modern aesthetic—to the hybrid smartwatch market. Its signature feature is a sharp e-ink display, akin to what you’d find in an Amazon Kindle Paperwhite or the classic Pebble Watch. It shows your steps, heart rate, and other stats with chronograph-like icons that perfectly match the watch’s look. The unique design and controls aren’t as intuitive as other watches, but it’s a small price to pay for such attention to detail.

If you’re a fan of buttons, the Jorn has three for you to play with rather than the traditional “hold/tap” design of the Apple Watch, and its app integration and customizability have received high marks from reviewers. 

As a whole, the Skagen Jorn is a strong hybrid smartwatch for those who care more about the watch and its aesthetics than smart features. However, it works very well for what it is.

Best heart rate monitor: Garmin Vivomove HR

Garmin

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: The Garmin Vivomove HR offers excellent fitness tracking and an appealing design.

Specs

  • Size: 40mm, 43mm
  • Heart monitor: Yes, with oxygen levels
  • Sleep tracking: Yes
  • Activity tracking: Yes
  • Water resistance: 50m
  • Battery life: 5 days (smart mode), 14+ days (watch only)
  • Other features: Stress tracking

Pros

  • Good fitness features
  • Many color options
  • Easy to read

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Short battery life for smart mode

Though it is not specifically a “fitness watch,” the Garmin Vivomove HR delivers more fitness-driven features than most hybrid smartwatches, making it a notable choice for people who specifically want one to discreetly monitor their heart. It has dedicated stress tracking and relaxation timers so you can track your vitals in any situation, as well as SpO2 tracking. It falters a bit on battery life compared to other hybrids, especially when you use the smart features, though.

The design of its face is a bit simple compared to our other picks, and it’s less customizable than most, but it does have that true “Bauhaus” look. While it comes in multiple sizes and many colors, we found that many styles and colors are much harder to come by in the 40mm “small/medium” size.

If you’re a fitness enthusiast, the Vivomove has the edge over competitors thanks to its stress monitor and relaxation timers. But its high price limits its appeal compared to other watches in the space.

Best for small wrists: Fossil Women’s Monroe Hybrid

Fossil

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: The Fossil Women’s Monroe packs a lot of punch into a watch that looks good on any wrist.

Specs

  • Size: 38mm
  • Heart monitor: Yes
  • Sleep tracking: Yes
  • Activity tracking: Yes
  • Water resistance: 30m
  • Battery life: 14+ days
  • Other features: None

Pros

  • Fits any wrist
  • The feminine silhouette isn’t common among smartwatches
  • Competitive feature-set

Cons

  • No signature feature

Look, there’s no delicate way to put this: The overwhelming majority of smartwatches out there feature masculine (or at least masculine-leaning) designs. Hybrid watches, in particular, are often based on larger “men’s” watches. If you’re looking for something feminine, rather than simply picking a smaller case size, Fossil’s Monroe is definitely the way to go. The mid-sized 38mm case will fit almost any wrist, unlike the 42mm (or even bigger) smartwatches out there.

It doesn’t skimp on the features either, with notification support, activity tracking, a heart rate monitor, and more. The only real downside to this hybrid smartwatch is that it lacks a unique tech-driven feature. The Monroe is purely a style play but, since feminine hybrid watches are fairly rare, that is a signature feature unto itself.

Best budget: Withings Steel HR

Withings

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: The Withings Steel HR is a fully featured hybrid smartwatch that offers 50m of water resistance for a cheap price tag.

Specs

  • Size: 36mm, 40mm
  • Heart monitor: Yes
  • Sleep tracking: Yes
  • Activity tracking: Yes, with multi-sport support
  • Water resistance: 50m
  • Battery life: 25 days
  • Other features: None

Pros

  • Competitive price
  • Visually appealing
  • Good battery life

Cons

  • Some may prefer a larger case size
  • Older model

The Withings Steel HR is an older, simpler hybrid smartwatch, but one that still holds up. For less than $200, the Steel HR offers only slightly less functionality than our top pick for $100 less. More importantly, the Steel is rated for 50m of water resistance, which means you can take it in the pool or the ocean without worrying about it. It offers great battery life—25 days—and features multi-sport tracking to record more accurate activity-specific health data.

Though many of the watches on this list feature a minimalist style, the Steel features what may be the simplest look. I quite like its two-dial configuration. However, with a 40mm case, it’s smaller than most of the picks on our list and may not be a great fit for people with very large wrists.

Things to consider before buying a hybrid smartwatch

Picking a hybrid smartwatch over a conventional smartwatch or fitness tracker is, more often than not, rooted in taste. You want some smart features, but not at the expense of how a classic wristwatch looks and feels on your wrist. In keeping with that, most hybrid smartwatches have a relatively standardized set of smart features, including step tracking, sleep tracking, and more. Some features, like surfacing notifications from your phone, aren’t on every model, though, so it does pay to think about how “smart” you want your watch to be.

It’s all about the features

Though hybrid smartwatches don’t vary as much in feature set and price range as other tech, you should keep in mind that they aren’t all identical. Most hybrid smartwatches offer some degree of fitness tracking, sleep tracking, and water resistance. Certain features—like GPS integration, altimeters, blood oxygen (SpO2) tracking, and 100-meter water resistance—tend to be reserved for more expensive models. 

High-end hybrids also tend to have better battery life, though even the least expensive of the bunch last longer than more tech-forward smartwatches like the Apple Watch Series 7 and Samsung Galaxy Watch4. The average battery life of a hybrid smartwatch is around two weeks, though some go as high as 25 to 30 days without a charge.

Aesthetics are everything

There are two main reasons to buy a hybrid smartwatch: less frequent charging and sheer aesthetics. As a watch enthusiast, I strongly prefer the round face and analog movement of a hybrid over the blocky silhouette of a Fitbit. As such, you should really consider the look and feel of the hybrid you want before you buy it. 

You should also measure your wrist before making any purchase. Most hybrid watches have a case diameter of 42mm, which is quite large on those of us with smaller wrists. If you have a wrist size of 6.5 inches or less, you will probably want to invest in a smaller 38mm model instead.

FAQs

Q: Can you buy refurbished smartwatches?

Absolutely, many of our recommended hybrid smartwatches can be purchased refurbished from Amazon, eBay, or other resellers for a reduced price. For example, you can buy a refurbished Garmin Vivomove for less than $100 right now. We’ve added a link to at least one used purchasing option for each watch on this list.

Q: Can you use a hybrid smartwatch without a phone?

Hybrid smartwatches can tell time perfectly fine without syncing to a smartphone, as they are watches first and foremost. Their smart features—heart rate monitoring, step tracking, and so on—require one, though.

Q: How do you charge a hybrid watch?

Most hybrid smartwatches charge via magnetic USB cables that you plug into a wall, similar to traditional smartwatch chargers.

Q: Can you text on a hybrid smartwatch?

Many hybrid smartwatches either display your texts or at least show you a notification when you receive one on your phone. Most, however, do not allow you to respond. If texting via your watch is a priority, you should consider buying an Apple or Android Wear watch.

Final thoughts on the best hybrid smartwatches

As with many products out there, these hybrid smartwatches ultimately have quite a lot in common with each other. Still, the devil is in the details. If you’re looking for top-of-the-line features, you may decide to go for a more traditional smartwatch instead. However, if aesthetics are what you’re looking for, all of these watches will have you well-covered. Besides, who wants to charge their watch every day, anyway?

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best hybrid smartwatches of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Garmin announces an even more rugged Instinct smartwatch https://www.popsci.com/gear/garmin-instinct-2x-solar-news/ Wed, 12 Apr 2023 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=533494
Garmin Instinct 2X Solar family
The new Instinct 2X Solar is available in four colors. Garmin

The newest Garmin fitness watch is built for extended adventures.

The post Garmin announces an even more rugged Instinct smartwatch appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Garmin Instinct 2X Solar family
The new Instinct 2X Solar is available in four colors. Garmin

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Garmin is keeping the ball rolling, and you running, this year with exciting releases. The company released two vibrant new watches in its Forerunner series in March. And now, Garmin has announced the newest product in its rugged, adventure-focused Instinct line: the Instinct 2X Solar and the Instinct 2X Solar Tactical Edition (shown below). The new smartwatches get many improvements and exciting editions compared to the Instinct 2 Solar, including even better solar charging and a more rugged, durable design. It’s also the first Instinct to feature a built-in flashlight and the Obstacle Course Racing activity type. We really enjoyed the Instinct 2 Solar, and this adventure watch looks even better. 

Garmin

SEE IT

Garmin Instinct training features

In keeping with Garmin’s wearables, the 2X series has robust training features and tools. It offers 24/7 health and wellness tracking, including wrist-based heart rate, sleep monitoring, respiration tracking, heart rate variability, Pulse Ox, and more. 

There’s a vast range of sports and activity types, so you can track whatever you like to do to stay active. New in the Instinct line is the Obstacle Course Racing activity. This new activity mode lets you manually record obstacle splits and automatically track them after your first lap. The data from the activity will include the number of runs on a course, times, the number of obstacles, time spent on each obstacle, basic run metrics, and more. If you’re a fan of Tough Mudders, Spartan Race, or the new military-inspired obstacle competitions, this watch will be a big help. 

You’ll also have access to Garmin’s Training Readiness and Morning Report features. These help you plan and maximize your training and maximize to ensure healthy, well-balanced progress. And the multi-band GNSS provides highly accurate positioning to give you price route information and even navigation tools.

Garmin Instinct 2X Solar details

The Instinct 2X Solar gets some very exciting upgrades from the Instinct 2 Solar. It is even more rugged and built to U.S. military standards (MIL-STD-810). The 50mm polymer case—10mm larger than the Instinct 2 Solar—will withstand just about anything you throw at it.

One of my complaints with the Instinct 2 Solar was that the solar charging didn’t give all that much of a benefit. But Garmin says that the Power Glass lens on the Instinct 2X Solar (both the standard and Tactical Edition) will produce 50% more energy than the Instinct 2 Solar. It requires three hours of direct sunlight, but that’s a significant improvement and should mean that solar charging actually results in a real addition to battery life.

This watch’s other exciting new feature is the built-in LED flashlight (shown below). It even offers variable intensities and strobe modes. It could be a significant asset for hiking or any sort of activity in the backcountry, especially in emergency situations. 

Instinct 2X Solar flashlight shining into a backpack—Garmin lifestyle photography cropped
Garmin

Garmin Instinct 2X Solar Tactical Edition details

The Tactical Edition of the Instinct 2X Solar gets the same training features, sensors, and build qualities as the standard edition. But on top of that, Garmin says it is also “packed with features specific to tactical operations, including Jumpmaster and tactical preloaded activities.” It features a Stealth Mode, which prevents GPS location sharing and disables wireless communication. And the built-in multi-LED flashlight can be set to either white or dedicated green, resulting in natural vision at night.

Garmin Instinct 2X Solar pricing & availability

The Instinct 2X Solar is available in four colors: Flame Red, Graphite, Moss, and Whitestone. It’s available for purchase now for $449.99. The Instinct 2X Solar Tactical Edition is also available now for $499.99 in two colors: Black or Coyote Tan. 

The post Garmin announces an even more rugged Instinct smartwatch appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best percussion massager is 50% off at Amazon right now https://www.popsci.com/gear/theragun-pro-massager-amazon-deal/ Tue, 11 Apr 2023 17:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=533284
A Theragun percussion massager on a blue background
Amanda Reed

Pummel away your post-squat blues with one of TheraGun's best-in-class percussion massagers, half-off on Amazon for a limited time.

The post The best percussion massager is 50% off at Amazon right now appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A Theragun percussion massager on a blue background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

The weather is warming up, meaning it’s time to throw on some running shoes and work on that mile time. If the winter has disrupted your training routine, the first few runs might leave you a little sore the next day. Recover with the TheraGun Pro, which is 50% off on Amazon.

TheraGun Pro (4th Generation) $300 (Was $599)

Theragun

SEE IT

The TheraGun (4th Generation)—one of our favorite percussion massagers—is among the best on the market. Its professional-grade motor is quiet, and four arm positions make it easy to reach almost any sore spot on your body. The TheraGun has five speeds between 1,750 and 2,400 percussions per minute (PPM), and it has a five-hour battery life if your body needs to be mashed like a potato. Six attachments—supersoft, dampener, standard ball, wedge, thumb, and cone—help you unfurl those pesky knots. An OLED screen, carrying case, and wireless charging round out the high-quality features that add convenience. If you don’t need the latest model‘s quieter motor and crisper screen, save major cash by snagging the previous (and just as formidable) generation.

If you want to feel like you’ve put your body through a pasta machine, consider the BestMassage Zero Gravity Electric Shiatsu Massage Chair, on sale for $599 (down from $999.99), plus take an extra $100 off with clickable coupon. The company’s recliner chair is our best budget pick for the best massage chairs, and we think the foot rollers, built-in heat therapy, and easy remote controls are a bonus. If you’re looking for all-over relief, you need (knead?) a massage accessory like this.

The more you work out, the less sore you should feel naturally—but one of these great massagers can help the transition. And the longer you wait to hit “add to cart,” the less chance you’ll have to get a best-in-class percussion massager for a steal—and you’ll feel a different kind of sore if you miss out on this deal.

Here are other massager deals we’re feeling out:

The post The best percussion massager is 50% off at Amazon right now appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best under-desk bikes of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-under-desk-bike/ Sat, 13 Mar 2021 14:00:00 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-under-desk-bike/
guy sitting at a desk in front of a computer with headphones on
Samuel Bourke via Unsplash

Forget whistling while you work—try cycling while you work. Here’s what to consider when shopping for the best under-desk bike for you.

The post The best under-desk bikes of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
guy sitting at a desk in front of a computer with headphones on
Samuel Bourke via Unsplash

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best Portable DeskCycle Under Desk Bike Pedal Exerciser DeskCycle Under Desk Bike Pedal Exerciser
SEE IT

A compact model that offers eight resistance modes.

Best Elliptical Cubii JR1 Seated Under Desk Elliptical Machine Cubii JR1 Seated Under Desk Elliptical Machine
SEE IT

Comes with a built-in monitor and eight exercise levels.

Best Budget Wakeman Portable Fitness Stationary Under Desk Bike Wakeman Portable Fitness Stationary Under Desk Bike
SEE IT

A no-frills option that allows you to adjust resistance.

If multitasking is your happy place, then this one’s for you. The best under-desk bikes out there enable you to go about your day while stretching your muscles, getting your heartbeat up, and improving your circulation. They’re especially good if you spend so much time at your desk that you can’t get to the gym after work or hit the road for an actual bike ride. Those are the obvious benefits.

But there are other reasons an under-desk bike could be right for you: Do you have trouble sitting still? Think of a pedal exerciser as a fidget spinner for your legs. Are you in a thermostat war at work and constantly freezing? Warm yourself right up with a few turns of the wheel. Some fans of the cycling desk even report increased focus and concentration.

Maybe you’ve never considered incorporating home exercise equipment into your workday, but it could be time to! Here’s what to know to buy the best under-desk bike for your lifestyle.

The best under-desk bikes: Reviews & Recommendations

Best portable: DeskCycle Under Desk Bike Pedal Exerciser

Amazon

SEE IT

At 23 pounds, it’s not the most lightweight bike around, but it’s certainly portable enough to throw in the trunk of your car to take wherever you go. The number of extras you get on such a compact under-desk bike pedal exerciser makes it worth the price.

Best elliptical: Cubii JR1 Seated Under Desk Elliptical Machine

Amazon

SEE IT

Another compact option, this under-desk elliptical bike has eight exercise levels and a built-in LCD monitor, and it allows you to connect upper-body tools (like resistance bands) for an allover workout. It also comes in three different colors.

Best with the desk: Exerpeutic 2500 Bluetooth 3 Way Adjustable Desk

Amazon

SEE IT

An extra-large cushioned seat, adjustable backrest, swiveling desk, and soft hand grips mean comfort is the name of this desk bike’s game. Plus, buying an all-in-one removes the hassle of measuring to make sure your desk is compatible, size-wise, with your bike. (Remember: A desk needs to accommodate your knees when they’re raised to maximum pedal height.)

Best folding: Vaunn Medical Folding Pedal Exerciser

Amazon

SEE IT

Searching for an under-the-desk bike that folds? This fully-assembled pedal exerciser doubles as an arm exerciser too. It runs on two AAA batteries and features an LCD display, an adjustable tension knob, and skid-resistant rubber feet for traction and stability no matter where you place it.

Doubles as an arm pedal exerciser: Sunny Health & Fitness Magnetic Mini Exercise Bike

Amazon

SEE IT

Eight levels of magnetic resistance on this mini exercise bike—which uses magnets to create tension against the flywheel without making contact, like in a spin class—ensure a quiet, smooth ride. Each stride is 7 inches, perfect for arms and feet.

Best budget: Wakeman Portable Fitness Stationary Under Desk Bike

Amazon

SEE IT

You don’t get an LCD screen or Bluetooth capability with this no-frills stationary bike under desk, but if your main goal is cycling, it delivers. You can even adjust the resistance. It’s not fancy, but it gets the job done.

Things to consider when looking for the best under-desk bikes

The one thing you already know is that you’re interested in cycling while you work. Beyond that, choosing the best exercise bike for your desk for you comes down to your particular wants and needs. Whether you desire something lightweight and portable, compact and stowable, or frill-free and cheap, there’s a desk bike for you (and some even come with the desk!).

I love the idea, but I travel for work. Is a portable pedal exerciser a thing?

It is! The key to a portable pedal exerciser is finding something that’s not terribly heavy, is easy to set up, and isn’t too bulky. (So not, for example, a bike that comes with the desk attached.) A travel-friendly under-desk exercise bike has all the features you need without the bulk.

Portable options range from bare-bones hydraulic models to battery-powered cycles with LCD screens and fitness-tracker capabilities. There’s a wide spectrum depending on how much you want to spend.

I prefer elliptical bikes to classic cycles—do those come in the under-desk variety?

They do! An elliptical bike differs from a classic style in that the pedal strokes are oval (so you glide more than pump). Elliptical bikes are easier on your joints and bones because, unlike traditional bicycles, they’re no-impact (i.e. your feet never leave the pedals). But as far as the benefits go—cardiovascular health, muscle building, distraction—there’s no difference. Some people just prefer an elliptical ride.

The biggest key to keeping up a consistent workout schedule is finding something you enjoy, so if you prefer an elliptical bike in the gym, you’ll prefer one under your desk too.

I need the bike…but also the desk. Are there options that come with both incorporated?

If you’re starting your exercise-friendly home office from scratch, pick up a bike-desk combo and call it a day. You don’t even necessarily have to sacrifice style or function—just take note of the weight limit of the particular model you’re considering to make sure it’s inclusive of all who will be using it.

I want a desk bike that folds up so I can store it when it’s not in use.

When you get right down to it, all an under-desk bike really requires are two pedals. If you don’t need lots of bells and whistles and easy storage is your main concern, a folding pedal exerciser is the way to go. Especially If you’re getting a pedaler for physical therapy use, a simple, scaled-down design may be all you need.

How about an under-desk exercise bike that I can also use on my arms?

Look at you, multi-multi-tasker! An arm bike gives you the same cardio benefits of a foot bike, but it also works your upper body, including your shoulders, neck, and core (major points of tension for those of us with desk jobs). Unlike with an under-desk bike, you can’t really type or answer the phone while you’re pedaling with your arms, but investing in a bike desk that doubles as an arm exerciser is a terrific way to get twice as much bang for your buck.

Best under-desk bike on a budget: What you get for under $25

If all you’re looking to do is boost your circulation, get your heart rate up, and give yourself something to do while working on a boring project, there’s no reason to shell out a ton of money on a desk exercise bike. Will the bike you’re looking at fit under your desk? Does it pedal? Will your feet fit? If the answers are all yes, that’s all you need. Here’s the best under-desk bike we’ve found for less.

FAQs

Q: Are under desk bikes any good?

It depends what you’re hoping to get out of it, but if you want to boost your heart rate, build muscle, find a productive way to fidget, squeeze in a workout when you have no time, or just give yourself a distraction during the day, then yes, desk bikes are great!

Q: How do I choose an under-desk bike?

Think about how much money you want to spend, whether you need extras (like Bluetooth capability or an LED screen), and how important it is that the bike is lightweight and portable. Also consider whether you’d like it to double as an arm pedaler.

Q: What features should I look for in an under-desk bike?

If tracking your stats and progress is important to you, look for an under-desk bike with app compatibility. If you prefer the elliptical trainer to the stationary bike, treadmill, or stair climber at the gym, consider an elliptical bike. And if you’re going to be taking your cycle on the road, make sure to pick something that’s not too heavy and transports easily.

A final word on shopping for the best under-desk bikes

Once you’ve decided to invest in desk exercise equipment, all you really need to do is consider the features that are important to you, like magnetic resistance, Bluetooth capability, an LED screen, portability, and affordability to find the best under-desk bike for you. The good news is, it’s hard to go wrong when you’re making an investment in yourself and your health!

Related: Best indoor cycling bikes

The post The best under-desk bikes of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best NordicTrack treadmills for 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-nordictrack-treadmills/ Thu, 30 Mar 2023 22:45:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=524131
Two NordicTrack treadmills next to each other on a plain background.
Stan Horaczek

NordicTrack offers treadmills for just about every type of runner (except for Blade Runner). Here are our top picks for every style, space, and budget.

The post The best NordicTrack treadmills for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Two NordicTrack treadmills next to each other on a plain background.
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best for group training NordicTrack Commercial 2450 treadmill on a plain background NordicTrack Commercial 2450
SEE IT

A massive 22-inch screen makes group classes feel more immersive and exciting.

Best overall NordicTrack Commercial 1250 treadmill NordicTrack Commercial 1250
SEE IT

This is the right mix of features and price for most people looking to workout at home.

Best budget NordicTrack 7i treadmill on a plain background NordicTrack EXP 7i
SEE IT

You can spend roughly half the cost of a high-end model and still maintain most of the features.

When you hear “NordicTrack,” treadmills may not be the first thing that comes to mind. After all, the company started in the 1970s making quirky but effective ski machines. Now, however, the name NordicTrack is attached to one of the biggest and most popular manufacturers of treadmills, many of which now offer integration with the iFit connected fitness platform. While the NordicTrack lineup isn’t vast, it does offer a full range to address various technical requirements and budgets. Here’s a breakdown of the best NordicTrack treadmills for different types of runners—from total beginners to veteran pavement pounders.

How we chose the best NordicTrack treadmills

I am not an elite runner, but I have been involved in the fitness world for decades, and I’ve covered various fitness equipment for outlets like Men’s Journal, Popular Science, and the New York Post. I also consulted with some high-level runners on background, as their sponsorship status precludes them from appearing named in this article. 

NordicTrack offers a robust line of treadmills, but the most recent additions make up most of this list. The company has a very solid track record for durability and performance, so we focused on selecting the features that meet specific user needs. Ultimately, this list results from research based on personal experience, spec comparisons, user reviews, and editorial opinions. 

The best NordicTrack treadmills: Reviews & Recommendations

While we make specific recommendations for certain types of users, there’s always overlap. So, check out all the picks before making your decision. 

Best overall: NordicTrack Commercial 1250

NordicTrack

SEE IT

Specs

  • Deck size: 20” x 60”
  • Screen size: 10”
  • Incline range: -3% to 12%
  • Speed range: Up to 12 mph
  • Max weight: 300 pounds
  • Fans: Yes

Pros

  • Solid mix of features for the price
  • iFit connectivity
  • Quiet incline and decline
  • Relatively compact

Cons

  • Screen feels a little small

This isn’t NordicTrack’s flagship treadmill, but it offers a solid mix of features for a price that more people can afford. As part of the Commercial line, this treadmill is built for regular use. The rollers under the belt are machined and balanced to make running on the surface feel steady and secure. 

Like most of the newer NordicTrack models, this treadmill integrates with the iFit connected workout platform. It offers pre-recorded and live workouts that automatically adjust the incline and the speed as you go. I’ve used the iFit platform quite a bit on other connected fitness gear and I’ve really enjoyed it, so it’s a great addition here. 

The 10-inch screen isn’t massive, but I find the giant screens can feel like overkill and really drive the price of a treadmill up. While the screen isn’t huge, it does rotate, so you can make it easily visible when you’re doing exercises off of the treadmill itself. Many of the iFit workouts involved hopping off the treadmill and doing movements on solid ground, so rotating is pretty essential. 

Overall, this is the best balance of features and price when it comes to NordicTrack treadmills for most people. 

Best for group training: NordicTrack Commercial 2450

NordicTrack

SEE IT

Specs

  • Deck size: 20” x 60”
  • Screen size: 22”
  • Incline range: -3% to 12%
  • Speed range: Up to 12 mph
  • Max weight: 300 pounds
  • Fans: Yes

Pros

  • Huge touchscreen is great for immersion and off-treadmill exercises
  • Folds up when not in use
  • iFit integration
  • Quit for its size

Cons

  • Expensive

If you’re really determined to dive into connected fitness classes, then you want the biggest possible screen. This pro-grade treadmill offers an impressive 22-inch touchscreen display that rotates for off-treadmill exercises. The treadmill has a number of dedicated workouts built-in and can sync up with Google Maps data for virtual location runs. Once you add the iFit program into the equation, it opens up access to live and recorded classes for just about every level of experience. 

Beyond the connected features, this treadmill offers the typical bells and whistles you’d expect from a high-end model. It’s surprisingly quiet, considering how powerful it is. Plus, it folds up easily once you’re done with it so that it won’t take up as much space in your home (and we’re a big fan of folding treadmills). 

If you’re thinking about this upgrade, you’re mostly paying for the larger screen, but it also has a slightly more powerful motor compared to the Commercial 1250 that took home the best overall award. 

Best for pros: NordicTrack Commercial X22i

NordicTrack

SEE IT

Specs

  • Deck size: 22” x 60”
  • Screen size: 22”
  • Incline range: -6% to 40%
  • Speed range: Up to 12 mph 
  • Max weight: 300 pounds
  • Fans: Yes

Pros

  • Unmatched incline settings
  • Powerful motor
  • Spacious running tread
  • Giant screen

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Heavy

If you want to pretend you’re in “Stranger Things” and go running up that hill, you won’t find a more capable treadmill than NordicTrack’s Commercial X22i. It offers incline settings between -6% and a semi-ridiculous 40%. Most of the other models on this list top out around 12% incline. At its highest setting, you’ll have to do serious work just to keep up with a slow speed. If you’ve been looking for a way to punish your quads and hamstrings, this is it.

Beyond the tilting tread, you get a few extra niceties for your cash. The running tread is two inches wider than most other models, which is good if you’re not the most stable and consistent runner. It also has the most powerful motor, which can get loud at times, but it won’t have any trouble supporting even heavier runners. 

Like the rest of the treadmills on this list, the X22i supports iFit integration, which makes the 22-inch screen very appealing. You can see those coaches looking great in their Spandex as large as possible. 

Best for small spaces: NordicTrack EXP 10i

NordicTrack

SEE IT

Specs

  • Deck size: 20” x 55”
  • Screen size: 10”
  • Incline range: 0-12%
  • Speed range: Up to 10 mph
  • Max weight: 300 pounds
  • Fans: Yes

Pros

  • Compact footprint makes it fit in smaller spaces
  • 10-inch color touchscreen
  • Quiet motor
  • Built-in fans for air circulation

Cons

  • Maxes out at 10 mph

This is a slightly upgraded version of the EXP 7i, which we’ve awarded the best budget title. As the name suggests, this model offers a 10-inch full-color touchscreen for connected workouts and other media. Despite its bigger screen, it maintains a 70.8” L x 34.9” W x 59.7” H footprint. That footprint shrinks even more once you raise the deck for storage mode. In fact, it gets more than a foot shorter with the deck in the raised position. 

When it comes to power, the motor fits right in the middle of the lineup, so it’s strong enough to keep up with hard workouts, but it’s not overly loud. That’s important if you live in an apartment or with a lot of other people. 

Plus, if you want to move the entire treadmill, the whole thing weighs just 230 pounds. While that’s not light enough to pick up and move, you can easily slide it out of the way in a pinch. With some of the other high-end models weighing in at more than 400 pounds, they’re not as simple to move. 

Best budget: NordicTrack EXP 7i

NordicTrack

SEE IT

Specs

  • Deck size: 20” x 55”
  • Screen size: 7:
  • Incline range: 0 – 12%
  • Speed range: Up to 10 mph
  • Max weight: 300 pounds
  • Fans: No

Pros

  • Affordable compared to other models
  • Still maintains iFit compatibility despite price
  • Folds up when not in use
  • Supports users up to 300 pounds

Cons

  • Belt is more narrow than others
  • Screen doesn’t rotate, only tilts

While many high-end treadmills on this list break the $2,000 mark, this relatively compact model sometimes checks in under $1,000 if you catch it on sale. Despite its lower price, it offers a full suite of connected features via its iFit integration. Live instructors or recorded workouts can automatically control the speed up to 10 mph or the incline up to 12 degrees.

It doesn’t have the most powerful motor, but as a result, it often runs quieter than some of the bigger, more robust treadmills. The tread is still 20 inches wide, as you’d find with similar models, but it’s 5 inches shorter at 55 total inches. While that’s slightly less room to run, it also makes the whole thing take up less space. The tread is light and easy to raise without a lot of effort. That’s important when you’re totally blasted from a hard workout and don’t want to use more muscle power than you need to.

What to look for when shopping for the best NordicTrack treadmills

If you want to strike out on your own to compare NordicTrack treadmill models, here are some things to consider before making your decision: 

Do you want iFit connected workouts?

Like Peleton and other connected workout devices, NordicTrack treadmills require a service to access live and pre-recorded classes. NordicTrack relies on iFit to provide those services, a paid subscription. The single plan costs $15 per month (or $180 annually), while the family plan costs $39 per month (or $396 annually). You don’t have to have a subscription to use the machine. You can still access many features, including regular workouts and things like the Google Maps integration, without paying for the monthly subscription. I have used iFit in the past, though, and recommend signing up if you get one of these treadmills. The live workouts are fun, and it offers tons of variety.

The iFit workouts can automatically change the speed and incline on the treadmills to match the intended level of effort. That comes in very handy if you don’t want to change it all the time manually. 

Tread size

Typical treads measure 20” x 60”, but you will find some model variability. The higher-end models sometimes add two inches to the width, which can be very helpful for an unsteady walker building strength or someone who does particularly gnarly workouts that push them near exhaustion. Some more compact models offer a 5-inch shorter deck to make them more efficient in space. 

Speed range

The motor inside of a treadmill typically determines how fast it’s capable of going. The lower-end models on this list top out at 10 mph, which should be more than enough for most people. If you’re a serious athlete or just really feel like pushing yourself, the higher-end models go all the way up to 12 mph. That’s a five-minute mile pace, which is extremely fast. 

Incline range

Walking on an incline has gained a ton of popularity as a relatively low-impact fat-burning workout in recent years. Most of the treadmills on this list top out at a 12% incline, which is fairly steep. It’s enough to make even slow speeds feel rigorous. If you upgrade to the Commercial X22i, you can get a whopping 40% incline, which is seriously taxing on your lower body. Unless you want a very hard challenge, the 12% should suit you just fine. 

FAQs

Q: Will treadmill exercise burn my calories and fat?

Your body burns calories all the time so that you can live. But walking and running obviously burn more calories than static activities like laying on the couch or sitting at your computer writing an article about treadmills for several hours. If you’re buying a treadmill expecting it to melt fat off of your body, then you’re going to be disappointed. Go over your exercise and nutrition goals with a trained professional so you can approach things from a safe and effective place.

Q: How long do NordicTrack treadmills last on average?

You’ll get a couple of years’ worth of exercise out of a treadmill if you keep it maintained. If you let it sit for too long or you abuse the heck out of it, that will seriously degrade your chances of a long-lasting device. NordicTrack offers a variable warranty that covers labor for one year, parts for two years, and the frame for a full decade. If you take care of these machines, they should last quite a while. 

Q: How long should I run on a treadmill?

This is entirely up to you and your health professionals. Some people get too gung ho at the beginning of a new exercise initiative and burn themselves out. That kind of ambition can cause serious problems with your knees and other body parts if you try to do too much too quickly. The iFit platform offers some beginner classes that help people get started without putting too much strain on the body. Still, we recommend talking to a trained professional to ensure you do the right thing for yourself.

Q: Are treadmills better than walking outside?

Treadmills offer a few advantages over walking outside. First, you can do it all year round, even if the weather outside is frightful. If you’re still building strength in your legs, the steady, consistent surface may help reduce your chances of a fall. You can also do more in-depth connected exercise routines with the built-in screen on these treadmills. On the other hand, walking outside is good for getting fresh air, and your legs will benefit from all the stabilization work they must do when navigating uneven terrain. 

Final thoughts on the best NordicTrack treadmills

Putting a treadmill in your home is a great way to stay motivated and moving, even when the weather is terrible outside. With access to iFit’s library of live and pre-recorded workouts, these machines offer much more than simple running workouts. The best NordicTrack treadmills offer a full-on exercise regimen that won’t require you to hang out with the various characters you’ll find in the locker room at your local gym or wait in line dripping sweat to refill your water bottle.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best NordicTrack treadmills for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best Apple Watch alternatives in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-apple-watch-alternatives/ Fri, 24 Dec 2021 01:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=382954
Best Apple Watch alternatives sliced header
Tony Ware

These fitness trackers and smartwatches offer sharp looks and deep sensor integration for Android users and anyone else interested in premium wearables outside Apple's ecosystem.

The post The best Apple Watch alternatives in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best Apple Watch alternatives sliced header
Tony Ware

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Galaxy Watch 5 smartwatch Galaxy Watch 5
SEE IT

Slick styling, optional cellphone connectivity, and lots of health tracking features put this watch on top.

Best dedicated fitness tracker The Fitbit Sense 2 is a dedicated fitness tracker and smartwatch. Fitbit Sense 2
SEE IT

The Fitbit Sense 2 is lightweight and slim but still offers lots of sensors and good battery life.

Best stylish smartwatch The Skagen Jorn is a stylish hybrid smartwatch Skagen Jorn Gen 6 Smartwatch
SEE IT

The Skagen Jorn is a unique hybrid watch, featuring traditional watch hands with full smartwatch capabilities.

The Apple Watch was not the first connected watch. Thanks to Dick Tracy, people have been dreaming of wrist-worn communicators since the 1940s, and companies have actually produced usable companion devices since the early 2000s. But since “Apple’s most personal device ever” launched in 2015, it’s come to dominate the smartwatch market by sheer volume. However, the best wearable for everyone, especially Android users, isn’t necessarily Apple’s. Many Apple Watch alternatives provide various tech that can match and even top the Series 8 experience. Really, the phrase “Apple Watch alternative” sometimes does these gadgets a disservice. Apple’s offering is great, but other top smartwatches and fitness trackers deserve recognition for their own forms and features. The best Apple Watch alternatives satisfy all kinds of purposes: collecting health metrics, delivering notifications, tracking outdoor adventures, and much more fantastic functionality without committing to watchOS/iOS. 

How we chose the best Apple Watch alternatives

When selecting the recommendations included in this list, we evaluated a range of features, specs, and tools that make smartwatches useful and desirable. To function as an Apple Watch alternative, phone connectivity in some capacity was an absolute must. The selected watches also needed a robust array of sensors to capture important health and activity data. We aimed to choose watches with different styles since style is such a subjective topic. And lastly, we assessed important specs such as battery life, display quality, and durability. Combining this research with peer recommendations, critical reviews, and plenty of hands-on experience, we narrowed down our selection to the best Apple Watch alternatives.

The best Apple Watch alternatives: Reviews & Recommendations

The best Apple Watch alternatives are delightfully varied, and you’re sure to find one that strikes your fancy. So let’s look at the non-Apple products that can keep your phone in your pocket but your life connected.

Best overall: Galaxy Watch 5

Samsung

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 1.2 ounces (44mm), 1 ounce (40mm)
  • Case size: 1.7 x 1.74 x 0.38 inches (44mm), 1.54 x 1.59 x 0.38 inches (40mm)
  • Display resolution: 450×450 pixels (44mm), 396×396 pixels (40mm) 
  • Battery life: Up to 50 hours
  • Waterproof rating: IP68
  • Connectivity: BT 5.2, Wi-Fi 2.4GHz & 5GHz, NFC, LTE
  • Sensors: Accelerometer, gyroscope, barometer, ambient light, compass, GPS, BioActive sensor (Bioelectrical Impedance Analysis sensor, Electrical Heart sensor (ECG), and Optical Heart Rate sensor), mic/speaker
  • App support: Android

Pros

  • Attractive design, with swappable straps
  • Optional 4G LTE version
  • Available in two sizes
  • Plenty of health-tracking features
  • Excellent third-party app support

Cons

  • Battery life is lacking
  • Some features only work with Samsung phones

The Galaxy Watch is one of the most direct competitors to the Apple Watch. That’s partly because it is one of the few watches that offer an eSIM for cellular connectivity. The eSim and built-in mic and speakers mean you can take calls and receive and respond to text messages via the watch. You don’t need your phone on you all the time to take advantage of the smart features, which is a nice option to have. The combination of Wear OS and an Android 8.0 or above phone, however, allows for Google Maps navigation, interaction with Google Assistant, and more.

The Galaxy Watch5 has a sleek, minimal design. It’s available in two sizes—40mm and 44mm—and comes in four colors. At only 1.2 ounces for the larger watch (44mm), it’s lightweight, making it more comfortable to wear. It is packed with useful sensors, including Samsung’s BioActive sensor array, responsible for sleep tracking, heart rate, blood oxygen monitoring, ECG, and body composition analysis. It will provide lots of health and fitness insights. It even automatically detects exercise, which is helpful if you tend to forget to start tracking as I do.

The downside of this watch is the battery life. The 40mm watch utilizes a 284mAh battery, while the 44mm features a 410mAh battery. If you use the device for any exercise tracking at all, you’ll need to charge it daily. Nighttime is the most logical time to charge it for most, but that means you’ll miss out on sleep tracking, which is a selling point of the watch. (A titanium-cased Galaxy Watch5 Pro version increases the durability, wellness sensors, and battery life.)

Best dedicated fitness tracker: Fitbit Sense 2

Fitbit

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 0.8 ounces
  • Case size: 1.5 by 1.5 by 0.45 inches
  • Display resolution: 336 x 336 pixels
  • Battery life: Up to 6 days
  • Waterproof rating: Water resistant to 164 feet
  • Connectivity: Bluetooth, NFC
  • Sensors: GPS/GLONASS, heart rate, altimeter, skin temperature, gyroscope, accelerometer, ambient light, SpO2, cEDA, mic/speaker
  • App support: Android and iOS

Pros

  • Very slim and lightweight
  • Lots of sensors
  • Good battery life
  • Easy to use

Cons

  • No music support
  • Subscription required to take full advantage of its features

The Fitbit Sense 2 is the company’s best and brightest smartwatch. It packs plenty of sensors, including onboard GPS to track your runs and bike rides. It also features a skin temperature sensor and Fitbit’s cEDA (continuous ElectroDermal Activity) sensor to help track stress. And it promises a six-day battery life (depending on usage), which is very strong.

At less than an ounce, this is one of the lightest smartwatches available, especially for one with such a robust set of sensors. It’s sleek and minimal, fitting nicely even on small wrists. And you can choose between three colorways. In addition, the Sense 2 gets an added physical button compared to the first version, making navigation easier.

Unfortunately, Fitbit removed third-party app support from the Sense 2. That means it isn’t as much of a smartwatch as other options. For example, there’s no Spotify app or music support, so you’ll have to rely on your phone. But there is a built-in speaker and microphone, so you can take calls on your wrist, as long as your phone is nearby. 

Best smartwatch for Android users: Ticwatch Pro 3

Ticwatch

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 1.5 ounces
  • Case size: 1.8 x 1.9 x 0.5 inches
  • Display resolution: 454 x 454 pixels
  • Battery life: Up to 72 hours (Smart Mode) or 45 days (Essential Mode)
  • Water rating: IP68
  • Connectivity: Bluetooth 5.0, Wi-Fi
  • Sensors: GPS/Beidou/Glonass/Galileo/QZSS, accelerometer, gyroscope, PPG heart rate, ambient light, barometer, mic/speaker
  • App support: Android and iOS

Pros

  • Good battery life
  • Dual display helps save battery life
  • Fast and responsive
  • IP68 waterproof rating

Cons

  • Somewhat pricey
  • A bit bulky

With a Snapdragon 4100 processor, the TicWatch Pro 3 is among the fastest Apple Watch alternatives on the market. It has all the usual high-end smartwatch features, including onboard GPS and NFC for payments. There’s a whole host of sensors and data tracking features, including a heart rate monitor, barometer, sleep tracking, and SpO2 monitoring.

It also has one very clever feature: a lower-power LCD screen right on top of its regular AMOLED display. That allows you to switch over for up to 45 days of battery life in “essential mode.” And there is an ambient light sensor in the watch, so it can automatically adjust the brightness of the AMOLED display.

The Ticwatch features a rugged design that will hold up to whatever activities you participate in. It’s a waterproof smartwatch with an IP68 rating, so you can even swim in it. That said, even though it is 28 percent lighter than the previous version of this watch, it is still fairly large and chunky. It may not be best for the small of wrist.

Best smartwatch for the triathlete in training: Garmin Forerunner 955

Abby Ferguson

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 1.8 ounces
  • Case size: 1.8 x 1.8 x 0.5 inches
  • Display resolution: 260 x 260 pixels
  • Battery life: Up to 15 days (smartwatch mode)
  • Water rating: 5 ATM water resistance
  • Connectivity: Bluetooth, ANT+, Wi-Fi
  • Sensors: Heart rate, GPS/Glonass/Galileo, thermometer, pulse oximeter, accelerometer, gyroscope, compass, barometric altimeter
  • App support: Android and iOS

Pros

  • Long battery life
  • Highly customizable
  • Collects loads of data
  • Useful training assistance

Cons

  • Pricey

Garmin specializes in super-advanced fitness and outdoor tech gear, making its gear one of the best Apple Watch alternatives for serious athletes. The Forerunner 955 is specifically focused on running, though it can track about any kind of workout you can think of, including ones specific to triathlon training. It includes a dizzying array of sensors to ensure you improve. It calculates elevation changes, measures your pace against an average for your fitness level, calculates VO2 Max, and can even measure stuff like ground contact time and stride length. In addition, the watch provides plenty of training help, such as suggested workouts and training load insights, to help you maximize your fitness. 

Despite all the data it collects, the battery life is fantastic. And You can easily customize battery consumption to get what you need out of the watch in a given situation. In smartwatch mode, Garmin promises 15 days of battery life. And when using the All Systems GNSS plus Multi-Band mode (the most accurate location tracking), Garmin specifies up to 20 hours. Should you want a little extra juice, Garmin also makes a solar version of this watch. Of course, battery life depends on your usage, but I was easily able to get the promised numbers when using the Solar version of this watch, even without getting the minimum sun exposure. 

There is no microphone on the watch or optional cellphone connectivity, so you will need your phone to take advantage of the notifications and safety features (unless you opt for the older Forerunner 945 LTE). But you can send pre-formatted responses to calls and texts and interact with notifications from certain apps. And it is surprisingly sleek for all the sensors that are onboard, even on small wrists. Of course, if you’re more of a weekend warrior and don’t mind charging more often in exchange for the most vivid visual experience, the Garmin epix 2 has an AMOLED touchscreen display that brings it near parity with an Apple Watch presentation.

Best stylish smartwatch: Skagen Jorn 38MM Gen 6 Hybrid Smartwatch

Skagen

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: Not provided
  • Case size: 1.5-inch diameter, 0.5 inches thick
  • Display resolution: 240 x 240 pixels
  • Battery life: Up to 14 days
  • Water rating: 3 ATM water resistance
  • Connectivity: Bluetooth 5.0 LE
  • Sensors: Accelerometer, microphone, PPG heart rate
  • App support: Android and iOS

Pros

  • Sleek, attractive styling
  • Unique hybrid design
  • Good app support
  • Built-in microphone

Cons

  • Fitness tracking isn’t great
  • Lacks a speaker

Skagen, the Danish-design-inspired imprint of Fossil, has a line of hybrid smartwatches called Jorn, which have uniformly been extremely good-looking watches. The hybrid design may not be for everyone, but it is a unique combination of classic watch looks with smartwatch features. The watch hands cleverly move out of the way so that you can easily read the E Ink display, and it still offers plenty of customization options. And it comes in 38mm or 42mm sizes with different color and band options. 

The Jorn features a built-in microphone as well as Amazon Alexa support. You can use voice control to set timers, reminders, and ask questions. Unfortunately, it lacks a speaker, so responses are displayed on the watch instead of spoken back to you, and you can’t take calls. But it does add a layer of functionality that some may appreciate. And it’s Android and iPhone compatible, so you can use it’s companion app with just about any phone.

The sensors in the Jorn watch are somewhat minimal but include an accelerometer and PPG heart rate monitor for basic exercise and health stats. These will track your steps, sleep, heart rate, and SpO2. Unfortunately, there’s no built-in GPS, so the watch relies on tethered GPS, which requires your phone. If you are looking for a serious fitness watch, this isn’t the best option, but we think it’s the most stylish Apple Watch alternative available. 

Best for health data: Polar Ignite 3

Abby Ferguson

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 1.2 ounces
  • Case size: 1.7 x 1.7 x 0.4 inches
  • Display resolution: 416 × 416 pixels
  • Battery life: Up to 30 hours (training mode)
  • Water rating: Water resistant to 98 feet
  • Connectivity: Bluetooth 5.1
  • Sensors: GPS/Beidou/Glonass/Galileo/QZSS, accelerometer, heart rate 
  • App support: Android and iOS

Pros

  • Attractive styling 
  • Really slim on the wrist
  • Lots of smart health and training features
  • Vibrant display

Cons

  • GPS is inaccurate 

Polar has long been a staple in the fitness and health world, investing heavily in research and offering a range of watches and sensors. The third iteration of the Ignite is the sleekest yet, with attractive yet minimal design features. It’s available in four colorways, some of which (such as the Greige Sand) hardly look like fitness watches. It features an extremely slim profile, barely sticking up from my wrist.

The watch offers fairly minimal sensors, but it still collects plenty of data for excellent health and fitness insights. It provides the Polar Precision Prime sensor for highly accurate heart rate data. Unfortunately, despite the multi-band GPS, the location data is disappointing and inaccurate. This won’t matter for some, but if precise location tracking is essential to you, this watch won’t be your best choice. 

Where the Ignite 3 does shine is the health data it collects and the insights it provides. It provides accurate sleep-tracking information and uses that to help guide daily workout suggestions. It even provides secondary workout suggestions, such as stretching activities to keep you healthy. And Polar’s FitSpark suggests different types of exercise to keep your training well-rounded. It can provide a lot of information to help you stay on top of your training and health in general.

Best battery life: Garmin Instinct 2S Solar

Abby Ferguson

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 1.8 ounces (45mm), 1.5 ounces (40mm)
  • Case size: 1.8 x 1.8 x 0.6 inches (45mm), 1.6 x 1.6 x 0.5 inches (40mm)
  • Display resolution: 176 x 176 pixels (45mm) 156 x 156 pixels (40mm)
  • Battery life: Up to 28 days, unlimited with solar (smartwatch mode)
  • Water rating: Waterproof to 328 feet
  • Connectivity: Bluetooth and ANT+
  • Sensors: Heart rate, GPS/Glonass/Galileo, thermometer, pulse oximeter, accelerometer, compass, barometric altimeter
  • App support: Android and iOS

Pros

  • Outstanding battery life
  • Two sizes available
  • Lots of training tools
  • Highly accurate data collection

Cons

  • Rugged, old-school design isn’t for everyone

Garmin’s Instinct 2S Solar has a lot going for it, but its battery life is certainly the main highlight. In smartwatch mode, Garmin says it offers unlimited battery life if you get three hours of 50,000 lux sunlight conditions a day. Of course, when you use the various GPS modes and tracking exercises, that goes down. But I got about a week of life from my 40mm version while doing some activity once a day, even without getting the required sun exposure per day for the solar benefits.

The watch also gets a robust set of sensors and tracking features, in line with most of Garmin’s products. It can suggest workouts and keep track of your training status to ensure you are getting the most out of your activities and advancing your fitness. You can even use it to navigate should you need help getting back to your starting point. Overall it’s a fantastic training partner.

The Instinct 2 Solar is a vastly different Apple Watch alternative in its styling. It has a rather rugged, old-school watch styling, which some may not like. The display is also a simple monochrome transflective memory-in-pixel (MIP) display, so don’t expect fancy color graphics or touchscreen functionality. But it connects to your phone and provides notifications on the watch. There is no microphone or speaker, so you can’t take calls on the watch, but you can use it to reject or accept a call that you then take on your phone. And like the Forerunner 955, you can send prewritten responses to texts or calls directly from the watch, which is handy if you are in the middle of something. 

Best budget smartwatch: Amazfit GTS 4

Amazfit

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 1 ounce
  • Case size: 1.7 x 1.4 x 0.4 inches (without heart rate base)
  • Display resolution: 390 x 450 pixels
  • Battery life: Up to 8 days (typical use)
  • Water rating: 5 ATM water resistance
  • Connectivity: WLAN 2.4GHz, Bluetooth 5.0, and BLE
  • Sensors: Geomagnetic, accelerometer, barometric altimeter, gyroscope, ambient light sensor, dual-band & 6 satellite positioning systems, BioTracker™ 4.0 PPG biometric sensor, mic/speaker
  • App support: Android 7.0 and above, iOS 12.0 and above

Pros

  • Sleek and comfortable design
  • Lots of sport modes
  • Good battery life

Cons

  • Data collection isn’t the most accurate

Amazfit is a well-established maker of budget smartwatches, and the GTS 4 is a great one. It provides an eight-day battery life (depending on usage), which is surprising for a watch of this price. That can even be extended to 16 days in battery saver mode. It also has lots of sensors to measure your heart rate, steps, blood oxygen levels, stress, sleep, location, and more. 

As a smartwatch, the GTS 4 pairs with your phone and delivers notifications right to your wrist. And it can sync with apps like Strava and Google Fit. It features a built-in mic and speaker, so you can receive and make calls from the watch if your phone is near. It has a strikingly Apple Watch-like design, which is sleek and minimal.

Of course, as a somewhat inexpensive watch, there are some downsides. The companion app (called Zepp) is a bit clunky, with some settings difficult to find. And the data collection tends to be a bit inaccurate, especially the sleep data and the automatic stand suggestions. And you’ll lose some features like third-party app compatibility. But it still has a lot to offer as long as you aren’t relying on the data for precise training.

What to consider when looking for the best Apple Watch alternatives

Non-Apple Watch smartwatches are available running all kinds of different software platforms. And many of them will work with both Android and iOS, in case you ever switch phones. Apple Watch alternatives come in a few different flavors. There’s the direct competition, which would be Google’s Wear platform and the Samsung Galaxy Watch. And there are also more fitness-centric offerings, both for casual workouts and intense outdoors lovers, plus a whole crop of budget-friendly smartwatches that provide health tracking and notifications.

What’s the difference between a smartwatch and a fitness tracker?

In general, the phrase “fitness tracker” is used to differentiate these models from a smartwatch in a few ways. Fitness trackers are typically smaller. They often look more like a bracelet with a small screen than a big, fancy watch. They are, as their name suggests, focused on fitness: a good fitness tracker should have not just a step tracker, but also a heart rate monitor and sleep tracking tech. Many high-end fitness watches can also integrate with more robust devices like chest strap heart rate monitors. 

That said, the line between fitness tracker and smartwatch has blurred. Modern fitness trackers have some features we’re more likely to associate with smartwatches They may have the ability to deliver notifications of texts and emails from your phone, might have a speaker so you can activate Amazon Alexa or Google Assistant. Some even sport similar faces and design elements.

But if you plan on wearing your wristpiece all the time, it’s fair to want something less like a fitness tracker and more like a full-featured smartwatch: you want it to have a bigger screen, because you’ll be looking at it more, and to have non-fitness-focused features too.

What watch features and sensors do I need?

A brief comparison of smartwatches will reveal a wide array of features and sensors. Of course, many companies have their proprietary names for traditional sensors, making matters more complicated. What sensors and features you need in a watch depends on how you intend to use it. 

If you mainly want a smartwatch for notification and call purposes, make sure you prioritize a watch with a microphone, speaker, and potentially cellular connectivity as well. Suppose you are more interested in highly accurate fitness information. In that case, you’ll want a multisport watch with a whole suite of features such as multi-band GPS, accelerometer, barometer, gyroscope, heart rate monitor, and more. 

Do I have to spend hundreds of dollars on a smartwatch?

The current generation of Apple Watch, the Series 8, starts at a whopping $399 (and goes up to $799 if you decide the Apple Watch Ultra is the right one for you). If you don’t necessarily need all the bells and whistles, just something that’ll track your health metrics and stick that data into a fitness app, plus maybe deliver some alerts, you don’t need to spend that much. In fact, you can spend barely a tenth of that price and get something surprisingly great.

The biggest use cases for smartwatches, according to Statista, are notifications and fitness tracking—and you can snag a budget smartwatch or fitness bracelet that can do that for you, acting as your everyday connected wearable at a fraction of the price of full-featured smartwatches.

What’s the most stylish smartwatch?

Smartwatches and fitness trackers aren’t known for being the most stylish accessories. They have some fundamental requirements that make being stylish difficult. For example, they have to be big enough to contain a touchscreen, a heart rate monitor, and a battery, which means that even the smallest tend to be on the bulky side.

For those who take wristwatches seriously, even the Apple Watch can be underwhelming from an aesthetic perspective. It’s a basic square made of glass and aluminum. Most Apple Watch alternatives are the same way: either a slim bracelet-style fitness tracker or a square or circular smartwatch. These tend to look just fine at the gym or when out for a run, but in more formal settings can look out of place.

Luckily, a few companies are getting on board with different designs. For example, the Amazfit T-Rex 2 leans into retro-style chunkiness, while hybrid smartwatches like the Skagen Jorn or Garmin vivomove 3 offer traditional analog watch hands with smartwatch features.

FAQs

Q: What are the disadvantages of the Apple Watch?

Apple’s smartwatch may be popular, but it definitely has disadvantages. Most importantly, it’s not compatible with Android phones. That means that 73% of the global smartphone market is out of luck. It’s also only available in the one square style, which may not be to everyone’s taste.

Q: What is the best and cheapest smartwatch?

While “the best” is absolutely subjective, if you’re looking for the best combination of features at the cheapest price, we like fitness trackers. They’ll include the most popular uses for smartwatches (fitness tracking and notifications) without all the other stuff so that you can save money. Amazfit has various options for a super low price, while Fitbit has some of the best software combinations and cheaper options.

Q: Is there a smartwatch as good as the Apple Watch?

We think the best non-Apple smartwatch will vary depending on what you’re looking for. If you’re just wanting to track your fitness and exercise, we like the Fitbit Sense 2; if you have a Samsung phone and want a full smartwatch experience, the Samsung Galaxy Watch 5 is a great option; and if you want something to help on your running journey, look at Garmin’s offerings.

Final thoughts on the best Apple Watch alternatives

There’s truly no shortage of wearables these days, with most smartphone makers offering watch choices and fitness trackers increasingly becoming more like smartwatches. Thus, choosing the best Apple Watch alternative can be overwhelming. The good news is that whether you are looking for a hyper-focused fitness watch, a stylish smartwatch, or a simple blend between the two, there is an efficiency-boosting accessory for you among the choices we’ve compiled so you can complement your look and lifestyle.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best Apple Watch alternatives in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best running headphones for 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-running-headphones/ Wed, 13 Mar 2019 15:09:11 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-running-headphones/
A lineup of the best running headphones on a white background
Amanda Reed

These wireless, sweat-resistant accountability buddies stay in your ears while you go all out, encouraging you whether you’re hitting the trails or the treadmill.

The post The best running headphones for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best running headphones on a white background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall A pair of black Beats Fit Pro headphones on a blue and white background Beats Fit Pro
SEE IT

These earbuds use wingtips that fit to your ear to stay secure.

Best over-ear A pair of Trelab Z2 over-ear workout headphones on a blue and white background TRELAB Z2
SEE IT

This more traditional design has a tough IPX4 waterproof rating that’s tough against rain and sweat.

Best budget A pair of Otium Bluetooth Earbuds Wireless Headphones on a blue and white background Otium U18 Earbuds
SEE IT

Battery life, secure fit, and an IPX7 waterproof rating make these budget headphones a solid choice for hitting the treadmill.

Choosing the right pair of running headphones is essential for getting through your workout comfortably and safely. Listening to your favorite music and podcasts while running, jogging, and participating in other endurance exercises is a great way to bear up and push yourself that extra mile. Unlike traditional headphones and earbuds that come in all shapes and sizes, often more concerned with aesthetics than activity, the best running headphones are super lightweight and snug-fitting. They typically feature waterproof designs with long battery life. We’ve selected some of the best running headphones on the market to help you make an informed decision no matter where your workout takes you.

How we chose the best running headphones

The best running headphones are wireless, and Bluetooth requires power. Running out of battery life during a workout is inconvenient at best, so we built our list with options that feature battery capacities between 10 hours and 50 hours to ensure they’ll endure through at least two average workout days before recharging. Running headphones should fit comfortably and allow the user to exercise unencumbered, so our picks are relatively lightweight and feature secure, customizable fit options. Most of the headphones on our list are earbuds, but we added an over-ear and a bone conduction option to cover every possible use scenario and style preference.

Breaking a sweat is a normal part of running, so we selected headphones with Ingress Protection ratings ranging from a splashproof IPX3 to a completely dustproof and waterproof IP68. Most of the headphones on our list offer environmental transparency/situational awareness tech, from the ambient mic modes of the JBL Endurance Peak 3 and Apple Beats Fit Pro to the actually open designs of the Sony LinkBuds and SHOKZ OpenRun Pro.

The best running headphones: Reviews & Recommendations

Running can boost the production of your brain’s endorphins and help you de-stress. With this in mind, finding the best running headphones shouldn’t be a stressful endeavor. One of our picks should help get you on a runner’s high.

Best overall: Apple Beats Fit Pro

Stan Horaczek

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Apple Beats Fit Pro earbuds combine user-friendly design and great sound in a snug-fitting form factor.

Specs

  • Weight: 0.2 ounces/earbud; 2.3 ounces with case
  • IP rating: IPX4 (splash-resistant)
  • Battery life: 7 hours single-charge; 30 hours with case

Pros

  • Features Apple H1 chip for quick pairing and spatial tracking
  • Compact form factor and tight fit perfect for running
  • Great sound quality with ANC and transparency modes

Cons

  • Requires iOS device to use all features
  • Case incompatible with wireless charging
  • No multipoint pairing

We recently featured the Apple Beats Fit Pro in our roundup of the best headphones for working out, and they’re also our top pick for running. They feature a relatively neutral and well-rounded sound profile with crisp highs that make them great for a wide range of listening duties, and their inclusion of active noise cancellation (ANC) and transparency modes make them equally useful on the road and at the gym. The Beats Fit Pro are super lightweight and compact in and out of its charging case, making them easy to keep in your pocket and comfortable to wear while active. They’re also some of the most secure earbuds we’ve tested thanks to their unique flexible wingtip design that sits firmly against the outside of your ear, aided further by three sets of interchangeable silicone ear tips.

As we mention in our full review, the Beats Fit Pro offer a user experience very similar to that of the Apple AirPods Pro thanks to their built-in H1 chip, which allows for quick and effortless pairing to your iOS device, as well as access to Apple’s immersive head tracking and spatial audio technologies. These buds do work with Android devices—you connect to them as you would any other Bluetooth earbuds—but non-iOS users will, unfortunately, miss out on those H1-provided benefits. We also wish the Beats Fit Pro featured better waterproofing than the same IPX4 rating shared by Apple’s regular line of AirPods. They also lack wireless charging and multipoint pairing, which are features that would ease switching gears before and after a run. Still, we can’t shake how we can’t shake ’em loose.

Best bone-conduction: SHOKZ OpenRun Pro

SHOKZ

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The OpenRun Pro’s open-ear bone-conduction design allows you to work out and listen to your favorite music while maintaining full situational awareness.

Specs

  • Weight: 0.95 ounces
  • IP rating: IP55 (dust- and water-resistant at low pressures)
  • Battery life: 10 hours single-charge

Pros

  • Open-ear design for maximum situational awareness
  • Highly resistant to dust and water
  • Headband design stays put during the ups and downs of running

Cons

  • Sound quality is limited due to design
  • Audible to others
  • Proprietary charging cable is inconvenient to replace

If you frequently work out in parks or along roads where you share space with bikes and cars, a pair of bone-conduction headphones like the SHOKZ OpenRun Pro will be the safest and most convenient choice for your runs. Like all of the best bone-conduction headphones, the OpenRun Pro uses vibration to send audio through your cheek and directly to your earbones, bypassing your ear canal entirely and leaving it open so you can stay aware of approaching traffic while listening to your favorite music. The OpenRun Pro weighs just under one ounce and features a snug-fitting headband design that sits comfortably around your ears and stays put through even the most strenuous sprints, and its high dust- and water-resistant design make it a great choice for exercising on any terrain in any weather.

While the design of the OpenRun Pro is perfect for maintaining situational awareness while running, it lacks bass response. That’s not entirely necessary if you’re running to podcasts or ambient/classical music, but it leaves something to be desired in dance, rock, and other bass-heavy music. Others will also be able to hear what you’re hearing, so they’re not a great choice for use on public transit or in quiet places. Plan on taking the OpenRun Pro out for multiple workouts between charges? The headphones’ 10-hour battery should be more than flexible enough, but remember that they use a proprietary magnetic charger rather than something universal like USB-C.

Most comfortable: Ultimate Ears FITS

Abigail Ferguson

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: These ultralight running headphones from Ultimate Ears are custom-fit to your ears to deliver one of the most comfortable workout listening experiences available.

Specs 

  • Weight: 0.26 ounces/earbud; 2.04 ounces with case
  • IP rating: IPX3 (splash-resistant at up to 60-degree angle)
  • Battery life: 8 hours single-charge; 20 hours with case

Pros

  • Moldable eartips are custom-fit to your ears
  • Neutral midrange frequency response with custom EQ available in-app
  • Sweat-resistant design

Cons

  • Design protrudes far from ear
  • Sub-bass response is lacking initially
  • No active noise cancellation

The Ultimate Ears FITS—or UE FITS if you’re nasty—are an incredibly comfortable and lightweight pair of custom-fit running headphones with a design and setup process that seem straight out of a sci-fi movie. After removing the FITS from their package for the first time, users simply place the earbuds in their ears and initiate the molding process via a smartphone app, during which the photosensitive polymer ear tips are literally molded to the shape of your ears with the help of some built-in flashing LEDs. Apart from downloading the app, the entire setup process takes roughly 60 seconds, after which you’re free to use the earbuds however you see fit. The process feels alien but not uncomfortable. Despite being very light and comfy, the FITS tend to protrude further from the ear than other earbuds, which may bother users who prefer a streamlined look. Those with sensitive, small ears, however, will appreciate the ability to wear them comfortably for hours.

The sound of the Ultimate Ears FITS is relatively neutral yet lacking in low frequencies out of the box; luckily, it’s easy to sculpt using the in-app EQ, so you can get lows to reach a runner’s high. They, unfortunately, don’t feature active noise cancellation, but their snug fit allows them a good measure of passive noise cancellation that can be useful in gyms and other crowded environments. The FITS’ sweat-resistant IPX3 rating is also a bit lower than the minimum IPX4 we’re used to seeing in this class of earbuds, but they’ll still make it through many a sweaty session unscathed.

Less athletically inclined but still like the idea of custom-fit earbud comfort for running errands (or the occasional power walk)? UE offers the DROPS, which have a more involved, more handcrafted process resulting in bespoke acrylic housings tailored to your personal specifications and aesthetic.

Best over-ear: Treblab Z2

TRELAB

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Treblab Z2 headphones are a uniquely light, comfy over-ear option with a long battery life that makes them great for taking on a run.

Specs

  • Weight: 0.53 pounds
  • IP rating: IPX4 (splash-resistant)
  • Battery life: 35 hours

Pros

  • Super light and comfy design for running unencumbered
  • Very long single-charge battery life
  • Built-in control buttons are intuitive and easy to use

Cons

  • No charging case
  • ANC mode changes the sound profile, performs unreliably
  • Prone to leaking audio

While over-ear headphones aren’t an ideal choice for running due to being much heavier and bulkier than earbuds, the Treblab Z2’s combination of lightweight comfort and long 35-hour battery life will have you covered if you have your heart set on a more traditional design. The Z2 features an IPX4 waterproof rating that’s tough enough to stand up to sweat and rain, and it has easy-to-use audio controls placed conveniently on each earcup, plus a simple switch to toggle ANC mode. They come in a custom-fit zip-up carrying case that makes them easy to stow in a gym bag, and they charge using an included micro USB cable.

The Treblab Z2’s sound profile is fairly neutral and balanced out of the box, but its ANC mode tends to roll off a lot of the headphones’ bass frequencies, giving the audio a somewhat unappealing mid-forward sound. With ANC engaged, the headphones almost give the impression of changing their EQ to mask environmental noise rather than performing active cancellation. The Treblab Z2s also feature light and airy earpads that make them very comfortable to wear while running. They do tend to leak some sound if you push the volume (not that you should, even if you push the tempo), so you’ll likely want to avoid using them in quiet or shared environments.

Best for city runs: Sony LinkBuds

Tony Ware

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Sony LinkBuds use a unique open-ring design to let in environmental noise while delivering the fit and sound of traditional earbuds.

Specs

  • Weight: 0.14 ounces/earbud; 1.45 ounces with case
  • IP rating: IPX4 (splash-resistant)
  • Battery life: 5.5 hours single-charge; 17.5 hours with case

Pros

  • Unique ring design lets in ambient noise
  • Very comfortable and lightweight fit perfect for running
  • Midrange-forward sound is great for spoken word
  • EQ adjustable via the Sony Headphones Connect app

Cons

  • No noise cancellation
  • Very little sub-bass response
  • Others can hear what you’re listening to

If you’re looking to maintain a level of situational awareness similar to that given by bone-conduction headphones but prefer the look and feel of earbuds, Sony’s innovative LinkBuds are worth considering. This unique pair of lightweight earbuds—small enough to hang from succulents, as shown above—use a ring-shaped speaker and flexible anchor to stay secure within your ear while letting in ambient noise. This makes them a great choice for running in loud environments and areas with heavy traffic. The size of each fin can be custom-fitted to your ears using an included selection of five sizes, resulting in an incredibly comfortable and snug fit that won’t budge during your run. The LinkBuds aren’t quite as easy to hear through as bone conduction headphones due to their placement in the ear canal, but they do feature a similar midrange-heavy sound with slightly more low-end. If the buds leave you wanting a little more bass, you can also fine-tune their sound further using the Sony Headphones Connect app.

Controlling the Sony LinkBuds involves either tapping directly on the earbuds or on your own facial cartilage in front of the ear, a gesture that works well but takes some getting used to. Some users reported false triggers when engaging in activity, but this effect can be mitigated by selecting the right fin size to ensure the fit is as tight as possible. Because of their open design, the LinkBuds also tend to leak sound and provide no form of noise cancellation at all, so while they might not be the best choice for critical listening unless you’re in the quietest environment (one that wouldn’t mind hearing a bit of what you’re enjoying), there’s really nothing else quite like them if you prefer the fit and feel of earbuds.

Best battery life: JBL Endurance Peak 3

Abigail Ferguson

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: These rugged IP68 earbuds pack up to 50 hours of battery life thanks to their charging case, making them ideal for travel and frequent use.

Specs

  • Weight: 0.9 ounces/earbud; 4.5 ounces with case
  • IP rating: IP68 (dustproof and waterproof for 30 minutes)
  • Battery life: 10 hours single-charge; 50 hours with case

Pros

  • Highly waterproof and dustproof
  • Very secure-fitting ear hook design
  • Super long battery life

Cons

  • Lack active noise canceling
  • No multipoint pairing or wireless charging
  • Muddy and low-heavy sound, but can be EQ’d

JBL’s new Peak Endurance 3 running headphones are a fantastic option if you run daily but don’t always have the opportunity (or memory) to charge your devices. They feature a generous 10-hour single-charge battery life plus another 50 hours thanks to their compact charging case, making them a great choice for stowing in a gym bag or for traveling. The fit of the Endurance Peak 3s uses a wireless ear hook design (JBL refers to the hooks as “TwistLock ear hook enhancers”) similar to that of the Powerbeats Pro, which goes around the back of your ear and works in tandem with three silicone ear tip options, resulting in a comfortable wearing experience that remains stable while running despite not going too far into the ear canal. They even stay stable while doing side plank rotations. The Endurance Peak 3s are also waterproof and dustproof at a very high IP68 level, which makes them impervious to salt water and easy to clean with a simple rinse.

The sound of the Endurance Peak 3s is a bit muddy out of the box, but JBL’s companion app provides an easy-to-use EQ that helps sculpt their sound to your liking. They also don’t have active noise-cancelling abilities, but the tips combined with their shape do a good job of blocking out your surroundings. Still, they do feature JBL’s Ambient Aware mode, which is effective for engaging in conversation at the gym or on the street without having to pause and remove them from your ears. However, we wish they featured conveniences like multipoint device pairing and wireless charging. And, the ear hooks get in the way of sunglasses, which is a pain while running outdoors in the bright sun. If these aren’t major cons for you, their secure fit, battery life, and ease of use make these headphones perfect for running in nearly every way. 

Best budget: Otium U18 Earbuds

Otium

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Otium’s U18 earbuds feature a secure ear hook design similar to that found in running headphones three times their price.

Specs

  • Weight: 3.52 ounces
  • IP rating: IPX7 (waterproof for 30 minutes; not dustproof)
  • Battery life: 15 hours

Pros

  • Great battery life and secure fit on a budget
  • IPX7 waterproof for sweaty workouts
  • Set of easy-to-use controls

Cons

  • Slightly muddy sound profile
  • No active noise cancelation
  • Charging design is cumbersome

If you love listening to music while running but don’t want to spend a lot, the Otium U18s are a great value thanks to their battery life, secure fit, and IPX7 waterproof rating. They feature an ear hook-based design similar to that of the JBL Endurance Peak 3 and the Powerbeats Pro, with the inclusion of a connective neckband that makes them easy to hang around your neck when not in use and keeps them from getting separated. The U18’s sound profile is a bit muddy and leaves something to be desired, and because they don’t come with any EQ-enabled companion apps you’ll need to explore other options to sculpt their sound. But if you just need a beat to beat your personal best, these are a budget way to get that.

As a set of budget headphones, the Otium U18s are fairly stripped down and lack conveniences like active noise cancelation, wireless charging, and ambient modes. They do have a set of onboard controls, including an on-ear button and a rocker switch, both of which are intuitive and easy to use, but charging the headphones is a little more difficult and involves opening a small, tight-fitting door for access to a micro USB port. Still, if you’re not picky about sound quality or noise canceling, the runner-friendly fit of the U18s makes them worth a look.

What to consider when buying the best running headphones

Most of the best headphones should avoid even a hint of moisture. Heck, even some of the best Bluetooth earbuds might not be suited for more than a brisk stroll. That’s why we’ve put together these things to look at before adding something to your cart:

Do you run in a city environment?

Running in a city environment near bikes, cars, and other forms of traffic requires a high level of situational awareness to ensure you stay out of harm’s way. The best-running headphones for urban environments and crowded places include the Sony LinkBuds, which feature a snug earbud design, and the SHOKZ OpenEars Pro, a bone-conduction design that leaves your ears completely open. 

How important is sound quality to you?

If you fancy yourself an audiophile, go for running headphones with a well-rounded sound profile like the Apple Beats Fit Pro, which have extended low-end response and present highs. Some running headphones also allow you to customize their EQ via smartphone apps, including the JBL Endurance Peak 3 and Ultimate Ears Fits.

Do you need waterproof running headphones?

If you frequently run in moist environments or sweat a lot, picking a pair of running headphones with some measure of waterproofing is essential. All the best running headphones are in some way splash/sweat-resistant, but if you need maximum protection, models such as the JBL Endurance Peak 3 and Jabra Elite 7 Active are some of the best waterproof options we’ve tested.

FAQs

Q: How much do running headphones cost?

Running headphones can run you between $20-$200, depending on features.

Q: Are noise-canceling headphones safe for running?

Noise-canceling headphones aren’t the safest choice for running due to their ability to block out noise from bikes, cars, and other traffic. If you’re running on a treadmill at the gym, ANC might be desirable for staying in the zone. Runners who listen to music outside, however, should almost always consider open-ear headphones like the Sony LinkBuds earbuds or the SHOKZ OpenRun Pro.

Q: Do running headphones need to be waterproof or sweatproof?

In general, running headphones need to be waterproof to weather the conditions of a workout. Headphones contain small and sensitive electronics that can be damaged by moisture from rain or sweat, so any pair of running headphones worth considering will have an IP rating of at least IPX3, like our most comfortable pick, the Ultimate Ears Fits. If you work out in particularly muddy or salty environments, the super-rugged IP68-rated JBL Endurance Peak 3 are probably the best option.

Q: Are headphones or earbuds better for running?

Earbuds are almost always better for running than headphones due to their inherently lighter weight, smaller form factor, and secure fit. The Sony LinkBuds are the most lightweight running earbuds we’ve tested, weighing 0.14 ounces per bud. If you have your heart set on using traditional headphones for your workout, we love the relatively light design and snug fit of the Treblab Z2.

Final thoughts on the best running headphones

For most runners, the easy-to-use Apple Beats Fit Pro are the best headphones, thanks to their well-rounded sound profile, ANC capabilities, and secure fit. Runners in city areas who want to maximize their situational awareness should consider the in-ear Sony LinkBuds or the SHOKZ OpenEars Pro. In contrast, runners interested in the most comfortable fit should look at the in-ear Ultimate Ears FITS or the over-ear Treblab Z2. For more intense workouts, the long battery life, secure fit, and high resistance to water and dust of the JBL Endurance Peak 3 make them a worthy contender. If you’re shopping for running headphones on a budget, it’s hard to beat the sub-$30 Otium U18 Earbuds, which feature a secure ear hook design and 15 hours of single-charge battery life. Now get those feet pounding on the pavement and run off into the sunset, your favorite running tunes pumping in your ears.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best running headphones for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best hydration packs of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-hydration-pack/ Wed, 23 Jun 2021 14:59:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=371549
A lineup of the best hydration packs on a white background.
Amanda Reed

We found water backpacks to stave off dehydration during your favorite outdoor activities, including cycling, biking, and running.

The post The best hydration packs of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best hydration packs on a white background.
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Osprey Raptor 10 Bike Hydration Backpack is overall the best hydration pack. Osprey Raptor 10 Bike Hydration Bike Backpack
SEE IT

This pick includes a 2.5-liter water bag that doubles as a comfortable day backpack with even weight distribution, hip belts, and a helmet lock attachment.

Best for runners The TETON Sports Trailrunner 2.0 Hydration Pack is the best hydration pack for runners. TETON Sports Trailrunner 2.0 Hydration Pack
SEE IT

With straps and shoulder pads, this hydration pack secures against the body to prevent movement while running.

Best on a budget The Water Buffalo Hydration Pack is the budget pick for best hydration pack. Water Buffalo Hydration Pack
SEE IT

Equipped with plenty of pockets for storage, adjustable straps, and ultra-light material, this pack doesn’t sacrifice quality for its affordable price.

Staying hydrated is important for any outdoor enthusiast—which is why hydration packs are essential. In warm climates and the hot summer months, easy access to water is a must when you’re exerting yourself outdoors. Strenuous activity in the sun can quickly lead to dehydration, a surefire way to find yourself sitting out the next ride, run, or hike. But it isn’t easy to lug around jugs or bottles of water. Long-distance runners, hikers, cyclists, and other outdoor adventurers want to move around unencumbered, and that’s where the best hydration pack can come in. Hydration bags come in the form of backpacks or waist packs (like a fanny pack) that contain a reservoir for water storage, so you can strap your water supply to your body and get on the road or the trails. We tracked down five of the best hydration packs for outdoor athletes so if you thirst for options, read on. 

How we chose the best hydration packs

Many of us at PopSci are bonafide Sporty Spices. We bike, hike, maybe even ice skate. Some of us also use everything from treadmill desks to under-desk bikes to standing desks and walking pads to keep moving while working. And we’ve spent time with plenty of smart home gym equipment. With all that gear at hand, we personally tested hydration packs while also asking experts and looking at reviews and recommendations to separate the leaders of the (hydration) pack from their dry opponents.

The best hydration packs: Reviews & Recommendations

Hydration backpacks come in different styles tailored to running, hiking, or biking/cycling. One of our choices should help you stay hydrated on your next adventure—don’t be afraid to leave that insulated water bottle in the car.

Best overall: Osprey Raptor 10 Bike Hydration Bike Backpack

Osprey

SEE IT

Specs

  • Bladder size: 2.5 liters
  • Sport: Biking
  • Weight: 1.6 lbs.
  • Backpack size: 10 liters

Pros

  • Lots of extra features like hip pockets and helmet attachment
  • Can also be used as a day pack
  • Large bladder size

Cons

  • Bag is not waterproof and doesn’t include a rain cover

Designed as a bike pack, the Osprey Raptor 10 Bike Hydration Backpack includes a 2.5-liter hydration bag and can also be used as a day hiking backpack. Even weight distribution, hip belts, the LidLock helmet attachment, and a sleek look make the Osprey Raptor our top pick for best hydration pack.

Best for hikers: CamelBak Fourteener 26 Hydration Pack

CamelBak

SEE IT

Specs

  • Bladder size: 3 liters
  • Sport: Hiking
  • Weight: 2.3 lbs.
  • Backpack size: 26 liters

Pros

  • Large bladder and backpack capacity
  • Lots of back support
  • Overflow pocket to store an extra layer or other stashables

Cons

  • Expensive

The CamelBak Fourteener 26 Hydration Pack is designed for long hikes on hot days. Its reservoir holds 3 liters of water, and it’s designed with dual wing belts and an inner cargo belt to take the weight off your shoulders. More than a hydration backpack, the Fourteener also boasts 23 liters of cargo capacity for snacks and hiking gear.

Best for bikers/cyclists: Thule Vital Hydration Pack

Thule

SEE IT

Specs

  • Bladder size: 2.5 liters
  • Sport: Biking
  • Weight: 1.15 lbs.
  • Backpack size: 6 liters

Pros

  • Retrakt magnetic hose system
  • Large enough to carry a bike pump and repair kit
  • Low center of gravity

Cons

  • Chest strap sits high depending on body type

The hands-free design of the Thule Vital 6 Hydration Pack is perfect for bikers and cyclists who need to hydrate mid-ride. Thule’s Retrakt magnetic hose system automatically returns the drinking hose to its place after each sip, so riders always know where to find it. Bikers and cyclists can carry up to 2.5 liters of water and 6 liters of additional storage for a pump and repair kit.

Best for runners: TETON Sports Trailrunner 2.0 Hydration Pack

ETON Sports

SEE IT

Specs

  • Bladder size: 2 liters
  • Sport: Running
  • Weight: .9 lbs
  • Backpack size: 2liters

Pros

  • Low-profile design
  • Lightweight and sturdy
  • External pocket for items that need to be within reach

Cons

  • Can chafe parts of your body if not covered by clothing

Runners love the lightweight TETON Sports Trailrunner 2.0 Hydration Pack because of its secure fit. Straps and shoulder pads adjust to fit your body, preventing uncomfortable jostling during your run. The Trailrunner also comes with a free 2-liter bladder, and its intake hole is wide enough for ice cubes—perfect for keeping cool on a summer run.

Best budget: Water Buffalo Hydration Pack

Water Buffalo

SEE IT

Specs

  • Bladder size: 2 liters
  • Sport: Hiking, running, cycling
  • Weight: 7 ounces
  • Backpack size: 12 liters

Pros

  • Extremely lightweight
  • Splashproof nylon
  • Multi-purpose

Cons

  • No seal between twist cap and bag on bladder

The Water Buffalo Hydration Pack holds up to 2 liters of water and has several pockets for storing other essential items so that it can be used for a run, a bike ride, or even as a small hiking backpack. Its Oasis Hydration bladder is designed to keep water fresh and clean while also preventing pesky leaks. With fully adjustable straps, splashproof nylon, and ultralight material, the Water Buffalo will keep you hydrated even if you’re on a tight budget.

What to consider when buying the best hydration packs

There are plenty of designs available for different sports, so you can choose the best hydration pack depending on the type of activity in which you’re participating. Packs come in two main designs. The first is the waist pack, which belts around the waist and has slots for one or more water bottles. The other is the hydration backpack, which straps to your back and contains a reservoir, or water bladder. The bladder is connected to a long straw, so you can sip from the pack without taking it off your back.

Hydration backpacks typically hold more than waist packs. A standard water bottle holds roughly 0.5 liters of water, so that’s about the capacity you can expect from a waist pack. Backpacks come in different capacities, ranging from 0.5 liters to 3 liters of water. Stocking up on as much water as possible might seem like a great idea for a long bike ride on a sweltering day, but don’t forget all that water comes with extra weight—one liter of water weighs over 2 pounds. Water weight is just one of the considerations when searching for the best hydration pack.

Which activity will you be using the hydration bag for?

The first thing to consider when shopping for a hydration bag is that most are tailored to a specific activity. Hiking hydration backpacks are usually bulkier and provide more space for storage. Biking/cycling hydration packs tend to offer features for hands-free drinking. Running hydration packs are thinner and lightweight and often come as a vest. While many hydration bags are adequate for cross-training, they tend to lean toward one sport or another, so bear that in mind.

How much water do you want to carry in your hydration bladder?

Water weight is an important consideration when choosing the best hydration pack for you. A seasoned hiker going for a day-long climb might do best with a larger, 3-liter hydration bladder. A marathon runner, on the other hand, might prefer a less cumbersome waist pack that holds a single bottle the runner can sip from between water stations (where they can also refill).

What other features do you want in an outdoor backpack?

Before making a purchase, consider what extra features the outdoor backpack offers. Some hydration backpacks come with similar features to daypacks, with extra pockets and loops for storage. This is optimal for carrying snacks on long treks when you’ll need to fuel up along the way. Other features of the outdoor gear may include shut-off bite valves to prevent leaks, disconnecting tubes to simplify refills, and multiple portals for easy straw placement.

How comfortable is the day pack for you to carry?

Finally, make sure you feel comfortable carrying the day pack. If possible, try it on to ensure the hydration backpack fits properly on your body. Give it a test run while you’re biking, running, or hiking—something comfortable while you’re standing still doesn’t always feel so great when it’s jostling around during a run. Check that the backpack has a hip belt (most do) to relieve pressure on your shoulders. 

FAQs

Q: How much does a hydration pack cost?

Depending on size and features, a hydration pack can cost between $25-$200.

Q: What hydration bag does the military use?

Although there is no one official hydration pack that the military uses, CamelBak prides itself on being a favorite among the armed forces. CamelBak offers a line of gear suitable for military use to keep forces hydrated and has even worked with the military to research turning the CamelBak design into a backpack that could hold oxygen. If you’re looking for a military-grade hydration bag, a CamelBak backpack is a top choice.

Q: How big of a hydration bladder do I need?

How thirsty are you? In all seriousness, how big of a hydration bladder you need depends on the activity you’re doing, how long you’re active, and other factors (including the color of your urine). CamelBak provides a hydration calculator to analyze these factors and determine the water necessary to keep you at peak hydration. Remember to drink water throughout the day and use a hydration bladder to supplement the fluids lost during exertion.

Q: Is a hydration pack worth it?

Staying hydrated is one of the most important things you can do for your body, and it’s often the most overlooked. A hydration pack is absolutely worth it to keep a water source close by during physical activities. There’s no better way to stay hydrated and cool on a long run, hike, or bike ride. In addition, many hydration backpacks provide more than just hydration—most come with additional storage space where you can organize tools, repair kits, phone, credit cards, sunscreen, a packable rain jacket, and other essentials for easy access. If you’re unsure if you need a hydration bag, start with a budget option and see how it suits you. Then you can decide whether to invest in a higher-end hydration pack. 

Final thoughts on the best hydration packs

One of the best ways to keep your body going during strenuous activity is to keep it hydrated! Athletes who don’t pay attention to their water intake may begin to experience symptoms of dehydration, which include feeling fatigued, dizzy, and light-headed. Making hydration part of your fitness routine will help you run faster, bike farther, or enjoy a longer hike on a sunny day. There’s no excuse for being thirsty when you’ve got the best hydration pack, tailored for a specific sport, as part of your outdoor gear. Choose one that’s right for you and get out there on the trails, and don’t forget to drink up!

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best hydration packs of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best Fitbits for 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-fitbits/ Mon, 18 Apr 2022 17:00:04 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=436415
Best Fitbits
Stan Horaczek

Fitbit makes a wide range of great fitness trackers for just about every kind of healthy living.

The post The best Fitbits for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best Fitbits
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Fitbit Versa 4 is the best Fitbit overall. Fitbit Versa 4
SEE IT

The Versa 4 is the company’s most well-rounded smartwatch.

Best fitness tracker Best Fitbits Fitbit Charge 5
SEE IT

The Charge 5 offers advanced data-driven insights to help you optimize your workouts.

Best budget The Fitbit Inspire 3 is the best Fitbit at the most affordable price. Fitbit Inspire 3
SEE IT

The Inspire 3 is a low-cost fitness tracker for people who just want the basics.

For many tech and health enthusiasts, Fitbit is the first brand that comes to mind when you say “fitness tracker.” It had, in some circles, briefly achieved that level of cultural ubiquity where people referred to all fitness trackers as “Fitbits.” The market is now saturated—with options from Garmin, Apple, Polar, and Amazfit, just to name a few—but there are still plenty of pros when it comes to devices made by Fitbit, or that use the company’s technology. These fitness trackers and watches deliver outstanding levels of functionality, and each one has its particular benefits. With six types of Fitbits—not to mention multiple generations of each version—it might not be readily apparent which one makes the most sense for you. To that end, we’re looking at the top options for a range of intentions, so you can work out (or swim, or even sleep) with confidence knowing that these are truly the best Fitbits.

How we chose the best Fitbits

I selected these Fitbits through first-hand testing and reviews from real buyers. I tested these alongside fitness trackers, both from Fitbit and other leading brands, such as the Polar Ignite 2 Plus and the Garmin Venu 2 Plus. I specifically tested to determine core functionality like tracker accuracy and battery, as well as the relative ease of use

The Fitbit versions that didn’t make the cut were not always significantly different from those included above, but our picks usually stood out for a reason. You can choose yours from these Fitbit reviews knowing that these truly are the best options available right now.

The best Fitbits: Reviews & Recommendations

While the features offered by the various models tend to overlap—most build up from a base of 20 health and fitness metrics—each individual package tailors itself to a specific set of needs or parameters. To that end, here are the best Fitbits for most people.

Best overall: Fitbit Versa 4

Fitbit

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With its broad range of fitness tracking capabilities, smartwatch functions, and lower price, the Versa 4 is a balanced fitness watch that plays to Fitbit’s strengths.

Specs

  • Heart rate monitor? Yes
  • GPS? Yes
  • Battery life: 6 days
  • Premium membership: 6 months

Pros

  • Plenty of fitness tracking functions
  • Detailed sleep-tracking information
  • Wide range of smart features

Cons

  • Higher price than most Fitbits
  • Short premium membership window
  • Relatively short battery life

For all practical purposes, the Fitbit Versa 4 can do everything that most users want from their fitness tracker. It provides info about steps, heart rate, blood oxygen levels, calories burned, and sleep tracking. It’s also water-resistant down to 50 meters, in case you’re a swimmer. It even buzzes to let you know when you’ve entered your personalized target heart rate for exercise, which it refers to as your “active zone.”

At the same time, the Versa 4 includes plenty of smart functions. You can use it to take calls and receive notifications from your phone or ask Alexa about the weather. Fitbit also features an app ecosystem that’s smaller than iOS or Android but includes apps for music, payments, and more. The Versa 4 and more powerful Sense watch bring a lot of value to the table, but the Versa does so at a lower price, making it a slightly more accessible pick. If you’re looking for a less expensive version, read our review of the Fitbit Versa 3.

Best fitness tracker: Fitbit Charge 5

Nick Hilden

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With its expansive suite of fitness trackers and detailed workout insights, the Charge 5 is a gym rat’s best friend.

Specs

  • Heart rate monitor? Yes
  • GPS? Yes
  • Battery life: 7 days
  • Premium membership: 6 months

Pros

  • Workout intensity map
  • Stress management tools
  • Provides recommendations for workouts, mindfulness, and challenges

Cons

  • Subscription required for advanced insights
  • Reply to calls and texts function for Android only

If you’re looking for the utmost in fitness-tracking power, the Fitbit Charge 5 delivers. With a full range of fitness and health trackers, it records all the stats you need. What makes it stand out, however, is its workout intensity map, which leverages GPS and various physical data points to highlight when you’re getting the most and least out of your workout. Between workouts, it sends guidance to maintain mindfulness and workout optimization.

Though it’s primarily fitness-focused, it also features a smattering of basic smart functions that allow you to manage payments, plus receive calls, texts, and calendar notifications. Some of these functions only work with Android phones, however.

The one drawback to the Charge 5 is its reliance on a subscription. Like the Whoop 4.0 and other recent high-end fitness trackers, Fitbit gates off many of its most detailed workout insights unless you pay for its Premium membership. You get six months of free access to see if it’s worth the $9.99 a month, but you should probably decide whether or not you’re even open to such an arrangement in the first place.

Best watch: Fitbit Sense 2

Why it made the cut: The Sense 2 is a sleek, powerful smartwatch with advanced fitness-tracking capabilities.

Specs

  • Heart rate monitor? Yes
  • GPS? Yes
  • Battery life: 6 days
  • Premium membership: 6 months

Pros

  • Fitbit’s largest suite of smart apps
  • Includes ECG monitoring and EDA Scan for tracking heart health and stress
  • Works with Alexa

Cons

  • The most expensive Fitbit
  • Relatively short battery life
  • Large

If you want a fitness tracker that really leans into smart features, the sleek Fitbit Sense 2 delivers. With the largest suite of smart apps on any Fitbit device, as well as most of the key fitness and health tracking functions, it is the most powerful Fitbit we recommend. Most notably, the Sense includes an ECG for detecting heart health, as well as an EDA Scan app that monitors electrodermal activity and then provides a graph of how your body responds to stress. It is also the only Fitbit to come with a 6-month free trial of the guided meditation app Calm to support any stress management goals you might have.

Given all that, it’s worth noting that the Sense is the most expensive device you can get from Fitbit right now. If you want all the features, the Sense may be the best choice, but it is bigger and more expensive than the rest of the pack.

Best for women: Fitbit Luxe

Fitbit

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Fitbit Luxe is a great option if you want a fitness tracker that can double as a piece of jewelry. 

Specs

  • Heart rate monitor? Yes
  • GPS? No
  • Battery life: 5 days
  • Premium membership: 6 months

Pros

  • Stylish design
  • Heart tracking
  • Stress management tools included

Cons

  • Need to connect to phone for GPS
  • Doesn’t let you play music

If you’re looking for a fitness tracker that looks more like a bracelet than a military-grade smartwatch, the Fitbit Luxe is a good option. The slim design, polished stainless steel case, and bands available in a range of hues make this an option that works for both work and working out, and one of the best Fitbit watches for women. The Luxe also tracks heart rate, sleep, and breathing rate, plus provides some stress management tools. You can also text and receive call notifications, but you can’t access music or make calls. 

This tracker is water-resistant up to 50 meters and has a battery life of up to five days. Unfortunately, you’ll need to connect to the GPS in your phone to see your pace in real-time.

Best for men: Google Pixel Watch

Google

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This sleek watch can double as a sophisticated timepiece and a high-end fitness tracker. 

Specs

  • Heart rate monitor? Yes
  • GPS? No
  • Battery life: 
  • Premium membership: 6 months

Pros

  • Tracks heart rhythms 
  • Comes with emergency SOS system
  • Sophisticated design

Cons

  • Only works for Android users

Google bought Fitbit in November 2019, and some of Fitbit’s fitness trackers feature the integration of the parent company’s features. Conversely, Google’s Pixel Watch uses Fitbit’s tracking technology to monitor activity, calories burned, and sleep patterns. It also provides in-depth tracking of the heart rhythm with the ECG feature and has an SOS feature that allows users to contact 911 in the case of an emergency. And the Android-compatible device pairs with Google’s Wear OS system, Pixel phones, and Pixel buds for running.

This Fitbit for men also allows users to get turn-by-turn guidance from Google Maps, make contactless payments, and get calendar alerts. Users can also make phone calls and check their inboxes. But beyond the device’s functionality, it’s also a timepiece that looks great on the wrist with its domed design, AMOLED display, case that comes in a range of colors, and an obsidian band the color of volcanic glass.

Best budget: Fitbit Inspire 3

Fitbit

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With all the essential fitness tracking capabilities, the Inspire 3 gives you the features you need at a more affordable price.

Specs

  • Heart rate monitor? Yes
  • GPS? No
  • Battery life: Up to 10 days
  • Premium membership: 1 year

Pros

  • 20 fitness functions
  • Long battery life
  • Long premium trial

Cons

  • Limited smartphone notifications
  • Small, hard-to-read screen

If you just need a basic fitness tracker, try the Fitbit Inspire 3. It tracks all the basics—steps, calories, heart rate, etc. It also has more advanced features than other trackers, including active zone alert, cardio fitness scores, and a “daily readiness score” to make sure you let your body recover between workouts.

That said, this cheap Fitbit is very much an essentialist fitness tracker. It has some smartwatch functionality, including notifications for calls, text, and social media. It also offers stress management features and menstrual health tracking. These features require looking at the Inspire 3’s tiny screen, which isn’t ideal for anything beyond the quickest of glances. This is definitely a tracker for people who actively want to avoid the “smart features” and stay focused on working out. Looking to save a few dollars with an older version? Read our review of the Fitbit Inspire 2.

Best for kids: Fitbit Ace 3

Fitbit

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Arguably the most feature-rich fitness tracker designed specifically for kids, the Ace 3 helps keep your little one moving.

Specs

  • Heart rate monitor? No
  • GPS? No
  • Battery life: Up to 8 days
  • Premium membership: Not included

Pros

  • Parent View safety feature
  • Incentivizes fitness in kids
  • Bedtime reminders and sleep tracking

Cons

  • Single wristband size doesn’t fit all wrists
  • Some users have reported durability issues with the buckle

There aren’t too many quality fitness trackers designed specifically for kids, so the Fitbit Ace 3 is incredibly useful and the best Fitbit for kids. It primarily tracks steps and sleep but can also set challenges to keep kids motivated and active. You can also set reminders to prompt children to get up, move, stretch, or sleep at specific times. Its features are comparatively very limited beyond the basics, but it is water-resistant for up to 50 meters, so it is durable and can stay on in the pool.

The Ace 3 supports the Fitbit app, which features separate viewing modes for parents and kids when you activate the Family Account mode. In Parent View mode, parents can monitor their kid’s activity and approve any connections in the Fitbit social community. Meanwhile, Kid View presents a child-friendly version of the fitness tracker experience, with access to stats, badges, personalized avatars, and challenges. 

What to consider before buying a Fitbit

Each Fitbit variety offers its unique features and benefits, so it’s important to keep a few things in mind when choosing which is the best one for you and if that’s the latest Fitbit or old Fitbit models. These are, for the most part, the same considerations to keep in mind when picking any fitness tracker or fitness watch

Health goals

To judge any fitness tracker, you must know how you plan to use it. Are you looking to track your high-impact workouts or simply ensure you get your steps in? Monitor heart health or blood oxygen levels? Or maybe sleep tracking and monitoring mindfulness? Different Fitbits come with varying feature sets that will accommodate different goals. Often, more complex trackers will be larger, more complicated, and more expensive. Finding the right balance among those three factors will set you up to use your Fitbit to the fullest.

Cost

Fitbits come in many shapes and sizes, meaning some are more expensive than others. Some models cost as little as $60. Others get as high as $400. Again, you want to find a balance between feature-set and price that works for you, but it’s also generally important to keep your budget in mind as you shop.

Smart functions

While some Fitbits act as fairly basic fitness trackers, others are much more elaborate smartwatches. Which is right for you depends on whether or not you need all those smarts.

FAQs

Q: How much does a Fitbit cost?

Prices range from under $60 for the Ace 3 to as much as $400 for the Google Pixel Watch, depending on the most current sale prices.

Q: Are Fitbits waterproof?

All the latest-generation Fitbit models boast strong water resistance in up to 50 meters. They’re all great for swimming laps or playing in a pool. If you’re diving, you may want to consider something a bit more durable.

Q: How do I get my Fitbit to sync?

Once you pair your Fitbit with your phone, it will sync periodically when the Fitbit smartphone app is open. You can manually sync on the app homepage by swiping down.

Q: How accurate are Fitbit devices?

No fitness tracker is 100% accurate. They approximate your activity by sensing movement, heart rate, and other factors. You can improve your tracker’s accuracy by feeding it more data. Enabling GPS and entering accurate height, weight, and stride length in the app settings will improve results.

That said, Fitbit trackers do fare comparatively well in general testing. A 2017 study found that Fitbits tend to have a 27% median error when tracking calories burned. While that might seem like a lot, they outperformed almost all major competitors. There hasn’t been much hard research done since then on the accuracy of Fitbit’s latest releases, but having compared them against other trackers that are well-regarded for their accuracy—as well as good old-fashioned paper-and-pencil calorie tracking—I can say that they seem to perform well.

Final thoughts on the best Fitbits

The best Fitbit for you comes down to one of two factors: whether you want a smartwatch or a fitness tracker and your budget. The core fitness tracking features are largely consistent among most models, so you need to consider whether you care about smartphone-related lifestyle features and the advanced fitness analytics that come with Fitbit’s premium subscription. Ultimately, most Fitbits are great so long as their features and your expectations are in sync.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best Fitbits for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best smart home gyms of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-smart-home-gyms/ Mon, 20 Mar 2023 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=520816
Smart Home photo

Home fitness has never been so tech-savvy.

The post The best smart home gyms of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Smart Home photo

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best smart home treadmill The NridcTrack Treadmill T Series are some of the top equipment for a smart home gym. NordicTrack T Series
SEE IT

The equipment itself is outstanding and the connected program offers a superior experience.

Best smart home bike A Peloton bike is a great choice for the best smart home gym. Peloton
SEE IT

Quality equipment with great program options, Peloton is the standard-bearer for a reason.

Best for strength training The Tempo Studio is a great addition to the best smart home gym. Tempo Studio
SEE IT

Quality AI-powered personal training with a full free-weight setup.

Increasingly, home gyms ain’t like the setup your grandpa used. Modern equipment isn’t just about assembling an exercise circuit; it’s connected by all kinds of high-performance circuitry. It’s providing you with access to digital tools and training that are capable of refining your workout routine and truly pushing it to the next level. Below you’ll find our picks for the best smart home gyms from various realms—from treadmills to stationary bikes, plus much more. Depending on your fitness goals, any of these will deliver an outstanding experience. Pair two together, however—say by mixing a cardio machine with a weightlifting or full-body workout machine—and you’ll essentially bring home a complete gym that can deliver you everything from remote trainers to detailed metrics. To that end, here’s equipment for the best smart home gyms so that you can get your state-of-the-art sweat on.

How we chose equipment for the best smart home gyms

The options for working out at home are better than ever. Whether you prefer sparring, running, yoga, rowing, or putting in miles on the treadmill, the best smart home gyms include equipment designed with virtual trainers and tracking to help you maximize your sweat sessions. For our list, we considered all types of activities and accessories so you can achieve the most interactive experience as you maximize your investment and output.

The best smart home gyms: Reviews & Recommendations

These days home workout equipment is getting smart. Sure, the classic versions of fitness equipment will still get the job done. Still, the best smart home gym equipment provides innovative opportunities to maximize your fitness progress and get more results in minimal time. It’s also really cool. Here are our top picks across multiple categories.

Best smart home treadmill: NordicTrack T Series

NordicTrack

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: ‎78.5 inches L x 35.5 inches W x 59 inches H
  • Power: Corded
  • Features: Interactive touchscreen, 12% incline

Pros

  • Quiet, cushioned, smooth motion for a pleasant, safe experience
  • Folds easily to save space
  • Immersive touchscreen with a wide range of program options

Cons

  • Must purchase a monthly membership for program access

NordicTrack has been the standard-bearer for treadmills for decades, and that’s still the case. The T Series offers pretty much everything you could want from a connected treadmill, and it does so at a surprisingly affordable price. 

Available in a range of specific model packages to suit a variety of accessories needs, the most basic option provides a solid all-around treadmill with a 5-inch screen and a compact 20-inch by 50-inch deck for just shy of $700, while the top-tier includes an immersive 14-inch screen and an expansive 20-inch by 60-inch deck—and there are several other options in between. Whatever package you choose, it boasts automatic incline and speed adjustments to suit your workout program. The deck itself provides a smooth, cushioned running surface, while the motor is quiet and self-cooling. The deck can also fold to save space.

The iFIT program offers a wide range of live streams, on-demand workouts, and studio classes, and it comes with a 30-day free membership. You will have to purchase a membership after that, though the treadmill provides all its basic functions without access to classes and programs. It is recommended that you buy the expert assembly package for a hundred bucks because putting the thing together is no small task.

Best smart home bike: Peloton

Specs

  • Dimensions: 59 inches D x 23 inches W x 53 inches H
  • Power: Corded electric
  • Features: Touchscreen, camera, stereo speaker system

Pros

  • Sturdy, comfortable equipment provides an enjoyable experience 
  • Superior program selection for quality workouts 
  • Wide, immersive screen makes location courses a pleasure

Cons

  • Must purchase a monthly membership for program access

There are a lot of stationary bikes on the market, and there are a few solid smart bike options, but there’s only one Peloton. It’s become so synonymous with stationary bikes that it’s almost become cliche, but the thing is, they’re really, really high quality. 

First of all, the overall craftsmanship is outstanding. There are no worries about rocking back and forth like with many other bikes—Pelotons stand rock solid. Their seats are comfortable enough for long classes, the setup can be easily adjusted to suit your body size, and the pedal action is smooth. It also has a relatively compact footprint, making it a decent option for small spaces. 

The Peloton programs are fantastic. Viewed via an expansive touchscreen, membership provides access to thousands of wide-ranging classes, games, location courses, and more. It even offers fitness and wellness programs beyond cycling, such as yoga, strength training, boxing, and so on. You do need a membership to get the most out of it, however. Without one, the equipment will still function as a basic stationary bike, but the classes vastly boost the experience.

Best for strength training: Tempo Studio

Tempo

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 72 inches H x 26 inches W x 16 inches D
  • Power: Corded electric
  • Features: AI creates digital personal trainer, range of packages

Pros

  • Expansive screen delivers quality programming and real-time form adjustments
  • Free weights, unlike most dubious home cable weight setups
  • All-in-one setup boasting all the essentials

Cons

  • Not for really heavy lifters

There’s no shortage of smart weightlifting options on the market, but Tempo Studio stands out because it provides real-time form adjustments. While most connected strength trainers are essentially videos you follow, Tempo boasts an AI-driven element that analyzes your form and provides adjustment recommendations. It’s essentially a digital personal trainer. 

Another difference: While many similar products come with cheap feeling gear, the weights and bars included with Tempo offer gym-level quality. Tempo Studio comes with three packages. Starter is limited to the screen and a pair of dumbbells. Plus, steps up to include a barbell and bench. Pro goes full package, with a folding bench, squat rack, kettlebell setup, and 215 pounds of weights. Most of the gear stores nicely in the screen platform while the benches fold flat, so the whole thing has a small footprint and eats up very little space. 

The really experienced lifters out there might say that that’s not a lot of weight, and they would be somewhat right. That’s way more than the average lifter will ever need, but the top-tier bodybuilders out there will be left wanting. For typical and even somewhat advanced users, however, Tempo offers more than enough.

Best budget: MAXPRO Fitness Cable Home Gym

Maxpro

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: Less than 9 pounds 
  • Power: Battery-powered
  • Features: Digital coaching for weightlifting, sensors track your stats

Pros

  • (Relatively) affordable package option
  • Full-body workout with minimal equipment
  • Extremely space efficient

Cons

  • Doesn’t quite compare to a typical gym experience
  • Some users report difficulty achieving coordinated movements

There aren’t a lot of affordable smart home gym setups on the market, at least not ones emphasizing strength training. MAXPRO, however, offers a solid full-body workout fused with digital coaching for significantly less than the competition. 

The MAXPRO achieves this via a cable pulley system capable of producing between 5 and 300 pounds of resistance. The basic package comes with a pulley base that can be attached to a bench, door, or other fixed point, and then you use handles and ankle straps to exercise various muscle groups. Sensors monitor your workout, collect data to monitor your progress, and provide coaching suggestions. The whole setup weighs less than nine pounds and takes up almost no room, so it’s easy to store or pack along while traveling. 

Some users report that it does take some getting used to and that it can be difficult to achieve coordinated movements between both sides of your body. But while it’s not a total replacement for a real gym, it does allow you to bring home a solid workout.

Best connected boxing trainer: FightCamp

Fightcamp

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 67 inches H x 24 inches W
  • Power: N/A
  • Features: Punching bag, punch trackers, range of classes

Pros

  • Fun fusion of cardio and strength training
  • Classes are comprehensive and well instructed
  • Equipment is of better quality than competitors

Cons

  • Heavy hitters might experience some punching bag creep

When it comes to home boxing trainers, nothing beats FightCamp, period. Not only does it offer a fun and effective fusion of cardio and strength training, but the gear looks great in your living space while taking up very little room.

FightCamp uses a set of punch trackers to collect data on your punching performance, which it gathers as you train to different fighting programs designed to teach basics, footwork, punching styles, and even kickboxing. You then use the data to improve speed and beat your own performance—or compete with other users—which delivers surprisingly solid results in terms of performance improvement. 

The equipment—which includes gloves, punch trackers, and a free-standing bag—is of much better quality than other similar products. The classes are well delivered, and the experience is flat-out fun. The really heavy hitters out there might find that the punching bag creeps a bit if the base is filled with water rather than sand, but other than that, there are few faults with the system. It also comes in two fairly affordable package sizes, which makes it a great option if you’re looking for fitness gifts.

Best connected rower: Hydrow Wave Rowing Machine

Hydrow Wave

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 80 inches D x 19 inches W x 43 inches H
  • Power: Corded electric
  • Features: Touchscreen, access to more than 4,000 classes with membership

Pros

  • Great full body, low impact cardio, and strength workout
  • Sturdy, stable craftsmanship for comfort and durability 
  • Enjoyable, effective workout programs
  • Easy to assemble and store

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Subscription required to track basic data

Rowers can provide an outstanding combination of cardio and strength exercise, but models intended for home use are often wobbly and unstable. Not so with the Hydrow Rower, which is as stable and sturdy as they come, delivering a solid combination of cardio and strength training that is low impact on your joints. 

The Hydrow Rower offers thousands of workout programs to choose from to suit any fitness goal, all of which are followed via an expansive 16-inch touchscreen. The screen is bright and colorful, making the location programs that allow you to row digitally through water sites around the world visually pop. It’s also easy to assemble and folds for convenient storage. 

Memberships are offered in two package tiers, with the one negative being that you must purchase a membership to track even the most basic of data like distance, calories burned, and so on. But if you’re in it for the classes anyways, this rower is unsurpassed.

Best smart mirror for yoga: Mirror

Specs

  • Dimensions: 56 inches H x 1.4 inches D
  • Power: Corded
  • Features: Two-way camera, access to more than 10,000 classes with membership, elegant design

Pros

  • Outstanding screen quality bolsters the experience
  • Looks great in your living space
  • Offers workout programs for every fitness goal
  • Two-way camera for real personal training

Cons

  • Program navigation could be improved
  • You don’t need pro installation, but you should get it

If you’re the type of person who thrives in a fitness class environment, Mirror is what you’re looking for. Whether you’re into yoga, barre, boxing, strength training, dance, meditation, tai chi, or one of the hundreds of other options, it delivers via a state-of-the-art, well, mirror that looks as great as it functions. 

Mirror provides a slew of pre-recorded or live-streamed classes on-demand, and you can even use its two-way camera to get personal training from a real person. Programs can suit any fitness level, and the audio/visual quality is outstanding. 

A few things to note: you must pay for a monthly membership to use Mirror, and if you go with personal training, you pay a trainer fee on top of that. And when mounting it on the wall, you should have the installation team handle it for you, though there is a stand mount option if you want to avoid having holes drilled in your wall.

Best fitness watch: Garmin Venu 2 Plus

Garmin

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 1.3-inch screen
  • Power: Lithium polymer battery (included) 
  • Features: ECG, GPS, bright AMOLED display

Pros

  • Wide variety of fitness activity tracking options
  • Full range of smartwatch functions for managing calls, emails, notifications, etc.
  • Extremely long battery life
  • Looks great by every metric

Cons

  • Wireless charging would be nice

A solid fitness tracker is a great tool for supporting home fitness—or fitness in any context really. And while we’ve got recommendations for the best Fitbits, when it comes to wearing a fitness watch that will truly track any and all activities, the Garmin Venu 2 Plus is as good as they get. 

The Venu 2 Plus tracks almost every fitness activity imaginable, even swimming. And while tracking fitness metrics should sometimes be taken somewhat with a grain of salt—so far, there is no single device that tracks everything with total accuracy—the Garmin has been pretty extensively tested and proven to track with reasonable accuracy factors like calories burned, heart rate, SpO2 (oxygen level), skin temperature, stress, sleep, and more. Its GPS tracking for running and hiking is as accurate as can be. And it responds well as you progress through different stages of an interval training session. 

On top of all that, it delivers a pretty comprehensive range of smartwatch functions, like receiving calls and notifications, listening to and controlling music, accessing your phone’s voice assistant, and a lot more. And it looks great, with a bright face that can be endlessly customized. For these and other reasons, Garmin definitely ranks highly among our best Apple Watch alternatives.

The bottom line is that few accessories can support your fitness routine in as many ways, big and small.

What to consider when choosing gear for the best smart home gyms

As you’ve probably realized while reading our recommendations, home fitness equipment comes in an extremely wide range of formats, meaning there are many factors to consider when selecting the right one for you. Here are some of the most important things to keep in mind.

Your fitness goals

What are you looking to get out of your fitness routine? Cardio? Strength training? Classes? Or individual workouts? Some mix of them all? You need to choose the equipment or combination of equipment that will best address your individual goals. A treadmill won’t do much for your fitness training, for example, and a strength trainer isn’t likely your best option for cardio.

Living space requirements

A home gym can be demanding in terms of your living space. Some products require more space than others, but you want something that will look good in your home long after you buy it. Choose a piece that will have a reasonable footprint relative to the available room and suit your aesthetic tastes.

Enjoyment

One of the basic tenets of fitness is that if you can’t enjoy an activity, you won’t stick to it. Choose a home gym you’ll have fun using in the long run. Some people love the repetition of lifting weights, while others need the variety and engagement of classes. Consider what’s right for your personality.

FAQs

Q: Is smart home gym equipment better than regular equipment?

That depends on you more than the equipment. For some people, old-school luddite gear will get the job done fine. But many beginners often prefer to have digital guidance, and even experienced fitness buffs can benefit from having some outside expertise. Data tracking can also be invaluable for maximizing the effectiveness of your efforts.

Q: Do all smart home gyms require a subscription?

In most cases, the smart home gym experience will be vastly expanded with a subscription. Many machines will allow you to use and track basic functions and data without it, but a key benefit to getting a piece of smart gear in the first place is that you can access the many programs and tools it offers.

Q: Can I get a good workout with a smart home gym?

That depends on the gym and on how dedicated you are to using it. Each product we’ve suggested above is 100% capable of providing an outstanding workout—if you’re willing to put in the time and effort necessary.

Q: What makes a piece of fitness equipment “smart”?

It’s kind of a vague term, but typically speaking, if a piece of equipment can be connected to the internet to access classes, live training, or other virtual fitness tools, it can wear the “smart” moniker.

Q: What do I need to have in my home before purchasing a smart gym system?

Generally speaking, just the space a particular piece of equipment requires and a somewhat stable internet connection (perhaps making it a great time to consider upgrading your Wi-Fi router). Some products, like Mirror, will ideally require some wall space, but even that can use a stand mount if necessary.

Q: Is a smart home gym worth it?

That’s up to you. No equipment’s “smart” enough to force you to use it. You have to do that yourself. But assuming that you’re putting in the time and effort, smart gyms can offer a range of benefits to help you learn a new fitness routine or improve upon an existing one.

Final thoughts on the best smart home gyms

Whatever your favorite way to work out, smart equipment can enhance the experience. Whether it’s letting you train with rowers from beautiful spots around the world or setting up a sparring session or interactive yoga session, the best smart home gym equipment can help you track your progress, reach your goals, and have fun while you’re doing it.

Why trust us

Popular Science has spent 150 years helping readers learn more about technology and the products they buy, while writer Nick Hilden is a dedicated gym rat and all-around fitness enthusiast. In addition to reviewing products and writing about fitness for Popular Science, he has done the same for Men’s Health, Runner’s World, the Los Angeles Times, the Manual, and more.

The post The best smart home gyms of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best smart scales of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-smart-scales/ Tue, 08 Feb 2022 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=424019
A lineup of the best smart scales
Amanda Reed

Track weight, body fat, and other health metrics with a tech-packed scale.

The post The best smart scales of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best smart scales
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Wyze Smart Scale X is the best smart scale for measuring body composition WYZE Smart Scale X
SEE IT

Measure all metrics without counting the cost.

Best apps The Withings By Cardio Smart Scale provides an abundance of information, including the weather forecast. Withings Body Cardio Smart Scale
SEE IT

Track your progress and sync with a variety of fitness apps and watches.

Best budget The Renpho Body Fat Smart Scale works well with digital devices. Renpho Body Fat Scale
SEE IT

Keep track of 13 essential body metrics with the help of an easy-to-use app.

Any scale can measure your weight, but the best smart scales do much more. Most measure various other metrics, including muscle mass, body fat, and heart rate. Although the number on the scale is just a number, keeping these metrics in mind can help you make healthy changes—if your heart rate is a little low, you can get it pumping by taking the steps when coming back from your coffee run, for example. They can also help you and others in your home monitor changes and track your progress over time. The best smart scales are a step up from what you find in your grandma’s bathroom with valuable info to live a more active life.

How we chose the best smart scales

As a freelance journalist for over 10 years, I’ve reviewed technology for publications including CNN Underscored, Popular Mechanics, Tom’s Guide, The Daily Beast, Architectural Digest, Apartment Therapy, The Spruce, and Bob Vila. I tested every scale save one on this list, and the rest of the selections are based on extensive research, recommendations from fellow tech colleagues, and reviews from other users.

The best smart scales: Reviews & Recommendations

Some of these smart scales are Bluetooth-compatible and sync with an app. Some are packed with profiles and metrics for ultra-customizability for everyone in the family. One of our choices should be a welcome addition to your bathroom.

Best overall: WYZE Smart Scale X

WYZE

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Weigh in on weight, BMI, muscle percentage, body fat percentage, and so much more, with a scale that easily syncs with the WYZE app on your smartphone; we think that’s pretty powerful stuff.

Specs

  • Connectivity: Bluetooth
  • Individual profiles: 8
  • Weight capacity: 400 pounds
  • Metrics: 13

Pros

  • Measures lots of different health metrics
  • Attractive tempered glass design
  • Easily syncs with some smartphone apps

Cons

  • Somewhat invasive software wants to track your location
  • Doesn’t actually pair with all 3rd party apps

What if your scale and smartphone actually talked to each other? Well, with the WYZE Smart Scale X they do. This attractive bathroom scale uses ITO electrode coatings with tempered glass to read all sorts of health metrics and then pairs with your health app on your smartphone app to ensure you keep abreast of the updates. 

The Smart Scale X is no simple scale, it tracks weight, muscle mass, body-fat percentage, BMI, heart rate, body water percentage, and so much more. This info is then updated in the Wyze app or other health apps, such as Apple Health, Google Fit, and Fitbit. This ensures you can keep accurate tabs on your health as you run marathons and measure the progress on your Scale X when you get home. 

This device capitalizes on connectivity; however, this connectivity is also its only real downside. After connecting to your phone, WYZE asks for constant access to your location data, which we think is a slight overreach. You can opt-out, but it will keep asking. This may or may not be an issue for you and likely doesn’t go far beyond the health data your phone is already tracking.

Otherwise, we think the WYZE Smart Scale X is indeed a smart purchase, giving most users a ton of useful info to help them track their health.

Best with app: Withings Body Cardio Smart Scale

Withings

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Withings Body Cardio Smart Scale is compatible with over 100 apps.

Specs

  • Connectivity: Bluetooth or Wi-Fi
  • Individual profiles: 8 users
  • Weight capacity: 396 pounds
  • Metrics: 10

Pros

  • USB charging cable
  • Can be used with babies
  • Shows vascular age
  • Includes weather forecast
  • Can be used on hard floors and carpet

Cons

  • Really expensive
  • Can’t turn off BIA

The Withings Body Cardio is by far the most expensive smart scale on the list, which is the only reason it isn’t our overall best pick. However, it’s jam-packed with features. The scale shows stats on your phone, but you can also see them on the scale’s display. Most scales only show a few stats on the actual screen and send you to the app on your phone to see the others. The scale shows your weight, BMI, heart rate, vascular age, muscle mass, percentage of body fat, percentage of body water, bone mass … even your baby’s weight, and the current and daily high temperature in case you plan on going outside. The vascular age measurement can help you see how your cardiovascular health compares to the norm for your age bracket.

Withings invented the first smart scale and has a lot of experience in this category. The Withing Body Cardio is also compatible with over 100 health apps, including Fitbit, Apple Health, and Google Fit. Since it uses a USB charging cable, you won’t have to worry about swapping in fresh batteries. If price is a barrier, check out the company’s Withings Body+ scale, which is less than $100.

Fitness Gear photo
The Withings Body+ scale has the majority of the same features as the Body Cardio scale, minus the price. Brandt Ranj

If standing heart rate and vascular age aren’t metrics you’re looking for in a smart scale, the Body+ scale is for you. It includes all other metrics—including BMI, fat mass, and water percentage—along with the same modes and number of user profiles as the Body Cardio scale.

Best high-capacity/pregnancy mode: Etekcity Apex Smart Scale

Etekcity

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Etekcity Smart Scale has a high weight capacity and also includes separate modes for both pregnant mothers and also for newborn babies.

Specs

  • Connectivity: Wi-Fi
  • Individual Profiles: Unlimited
  • Weight capacity: 400 pounds
  • Metrics: 14

Pros

  • Pregnancy mode
  • Baby mode
  • 400-pound weight limit
  • USB charging cable

Cons

  • Expensive

The Etekcity Apex Smart Wi-Fi Body Fat Scale is the best smart scale for pregnant women since it has a Zero-Current Mode. In addition, the scale has a Baby mode for measuring babies. Its 400-pound capacity is also as high as you’ll find on the list.

There are no batteries needed—the scale uses a USB charging cable. It tracks 14 measurements, including weight, BMI, body fat, protein, muscle mass, visceral fat, BMR, heart rate, subcutaneous fat, bone mass, body water, metabolic age, skeletal muscle, and fat-free body weight. The smart scale uses the VeSync app, and can also use Apple Health, Google Fit, Fitbit, MyFitness Pal, and Samsung Health.

Best metrics: Sportneer Smart Scale

Sportneer

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Sportneer Smart Scale has double the sensing electrodes to provide more measurement accuracy.

Specs

  • Connectivity: Bluetooth and Wi-Fi
  • Individual profiles: Unlimited
  • Weight capacity: 396 pounds
  • Metrics: 14

Pros

  • Twice as many sensitive electrodes
  • USB charger and battery mode
  • Generates a health report

Cons

  • Can’t use on carpet
  • Not recommended for pregnant women/pacemaker wearers

The upgraded Sportneer Smart Body Fat Scale has eight sensitive electrodes instead of four, which can provide more accurate readings than the previous version. There are four electrodes in the scale itself, and the scale also includes a handle (think of something like a pogo stick) that connects to the scale and provides the other four electrodes. As a result, the Sportneer Body Fat Scale can accurately analyze 14 indicators, including weight, water, protein, bone mass, body fat percentage, skeletal muscle, BMI, BMR, metabolic age, subcutaneous fat, fat-free body weight, visceral fat, and lean body mass. The scale then takes this information to create personalized health reports and recommend different types of exercises and courses.

Unlimited profiles can be stored on the Sportneer app, making it ideal for the entire family or fitness team. Also, the scale charges via USB cable, eliminating the need for changing batteries.

Best for multiple users: Eufy by Anker Smart Scale P1

eufy

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Eufy by Anker Smart Scale P1 is easy to use, making it ideal for everyone to use.

Specs

  • Connectivity: Bluetooth
  • Individual profiles: 16
  • Weight capacity: 396 pounds
  • Metrics: 14

Pros

  • Excellent value for price
  • Auto-calibrating sensors
  • 14 measurements
  • Easy to connect

Cons

  • Can’t use if pregnant or wearing a pacemaker

The Eufy by Anker Smart Scale P1 can be used to create up to 16 individual profiles. Although there are smart scales that allow for an unlimited number of users, we think this is best for multiple users for other reasons. For example, the scale uses G-shaped auto-calibrating sensors, which can help to increase accuracy. The only thing worse than your measurements being off is the entire group’s measurements being off—and it’s hard to motivate a group to continue making progress when it’s not even clear that they are making progress.

The scale draws power from 3 AAA batteries, and it’s easy to connect the scale to the Eufy app. Also, 14 different measurements are provided: weight, body fat percentage, BMI, body fat mass, lean body mass, protein, BMR, visceral fat, muscle, muscle mass, bone, body age, bone mass, and water. The scale can be integrated with various third-party apps, including Google Fit, Fitbit, and Apple Health.

Best budget: Renpho Body Fat Smart Scale

RENPHO

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Renpho Body Fat Smart Scale measures a variety of body fat indicators and can be seamlessly integrated with other apps—all for less than $30.

Specs

  • Connectivity: Bluetooth
  • Individual profiles: Unlimited
  • Weight capacity: 396 pounds
  • Metrics: 13

Pros

  • Excellent price
  • Accurate measurements
  • Plenty of metrics
  • Works with numerous apps

Cons

  • Should not be used on carpet

The Renpho Body Fat Smart Scale can detect 13 body composition stats: weight, BMI, body fat, subcutaneous fat, visceral fat, body water, skeletal muscle, muscle mass, bone mass, protein, metabolic age, BMR, and fat-free body weight. It’s easy to use and track the various metrics, and there’s also an athlete mode. The scale can be used with various fitness apps, including Samsung Health, Fitbit, Apple Health, and Google Fit.

This is one of the most popular smart scales due to its combination of price and features. It accommodates unlimited users, so everyone in your family or group can use the same Renpho App to track and share progress. The scale is quite accurate and uses batteries instead of a USB charging cable.

What to consider when buying the best smart scales

It’s important to weigh your options when deciding between the smart scales on the market. There are several factors to consider:

Metrics measured

Smart scales measure various metrics, including bone mass and body fat percentage, but some measure more indicators than others. For example, one smart scale on our list measures 10 metrics, while another offers 14. We list all of these for each smart scale so you can determine which metrics are important to you and avoid paying for features you’ll never use.

Bluetooth or Wi-Fi

All smart scales use Bluetooth or Wi-Fi for wireless connectivity, and some use both. Wi-Fi is much more convenient since Bluetooth has a specific range and is more likely to drop periodically. However, solely Bluetooth-enabled scales are likely to cost less.

Syncing

Some smart scales can sync with fitness apps and trackers to provide even more functionality, including the ability to review all of the results from both the scale and app in one place. However, some people may consider that information overload and decide that syncing with the smart scale’s app is sufficient.

Multiple users

If there’s more than one person in your household—or if you’re in a fitness group sharing the same scale—you’ll want a smart scale that can track individual results for multiple people. Some scales allow for eight or even 16 individual users, whereas other smart scales allow unlimited users to create personal profiles. If you’re using the scale in a group setting, unlimited users will probably be more important to you. However, be advised that multiple users will all use the same account, so they can view your personal information.

Pregnancy mode

Smart scales use bioelectrical impedance analysis (BIA) technology to provide biometric measurements. However, for expecting mothers, this can be problematic. So, if you’re pregnant, you’ll want a smart scale that will allow you to turn this feature off in the smart scale’s app, instead of opting for Zero-Current Mode. Also, if you’re wearing a pacemaker, you’ll want a smart scale that can turn it off.

Batteries vs. USB

Some smart scales run on batteries, while others can be charged with a USB cable. And some can do both. On one hand, avoiding disposable batteries is good for the environment, but on the other hand, batteries don’t use electricity. This decision will come down to personal preference (so perhaps consider rechargeable batteries and/or recycle used batteries properly).

FAQs

Q: How much does a smart scale cost?

Depending on features, a smart scale can start at $25 and go up to $180.

Q: Which brand is most accurate?

Withings is considered the most accurate brand, although all of the scales on our list are generally accurate. It’s also important to remember that, sometimes, a seemingly inaccurate reading could result from user error. Always weigh yourself at the same time daily—the start of the day is best since you haven’t eaten yet. Also, put the scale on a flat surface. 

Q: What about my privacy?

To provide the most accurate information, smart scales typically collect a lot of information. In addition to biometric measurements, they may also collect your age, sex, height, name, and contact information. Syncing to third-party apps adds another level of information sharing. Companies may or may not sell your information—and they may be subject to data breaches, exposing your personal info to hackers.

Q: Are mechanical scales better than digital?

Analog scales are certainly easier to operate, and they’re also considered more durable since the sensors in digital scales can wear out over time. However, digital scales provide so many more features. For starters, the digital readout is easier to read. It also eliminates guesswork and provides more accuracy (for example, 137.8 pounds vs. 137 or 138 pounds). Digital scales can also provide other measurements, such as body mass index, bone mass, and body water. They’re also compatible with fitness apps. In addition, they can track different users separately.

Final thoughts the best smart scales

A smart scale can help you take control of your fitness routine by allowing you to track various measurements. Historical records allow you to gauge your progress toward reaching fitness goals. Also, adding multiple users lets everyone have an individual profile containing their own data.

When weighing both price and features, the Wyze Smart Scale is the best overall choice. However, if you’re willing to splurge, the Withings Body Cardio Smart Scale displays its 10 metrics without needing to view your phone. It also measures the most popular indicators—such as BMI, heart rate, muscle mass, body water, and bone mass—and even measures vascular age and includes the weather forecast. However, the best smart scale for you will be determined by your individual needs and budget.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best smart scales of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best back massagers of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-back-massager/ Sun, 12 Dec 2021 21:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=388172
The best back massagers composited
Stan Horaczek

Aches, pains, and knots don’t stand a chance against these motorized muscle relaxers.

The post The best back massagers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best back massagers composited
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best deep-tissue The Comfier Shiatsu Neck and Back Massager is the best for deep-tissue massage. Comfier Shiatsu Neck & Back Massager
SEE IT

This massager sits atop an office chair, sofa, or dining room chair to reach pain points in the back, neck, and legs.

Best handheld The RENPHO Rechargeable Handheld Deep-Tissue Massager is the best handheld deep-tissue massager. RENPHO Rechargeable Hand Held Deep Tissue Massager
SEE IT

The RENPHO massager’s five percussion modes and five interchangeable nodes let you target problem areas on your own.

Best percussion massager Hypervolt Pro Hypervolt 2 Pro
SEE IT

Multiple attachments and a serious motor target specific areas and take no prisoners, bullying sore, tight muscles into a relaxed mass of goo.

A back massager can’t replace a full-on visit with a massage therapist, but it can provide some much-needed relief for just about any back pain. These handy devices let you target sore spots, loosen tight muscles, and relieve pain. However, you’ve got some decisions because they come in many designs. From massage pads that cover your chair to models that mimic a deep shiatsu massage, these handy tools pamper and maintain mobility at the same time. You can soothe your muscles with vibration or beat out stiffness with a massage gun. Then, you can apply heat to keep everything loose. Back massagers can make you ‘ooh’ and ‘ahh’ or weep a tear as they knead tight muscles into submission. Here are some of the best back massagers for a variety of bodies.

How we picked the best back massagers

Splitting our time bent over laptops and lugging new gear to test around, we’re no strangers to back pain here at PopSci. To choose the best back massagers, we surveyed dozens of products and scoured reviews by media outlets and users. We have chosen a variety of types of back massagers, including percussion massagers and more deep tissue options. Ultimately, we relied on a mixture of hands-on experience, user reviews, editorial reviews, and expert opinions to land our picks.

The best back massagers: Reviews & Recommendations

All back pain isn’t the same, and neither are back massagers. There’s a wide variety of designs and features. Some models mimic shiatsu massage, a deep-tissue massage with roots in Japanese therapy. Others offer percussive massage, working out deep muscle knots, as tight muscles may just need heat and vibration to stimulate blood flow. Some massagers provide a range of massage movements, including different nodes to target various areas of the back and body. We’ve selected multiple types of back massagers so you can find one to heal, relax, and soothe your muscles whether you’re a fitness enthusiast or staring at spreadsheets for hours.

Best deep-tissue: Comfier Shiatsu Neck & Back Massager

COMFIER

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Four nodes dig into your tense muscles in the best possible way.

Specs

  • Levels of intensity: 3
  • Power source: AC adapter
  • Price at time of publication: $196

Pros

  • Also gets hips and neck in the mix
  • Easy to use in most chairs
  • Optional heat function

Cons

  • Pricey
  • Not very portable

The Comfier Shiatsu Neck & Back Massager uses slow, targeted movements to knead the back, shoulders, neck, and thighs. You can also relax the body into the massager to add a pressure massage to the lower back, waist, and thighs. The shiatsu massage balls in each location (neck and lower back) can be turned on or off independently, so you get a massage only where you want it. Users of different sizes can adjust the position of the neck massagers to fit a taller or shorter torso better. This model folds down for compact storage.

Best for lower back: MagicMaker Shiatsu Neck and Back Massager

MagicMakers

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This simple method for self-massage can also apply heat alongside pressure.

Specs

  • Levels of intensity: 3
  • Power source: AC adapter
  • Price at time of publication: $40

Pros

  • Targets common trouble areas
  • Doesn’t require a second person
  • Heat function

Cons

  • Requires arm strength some people may not have
  • Six-foot power cord can be limiting

The MagicMaker Shiatsu Neck and Back Massager features eight rollers that knead into the muscles. The rollers heat, but you can turn the heat on or off as needed. This model’s design works beautifully for the lower back, and its ergonomic design can rotate to fit the neck and shoulders, too. It includes two massage motions to adjust the massage experience to your needs. 

Best handheld: RENPHO Rechargeable Handheld Deep-Tissue Massager

RENPHO

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The extra-long reach makes it simple to get into tricky areas.

Specs

  • Levels of intensity: 5
  • Power source: Built-in battery
  • Price at time of publication: $40

Pros

  • Long reach to accommodate less-flexible users
  • Affordable
  • Five attachments provide ample options
  • Battery-powered for portability

Cons

  • Not all the attachments are particularly useful
  • Shuts off after 20 minutes to prevent overheating

The RENPHO Rechargeable Handheld Deep-Tissue Massager features a rechargeable battery-powered design that lets you reach behind your back or legs without getting tangled. This cordless model also comes with five interchangeable nodes to target problem areas. A full charge lasts 140 minutes, though it may be lower depending on the level of the massage. The RENPHO also includes a safety feature to prevent overheating that turns the massager off after 20 minutes.

Best percussion massager: Hypervolt 2 Pro

Stan Horaczek

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This pro-grade percussion massager has exceptional pressure and extremely robust battery life.

Specs

  • Levels of intensity: 5
  • Power source: Built-in battery
  • Price at time of publication: $329

Pros

  • Strong pressure options
  • Built for heavy use
  • All the attachments feel useful

Cons

  • Pricey
  • Heavy

Portable, high-powered massagers have become essential equipment for athletes and even casual gym-goers looking to bully their sore muscles into a quick recovery. This high-end option isn’t cheap, but it offers five levels of intensity as well as guided routines developed by athletes and trainers provided in the companion app (making it one of our top percussion massager picks). The package includes an assortment of five attachments designed to target specific areas. Attachments with larger surface area make the experience a little less intense. Advanced users will want more pointed attachments to really dig into trouble areas.

While this model isn’t cheap, it does offer a serious brushless motor designed to endure frequent and everyday use. A fully charged battery will also provide up to three hours of run-time, which is great if you want to bring it to the gym without having to worry about plugging it in.

It’s not all upside, though. It is rather heavy, and some high-end models offer a slightly more ergonomic design. But, when it comes to performance and durability, the Hypervolt has the advantage.

Best mini massager: BOB AND BRAD Q2 Mini-Massage Gun

BOB AND BRAD

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: If you’re not going to use it constantly, this percussion massager can save you a lot of cash.

Specs

  • Levels of intensity: 5
  • Power source: Built-in battery
  • Price at time of publication: $69

Pros

  • Affordable
  • Travel case included
  • Useful attachments

Cons

  • Not meant for extended use
  • Attachments are a little flimsy

The BOB AND BRAD Q2 Mini-Massage Gun fits in the palm of your hand yet can do serious work on sore muscles. It includes five percussion speeds and comes with five heads, including a fork head to get muscles close to the vertebrae. Each 3.5-hour charge provides four hours of running time, so you don’t have to store this model in the charger. At only just under a pound, the Q2 can fit inside your gym bag or suitcase to give you relief when you’re away from home.

Things to consider before buying a back massager

Back massagers may be electric, battery-powered, or manual. Battery-powered models provide portability, making it easier to use the massager throughout your house or take it while you travel. However, electric massagers maintain consistent power. 

With so many affordable electric and battery-powered massagers available, manual massagers have largely fallen out of favor. That doesn’t mean you can’t find one, but you can easily secure an electrical or battery-powered model for a few more dollars. 

Designs range from massagers that cover the seat and back of a chair to a low back-only massager. Choose a design that targets your type of pain. For example, pain may strike only during certain positions like sitting or standing. A chair massager can help those stuck on the sofa, while a handheld model can work for those held hostage in the standing position.

Different muscle issues and pain points may respond better to certain types of back massagers. If you want a massager for general muscle soreness (not just in the back), handheld massagers and massage guns can be used almost anywhere on the body. However, if you suffer from severe back pain, a model that targets and is specifically designed for the back may work better.

Dig into knots and pain deep within the muscle

Deep-tissue massage requires a massager reaching the deepest muscle layers and fascia, the muscles’ connective tissues. The massager then uses slow, firm pressure to relieve aches and pains. 

Shiatsu massagers also fall into this category. If you are at a day spa, a shiatsu massage would involve the masseuse using their fingers, thumb, and palms to target the body’s pressure points. Electric and battery-powered shiatsu back massagers mimic this movement, using slow, intense motions.

Lower back pain (LBP) can make it hard to work, stand, or sit

The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention reports that 28% of men and 31% of women over the age of 18 experience lower-back pain (LBP). Anything from an injury to weight gain can cause LBP, and it can limit activity, work, and sleep. 

Lower-back massagers target this sensitive area with designs that fit the natural curve of the spine. These massagers also feature nodes and balls that dig into the musculature of the lower back without touching the vertebrae. Lower-back massagers may offer vibration, deep tissue massage, and/or heat. Take your pick of the movement that works best for you.

How handheld massagers work

A massager that lets you target pain points yourself can be invaluable. Handheld massagers do just that. These portable models feature a long handle with a massage head that contains one to four massage nodes. Most include different node attachments, from multi-pronged to thin, pointed ones that dig deep into the muscle. 

Most massagers use vibration to stimulate blood flow and relax the muscle. However, some use percussion to press into hard knots to relax the muscle. Many include a heated option, too. Models with cases or storage bags let you keep all the attachments together, so you’re ready for a massage anywhere.

The difference between deep-tissue and percussive massage

Percussive massage differs from deep-tissue massage, even though both target muscles deep within the body’s muscle structure. Percussive massage, also known as deep-muscle stimulation, targets muscle soreness and soft tissue pain. With this method, short, rapid pulses press deep into the body’s soft tissues, stimulating blood flow and elongating muscle tissue. 

These massage guns go hard and fast. They’re not for the faint of heart, but they can work wonders on the sore muscles for which they are designed. Models with varying speeds and intensities provide adjustability based on your comfort level. These guns can be loud, so look for a model with a motor designed to keep noise down. 

Mini massagers save space and let you target problem areas

Mini massagers are smaller versions of full-size massagers. They come in manual, battery-powered, and electric designs. These handheld models may also include different nodes for a greater variety of massage options. They typically have fewer speeds and intensities than larger models, but a mini massager can also be much quieter.

If you’re on a budget, look into a manual massager. The only problem with these is you usually need someone else to do the actual back massaging. But a mini handheld with a long handle can do the trick if you’re usually massaging on your own. 

FAQs

Q: Are back massagers worth it?

Yes, back massagers are worth it. With the right massage motion, the best back massager can relieve and prevent back pain, soothe sore muscles, and loosen stubborn knots.

Q: What does a vibrating massager do to muscles?

A vibrating massager stimulates the muscle, increasing blood flow. More blood also brings more oxygen, which aids in recovery. There’s also evidence that vibrating massagers can temporarily improve flexibility.

Q: How often should you use a massage gun?

How often you use a massage gun depends on a few factors, including the type of massage, the reason behind the massage, and the level of muscle trauma. For mild soreness, you can use a massage gun every day for several times a day if you keep your sessions short, about 15-30 seconds per muscle group. That said, be careful not to use the massage gun every day in the same place for a prolonged period, as you can introduce trauma to the muscle. 

Final thoughts on the best back massagers

A back massager can work wonders on a chronically sore back. A massager that fits your lifestyle and includes movements that target your pain points will offer the most relief. The best back massager will soothe your hard-to-reach areas with little effort on your part. You can lean into them, close your eyes, and let the massager do its work.

Best deep-tissue: Comfier Shiatsu Neck & Back Massager
Best for lower back: MagicMaker Shiatsu Neck and Back Massager
Best handheld: RENPHO Rechargeable Hand Held Deep-Tissue Massager
Best percussion massager: Hypervolt 2 Pro
Best mini massager: BOB AND BRAD Q2 Mini Massage Gun

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best back massagers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best portable saunas of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-portable-saunas/ Tue, 07 Jun 2022 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=448139
The best portable saunas lined up in a row
Amanda Reed

These are the best portable saunas for ultimate relaxation and healing when you’re at home or on the go.

The post The best portable saunas of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best portable saunas lined up in a row
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall SaunaSpace Luminati Portable Infrared Sauna is the best overall portable sauna. SaunaSpace Luminati Portable Infrared Sauna
SEE IT

This full-featured sauna creates a serene overall environment.

Best sauna kit SereneLife Full Portable Sauna is the best portable sauna kit. SereneLife Full Portable Sauna
SEE IT

Get everything you need in one convenient bundle.

Best infrared Radiant Saunas Harmony Deluxe Oversized Portable Sauna is the best infrared portable sauna. Radiant Saunas Harmony Deluxe Oversized Portable Sauna
SEE IT

Get the benefits of Infrared without the bulk.

Portable saunas can provide all the health benefits of their larger counterparts. Those benefits include stress relief, muscle recovery, improved circulation, and detoxification. As brands create increasingly compact products, you can now bring the feel-good sauna experience home whether you live in a single-family home or one-bedroom apartment—no permanent installation required. And, unless you get one of the high-end models, portable saunas are more affordable than traditional saunas. Our favorite at-home saunas are comfortable to sit (or lay) in and easy to set up and break down. You’ll find a variety of styles out there, from full-body infrared saunas to sit-in steam saunas to sauna bags. This list of the best portable saunas for wellness and recovery will help you choose the best option for your home and your needs. 

How we chose the best portable saunas

Portable saunas come in an array of styles, and we wanted to reflect this diversity while being mindful of price and durability. We searched through dozens of portable sauna products and narrowed down our list to include ones that are the highest quality possible within their price range. For example, we wanted to ensure the budget option came with a warranty in case any of the components fail. 

When selecting the best portable saunas, we also considered the materials and power output to find energy-efficient options that won’t send your power bill skyrocketing. We also considered whether or not the portable sauna was aesthetically pleasing because it will become a staple in your home. 

During our review process, we scoured reviews across multiple sites. Once we decided on a product, we cross-referenced multiple sites and retailers to ensure the product stood up to dozens of user reviews.

Best portable saunas: Reviews & Recommendations

Once relegated to the realm of gyms and spas, saunas have exploded in popularity as medical studies demonstrated that they can relieve pain and promote relaxation. The best portable saunas should make it easy to bring some heat and healing into your home—not cause more stress. After scouring, sourcing, and performing lots of testing, here’s what we found.

Best overall: SaunaSpace Luminati Portable Infrared Sauna

SaunaSpace

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This beautifully designed, minimalist sauna is made of high-quality materials and creates a pleasant environment.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 52” x 52” x 63”
  • Weight: 50.3 pounds 
  • Materials: North American basswood, bamboo, stainless steel, and canvas

Pros 

  • Aesthetic design so you don’t need to break down after each use 
  • Walk-in style provides a full-body experience
  • High-quality, durable materials that are backed by a 10-year warranty 

Cons 

  • Heavy and may take two people to set up
  • The high price tag might be a deterrent for some buyers 

Part of the sauna experience is the atmosphere: the lack of visual distractions and the smell of untreated wood. And this portable, full-body sauna allows you to immerse yourself in a relaxing environment. The wooden components, like the base and the stool, bring in elements of a traditional sauna without the heavy weight and elaborate installation. While some infrared saunas come with the risk of EMF exposure, SaunaSpace uses advanced technology to keep these levels low. (While some people may prefer to limit their exposure to EMFs, no research exists to support that low levels of exposure are harmful.) 

The high-quality, sustainable materials take this personal sauna above and beyond the competition. The canvas comes in multiple colors—like indigo, stone, and hand-dyed turmeric—so you can match this sauna kit with your current wall color or room’s aesthetic. Although it is more expensive than most portable saunas, it is a beautiful, well-crafted addition to a home and comes with a 10-year warranty. If after the 100-day trial period you’re not satisfied, you can return it for a full refund. 

Best sauna kit: SereneLife Full Portable Sauna 

SereneLife

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This portable sauna is tall enough for most adults to stand up in, creating a more comfortable home sauna experience than its competitors. 

Specs

  • Dimensions: 35.4” x 35.4” x 70.9”
  • Weight: 37 pounds 
  • Materials: Cloth, plastic

Pros 

  • Full-size design allows you to reap full-body benefits 
  • Heats up to 140 degrees Fahrenheit 
  • Packable design lets you stow away when not in use

Cons 

  • Set-up instructions can be confusing
  • Taller people may not be able to fully stand inside 

As one of the only full-sized, fully portable saunas on the market at this price point, the SereneLife is at the top of our list for best portable sauna kit. While most portable saunas require you to stick your head and neck out of a hole at the top, this is completely enclosed so you can get the infrared benefits on your face, head, and neck. It comes with a folding chair so you can sit comfortably inside and a heating pad for your feet. 

After you set up this sauna for the home, just set your desired temperature and timer up to 60 minutes on the remote. It takes a while to heat up, but once it gets going, it can reach temps around 140 degrees Fahrenheit, mimicking your favorite gym sauna. Additionally, this model comes in both infrared and steam versions depending on the type of heat you prefer. 

Best infrared: Radiant Saunas Harmony Deluxe Oversized Portable Sauna

Radiant Saunas

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: It’s energy-efficient, spacious enough for people up to 6’5”, and portable enough to use for car travel. 

Specs

  • Dimensions: 32” x 33” x 41”
  • Weight: 24 pounds 
  • Materials: Polyester and beech 

Pros 

  • Roomy for a sit-in design sauna 
  • Incredibly energy efficient
  • All the components feel high quality and are backed by a 1-year warranty

Cons 

  • Pricier than similar products 
  • Maximum timer length is 30 minutes 

Tent-style portable saunas may look goofy, but they’re ideal for those with minimal space or people who want a lightweight option. This home sauna has a sturdy frame that makes it easy to get in and out, interior zippers for your hands, and a pocket for the handheld remote or a phone. Using the remote, you can control the temperature for both the sauna and foot pad, and set the low-EMF carbon fiber heating panels up to 150 degrees Fahrenheit. 

The set-up and break-down processes take less than a minute, and the carrying handle makes transport easy so you can find relaxation anywhere. Plus, the quilted polyester fabric is moisture-resistant and looks nicer than many of the tent-style saunas. The complete sauna kit comes with two soft neck collars for optimal comfort and a padded floor mat that will help soak up moisture when the sweat builds. Although this personal sauna is on the higher end of the price range for his style, you’ll save money on power bills because of the energy-efficient carbon heating panels. 

Best for stress: Sun Home Saunas Infrared Sauna Blanket

Amanda Reed

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This blanket is easy to set up and easy on the eyes, thanks to fun patterns and colorways.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 71” x 71” unfolded
  • Weight: 15 pounds 
  • Materials: Waterproof polyurethane

Pros 

  • Wide range of temperature and timer settings
  • Multiple colors
  • Backed by a 1-year warranty

Cons 

  • Expensive

Bringing the spa experience to your living room doesn’t have to be boring. Take the Sun Home Saunas Infrared Sauna Blanket, which comes in a jazzy blue zebra print (pictured), a fun purple and red colorway, and a classic black style. The climate and timer controls are easy to use: Temperature settings range from 35-75℃, and time settings range from 30-60 minutes. Pre-heat time only takes around 15 minutes. The industrial-grade Velcro keeps the heat in and feels sturdy to the touch. However, the blanket is easy to open—making cleaning a breeze. And, its large interior circumference will make you feel cozy—not constricted. When you’re done using it, simply pack it away in the included carrying case.

Best for home: Clearlight Curve Sauna Dome

Infrared Sauna

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Achieve full relaxation mode in this personal lay-down sauna. 

Specs

  • Dimensions: 69” x 28” x 18”
  • Weight: 80 pounds 
  • Materials: Organic hemp cloth, wood, memory foam

Pros 

  • Memory foam pad is super plush and comfy
  • Low-EMF infrared heat 
  • Comfortable, reclined design is great for users who can’t sit for long periods

Cons 

  • Not as portable and space-efficient as others on this list 
  • Very heavy 

Not everyone has the space, money, or time for a full-scale sauna installation. But that doesn’t mean you have to sacrifice quality. The Curve Sauna Dome allows for a high-quality experience without the hassle of a permanent home sauna. With a memory foam infrared pad and multiple heat level adjustments, this indoor sauna is one of the most comfortable options on our list. Simply set the timer, lay down, and relax. When you’re finished, slide the two domes together for easy storage. 

The model uses far-infrared light, which is known for its wellness benefits including increased circulation and boosted immunity. It also comes with a lifetime warranty so you can buy in confidence knowing your purchase is protected. However, this sauna is a more serious investment than others on this list: it’s heavier, less space-efficient, and not travel-friendly. 

Best small: HigherDose Infrared Sauna Blanket

HigherDose

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Just about everything is better in bed and sauna sessions are no exception.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 71” x 71” 
  • Weight: TK pounds 
  • Materials: Waterproof Polyurethane and fireproof cotton

Pros 

  • Short pre-heat time of 10 minutes 
  • Non-toxic materials
  • Fully adjustable with a handheld controller 

Cons 

  • Maximum interior circumference of 65 inches may be too small for some users
  • Requires more frequent cleaning

If the thought of being trapped inside a pop-up structure with your head sticking out the top gives you the heebie-jeebies, the HigherDose Sauna Blanket is the answer. This sauna bag provides all the benefits of a portable sauna, yet is thin, lightweight, and convenient. You can use it on any heat-resistant surface like your bed or a yoga mat, and you have the choice of wearing a layer of clothing or using HigherDose’s towel insert. However, you can expect to sweat a lot, so the manual emphasizes the importance of preventing any skin-to-mat action. 

This product is just really thoughtfully designed. Charcoal and clay layers beneath the infrared panels balance the heat. Of all the options, this is one of the easiest to store, which can come in very handy if you’re extremely limited on space. It also makes it one of the easiest models with which to travel.

Best budget: Durasage Oversized Portable Steam Sauna

Durasage

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This affordable steam sauna leaves room in your budget for actually traveling.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 31.5” x 33” x 41”
  • Weight: 15.8 pounds 
  • Materials: Polyester and PVC tubing 

Pros 

  • Two large pockets on the front can fit a tablet or book
  • Great price 
  • 1.5-year warranty 

Cons 

  • Chair is flimsy and can only support up to 20 lbs
  • Clumsy frame design makes it hard to get in and out 

This portable, sit-in steam sauna is great if you just want to test the waters of a home sauna or don’t have the cash to make a bigger investment. With the pop-up sauna tent and a foldable chair, this sauna kit has everything you need to start a regular sauna routine. (However, you may want to replace the flimsy chair with one of your own. Just make sure you don’t need it for other purposes—it will get sweaty!) This portable sauna also has dual pockets for a book or e-reader and easy-to-zip hand slots. 

We like the budget-friendly price tag, but what we love best about this portable sauna is that you can add fragrances like herbs or oil to the plastic container on the side of the steam generator. The scent of lavender or jasmine will elevate your experience, and you can’t do this with an infrared sauna.

Things to consider when buying the best portable saunas

Type of heat 

Portable saunas come in three varieties: 

  • Dry saunas are the most traditional and use heating panels to warm the air without increasing the humidity. These saunas can reach higher temperatures than steam saunas 
  • Infrared saunas use infrared lighting panels to heat your body in an effort to aid muscle recovery. Because they use light to heat your body instead of heating the air around you, they generally don’t get as hot as traditional dry saunas (so you can spend more time in them). They’re a great option for sauna users who can’t tolerate the humidity of steam saunas or high temps of dry saunas. 
  • Steam saunas use—you guessed it—steam to warm the air and allow you to work up quite a sweat. Unlike dry saunas, steam saunas use a heater with water to warm up your space. They take a bit longer to heat up but provide a more classic experience similar to Finnish steam rooms. 

Design 

You can find portable saunas that encapsulate your entire body or smaller options that you sit in from the neck down. If space isn’t an issue and you don’t get claustrophobic easily, you may want to choose a full-body personal sauna. However, the neck-down, collapsible saunas can be a great option for people who prefer to multi-task and read a book while relaxing. If you deal with chronic pain and have trouble sitting upright for long periods of time, a reclined sauna or sauna blanket could be a good fit. 

Size and weight

Consider where you’re going to put your sauna and how often you’re going to use it. More spacious saunas will be more comfortable, especially for taller or larger users, but smaller saunas are better for saving space. If you plan to break it down after every use, you can opt for a foldable sauna with a larger footprint. Some portable saunas require a more elaborate setup and are best for users who aren’t ready to install a permanent indoor sauna but can leave a portable sauna up for longer periods of time. 

FAQs

Q: How much do portable saunas cost?

Portable saunas cost between $100 and $3000 dollars depending on the style, brand, and quality. If you want a reliable personal sauna, you should expect to spend at least $300, although you can find lower-quality options for cheaper.

Q: What are the health benefits of a portable sauna?

Portable saunas are known for their health and wellness benefits including relaxation, improved circulation, pain relief, and reduced risk of disease, including hypertension. Research about sauna benefits used to be scant, but in the past five years, multiple studies have implied that sauna bathing can offer health and wellness benefits for many regular users. 

Q: How long do portable saunas last?

The lifespan of a portable sauna can vary widely. Just like any product, it depends on the quality of your purchase. While you can find dozen of budget options online, these may have a shorter lifespan than high-quality home saunas. Some portable saunas, like the Curve Sauna Dome, come with a lifetime warranty. 

Final thoughts on the best portable saunas

For those who can afford it and have the dedicated space, the SaunaSpace Luminati is one of the best portable saunas available. The ThermaLight technology allows you to enjoy the benefits of infrared heat without the added risk associated with EMFs, and the organic canvas and bamboo components are minimal yet aesthetic enough to leave installed in the home.  

The post The best portable saunas of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best posture correctors of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-posture-corrector/ Fri, 06 Aug 2021 20:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=387173
People wearing posture correctors on a white background.
Amanda Reed

Relieve your muscles and ease your pain without breaking the bank—or your back.

The post The best posture correctors of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
People wearing posture correctors on a white background.
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Upright GO 2 Posture Corrector is the best overall device. Upright GO 2
SEE IT

This smart pick nudges you when you start slouching.

Best for back The BetterBack Posture Corrector is the best for your back. BetterBack Posture Corrector
SEE IT

Made with memory foam and removable hot and cold packs.

Best budget The ComfyBrace Posture Corrector is the best budget pick. Comfy Brace Posture Corrector
SEE IT

An affordable and comfortable option.

Spending hours sitting at your desk can affect your posture and cause back, neck, or shoulder pain. Great posture is not only key for standing or sitting upright but also for your well-being. While maintaining awareness and incorporating some exercises into your daily routine will improve your posture, there are other things you can do as well. Enter the posture corrector, typically a brace-like garment that holds your back upright and encourages good posture by pulling your muscles into proper alignment while conditioning them to stay that way. The best posture support helps retrain your muscles while relieving pain and offering comfort. So time to get things straightened out and read through the best posture correctors below. 

How we chose the best posture correctors

Many of us work from home—and face related posture problems due to hunching over like an owl at our computer desks. To find the best posture correctors, we looked at real-world reviews and peer recommendations, then did our own (much-needed) testing that we combined with our research—all while sitting up properly.

The best posture correctors: Reviews & Recommendations

The best posture corrector will support your back and neck and offer comfort and pain relief. Once you have a better understanding of where you need the most support, the type of brace you’d like to wear, and where you’ll be wearing it most, you’ll be one step closer to better posture.

Best overall: Upright GO 2 Posture Corrector

Upright GO

SEE IT

Specs

  • Sizes: N/A
  • Rigidity control: N/A
  • Kind of back support: Lower
  • Recommended wear time: Daily

Pros

  • Helps you build healthy habits
  • Easy to use
  • Lightweight

Cons

  • Has to be placed in between the shoulder blades to work well

If you want a device that will alert you when you need to stand up straight, then the Upright GO 2 Posture Corrector is for you. The lightweight device, which connects to the Upright app (iOS- and Android-compatible) on your phone, has a water-resistant sticky gel pad to place on your back easily. You can also attach it to a necklace that’s sold separately. The app instructs you how to calibrate the device so it can sense what your upright posture should be. After that, it will vibrate every time it senses you slouching. Plus, through the app, you can monitor your daily posture stats and keep track of your progress. The Upright allows you to build healthy habits naturally instead of using forced support, and the vibrations create cognitive awareness that encourages behavior change. 

Best for rounded shoulders: Evoke Pro Back Posture Corrector

Evoke Pro

SEE IT

Specs

  • Sizes: Regular (24-40 inches); XL (40-58 inches)
  • Rigidity control: No
  • Kind of back support: Upper back
  • Recommended wear time: Daily

Pros

  • Free bonus resistance band included
  • Can be worn over or under clothing
  • Breathable

Cons

  • Reviews note that it’s a bit uncomfortable under the arms

Just because you want better posture doesn’t mean you must sacrifice comfort. The Evoke Pro Back Posture Corrector is a sleek and lightweight brace that helps realign your shoulders and spine. The ergonomic design molds to your body for extra comfort. It can be worn over or under clothing, and with additional armpit padding, you won’t have to worry about chafing or bruising. Made with breathable fabric, the brace is flexible enough that you can move around yet also firm enough to provide reliable support. This cervical and neck corrector also helps with slouching.

Best for back: BetterBack Posture Corrector

BetterBack

SEE IT

Specs

  • Sizes: Two: Up to a 36-inch waist and up to a 55-inch waist
  • Rigidity control: Yes
  • Kind of back support: Lumbar support
  • Recommended wear time: At least 15 minutes a day

Pros

  • Lets you sit ergonomically in any chair
  • Multiple sizes
  • Can be taken on-the-go

Cons

  • Not for upper back support

Designed with memory foam and a removable hot and cold pack, the BetterBack forms to your back to provide support and ease the pain. This model works as a posture corrector trainer that allows you to sit ergonomically in any chair, providing relief during long office hours. For a better fit, you can pick from two sizes: up to a 36-inch waist and up to a 55-inch waist. Plus, you can take this device on the go, as it can easily be folded up and placed in your bag.

Best for neck: FlexGuard Posture Corrector

FlexGuard Support

SEE IT

Specs

  • Sizes: Extra small, medium, large, extra large
  • Rigidity control:
  • Kind of back support: Full back support
  • Recommended wear time: Daily

Pros

  • Lightweight
  • Full back support
  • Helps with spinal alignment

Cons

  • Might show under clothes

If you experience alignment-related neck pain, slumped shoulders, or have herniated disks, the FlexGuard Posture Corrector can help. The lightweight and breathable posture corrector pulls back your shoulders to help your spinal alignment. This brace will also help you sit straighter and provide support for people with scoliosis or kyphosis. Over time, it will improve your overall posture. To best understand how to use your brace, read the posture guide that includes tips and tricks from professionals on spinal care. For your correct size, measure your waist and height and follow the size chart.

Best budget: ComfyBrace Posture Corrector

ComfyBrace

SEE IT

Specs

  • Sizes: One size
  • Rigidity control: Yes
  • Kind of back support: Mid, upper back support
  • Recommended wear time: At least 5-10 minutes a day

Pros

  • Lifetime warranty
  • Made of durable and flexible materials
  • Won’t irritate skin

Cons

  • Runs small

For just under $20, the Comfy Brace Posture Corrector was developed to help correct your posture, taking pressure off of and alleviating pain from your shoulders, back, neck, and clavicle. Made from durable and flexible materials like neoprene, this device will a) last and b) won’t irritate your skin. Plus, with a lifetime warranty, you really can’t go wrong.

What to consider when buying the best posture correctors

When looking for the best posture corrector, there are a few key factors to consider. First and foremost, it’s important to understand where you need the most support—is it for your neck, shoulders, or back? Once you sort that out, you’ll have a better idea of the type of device you need. Also, where do you plan to wear yours? At home or at work? If the latter is the case, you’ll probably want a brace that’s a bit more discreet so you can wear it under your clothing. Experts also recommend wearing them for a few hours a day max, and adopting them in conjunction with posture straightening exercises.

What areas of your back need the most attention?

The area you need the most relief or attention will determine the type of corrector you need. Some braces have more of a focus on the lower back due to how you put them on. Some are designed specifically for slouching, while others also provide pain relief. 

Will you wear your brace at work?

If you plan on wearing your posture support brace at the office, you will probably want one of the more discreet options. Look for options designed to fit comfortably under your clothing and are made with top-notch materials to avoid irritating your skin. Another option is a corrector that makes every chair ergonomic so that you can sit comfortably straight throughout the day.

Will the posture corrector be shared with roommates or family members?

If your entire household wants in on posture support, then consider posture correctors with adjustable straps. Some braces come in multiple sizes, but if you’re roughly the same size, you will most likely be able to share.

Do you want to go digital?

Today, everything is digital, so why not have a device that connects to an app on your phone? While it isn’t the traditional brace, a smart model provides constant reminders to sit up straight, raising your awareness so you can make adjustments and strengthen your muscles. 

Are you sitting or standing most of the day?

If you are wearing your corrector while you sit at your desk or run errands throughout the day, then you have numerous options to choose from. If your focus is posture support to help while you sit and work, you might want to consider one specifically built for use while sitting, making almost any office chair ergonomic. If you work at a standing desk, check out one that works double duty.

FAQs

Q: How much does a posture corrector cost?

Depending on what you’re looking for, a posture corrector can run you between $20-$60.

Q: Can you correct years of bad posture?

While it may seem like, at a certain point, your bad posture is set in stone, the good news is that you can make improvements! According to Heathline, with consistency, awareness, and dedication, you can achieve improvements in as little as 30 days. By incorporating yoga poses exercises like cat/cow, child’s pose, and exercises that focus on core strength into your daily routine, you can improve your postural strength. 

Q: Should you sleep with a posture corrector?

It is not suggested to sleep with a posture corrector; however, there are things you can do to maintain good posture while you sleep. One of those recommendations is sleeping on your back, as it keeps your back straight while allowing the mattress to support the natural curvature of your spine.

Q: How long should you wear a posture corrector per day?

When first using your posture corrector, start with 15 to 30 minutes a day to avoid any pain or fatigue. As you get acquainted with using it, you can wear it up to a few hours a day with breaks (30 minutes one, one hour off) while also incorporating exercises to strengthen the muscles that support your spine. 

Final thoughts on the best posture correctors

The best posture correctors can assist in making huge improvements in sitting and standing straight. These devices help strengthen your back muscles by preventing your shoulders from slouching forward, better supporting your spine. Maintaining the correct posture can reduce neck and back pain, as well as headaches. When paired with posture-specific workouts and wearing your corrector daily (the specific amount of time will vary), you’ll stand taller in no time.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio, to video games, to cameras, and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best posture correctors of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Garmin’s latest running watches pair vivid visuals with your vitals https://www.popsci.com/gear/garmin-forerunner-265-965-news/ Thu, 02 Mar 2023 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=516638
Garmin new Forerunner 265 and Forerunner 965 models
Garmin's two newest Forerunners are comprehensively colorful thanks to the AMOLED displays and the fun case and band combinations. Garmin

The AMOLED displays will offer brighter and richer colors and better visibility in different lighting conditions.

The post Garmin’s latest running watches pair vivid visuals with your vitals appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Garmin new Forerunner 265 and Forerunner 965 models
Garmin's two newest Forerunners are comprehensively colorful thanks to the AMOLED displays and the fun case and band combinations. Garmin

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Garmin already has an extensive lineup of advanced running watches in its Forerunner series, but it just got even larger. The wearable tech company has announced two new smartwatches: the Forerunner 265 and 965. The highlight of the release is their vibrant AMOLED displays, a first for Garmin GPS running smartwatches. Each will offer an optional always-on, full-color touchscreen (though you can lock the display during activity and rely on Garmin’s classic five-button navigation system). We loved the Garmin Forerunner 955, and its fundamentals form the basis of the new models, so we have high expectations for these new additions to the Forerunner family.

Training features of the Garmin Forerunner 265 and 965

Garmin’s watches traditionally offer an impressive suite of sensors and performance tracking/analyzing features. As a result, they make great Apple Watch alternatives, especially for athletes. And this all holds even more true with the two new offerings. Like existing Forerunners (and other Garmin watches), they will calculate VO2 max, performance condition, training effect, and more. And all of that data is used to calculate a training readiness score to help you plan your rest better.

Sleep is a key component of performance, which Garmin clearly understands. Its watches can track your sleep, in part by evaluating heart rate variability, providing a more complete wellness and training picture. And, provided you sleep wearing the watch, a Morning Report summarizes your sleep, your day’s training outlook, and the environmental conditions you can expect. 

These watches will also offer daily suggested workouts, which adapt after every run to help you improve your running performance and prevent overtraining. The race widget, along with Garmin Coach and PacePro, will provide training tips and predictions for race performance based on specific course details, weather, and performance. They can even measure running power and running dynamics without any additional accessories. Now, however, shall of these metrics will be more visible and vivid indoors and out, thanks to the upgrade from memory-in-pixel displays.

Forerunner 965 AMOLED display lit up on a wrist at dusk
The fancy new Forerunner AMOLED display is a beacon of metrics and motivation. Garmin

Garmin Forerunner 265 details

The Forerunner 265, priced at $449.99, sits right between the Forerunner 255 Music and 955. It gets the full set of sensors found in Garmin’s advanced fitness smartwatches, including the wrist-based Pulse Ox sensor. The 265 also offers Garmin’s safety features, such as incident detection and LiveTrack.

As a smartwatch, it easily connects to your phone for smart notifications and allows you to download music from Spotify, Deezer, or Amazon Music to the watch for phone-free Bluetooth listening. And you can use Garmin Pay for contactless payments. 

The Forerunner 265 will be available in two sizes, each offering different battery life. The 42mm Forerunner 265S promises 24 hours of battery life in GPS mode and up to 15 days in smartwatch mode. The larger Forerunner 265, with a 46mm case, should provide up to 20 hours of battery life in GPS mode and up to 13 days in smartwatch mode. 

Garmin Forerunner 965 details

Garmin designed the Forerunner 965 for seriously dedicated athletes. It’s at the top of the Forerunner lineup, priced at $599.99. As a result, it will feature all the same things mentioned above and more. Garmin says it adds “additional performance metrics, built-in mapping, and the ability to store more songs right on the watch” compared to the 265. 

The 965 also offers a new feature, called load ratio, to “track short-term to mid-term load ratio” to stay healthy while training. Stamina insights will also help track exertion levels for a well-rounded picture of your training. And ClimbPro shows real-time information on climbs during a run, including gradient, distance, and elevation gain. There are also full-color built-in maps for route planning and navigation.

The 965 will feature a 47mm case with a lightweight titanium bezel. The AMOLED display is Garmin’s largest yet at 1.4 inches (the epix Gen. 2), Garmin’s first AMOLED-equipped watch, has a 1.3-inch screen). Garmin says it will provide up to 31 hours of battery life in GPS mode and up to 23 days in smartwatch mode.

Pricing & availability

The Garmin Forerunner 265 will cost you $449.99 for either the 42mm or 46mm versions. It is available for purchase now. The Garmin Forerunner 965 will run you $599.99 and won’t ship until late March/early April, but can be pre-ordered now.

The post Garmin’s latest running watches pair vivid visuals with your vitals appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Get a gift before you lift with Amazon’s Beats Fit Pro deal https://www.popsci.com/gear/beats-earbuds-amazon-gift-card-deal/ Fri, 24 Feb 2023 17:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=515135
A pair of Beats headphones on a periwinkle background.
Amanda Reed

Who doesn't love free money? Get a $25 Amazon gift card and a pair of fabulous fitness earbuds with this Beats Fit Pro-motion.

The post Get a gift before you lift with Amazon’s Beats Fit Pro deal appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A pair of Beats headphones on a periwinkle background.
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

The music at the gym is … not the best, nicely put. And that’s even if music is playing—I’ve personally seen televisions getting commandeered to play soap opera re-runs or whatever is happening on the sports channel. Neither have been proven to get you pumped up. Tune out the uninspirational with a pair of noise-canceling Beats Fit Pro earbuds, which come with a free $25 Amazon Gift Card. That’s free money!

Beats Fit Pro with $25 Amazon Gift Card $199.95 (Worth $224.95)

Beats

SEE IT

These earbuds are one of our favorites for the gym, thanks to their active noise cancellation (ANC), powerful battery life, and comfortable fit. They offer Apple’s H1 chip for quick Bluetooth pairing with an iPhone or Apple Watch, and provide Adaptive EQ and true spatial audio like the AirPods 3 and AirPods Pro 2. In addition, they have an IPX4 rating, so sweat doesn’t wreck your workout. Our senior gear editor liked their discrete size and secure fit so much that he re-bought them after losing the first pair. Even better, you get a $25 Amazon gift card to use for a protective cover for the Fit Pro’s clamshell case, or whatever your heart desires (like a rechargeable dish scrubber or a birthday hat for your cat).

This deal won’t last forever, so snag it before it ends—unlike the Days of Our Lives marathon running every time you’ve gone to the gym.

Here are more earbud deals that will keep you moving:

The post Get a gift before you lift with Amazon’s Beats Fit Pro deal appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best folding treadmills of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-folding-treadmills/ Wed, 22 Feb 2023 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=514082
The best foldable treadmills help you sweat and save space.

Break a sweat without sacrificing too much floor space.

The post The best folding treadmills of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best foldable treadmills help you sweat and save space.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The NordicTrack T 8.5 S is the best folding treadmill overall. NordicTrack T 8.5 S Treadmill
SEE IT

The T 8.5 S comes with an interactive display, access to workouts from around the world, and extra cushioning to reduce the impact on the joints.

Best for small spaces The Echelon Stride is the best folding treadmill for small spaces. Echelon Stride
SEE IT

The Stride folds down flat, provides access to virtual classes, is Bluetooth-compatible and comes with a USB port for charging devices.

Best budget The XTERRA Fitness TR is the best folding treadmill for a budget-friendly price. XTERRA Fitness TR Folding Treadmill
SEE IT

The Fitness TR provides the basics in a treadmill at an affordable price.

If you’re looking to get more steps in or training for a race but don’t have much space to spare in your home, a folding treadmill could be the solution. These devices range from high-end models that stream thousands of classes to simpler options whose main feature is they can fold easily under a bed. Whatever your fitness goals are (and wherever you can store gear), one of the best folding treadmills can help you get there.

How we chose the best folding treadmills

As a recreational runner, I’ve tried a range of treadmills in gyms over the years. I’ve appreciated how feature-heavy models that let you tune into classes or watch movies to help break the monotony. I’ve also seen with the number of runners pounding away on these treadmills how often there is an “Out of Order” sign on these machines. 

If you prefer to work out at home, folding treadmills are ideal for people who live in smaller places or don’t want a big piece of exercise equipment in the middle of their living room. There are compact options available for runners putting in miles to train for races as well as choices for walking. Fold-up treadmills take up less floor space, while slimmer models can be tucked under a bed or couch. We vetted the options from top brands such as NordicTrack, ProForm, and XTerra to make our recommendations.

The best folding treadmills: Reviews & Recommendations

Selecting which folding treadmill is best for you depends on your fitness goals and space. Are you on a training plan that calls for running most days per week at increasing intensity? Or are you looking to walk in the morning and get feedback from a virtual trainer? And will you store the machine in the basement next to the washing machine and Ping Pong table, or do you want to stash it under your bed? Whatever your needs, there’s an option for you.

Best overall: NordicTrack T 8.5 S Treadmill

NordicTrack

SEE IT

Specs

  • Max speed: 12 mph
  • Dimensions: 78.9 inches D x 35.5 inches W x 59.4 inches H
  • Weight capacity: 300 pounds
  • Max incline: 12 percent

Pros

  • Full-size treadmill
  • Interactive display
  • Access to workouts from around the world with the iFit membership

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Large for a folding treadmill

Looking for a treadmill that folds but still comes with premium features? Consider the NordicTrack T 8.5 S Treadmill. Its smart-response motor is designed to handle speed and endurance training. It can reach a maximum speed of 12 miles per hour and an incline of up to 12 percent. The tread belt of 20 inches by 60 inches is wider and longer than that of many foldable treadmills and it’s designed with extra cushioning to reduce impact on the joints.

Designed with an interactive LCD touchscreen, this treadmill lets you choose workouts from an on-demand library, making this one of the best folding treadmills for classes. You’ll also get to work with a virtual iFit coach who will customize your workouts every day and can adjust the incline. (The package comes with a 30-day membership). And when you’re done, the T 8.5 S’s deck folds up easily for a smaller footprint. 

Best for small spaces: Echelon Stride

Echelon

SEE IT

Specs

  • Max speed: 12 mph
  • Dimensions: 69.3 inches H  x 31 inches D x 49.2 inches W
  • Weight capacity: 300 pounds
  • Max incline: 10 percent

Pros

  • Access to more than 3,000 classes
  • Smaller footprint
  • USB charging port

Cons

  • Pricey

The Echelon Stride provides a comprehensive fitness experience in one machine. With the associated Echelon Fit app, users can access over 3,000 live and on-demand classes in rowing, running, HIIT, Pilates, yoga, and more. And the iFIt membership will support up to five users, making this machine an ideal pick for families.

The run belt is 20 inches by 55 inches and operates at a maximum speed of 12 miles per hour and up to a 10-percent incline. The Stride’s handlebars have sensors that track your heart rate and allow it to be displayed during classes. It’s Bluetooth-compatible and comes with a USB port for charging and a slot that can hold a tablet. The Stride is also designed with two water bottle holders, wheels for easy mobility, and an auto-folding feature. For more recommendations, check out our guide to health fitness apps.

Best for runners: ProForm Pro-9000 Treadmill

ProForm

SEE IT

Specs

  • Max speed: 12 mph
  • Dimensions: 77.16 inches D x 39.15 inches W x 70 inches H
  • Weight capacity: 300 pounds
  • Max incline: 15 percent 

Pros

  • Powerful motor
  • 10-inch full-color touchscreen.
  • EKG monitoring

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Heavy

Treadmill users looking for an all-around experience from a fitness machine will appreciate the ProForm Pro-9000 Treadmill. Designed with a powerful 4.25 continuous horsepower motor, the Pro-9000 has a wide belt of 22 inches and can support up to 300 pounds. If you’re serious about a foldable treadmill with incline, the Pro-9000 fits the bill, allowing for a 15-percent incline (and -3 percent decline) and speeds up to 12 miles per hour. 

The Pro-9000 also comes with a 10-inch color touchscreen that lets you stream thousands of workouts on demand and get personalized training with an iFit membership that supports up to five users. What sets the Pro-9000 apart is that it comes with an EKG heart monitor and a wireless chest strap to keep tabs on your health metrics. And at the end of the workout, the treadmill’s easy-lift assistance lets you quickly fold the deck up. For more ideas, check out our roundup of the best gifts for runners.

Best for beginners: Horizon Fitness T101

Horizon Fitness

SEE IT

Specs

  • Max speed: 10 mph
  • Dimensions: 34 inches D x 57 inches W x 71 inches H
  • Weight capacity: 300 pounds
  • Max incline: ‎10

Pros

  • Bluetooth connectivity to support streaming and speakers
  • Less expensive than other models
  • Easy setup

Cons

  • Doesn’t stream classes

If you’re just getting started and aren’t looking to spend a lot, Horizon Fitness 101 is a good place to start. This compact treadmill is significantly less expensive than premium models while providing the fundamentals and some additional smart features to boot. Set up should take about 30 minutes, and the hydraulic system allows it to fold down in one step, making it an excellent small treadmill for home. 

The deck is designed with Horizon’s cushioning for extra support, though the maximum weight capacity of 300 pounds is lower than some other models. So, too, is the maximum of 10 miles per hour, but that speed is plenty fast for walkers and most runners. You can adjust the speed and incline up to 10 percent with a simple dial. 

While the Fitness 101 doesn’t have a touchscreen, it’s equipped with a USB port and a device holder that lets you stream the classes you want from a tablet. Music and podcast lovers will appreciate the audio jack and the Bluetooth speakers, and the water bottle holder and fan will help make the miles easier. To track your progress, check out our guide to the best fitness trackers.

Best budget: XTERRA Fitness TR Folding Treadmill

XTERRA

SEE IT

Specs

  • Max speed: 10 mph
  • Dimensions: 63.4 inches D x 28.75 inches W x 51.4 inches H
  • Weight capacity: 250 pounds 
  • Max incline: 10

Pros

  • Great price
  • Covers the basics
  • Easy to fold up and store

Cons

  • Very few features
  • Supports less weight than other models

Just looking for a small treadmill that’s not expensive? The XTERRA Fitness TR Folding Treadmill is a solid choice. At 97 pounds, it’s a lightweight treadmill, and the deck folds up flat with the help of a pull knob. The LCD screen doesn’t stream classes but tracks your speed and calories burned and comes with 12 preset workouts and three inclines. At 16 inches wide and 50 inches long, the track is smaller than others and supports less weight (up to 250 pounds). Unfortunately, it doesn’t have a device holder, but if the price is your primary concern, the XTERRA Fitness TR provides the basics at a more affordable price. If you prefer to walk while you work, check out our guide to the best treadmill desks.

Things to consider when selecting the best folding treadmills

Folding treadmills range significantly regarding features, speed, size, and price. These factors are important to remember when deciding on the best folding treadmill for you.

Speed

Foldable treadmills accommodate a range of maximum speeds. The higher-end models, such as the ProForm Pro-9000 Treadmill, allow for speeds up to 12 miles per hour, while other treadmills top out at 10 miles per hour. Twelve miles per hour translates to a five-minute mile, which is the province of elite runners and sprinters and an important consideration in a treadmill if you’re in that category. Recreational runners and walkers should find a treadmill with a maximum speed of 10 miles per hour (a pace of 6 minutes per mile) more than suits their needs.

Size

“Foldable” comes in many forms. A heavy treadmill that folds up may have a smaller footprint but may also not come with wheels for easy mobility and may be too large to stow under a bed or in a closet. A portable treadmill, such as the Echelon Stride, comes with wheels and folds down flat, making them ideal for small spaces. When considering models, look at the dimensions and weight of the model.

Weight capacity

The weight a treadmill can support typically depends on the size of the treadmill itself. Some higher-end models, such as the NordicTrack T 8.5 S Treadmill, can accommodate up to 300 pounds, while the lighter XTERRA Fitness TR Folding Treadmill supports up to 250 pounds. If weight capacity is a concern, or you just want to go easier on your joints, you also may want to consider treadmills with a track that provides extra cushioning, such as the NordicTrack T 8.5 S and the Horizon Fitness T101.

Belt size

You’ll want to ensure that any treadmill you purchase can accommodate your stride length and be wide enough to allow you to run safely on the machine. A full-sized tread belt is at least 22 inches wide and 50 inches long. That said, folding treadmills are generally smaller than traditional models and, depending on what option you choose, may have a smaller belt size. Also, if you plan to have several family members use the treadmill, it’s wise to choose a model with a belt size that will accommodate the largest person.

Incline

Most of the treadmills on this list allow for an incline of up to 10 percent. Companies like NordicTrack also make treadmills that allow for inclines of up to 40 percent, which might appeal to runners preparing for an endurance race. Ramping up the incline increases endurance and calorie burning. If you do that type of training on a folding treadmill, the ProForm Pro-9000 Treadmill is designed with a maximum incline of 15 percent and decline of -3 percent. But if you’re just looking for a compact treadmill with an incline, the other options on this list will work well.

FAQs

Q: How much do folding treadmills cost?

Folding treadmills can range from just over $400 to more than $2,000, depending on their size, features, and how they’re made.

Q: How long do folding treadmills last on average?

Just like traditional treadmills, folding treadmills can take a pounding when they’re used over time. Because treadmills can break down because of the pounding over time, you may want to consider options with a warranty. Different models have warranties that last from a year to a lifetime, but you should read the fine print before purchasing.

Q: Are folding treadmills as effective as the regular ones?

Yes, folding treadmills can be as effective as regular ones. They come with most of the same features, including streaming fitness classes with a membership and heart rate tracking. That said, some folding treadmills are designed specifically to be easy to transport and fold away and don’t have features such as a maximum incline of 40 percent that some higher-end treadmills do.

Q: How do I maintain my folding treadmill?

It’s a good idea to maintain your folding treadmill like any other piece of equipment. You can wipe down the console and the belt with a damp cloth after workouts and keep the area around your treadmill clean by dusting and vacuuming. Depending on the model, it can also be a good idea to lubricate the running deck every six months with a silicone-based spray to keep it in good working condition. Consult your user’s manual to get the specifics for your model.

Final thoughts on the best folding treadmills

Folding treadmills are a smart way to make sure you can get some exercise in at home when, say, there’s a major storm or you don’t have the time or inclination to go to a gym. They’re often less expensive than traditional models while giving you access to many of the same premium features—all with a smaller footprint.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best folding treadmills of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Save more than $200 with these Presidents Day fitness deals https://www.popsci.com/gear/presidents-day-fitness-deals-2023/ Sat, 18 Feb 2023 12:59:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=513016
Fitness Gear photo

Give your muscles a workout while your wallet takes a break thanks to these fitness deals.

The post Save more than $200 with these Presidents Day fitness deals appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Fitness Gear photo

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Spring is on the horizon, which means that it’s a great time to find some extra motivation to break a sweat indoors to tide yourself over until the warmer months. When it comes to sticking with a fitness routine, what separates some is their ability to do the same routine, over and over again, according to James Atlas, the author of Atomic Habits. “At some point it comes down to who can handle the boredom of training every day,” he writes.

Fortunately, there’s plenty of fitness equipment that’s designed to help you stay engaged, whether that’s through classes, the ability to stream, or curated setlists. And you can find steep discounts on some of this gear this Presidents Day weekend. Banish the boredom with some of our favorites:

Bowflex Treadmill 22 $2,499 (Was $2,699)

Bowflex

SEE IT

If you’re eminently distractable, the Bowflex Treadmill 22 can go a long way in keeping you looking forward to getting your miles in. It’s designed with a 22-inch immersive console with an adjustable touchscreen that lets you tap into your favorite streaming shows, voice-coached workouts, custom playlists, and more than 200 virtual destinations throughout the world. All are available through the JRNY membership, which is free for the first year. 

This treadmill is also designed for serious training, allowing for an incline of 20 percent down to minus 5 percent. Runners can tally up to 12 miles per hour on the cushioned deck. An included armband works with Bluetooth to keep tabs on your heart rate, while hand grips let you make sure you’re training within the optimum zone. And when you’re done, the Treadmill 22 folds down to conserve space.

More Presidents Day fitness deals:

More Presidents Day deals

Best Buy deals

Furniture deals

Computer deals

TV and home theater deals

The post Save more than $200 with these Presidents Day fitness deals appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Take time to get more steps in with discounted Fitbits on Amazon https://www.popsci.com/gear/fitbit-fitness-watch-amazon-deal/ Wed, 15 Feb 2023 18:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=512575
Two smartwatches on a periwinkle background
Amanda Reed

Log more miles and save more cash with 20% off Fitbits plus other wearables that come in handy when you're talking a beautiful spring stroll.

The post Take time to get more steps in with discounted Fitbits on Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Two smartwatches on a periwinkle background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Spring is drawing nearer with each passing day, and the promise of warmer weather gives you the chance to break out those new running shoes and take a leisurely stroll around the neighborhood. No offense to your treadmill, but there’s something especially lovely about feeling the sun on your face and the breeze in your hair. Track how many steps you take—along with distance walked—with Fitbits on sale for up to 20% off on Amazon.

Fitbit Luxe $98.95 (Was $129.95)

Fitbit

SEE IT

The Fitbit Luxe (which is just one of our favorite Fitbits) has a slimmer face compared to other touchscreen fitness watches. This watch, however, has a stainless steel case for added durability. 24/7 heart rate tracking gives you more accurate numbers, and a gentle, affirming buzz lets you know when you’ve reached your target heart rate while exercising. Five days’ worth of battery on a single charge means you can spend more time using the watch’s stress management tools and less time hooking it up to a charger. And, get real-time pace and distance tracking when you connect it to your phone’s GPS. It’s perfect for someone who is looking for a smartwatch that blends fashion with function.

If you’re looking for something that looks and feels like an analog watch with health features, the Garmin vivomove Sport is on sale for $149.99, down from its original $179.99 pricing. It has a traditional watch face and real hands with a touchscreen display that shows your daily step count, smartphone notifications, and more.

And if a smartwatch isn’t your jam at all, we love plenty of timeless timepieces under $500 including this Timex Unisex Weekender Chronograph watch, which comes with a leather and nylon strap to match practically any outfit in your closet.

These deals will fly away like a bird after it drops below 30 degrees, so take advantage of them before it’s too late.

Here are some other fitness watches we want to get our hands on:

The post Take time to get more steps in with discounted Fitbits on Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The Apple Watch Ultra is $50 off right now at Amazon https://www.popsci.com/gear/apple-watch-ultra-deal/ Mon, 13 Feb 2023 16:40:23 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=511673
Apple Watch Ultra with a red nighttime face against a black background
The Apple Watch Ultra is $50 off right now. Stan Horaczek

This surprise deal knocks the smartwatch down to its lowest price since Black Friday.

The post The Apple Watch Ultra is $50 off right now at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Apple Watch Ultra with a red nighttime face against a black background
The Apple Watch Ultra is $50 off right now. Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Smartwatch enthusiasts should take note of this surprise deal on the Apple Watch Ultra, which brings its price down to $750 at multiple retailers. The $50 discount is just $10 shy of the Watch Ultra’s lowest price ever and the best price we’ve seen for this accomplished multisport wearable in months. Best Buy, which is honoring this deal, is also offering an open box model in excellent condition for $704, which is nearly $100 off the Ultra’s list price.

Apple

SEE IT

The Apple Watch Ultra is Apple’s most premium smartwatch yet. The durable titanium watch body features a bigger screen (49mm), a brighter display (up to 2,000 nits), longer battery life (up to 36 hours during typical use and 60 hours in low power mode), and a physical function button that can be customized to a specific action. For instance, you can set the button press to start a workout or a timer, so you don’t have to swipe on its screen.

In addition to IP6X dust protection, the smartwatch is swim-proof to 40 meters and water-resistant down to 100 meters. A depth gauge and water temperature sensor can give you vital stats about your dive at a glance while you’re underwater. These advanced features are exclusive to the Apple Watch Ultra, but this model also supports Apple’s improvements to its entire smartwatch line.

The Watch Ultra’s High-g accelerometer and gyroscope enable crash detection, which sends a distress signal to the police and specified contact if it believes you’re in a car crash. The Emergency SOS feature allows the smartwatch to connect to satellites in rural regions in case something goes wrong and you can’t get voice service but need to send an alert. You can also use the watch to drop points on your hike and follow them back to civilization using a map on the Apple Watch if you get lost.

There’s also the standard assortment of health features, like heart rate tracking, sleep tracking, taking an EKG, and alerts if an Apple Watch detects an irregular heartbeat. Apple brought menstrual cycle tracking and temperature tracking to the Apple Watch this year, and that data will be encrypted and stored in Apple’s health app.

Apple doesn’t discount its hardware, and this is the best Apple Watch Ultra deal we’ve seen in months—especially if you pick up a refurbished model. If you’re been curious about the Watch Ultra or want to upgrade from an older model to the most luxe edition yet, this is a great time. If you’re not sure about which Apple Watch suits you best, check out our Apple Watch comparison.

The post The Apple Watch Ultra is $50 off right now at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
A watch is a timeless gift—snag one from Garmin for up to $400 off https://www.popsci.com/gear/garmin-valentines-day-sale/ Fri, 10 Feb 2023 16:45:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=511079
A lineup of garmin watches on a pink heart background
Amanda Reed

Give your special someone a timely gift (in more ways than one) during Garmin's Valentine's Day fitness watch sale.

The post A watch is a timeless gift—snag one from Garmin for up to $400 off appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of garmin watches on a pink heart background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Nowadays, watches today don’t just tell time—they can track your steps, play music, and even tell you your pulse. If you’re shopping for someone who raises your heart rate, Garmin has you covered with its fitness watches on sale just in time for Valentine’s Day.

Garmin fenix 6 Pro Solar $399.99 (Was $499.99)

Garmin

SEE IT

The biggest deal we saw in this sweet Garmin deal was on the fenix 6 Pro Solar Edition, which is $400 off from its OG $799.99 price.

Don’t discount it for being “last year’s model”—this watch still holds up to its adventure watch competition, thanks to its 16-day battery life and support for multiple global navigation systems like GPS, GLONASS, and Galileo. Combined with preloaded TOPO maps, barometric altimeter, and dedicated activity profiles for different sports, you have a watch made for adventure with your favorite buddy, platonic or romantic.

If you’re looking to gift something that blends into everyday life, consider the Lily or vívomove models. The Lily—on sale for $149.99, down from $199.99—complements your look with stylish leather or silicon bands. However, this watch isn’t just a pretty face, thanks to a built-in pulse oximeter, hydration tracker, and connected sports apps. The vívomove—also on sale for $149.99—is for those who want a less pronounced face like the Lily, but are looking for something with a wider band. It also features an analog look with smart features, like sleep monitoring, stress tracking, and activity profiles.

These are Valentine’s-exclusive deals, meaning they’ll disappear once Cupid has packed his bags and goes back to the heart-shaped arrow factory to prep for next year, so act fast.

Here are other Garmin fitness watch deals that move us:

The post A watch is a timeless gift—snag one from Garmin for up to $400 off appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best insulated water bottles of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-insulated-water-bottles/ Tue, 26 Jul 2022 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=458191
Best insulated water bottles sliced header
Stan Horaczek

Hydrate in style—and save some plastic—with these durable steel bottles that will keep water cold for hours.

The post The best insulated water bottles of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best insulated water bottles sliced header
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall YETI Rambler 26-ounce Bottle is the best insulated water bottle overall. YETI Rambler 26-ounce Bottle
SEE IT

A variety of sizes and mouthpieces mean you can build your best bottle.

Best with straw Takeya Pickleball Insulated Water Bottle with Straw Lid is the best insulated water bottle with straw. Takeya Pickleball Insulated Water Bottle with Straw Lid
SEE IT

An included silicon bumper protects from dings and dents.

Best 64 oz. Stanley Ice Flow Flip Straw Jug is the best 64 ounce insulated water bottle. Stanley Ice Flow Flip Straw Jug
SEE IT

No refills are necessary with this easy-to-carry bottle.

The hottest accessory of the season (or maybe it’s the coolest, depending on contents) is an insulated water bottle. Although that sounds a little zany to say in a world of Amazon and Etsy, the #emotionalsupportwaterbottle tag on TikTok has 45.1 million views, with hundreds of videos of people showing off their rotation of reusable water bottles—plural—in a variety of colors, sizes, and brands. Those looking for this level of attachment—something trustworthy and always at your side, much like an emotional support animal—often turn to insulated varieties, which can keep drinks frosty for hours sans condensation, making them perfect travel companions. The best insulated water bottles go the distance when it comes to keeping drinks icy in style and here are our picks.

How we chose the best insulated water bottles

As a former field hockey player and marching band kid, I know the importance of a water bottle that can go from class to sports practice to band rehearsal without breaking a sweat—literally. Although I was both an average athlete and slightly better musician, I can say with confidence that I’m a water bottle expert (hydration is very important to me, a water sign). Although my current hydration MVP is a pink 32-ounce Nalgene plastic water bottle I was excited to rescue from my college bookstore’s lost & found, I’ve had insulated water bottles from Yeti, Hydro Flask, Stanley, and Kleen Kanteen in my rotation. I also looked at reviews, and recommendations, and conducted user testing to separate the bad bottles from the rest of the bunch. The only thing we don’t like to keep bottled up at PopSci is our feelings on the best buys. 

How do insulated water bottles work?

One of the biggest reasons to opt for one of the best insulated water bottles and not something like the BPA-free Tritan plastic in my Nalgene bottle is the vacuum insulation—a small gap of air between the bottle walls to reduce conduction, keeping liquids hot or cold for several hours. Additionally, this also prevents the outer layer from sweating and causing water marks on some surfaces. Plastic may be durable and is less likely to dent in a fall, but it will warm up if left in a hot car. Beyond temperature retention, there are certain things to keep in mind when picking an insulated water bottle.

The best insulated water bottles: Reviews & Recommendations

These insulated water bottles will leave you feeling refreshed—hydration-wise and “this water bottle is a nice step-up from the other things I’ve used”-wise.

Best overall: YETI Rambler 26-ounce Bottle

YETI

SEE IT

Also available on Amazon

Why it made the cut: Throw it in your backpack and then throw it in the dishwasher—this bottle is meant to keep up with busy lifestyles. 

Specs

  • Sizes: 12, 18, 26, 36, 46, 64 ounces
  • Dishwasher safe: Yes
  • Temperature retention: 12-24 hours for iced drinks; 12 for hot
  • Mouthpiece: Wide mouth with removable Chug Cap

Pros

  • Tough
  • Dishwasher safe
  • Lots of mouthpiece accessories are available

Cons

  • 5-year warranty
  • A bit more expensive compared to other reusable water bottles

There was stiff competition to name the best overall water bottle. However, the Yeti Rambler takes home the top prize. It’s more durable than other contenders like Hydro Flask and the powder coating has a great feel and grip to it. The bottle itself comes in a plethora of fun colors (with equally fun names like “Bimini Pink” and “King Crab”) and the number of accessories you can get for your bottle is astonishing. We think the included Chug Cap is a happy medium between wide-mouth ease and narrow-mouth accessibility; you can remove the Chug Cap for washing and ice insertion and put it back on for spillage-free sips. 

The handle on the bottle feels sturdy and is grabble—an important feature for slippy-fingered people like myself. Even the straw cap warrants major kudos—you don’t have to touch the straw part to flip it up, and the handle is offset so you can sip without any logistical problems. Yeti advertises 12-24 hours for keeping iced drinks cold but we think it can keep drinks cold for closer to 36 hours. Although the five-year warranty is great in theory, other comparable brands feature a lifetime warranty on their bottles. And, although the price is great in the long run, you can technically get an insulated water bottle that will last just as long (with more dings and dents) but is cheaper. However, we think Yeti is worth the investment.

Best sustainable: Klean Kanteen TKWide

Klean Kanteen

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Insulated water bottles already are sustainable, but Klean Kanteen’s 90% post-consumer 18/8 stainless steel composition goes the extra eco-friendly mile.

Specs

  • Sizes: 12, 16, 20, 32, 64
  • Dishwasher safe: Yes
  • Temperature retention: 46-47 hours for iced drinks depending on cap; 14 hours hot with cafe cap
  • Mouthpiece: Wide mouth

Pros

  • Steel straw in twist mouthpiece is more luxurious and eco-friendly than plastic
  • Twist cap straw design is stylish and prevents germs
  • Innovative internal thread design
  • Lots of accessory options

Cons

  • Straw cap not recommended for hot liquids due to stainless steel straw
  • Mouthpieces have more crevices than other bottles
  • Handle could be more robust

If you thought your reusable water bottle was saving the planet, wait until you meet the Klean Kanteen TKWide line. The company states that 95 percent of its products will be made from recycled steel by 2023; however, the TKWide line is explicitly made from recycled steel right now. 

We love the innovative twist cap straw design, which hides the straw mouthpiece completely until use, meaning it’s only exposed to the world when you want it to be. The internal thread design uses a series of rounded bumps rather than a line of threads to create a better seal, keeping your drinks cooler for longer. There are multiple cap options available to turn your TKWide into a tumbler for iced coffee or transform it to athletic mode with the sport cap. If you’re looking for a bottle with a sleek handle, the TKWide metal loop cap is for you. It’s easy to snag with two fingers but might not be for you if you’re looking for something truly grabbable.

Best with straw: Takeya Pickleball Insulated Water Bottle with Straw Lid

Takeya

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: A large, flexible handle, included silicon bumper, and leakproof design are all game-winning features.

Specs

  • Sizes: 32, 40, 64 ounces
  • Dishwasher safe: Yes
  • Temperature times: 24 hours cold; 12 hours hot
  • Mouthpiece: Wide mouth with straw lid

Pros

  • Large handle
  • Included silicone bumper
  • Leakproof 

Cons

  • Reviews note pink bottle looks different in the product photo than in real life

When looking for an insulated water bottle with a straw cap, we like to see some specific features: a durable handle that isn’t in the way of the straw itself; a ridge to easily flip up the straw so it doesn’t come in contact with sweaty or dirty hands; and a leakproof design. The Takeya Pickleball Insulated Water Bottle with Straw Lid checks off all these boxes, with an included silicone bumper to prevent damage. A powder coating makes this bottle durable and easy to hold and the large handle makes it easy to clip onto a backpack or carry around. 

These bottles are also cheaper than others on this list of a similar size—for example, a 32-ounce Hydroflask retails for $44.95, depending on where you purchase it. This bottle retails for $39.99, which is a steal considering it comes with a silicone bumper, which other companies sell separately. We think everyone is sleeping on this Japanese brand. If you’re looking for a serious step-up option, though, check out the Titanium Aurora Bottle from Snow Peak, a Japanese outdoors brand founded out of the snowy mountains that crafts elevated everyday items.

Best for kids: Hydro Flask 12-ounce Kids Wide Mouth Straw Lid

Hydro Flask

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This lightweight bottle has an included silicone boot for extra protection.

Specs

  • Sizes: 12 ounces
  • Dishwasher safe: Yes 
  • Temperature times: 24 hours for cold drinks
  • Mouthpiece: Wide mouth

Pros

  • Perforated silicone boot for extra protection
  • Kid-friendly features like a place to write a name
  • Straw doesn’t need to be open all the way to take a sip

Cons

  • Handle design not the most comfortable to hold
  • Not leakproof

It was tough to choose between this and the Yeti Rambler Jr. as best for kids. However, the included silicon boot—which other companies sell as a separate accessory—and kid-specific features like a place to write their name edged it out. It’s also lighter than the Yeti Rambler Jr., clocking in at 9.6 ounces compared to 1 pound.

The straw doesn’t need to be opened all the way to take a sip, which is a blessing and a curse: it’s easier to drink out of but it’s not leakproof. Additionally, the handle is out of the way from taking a sip, but is a little uncomfortable to hold, since it requires you hook your fingers rather than allow for a full grab. The company does sell water bottle slings separately, which can keep everyone hands-free. If this bottle doesn’t tickle your kid’s hydration fancy, check out our other picks for the best kid water bottles.

Best with a filter: LifeStraw Go Stainless Steel Water Filter Bottle

LifeStraw

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Clean water is all around you with this fabulous filtered bottle.

Specs

  • Sizes: 24 ounces
  • Dishwasher safe: Yes, only with filter and carbon capsule removed
  • Temperature times: 24 hours cold; not recommended for hot liquids
  • Mouthpiece: Wide mouth with straw mouthpiece

Pros

  • Included carabiner
  • Clean water anywhere
  • Dishwasher safe

Cons

  • One size only
  • Heavy
  • Doesn’t fit in standard cupholders

Finding clean water in the great outdoors is a struggle. Heck, even finding clean water in cities is difficult—looking at you, suss outdoor water fountain in the park. The LifeStraw Go Stainless Steel Water Filter Bottle gets rid of this drinkable debacle thanks to its included Titan Renew and membrane microfilters, which protects against parasites, microplastics, chlorine, organic chemical matter, dirt, sand, and cloudiness, while also improving taste. 

Specifically, LifeStraw’s membrane microfilter removes 99.999999% of bacteria, 99.999% of parasites, 99.999% of microplastics, silt, sand, and cloudiness. It meets NSF 42 standard for chlorine reduction and meets U.S. EPA & NSF P231 drinking water standards for the removal of bacteria and parasites. This means you can also have access to clean water internationally. The carbon filter costs around $10 to replace and the replacement two-stage membrane filter costs around $25. However, these filters only need replacing every 1,000 gallons—that’s a lot of lake water. Although it’s heavier than other insulated water bottles, doesn’t fit in standard cup holders, and only comes in one size, we think the benefits of clean water anywhere outweigh these cons.

Best 64 oz.: Stanley Ice Flow Flip Straw Jug

Stanley

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This jug is easy to carry and keeps drinks cold for hours, making it easy to drink more water.

Specs

  • Sizes: 64 ounces
  • Dishwasher safe: Yes
  • Temperature times: cold for 20 hours; 4 days with ice
  • Mouthpiece: Wide mouth with straw lid

Pros

  • Extra large moveable handle 
  • Leakproof straw
  • Insulated lid doubles as a cup

Cons

  • Heavy when filled

Stanley Adventure Quencher travel tumblers are currently every TikTok drink girlie’s must-have item. A TikTok drink girlie is a person (girlie is gender neutral) who has at least three beverages on their person at once, one of them being some sort of chaotic Utah soda concoction or an iced coffee. Stanley makes a mean water bottle as well, and its 64-ounce Ice Flow Flip Straw Jug is our favorite. Unlike other jugs, which come with a narrower mouthpiece for chugging, this water bottle comes with a straw for easy sipping—no one wants to recreate the water-chair scene in Flashdance IRL, at least not unintentionally. 

Its temperature control is also unbeatable—four days with ice is a long time! The large, moveable handle allows you to carry the (objectively heavy) jug with ease. I have an older model of this jug with a fixed handle and I’m debating swapping it out for this model. Although it won’t fit in your cupholder, you can throw it on the floor of your car without worrying about it tipping over—and, if it does, you’re less likely to experience any spills.

Best budget: Igloo 36-ounce Vacuum-Insulated Bottle

Igloo

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: You don’t have to sacrifice quality for price with this bottle, which has the same cooling times and features as more expensive varieties. 

Specs

  • Sizes: 26, 36 ounces
  • Dishwasher safe: Yes
  • Temperature times: 48 hours cold; 12 hours hot
  • Mouthpiece: Wide mouth

Pros

  • Ergonomic handle
  • Great price for how long it can keep drinks cold
  • Powder coating for durability

Cons

  • Reviewers note the bottle leaking despite closing it tightly

If you’re looking for quality on a budget, look no further than cooler-aficionado Igloo. Although the company doesn’t sell any accessory mouthpieces—you’re kinda stuck with the wide mouth bottle with twist cap—you might be able to get away with finding an accessory cap from another company (which we are obligated to say, do this at your own risk). This bottle features similar specs as our best overall, the Yeti Rambler, at a fraction of the price. The products even have almost identical dimensions and handle shapes. Which is to say, we love this bottle for the same reasons we love the Rambler: a powder coat finish for durability, an ergonomic handle, and lasting cooling power.

What to consider when buying the best insulated water bottles

Size: Insulated water bottles bring plenty of bounce to the ounce; the water bottles on this list range from 18 ounces all the way up to 64 ounces. Shop for a size based on your water intake. If you’re a frequent hydrator or athlete, you might want to consider a bottle that is 32 ounces and up. For on-the-go use, I personally enjoy a water bottle in the 24- to 32-ounce range—it’s not too small that I need to refill it constantly, but not a complete lug to haul around. However, I have a 64-ounce water bottle for the sole purpose of getting in my daily water intake without having to refill. Those looking for super-extra hydration should consider a gallon water bottle. Tiny tykes who don’t need that much water should aim for a 12-ounce bottle.

Dishwasher friendliness: You should wash your stainless steel water bottle after every use, regardless of what was in the bottle. Not all stainless steel bottles are dishwasher safe, however. Warm, soapy water and a sponge does the trick for bottles that require handwashing. If you have a bottle with a narrower opening or one that has hard-to-reach crevices—which equals a stinky, smelly, stainless steel bottle—look for a bottle brush or bottle cleaning tabs to take care of the job. All of the bottles on our list are dishwasher safe.

Sip preferences: Wide-mouth water bottles are great if you want a cup-like sipping experience, or want to throw in some ice hassle-free. However, you might get some spillage on your shirt and face in public, which is humbling, to say the least. A narrow mouth prevents that but is harder to load up with ice. A flip-up straw lets you sip your water as you please, but can be harder to chug based on the model. Companies often sell separate cap accessories to customize a sipping experience to your liking. 

Weight & durability: Stainless steel vacuum-insulated water bottles tend to be light and durable, thanks to 18/8 stainless steel, which refers to its elemental composition: 18% chromium and 8% nickel. However, there is still a possibility for dings during use, since some bottles have a thinner outer layer of stainless steel compared to others. This makes them lighter in weight but more prone to dents. And, like phone screens, you never know if your bottle will survive a short fall on concrete or a 3-foot tumble down a mountain. 

Additionally, the bottle’s paint coating affects its durability. Powder-coated bottles are less prone to scratches and peeling than liquid-coated bottles. The powder coating also gives the bottle more grip, which prevents it from slipping out of your hands. Handles, slings, and silicon sleeves can add personality and keep your bottle ding-and-dent free. 

Thankfully, you can allegedly fix a dented bottle with some hot and cold water or a hairdryer and dry ice. This is all to say: a bottle with a thicker outer layer and a powder paint coating will typically experience fewer dents. 

FAQs

Q: Is drinking from stainless steel harmful?

No. Stainless steel (and titanium) water bottles are made from food-grade material that’s resistant to corrosion and oxidation. Unlike aluminum bottles, they do not need a protective inner coating. And, unlike plastic bottles, they do not leach chemicals when exposed to warm beverages or heat. In fact, using a stainless steel water bottle is your safest bet when it comes to drinking receptacles.

Q: How do I clean my insulated water bottle?

If it’s dishwasher safe, just place it in the dishwasher on the left or right of the top rack, upside down. If it’s handwash-only, some warm, soapy water, a sponge, and some elbow grease are perfect. Bottle brushes can help clean bottles with narrow openings or crevices. Bottle cleaning tablets work in a pinch or on stubborn stains. 

Q: Can I bring an insulated water bottle on a plane?

Per TSA, insulated water bottles are allowed in carry-on bags as long as they’re empty before entering security. If you walk through security with an insulated water bottle that’s filled, you will risk confiscation or getting pulled aside. It’s best to make the TSA agent’s life easier by filling up your bottle after passing security. 

Q: How long do insulated water bottles last?

With proper use and care, you can get 10-12 years out of your insulated water bottle. Considering most high-quality insulated water bottles are in the $25-$60 range, that means you’re helping the environment while getting excellent cost-per-use. 

Q: How much should an insulated water bottle cost?

Most insulated water bottles cost around $30, although you’ll have to pay a little more if you want on in a larger size.

Final thoughts on the best insulated water bottles

Choosing the best insulated water bottle doesn’t have to dry out your spirit. You can find high-quality bottles to fit your liking and lifestyle across all price points. Handles, different mouthpieces, accessories, stickers, and fun colors can help you personalize your water bottle so it matches your personality. Hydration is essential, but who says it should be boring?

The post The best insulated water bottles of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best treadmill desks of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-treadmill-desks/ Tue, 27 Jul 2021 21:56:58 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=382371
Women using the best treadmill desks on a white background
Amanda Reed

With the best treadmill desks, you can burn calories and burn through your inbox.

The post The best treadmill desks of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Women using the best treadmill desks on a white background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The GoYouth 2 in 1 Under Desk Electric Treadmill is the best overall treadmill desk. GoYouth 2-in-1 Under Desk Electric Treadmill
SEE IT

Whether you’re walking while working from home or going for a morning jog, this sleek pick can suit your stride of choice.

Best walking pad The Walking Pad A1 Pro Folding Treadmill is our pick for best treadmill desk/walking pad. WalkingPad A1 Pro Folding Treadmill
SEE IT

This slim design can fit under most standing desks, so you can easily add it to your home office.

Best folding The GoPlus 2 in 1 Folding Treadmill is our pick for best treadmill desk. GoPlus 2-in-1 Folding Treadmill
SEE IT

Roll, fold, and run on this versatile treadmill that can be used at a desk or alone for a more serious burn.

If you’ve ever wanted to switch things up at work and add a bit more activity into your mostly sedentary day, consider a desk treadmill. Slide one under your desk and you can get work done while moving your body. While walking on a treadmill desk doesn’t replace other forms of exercise, it is a great way to form healthier habits, as moving certainly beats sitting still. You’d be surprised how many steps you can rack up while walking on an under-desk treadmill during a meeting. The best treadmills are quiet, so you don’t have to worry about disturbing roommates, and streamlined enough they can be folded up to either fit under your desk or store away. Here are our picks for the best treadmill desks so you can stroll through deciding on one and then through your workdays to follow.

How we chose the best treadmill desks

Working from home is easy once you know how to make the most of it. A treadmill desk can help break up the day and get your steps in at the same time. To find the best treadmill desk, we looked at reviews, recommendations, results from user testing, and conducted heavy research to differentiate between the ones that walk the walk and those that are simply all talk. We considered important features like built-in desk capabilities, whether there is an included remote control, maximum speed, weight, and size in our judging.

The best treadmill desks: Reviews & Recommendations

Choosing the best treadmill desk is both exciting and overwhelming. Deciding which features are important to you, from speed range to Bluetooth connectivity, will help you narrow down to the best option for your workstation. 

Best overall: GoYouth 2-in-1 Under Desk Electric Treadmill

GOYOUTH

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: You can take a quick run or walk during a meeting with this treadmill’s range of speeds.

Specs

  • Weight: 50.7 pounds
  • Max speed: 6 mph
  • Dimensions: 50.59 x 5.51 x 22.44 inches
  • Remote controlled: Yes

Pros

  • Plenty of programs to choose from
  • Bluetooth connection
  • Shock-absorbing and non-slip

Cons

  • On the heavy side, but manageable

With speeds ranging from 0.5 mph to 6 mph, you can move your legs during your workday and then take a jog after work with the GoYouth 2-in-1 Under Desk Electric Treadmill. Designed with a durable steel frame, a multi-layer shield design, a powerful yet quiet motor, and shock-absorbing and non-slip properties, your workout will be quiet, safe, and comfortable. The LED display shows your progress in real-time—plus you can connect your phone through Bluetooth to listen to your favorite music. To make the process easier, use the included remote control to adjust your speed safely. And with 12 exercise programs to choose from, you’ll have plenty of variety and can focus on the areas you want to improve upon. To store the treadmill when it’s not in use, or rearrange your desk, this model comes with built-in wheels for easy transport.

Best walking pad: WalkingPad A1 Pro Folding Treadmill

WALKINGPAD

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Control this slim treadmill with a remote or let it adjust simply by your own pace.

Specs

  • Weight: 60 pounds
  • Max speed: 3.72 mph
  • Dimensions: 56.5 x 21.5 x 5 inches
  • Remote controlled: Yes

Pros

  • De-noising technology
  • App capabilities
  • Easy to move around

Cons

  • Only two modes

The WalkingPad A1 Pro Smart Walk Folding Treadmill is sleek and smart and features two sports modes. In “M” mode (recommended for beginners), you can manually operate the treadmill with a small remote or use KS Fit App, to switch up acceleration, time, walking speed, and calories burned. In “A” mode (recommended for more experienced walkers), the treadmill speed adjusts according to how quickly you’re walking. And at 2.2 inches high and 32.3 inches long with transport wheels, it can be stored anywhere. Plus, if you’re concerned about disturbing your neighbors, this walking pad has de-noising technology so your coworkers won’t even notice. 

Best splurge: Rhythm Fun Treadmill

RHYTHM FUN

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: If you’re dedicated to the walk-while-you-work life, this desk is a great step-up thanks to its integrated Bluetooth speakers.

Specs

  • Weight: 97 pounds
  • Max speed: 7.5 mph
  • Dimensions: 61 x 30 x 8 inches
  • Remote controlled: Yes

Pros

  • No assembly required
  • Bluetooth capabilities
  • Large range of speeds

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Heavy

While the Rhythm Fun Treadmill is an investment, coming in at just under $700, this machine has all the benefits of a premium pick. The max speed is 3.7 mph, perfect for an under-desk treadmill, but when adjusted with the handrail up, the treadmill can reach 7.5 mph. You can control the treadmill in three different ways: the home button on the handrail, the workout app (you can also track your workout metrics here), and the remote control. In order to protect your knees and feet from any injury or pain, this treadmill comes equipped with a seven-level elastic running platform, made with a silicon structure, honeycomb running board, flexible belt, and aluminum alloy for added protection. Perhaps the most appealing part of this treadmill is that there’s no assembly required—just take it out of the package and hop on.

Best foldable: GoPlus 2-in-1 Folding Treadmill

Goplus

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: A 3 MPH max speed makes this treadmill perfect for dedicated walkers, with an easy-to-fold design to store when not in use.

Specs

  • Weight: 74.5 pounds
  • Max speed: 3 mph
  • Dimensions: 27 x 49 x 42 inches
  • Remote controlled: Yes

Pros

  • LED display
  • Phone holder
  • Emergency stop measures in place

Cons

  • Small size might be too small for taller people

The Goplus 2 in 1 Folding Treadmill has a powerful and quiet 2.25HP motor, allowing you to move while you work or go for a full run without disturbing those around you. The multilayer shield design is shock-absorbing and noise-reducing so your walk, jog, or run is safe and comfortable. Plus the five-layer non-slip texture of the running belt offers protection for your feet and knees. The LED display screen shows your time, speed, distance, and calories burned while the Bluetooth speaker and phone holder allow you to listen to your favorite music. To go from walking to running mode, all you need to do is collapse the handrail. If you need to move and store, the built-in transport wheels make the process seamless.

Best budget: Sunny Health and Fitness Walkstation

Sunny Health & Fitness

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: You don’t have to spend much to incorporate more healthy habits in your day-to-day.

Specs

  • Weight: 55.1 pounds
  • Max speed: 3.75 mph
  • Dimensions: 50 x 21.5 x 6.5 inches
  • Remote controlled: Yes

Pros

  • Budget-friendly
  • Shock absorbers for protection
  • Auto power-saving mode

Cons

  • Belt is a bit narrow

Sold at just under $370, the Sunny Health and Fitness Walkstation is easy to use and a great way to get your legs moving while you work, watch TV, or read a book. All you have to do is jump on and use the remote to adjust the speed to your liking (goes up to 3.75 for a fast-paced walk). The built-in shock absorbers will ensure your feet, joints, and knees stay protected and you can keep track of your workout metrics in real-time with the LCD display screen. The active-use detection will also turn off the treadmill after five seconds if it doesn’t sense movement for added safety. Plus, this energy-saver goes into power-saving mode if the machine has been idle for more than 10 minutes.

What to look for when buying the best treadmill desks

When looking for the best treadmill desk, consider your space limitations, how much you want to spend, and how you plan on using it. What level of activity does your desk treadmill need to support? Do you need to purchase a standing desk to best multitask while using it? It’s not realistic to jog or run while you answer emails and talk on the phone, so you’ll probably only need a machine that goes up to 3.7 mph. However, if you want to be able to take a jog after work hours, consider a treadmill desk that offers a 2-in-1 foldable design.

Usage

If you only plan to walk while you work, then a walking pad that has a low max speed will get the job done. If you want a bit more versatility with your exercise routine, consider a treadmill desk that offers two sports modes—walking and running—so you have the option of a slow-paced workout or an exercise session that allows you to really get that heart rate up.  

If you’re new to the treadmill desk trend, it may take some time to get used to the movement, especially if you have nothing to hold on to. If this sounds like you, start out with a treadmill desk that has a low-speed range. Additionally, to protect your feet and joints, scope out under desk treadmills that have a multi-layer shield design, anti-slip, and shock-absorbing properties.

Storage

The great thing about treadmill desks is that typically they are very easy to store as many models fold up and you can lay them flat. If you plan on moving your treadmill desk around to different locations, such as your home office, your home gym, or your living room, look for a model that is sleek in design and has built-in transport wheels.

Price

If you’re on a budget, there’s no need to stress. There are plenty of options for treadmill desks for people who don’t want to spend a lot. If walking is all you want to do, you’ll find more affordable options than treadmills that do it all—running and walking.

Connectivity

If you want the full experience of an at-home workout (and we don’t blame you), you’ll probably want to connect your phone via Bluetooth. Check the fine print to see if your treadmill is equipped to blast your favorite tunes.

Manual v. automatic

Most treadmills include a remote that you can use to operate the machine, which is super helpful for beginners. Some offer the option of automatic settings, which adjust the speed based on your movement. If you prefer using a guided exercise program when you work out, look for that option as well.

FAQs

Q: How much does a treadmill desk cost?

Treadmill desks generally range from over $300 for budget models up to nearly $600 for more premium picks with additional features. Fitness equipment often goes on sale on major shopping holidays, such as Black Friday and Prime Day, so it’s very possible to get a deal on a treadmill desk.

Q: Are under-desk treadmills worth it?

Exercising on a treadmill desk raises your resting heart rate throughout the day and allows you to burn an extra 100 to 130 calories per hour.  If you want to be more active while working at your desk, then this is a good way to do so. However, under-desk treadmills alone do not compensate for sitting at a desk all day, and should not replace other forms of exercise.

Q: Do treadmill desks really work?

Starting slow will help you get the hang of the movement and once you feel more comfortable, you can increase the speed and likewise, calories burned. Again, this movement shouldn’t replace other forms of exercise but is certainly better than sitting sedentary throughout the workday.

Q: Can you run on a desk treadmill?

Most treadmill desks only go up to 4 mph, so it’s more for a swift walk than a jog or run. That said, there are some 2-in-1 models that are equipped for both walking and running. So if you want the option, this type would suit you.

Final thoughts on the best treadmill desks

The best treadmill desks will add movement to your workday and promote a healthier lifestyle. They will be easy to set up (no assembly is a great perk) and hopefully even easier to use, once you get the hang of it. The biggest decision to make is if the desk treadmill will be solely for under the desk or if you want to be able to use it after-work hours where you can safely run with a handrail. Once you’ve sorted that out, all of the other features will fall into place so you can get moving.

The post The best treadmill desks of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best gallon water bottles of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-gallon-water-bottles/ Fri, 15 Jul 2022 15:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=455945
Best gallon water bottles
Stan Horaczek

Here’s one way to make sure you drink enough water every day.

The post The best gallon water bottles of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best gallon water bottles
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Yeti Rambler Gallon Jug is the best gallon water bottle overall. Yeti Gallon Jug
SEE IT

Yeti’s stainless steel gallon water jug is rugged and cleverly designed.

Best insulated Hydro Flask Oasis is the best insulated gallon water bottle. Hydro Flask Oasis
SEE IT

Hydro Flask’s 1-gallon Oasis can quench a big thirst after a long day.

Best motivational Fidus Motivational Water Bottle is the best motivational gallon water bottle. Fidus Motivational Water Bottle
SEE IT

The Fidus motivational water bottle has markings to help you hit your hydration goals.

The gallon water bottle is the ultimate hydration vessel. Carrying 128 ounces of liquid, these giant vessels are the perfect companion for balmy beach days, backcountry hikes, and sweaty gym sessions. They’ve also recently grown popular as a way to push yourself to drink more water every day. If your average 40-ounce water bottle just isn’t cutting it, an absolutely immense gallon bottle will ensure you never feel parched again. Chances are, you’ll have plenty left over to share with your friends and family after you absolutely crush those hydration goals. Here are the best gallon water bottles for aspirational drinkers, fitness obsessives, and anyone who wants to catch the big water bottle wave.

How we chose the best gallon water bottles

I consider myself an outdoorsy guy, so I spend a lot of time at the beach, in the mountains, and far away from clean running water. I was particularly excited to look into gallon water bottles since I’ve been thinking about picking one up myself. To make our selections, I performed hands-on testing and did hours of research, surveying critical viewpoints and user impressions, before settling on our picks.

At Popular Science, I cover a little bit of everything. I’ve researched all kinds of products, from the best energy-efficient air conditioners to the best smoke detectors. Before PopSci, I wrote about and reviewed gadgets for over 10 years for sites like iMore, XDA Developers, and CNN Underscored

The best gallon water bottles: Reviews & Recommendations

The type of gallon water bottle you buy depends on how you plan to use it. If you want to keep liquids hot or cold, a stainless steel bottle that’s vacuum insulated is your best option. Otherwise, plastic bottles tend to be more affordable and weigh less. Since there aren’t that many trustworthy brands making gallon water bottles, we feel confident that one of these picks is the best option for you.

Best overall: Yeti Rambler Gallon Jug

YETI

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Yeti Gallon Jug features tough stainless steel construction and double-wall vacuum insulation to keep drinks icy cold all day long.

Specs

  • Material: Stainless steel
  • Height: 15 inches
  • Weight: 4.5 pounds
  • Dishwasher safe: Yes
  • BPA Free: Yes

Pros

  • Clever magnetic lid to store spout cap
  • Double-wall insulation
  • Sturdy handle

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Heavy

If you’re out in the field and away from refills, the Yeti Gallon Jug will keep your water cold. It’s made of durable stainless steel and features vacuum insulation, so it will keep liquids hot or cold for several hours. It also keeps your bottle from sweating, so surfaces are safe from condensation.

The Gallon Jug’s lid features a sturdy metal handle with soft grip padding, making it easier to carry on long hauls. The lid also contains a neat magnetic design, so users can store the cap when the spout is open. You can also screw the entire lid off for easy cleaning and refills. It’s a clever design that reinforces Yeti’s attention to the small details.

Like all of Yeti’s other stainless steel bottles, the Gallon Jug is BPA-free and dishwasher safe. It weighs 4.5 pounds before putting water in it, or over 12 pounds full. That’s heavy on a hike. Still, it is far and away the nicest water bottle in this size.

Best insulated: Hydro Flask Oasis

Hydro Flask

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Hydro Flask Oasis is big and heavy, but it’ll keep your liquids cold for up to 24 hours or hot for up to 12 hours.

Specs

  • Material: Stainless steel
  • Height: 14.8 inches
  • Weight: 4.96 pounds
  • Dishwasher safe: Yes
  • BPA Free: Yes

Pros

  • Easy grip base
  • Double-wall insulation
  • Keeps liquids cold for up to 24 hours

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Heavy

Like our top pick, the Hydro Flask Oasis is a large, heavy stainless steel bottle with double-wall vacuum insulation that ensures liquids stay cold. Hydro Flask claims water stays chilled in the Oasis for up to 24 hours, making it the perfect companion for the summer months. It’s also rated for hot liquids, and keeps coffee, tea, or soup hot for up to 12 hours. It’s an excellent option for skiers who want a piping hot cup of joe after a long day on the slopes.

In addition to its superior insulation, we like the Oasis’ beveled base, which makes it easier to grab and pour. It’s a nice touch that you won’t find elsewhere. On the other hand, the Oasis’ lid doesn’t provide a place to store the spout cap and the plastic handle isn’t as durable or easy to hold.

Like the Yeti Rambler, the Hydro Flask Oasis weighs nearly 5 pounds and pushes 13 pounds when filled with water. The weight isn’t a significant hurdle if you’re keeping hydrated at home, but the Oasis’ weight could be an issue on a camping trip or climbing up a mountain when every ounce counts.

Best for the gym: Coleman One-Gallon Beverage Cooler

Coleman

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Coleman One-Gallon Beverage Cooler features a simple flip-top spout, insulation, and a classic design you remember from childhood.

Specs

  • Material: Plastic
  • Height: 12.8 inches
  • Weight: N/A
  • Dishwasher safe: No
  • BPA Free: Yes

Pros

  • Sturdy design
  • Insulation
  • Flip-top spout

Cons

  • Not dishwasher safe

If you played sports as a kid, you may remember the Coleman gallon jug. Your coach may have brought it along to keep your whole team hydrated but now it’s just for you.

The fact of the matter is that Coleman still makes a great bottle, and it’s specifically the perfect option for the gym. It features a leakproof lid, flip-top spout, and insulation for keeping liquids cold. It’s also incredibly durable and features a handle that makes the Coleman Chiller easy to carry. It’s a simple, classic design and will keep you hydrated through every step of your workout.

Best motivational: Fidus Motivational Water Bottle

Fidus

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: For people buying a big water bottle to drink more water, the Fidus Motivational water bottle gives you regular hydration goals.

Specs

  • Material: Plastic
  • Height: 13.8 inches
  • Weight: 0.83 pounds
  • Dishwasher safe: Yes
  • BPA Free: Yes

Pros

  • Paracord handle
  • Button cap
  • Available in several colors

Cons

  • No insulation

Drinking a gallon of water in a single day is hard work. As we mentioned, you don’t actually need to do it to stay healthily hydrated. But if you want to, this water bottle from Fidus is a trendy Tritan plastic water bottle with markers and motivational quotes to keep you on track to hit that daily goal. 

The 1-gallon water bottle from Fidus features eight motivational quotes to keep users focused and energized about hitting their water intake goals. It also features a cap that covers the spout and straw, so it’ll stay shielded from dust and particles throughout the day and comes with a detachable paracord handle for easier carrying. Who doesn’t like a bit of encouragement?

Best budget: Simple Modern Gallon Water Bottle

Simple Modern

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Simple Modern Gallon Water Bottle offers a basic bottle at an affordable price.

Specs

  • Material: Plastic
  • Height: 13.8 inches
  • Weight: 1.15 pounds
  • Dishwasher safe: Yes
  • BPA Free: Yes

Pros

  • Silicone straw
  • Button cap

Cons

  • No insulation

The Simple Modern 1-gallon bottle is, just like the brand name implies, a simple gallon water bottle. The dishwasher-safe Tritan plastic bottle comes in a variety of colors, including some calming color gradients like the green-to-purple “Tropical Seas,” and warm coral-to-cyan “Havana.” The best part of the Simple Modern bottle is its lid, which features a silicone mouthpiece with a lockable cover to keep it from getting dirty between sips. Press, Flip, Hydrate. Simple!

What to consider when buying the best gallon water bottles

So let’s get one thing out of the way: You don’t actually need to drink 8 cups of water every day. Giant water bottles have recently seen a surge in popularity, as people see them as a means of motivating themselves to drink more water. While you should never deny yourself water if you’re thirsty, it turns out that you don’t need to push yourself to drink that much.

That doesn’t mean there aren’t good reasons to carry around an absolutely gigantic jug of water. If you frequently go camping or spend long stretches of time away from a clean water source, it pays to bring a lot of water along. 

There aren’t as many manufacturers making gallon water bottles as the standard 32-ounce and 40-ounce options, so there isn’t as much room to get picky about style and design. That said, it still pays to know the essentials of water bottle construction so you can tell the best gallon water bottles from the knockoffs. Once you know where to look—and what to look for—in a gallon water bottle, you’ll find options that offer excellent durability, insulation, and clever designs for comfortable transportation and enhanced hydration.

Material

Most water bottles, no matter the size, are made of durable plastic or stainless steel. You may also find gallon jars made from shatter-resistant glass, but it’s fairly uncommon among bottles made for daily drinking.

Stainless steel water bottles are popular because they’re light but durable. They’re usually made from 18/8 stainless steel, which refers to its elemental composition—18% chromium and 8% nickel. It is considered food safe and is resistant to corrosion and oxidation. Many stainless steel bottles are also vacuum insulated, or designed to create a sealed buffer between the liquid in the container and the environment outside the bottle, which reduces conduction and keeps liquids hot or cold for several hours. 

Reusable plastic water bottles offer a great balance of durability and affordability. High-quality plastic bottles are arguably more resistant to superficial wear and tear, though they generally lack stainless steel’s insulation. There is far more variability among the material to make plastic water bottles than there is among stainless steel water bottles. 

When buying plastic, make sure to get a plastic water bottle that’s made from BPA-free Tritan plastic, which is light, ultra-durable, and safe. Some studies suggest that containers made from plastics with bisphenol A, or BPA, can seep into what’s stored in the container and cause adverse health effects, so avoid plastic bottles unless the manufacturer specifies that they use a BPA-free material.

Durability

The gallon water bottle you buy will likely be by your side day and night, so it needs to withstand the pitfalls of everyday use. Stainless steel can get dented and scratched, but it’s pretty resilient over the long run and should last for several years. Stainless steel can also handle sudden temperature changes, making them more versatile than other materials on this list.

Tritan plastic water bottles are generally more scratch-resistant and won’t ding, but are by no means indestructible. Both materials are strong enough to withstand everyday wear and tear, even hiking or running. However, if you’re likely to drop your bottle off a cliff (or off a car’s roof), maybe go with stainless steel.

Weight

Here’s where things get a little tricky. There’s no way around the fact that our stainless steel picks are heavy. When filled up with water, they feel like small kettlebells. We don’t feel like their weight disqualifies them from consideration because, well … a gallon of water is always going to feel heavy. (Remember: A gallon of water weighs approximately 8 pounds.) That said, if you really want to minimize your bottle’s weight, a plastic bottle will generally weigh less than a stainless steel one.

FAQs

Q: How much does a gallon water bottle cost?

Depending on the bottle material, a gallon water bottle can cost between $20-$130.

Q: How often should I clean a gallon water bottle?

Some experts argue that you should clean your water bottle once a day. That may not be feasible for everyone, especially if you’re using your gallon water bottle off the grid. We’d argue that cleaning it a few times per week is a more achievable goal.  What you don’t want to do is go several weeks without washing your reusable bottle. Even if it looks clean, water bottles can build up bacteria over time, so you should clean them often.

Q: Can I put other liquids besides water in a gallon water bottle?

You can put other liquids in your gallon water bottle besides water, but some things are safer than others. For example, you can put hot coffee in the Yeti Rambler, but the company says to avoid using the jug’s lid with carbonated beverages because of potential pressure build-up. For the plastic bottles on our list, you should stick to room temperature or cold water.

Q: How long is water good in a gallon jug?

According to the Centers for Disease Control (CDC), you should replace stored water every six months. If you plan to keep water for an extended period, make sure it’s in an FDA-approved food-grade storage container. If you can’t find a food-grade water storage container, be sure the container has a top that can close tightly, is made of durable, unbreakable materials, and has a narrow neck for easy pouring.

Q: Is it safe to drink a gallon of water per day?

Drinking a gallon of water daily isn’t harmful but you probably don’t need to drink so much for optimal health. Optimal water intake varies from person to person based on a variety of personal and environmental factors, including height, weight, their activity level, and the current temperature. Rather than aiming for “eight cups a day,” simply try and drink water whenever you feel thirsty. 

Final thoughts on the best gallon water bottles

Gallon water bottles are for people who either won’t have access to a water source for a while or need to hit a specific intake goal. Otherwise, their size and weight make them too cumbersome for most people. If you want something that’s easier to manage, you’re better off checking out our picks for the best water bottles. And if you’ve got young ones, there’s our guide to the best kids water bottles.

The post The best gallon water bottles of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best running shoes of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-running-shoe/ Mon, 24 May 2021 15:59:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-running-shoe/
A lineup of the best running shoes on a white background
Amanda Reed

Stamina aside, nothing will take you farther while jogging than proper footwear.

The post The best running shoes of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best running shoes on a white background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Under Armour Men’s Charged Assert 8 Running Shoe Under Armour Men’s Charged Assert 8 Running Shoe
SEE IT

This shoe can provide balance and flexibility, and the cushioned midsole gives you extra comfort.

Best cushioned ASICS Men’s Gel-Venture 7 Trail Running Shoes ASICS Men’s Gel-Venture 7 Trail Running Shoes
SEE IT

These shoes use rearfoot GEL technology to cushion your feet and absorb shock.

Best breathable adidas Men’s CF Lite Racer Byd adidas Men’s CF Lite Racer Byd
SEE IT

These have a stretch mesh build and textile lining for an easy fit.

Running is truly an exercise of convenience. You don’t have to learn how to do it, and it doesn’t require any equipment other than your own two feet. Of course, those need to be outfitted correctly. Running around with bare feet might be fun for toddlers, but a guy who wants to go the distance without falling apart will need cover and cushioning. A pair of the best running shoes won’t just keep your soles clean and gash-free as you glide over dirt, sand, rocks, and concrete. They can also protect your musculoskeletal system from the trauma your body endures every time your feet hit the ground hard.

It’s important to know when you need new shoes for running. Experts suggest springing for a new pair every 300 to 500 miles. For those who are good with long distances only when running them, that averages to a switch about every four to six months, if you run 20 miles a week. Those of us who are a little laxer on our running schedules can wait to snag a new pair. But as a general rule, if the midsoles or outsoles look compressed or worn, it’s time to move on. When you’re ready to make a change, you’ll want to make sure you get the best running shoes.

How we chose the best running shoes

When it came to finding the best running shoes, we hit the ground running—both literally and figuratively. We performed our own testing, but also looked to reviews and recommendations from athletes and casual runners. We considered weight, fabric, the amount of cushioning, shoes made for different foot widths, running length, support, stability, and price in our judging.

The best running shoes: Reviews & Recommendations

The best shoes for running vary from person to person—the important thing is making sure they fit you well from the get-go. If you can’t hit the ground running comfortably from the moment you first step into your running shoes, leave them on the shelf. One of our picks will make it home with you on any adventure you take.

Best overall: Under Armour Men’s Charged Assert 8 Running Shoe

Under Armour

SEE IT

Specs

  • Materials: Polyester and elastane upper
  • Sole: Synthetic
  • Support: Neutral
  • Additional widths: Yes, extra-wide

Pros

  • Neutral support
  • Made to perform on multiple terrains
  • True-to-size fit

Cons

  • Run narrow

These comfortable Under Armour running shoes for men tick enough boxes to make them compatible with a number of jogging environments. The rubber outsole provides traction for gliding over rocks and wet grass, while the compression-molded foam offers ample cushioning to get you over jagged, uneven terrain. Plus, the tight, lightweight mesh will keep sand out and drain excess water during leisurely beach runs. The EVA sockliner gives you additional comfort, and the durable leather overlays help lock in support. These shoes fit true to size, too, so you won’t need to worry about a potential return trip. Find more of the best running shoes for men here.

Best for wide feet: New Balance Men’s Fresh Foam 1080 V8 Running Shoe

New Balance

SEE IT

Specs

  • Materials: Synthetic upper
  • Sole: Rubber
  • Support: Neutral
  • Additional widths: extra narrow to extra wide

Pros

  • No-sew application
  • Cushioned
  • Variety of sizes

Cons

  • Runs small

When thinking about fit, width matters as much as length. Runners with wide feet need more spacious shoes that won’t cramp them. These men’s running shoes come in US sizes 4 to 14, with seven different widths, ranging from extra-extra-narrow to extra-extra-wide. It has a foam midsole and flex grooves to provide both a comfortable and protective fit. Choose from among nine colors to align with your personal style.

Best for long-distance: Brooks Women’s Ghost 13

Brooks

SEE IT

Specs

  • Materials: Mesh upper
  • Sole: Rubber
  • Support: Neutral
  • Additional widths: Yes, narrow and wide

Pros

  • Comfortable yet durable
  • Good for road running or cross-training
  • Sock-like feel

Cons

  • Non-slip

The Brooks Women’s Ghost 13 are the best running shoes for women who run on the road and cross-training. Its custom cushioning keeps you comfortable while also maintaining durability. The DNA LOFT extends to the forefoot so that every step is seamless. Best of all, it does all this without being bulky—the 3D Fit Print helps the shoe fit on your foot like a sock.  

Best cushioned: ASICS Men’s Gel-Venture 7 Trail Running Shoes

ASICS

SEE IT

Specs

  • Materials: Synthetic leather upper
  • Sole: Rubber
  • Support: Neutral or under-pronation
  • Additional widths: Yes, extra-wide

Pros

  • Plenty of shock absorption
  • Moisture-wicking
  • Durable

Cons

  • Runs small

Comfort is the key feature of these ASICS running shoes for men, and they offer that in various ways. This model has rear-foot GEL technology that provides shock absorption and works in tandem with OrthoLite X-40 sockliner, which introduces an additional layer of cushioning and moisture-wicking. The shoe’s synthetic leather upper boosts support while the ASICS High Abrasion Rubber on the outsole bolsters its durability.

Best women’s cushioned: adidas Women’s Cloudfoam Pure Running Shoe

Adidas

SEE IT

Specs

  • Materials: Synthetic upper
  • Sole: Rubber
  • Support: Neutral
  • Additional widths: N/A

Pros

  • Sock-like fit
  • Lots of colors available
  • Can go from running errands to running at the gym

Cons

  • Runs large

The adidas Women’s Cloudfoams are great for both running a few miles or running some errands. The Cloudfoam sockliner, midsole, and outsole cushion your feet, keeping you incredibly comfortable all day. These women’s running shoes hug your foot, making sure they never slip out on your jog. Choose among 18 colors to suit your personal style.

Best stylish: Under Armour Men’s HOVR Phantom 3 Running Shoes

Under Armour

SEE IT

Specs

  • Materials: IntelliKnit upper
  • Sole: Rubber
  • Support: Neutral
  • Additional widths: N/A

Pros

  • Supportive
  • Stylish
  • Heel counter

Cons

  • Doesn’t come in additional widths

Take your shoes from the gym to happy hour with these stylish knit trainers. A soft, stretchy IntelliKnit upper gives you a breathable, sock-like feel. The shoe itself is neutral, meaning it’s perfect for runners who need a balance of flexibility and cushioning. A SpeedForm 2.0 sockliner gives underfoot support, and HOVR cushioning reduces impact. A heel counter and firm panels give your feet a supportive hug to help you beat your mile time.

Best breathable: adidas Men’s CF Lite Racer Byd

Adidas

SEE IT

Specs

  • Materials: Synthetic upper
  • Sole: Synthetic sole
  • Support: Neutral
  • Additional widths: N/A

Pros

  • Lightweight
  • Machine washable
  • Sock-like feel

Cons

  • Not for long-distance running

Wearing these might be the next best thing to running with just your socks on. These adidas running shoes are made of snug, stretchy mesh, ensuring your feet will breathe easily while you’re jogging in them. The OrthoLite sockliner—as well as Cloudfoam midsoles and outsoles—increase the comfort factor. When these men’s running shoes get dirty, you can throw them into the washing machine, but after the gentle cycle is complete, air drying is recommended.

Best for stability and support: Brooks Men’s Adrenaline GTS 20

Brooks

SEE IT

Specs

  • Materials: Mesh upper
  • Sole: Rubber
  • Support: Overpronation
  • Additional widths: Yes, narrow, wide, extra-wide

Pros

  • Great for road running
  • Help protect knees, hips, and joints
  • Lightweight and supportive

Cons

  • Expensive

Overpronators can run safely without having to adjust how they hit the road. Rather than trying to fix your gait, these running shoes give you the stability and support you need to offset the effect of rolling your feet inward when they land. The GuideRails support system keeps your feet properly positioned while protecting your knees, hips, and joints from injury. These do well for road runners, as the DNA LOFT Crash Pad cushions your feet while not making the shoes any bulkier.

Best budget: New Balance Men’s Fresh Foam Evare V1 Running Shoe

New Balance

SEE IT

Specs

  • Materials: Mesh upper
  • Sole: Rubber
  • Support: Neutral
  • Additional widths: Yes, extra-wide

Pros

  • Breathable
  • No-sew overlays
  • Lightweight

Cons

  • Run small

New Balance Men’s Fresh Foam Evare V1 Running Shoe is available for under $50 a pair, and the model offers many of the same features and benefits as shoes that cost more than twice as much. They’re designed for runners: a molded sock liner and foam midsole provide cushioning, and a mesh upper provides breathability. They’re lightweight so you won’t be weighed down as you sprint, and a breathable mesh upper cools off your feet on hot days. If you’re looking for a great pair of running shoes for an equally great price, look no further than these.

What to consider when buying the best running shoes

Before splurging on your next pair of the best shoes for running, keep these five factors in mind: 1) Where you’ll be doing most of your running. 2) Proper fit. 3) Cushioning and support. You want to avoid the sensation of bare feet clamping down on hard concrete. 4) Foot odor and sweat protection. 5) Your running form. If your feet roll in or out when they come down on solid ground, you’ll need shoes that can handle your gait.

Where will you be running?

First thing’s first: the best running shoes should be able to withstand your usual route. Running on the beach or on grass will produce less wear and tear on your shoes than running on asphalt, so you need a pair of comfortable running shoes that not only keep you up to speed but can handle rough and challenging terrain as well. Beach runners, for instance, should look for a pair with a tighter mesh, which will allow water to drain out of your running sneakers without letting sand in.

Big city concrete can be murder on your joints, so if you’ll be doing most of your running around town on the sidewalk, a shoe with a springlike effect in the heel will help keep your body in good working order. On the geographical flipside, a country road packed with dirt and gravel can be negotiated more easily with rubber spikes that provide cleat-like traction. Running on uneven grass can cause your feet to twist, so arch support and cushioning are paramount. Also, because grass is slippery when wet, your running shoes should give you good traction.

Why too much or too little cushioning can hurt you

Contrary to popular belief, more cushioning isn’t always better when it comes to the best comfortable running shoes. The extra softness can prevent the foot from functioning like a spring, as it should. Instead, it becomes a shock absorber, leaving the springing action to your joints and tissues and potentially leading to injury. The best cushioning is neither too hard nor too soft, hitting a happy medium characterized by soft and supportive and comfortable and lightweight.

Midsole material, which is typically EVA or polyurethane foam, helps absorb the impact as your feet hit the ground. Thickness is mostly a matter of personal preference. Maximum cushioning is thicker and softer, but it can produce a squishy feel. Moderate cushioning hits the middle ground between pillowy and firm. Barefoot cushioning leaves only a thin layer between your feet and the ground and offers minimal arch support and no stability features—not a great option for those with flat feet. It may feel good strolling around town, but it won’t do you much good in the long run (literally). Another consideration is the heel drop, which refers to the difference in cushioning between a running shoe’s heel and toe. A traditional drop is about 10mm and up, and it’s best for runners who land heel first. A lower drop of 8mm and under is ideal for runners who hit the ground on their toes or the middle of their feet. As running sneakers approach a zero drop, they force the Achilles tendon to work harder, which can lead to painful injury.

Running shoes must let your feet breathe

Few forms of exercise guarantee you’ll work up a considerable sweat quite like running. Your feet might not get as drenched as your head, but they will perspire enough to require shoes that will offset the moisture. Good running shoes will be breathable, allowing your sweat to evaporate more quickly while keeping your feet cool and protecting them from blisters and fungi.

Porous fabrics provide better breathability, so stay away from rubber anywhere but the soles of your running shoes. It traps moisture and heat. Leather may look and feel good, but the material is heavy and offers precious little ventilation. Canvas, on the other hand, breathes nicely, but it’s hard to beat knitted nylon or polyester (a.k.a mesh). Nylon is one of the most popular fabrics in running shoes, and for good reason—it wicks sweat and it’s stretchy, so it will more easily conform to the shape of your feet while you’re on the run. Polyester has a lot of the same benefits as nylon, but it may not be as durable.

Match the shoe to your running form

Pronation refers to how your feet roll inward when they hit the ground and move you forward. The way you pronate affects the way your running shoes age, and the level of pronation differs from person to person, so it’s important to choose a pair of running shoes that complements your form. Overpronation wears away the inside edge of the shoe, while supination erodes the outer edge. A 200-pound runner who overpronates or supinates will need to replace their running shoes more often than someone who is thinner and has basic pronation.

FAQs

Q: How much do the best running shoes cost?

As a general rule, more expensive running shoes isn’t necessarily a better or a safer pair of shoes. As with haute couture, some brands charge higher prices in accordance with their reputation—not because they are offering some special feature that will make going for a run in them better or safer than wearing anything else on the road. There’s absolutely no reason why you can’t find a perfectly good pair of men’s running shoes for under $100. If the idea of handing over a cool hundred to replace them every six months or so makes you wary of hitting the road, there are cheaper options.

Q: Are running shoes worth it?

Absolutely—especially if you’re a regular runner. But even if you only go jogging once in a blue moon, it’s essential to keep your feet protected and supported. To make sure you pick out a pair of shoes that are worth it, look into the pronation, which refers to the direction your foot rolls for impact distribution when striking the ground. Runners who overpronate roll their feet disproportionately inward when they land and require shoes with more stability, structured support, and motion control. Supination refers to rolling your feet outward upon landing, which is relatively uncommon. For those who run like this, however, shoes with more cushion and flexibility are ideal.

Q: What are the best shoes for running?

Have your feet measured while you’re standing up. If they aren’t exactly the same length, go with the larger foot to determine your running shoe size (you can always lace them up a bit tighter on the smaller foot). When you stand on top of your running sneakers, they should more or less line up with the size and shape of your bare feet, without your toes hanging over the front or sides. After you put them on, there should be a thumbnail’s worth of space between your longest toe (which might be the second toe, not the big toe) and the front of the shoe. Check that there is no pressure on your pinky toe and only a slight amount on your big toe. It should be about as snug there as a watch strap is around your wrist.

When you take off in new runners, your heel shouldn’t slip and the surface of the shoe shouldn’t rub uncomfortably against your ankle. If the fabric at the top bunches up, you might need a smaller size, and if it bulges or stretches, go a half size bigger. The best running shoes will become more comfortable over time, but they should fit properly right out of the starting gate.

Final thoughts on the best running shoes

Finding the right pair of the best running shoes can be as grueling an experience as what you do while you’re wearing them, but in the end, the extra effort will pay off. Most people just look for a pair that fits well, but it’s important to remember that other factors contribute to comfort and protection. If your running shoes don’t provide adequate support and cushioning, you might end up sustaining injuries that take you off the road and keep your kicks in the closet.

Different feet have different needs, but it pays to treat a new pair of running shoes like a new car. Take them out for a test run before you commit to them completely, and check that return policy. Your feet and other body parts connected to them will be grateful when you cross the finish line.

The post The best running shoes of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Garmin Forerunner 955 Solar running watch review: The power to persevere https://www.popsci.com/gear/garmin-forerunner-955-solar-running-watch-review/ Thu, 12 Jan 2023 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=504951
Garmin Forerunner 955 running watch morning message on a dog walk
The Forerunner 955 Solar is a motivating accountability partner when used to its full potential. Abby Ferguson

With loads of activity-specific features, Garmin’s flagship running watch can aid performance and productivity with deeper data, tailored training, and bigger battery life.

The post Garmin Forerunner 955 Solar running watch review: The power to persevere appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Garmin Forerunner 955 running watch morning message on a dog walk
The Forerunner 955 Solar is a motivating accountability partner when used to its full potential. Abby Ferguson

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

There is no shortage of general fitness and multisport smartwatches these days, but fewer catering hyper-specifically to runners, particularly the way the Garmin Forerunner 955 Solar does. This wearable sits at the top of Garmin’s Forerunner line and is jam-packed with helpful training tools, no shortage of smartwatch features, and impressive battery life. Garmin, a multinational specializing in GPS-enabled technology, designed it with endurance athletes in mind, though it still provides many benefits for casual enthusiasts. Following in the footsteps—or is that stride—of the Forerunner 945 (released in 2019), the Forerunner 955 offers several incremental, not necessarily essential updates, as well as a couple of marquee additions. I’ve tested the Garmin Forerunner 955 Solar for six months, giving me plenty of time to learn about the watch and whether it’s a worthy upgrade for most people.

Abby Ferguson

SEE IT

The Garmin Forerunner 955 Solar’s design

The changes between the Forerunner 945 and Forerunner 955 are subtle, carrying over most of the design language from the previous iteration. This may explain why the launch price of $599.99 is the same between both models. But there are a few things that stand out on the newer iteration. For starters, the transflective memory-in-pixel (MIP) display has been upgraded. The 955 uses a 1.3-inch display with a resolution of 260 x 260 pixels, while the older 945 is 1.2 inches with a resolution of 240 x 240 pixels. It’s not a huge difference, but you will get a slightly larger display with the 955, which is nice for quick glances at your numbers while working out. 

The most notable change is that the 955 now features touchscreen capabilities, which the 945 did not. I appreciated the touchscreen functionality, which is one of the main reasons I have stuck with the 955 over my Forerunner 745 or the Instinct 2S Solar. I’ve found that it makes scrolling through widgets and (sub-sub-sub)menu items much easier than repeatedly pushing buttons. And I enjoy tapping the screen to enter a menu or view a notification more. If you are prone to accidentally swiping, you can turn touch off completely or choose which specific activities have touch functionality turned on (it defaults to off for all activities).

Garmin Forerunner 955 running watch widgets on screen
Nearly everything on the watch is customizable, but I like a widget with a summary of my notifications near the top of the widget list. Abby Ferguson

As with the 945, the newest Forerunner features a full-color display. You may expect that it would be more difficult to read in sunny conditions compared to traditional exercise watches’ high-contrast, monochrome display. But that is not the case. I found it as easy to see and read, even at a glance when in direct sun, as my Instinct 2S Solar. And, with the customization options, you can even choose color schemes that are easier to read for you.

Unfortunately, the case and included band are only available in white (technically named “Whitestone,” the version I’ve used) and black instead of a range of colors like other Garmin watches. I was a bit worried about the white staying white. I have been pleasantly surprised by its resilience, however, even while working on a car engine and getting quite greasy. 

The band and large watch case tend to trap water, though, so if you shower or swim in the watch, you will want to take it off to dry things off more thoroughly. I wore my Forerunner 955 for a handful of weeks nonstop and ended up with a bit of a reaction where the sensors are. It was minor and cleared up with some time sans watch, but it’s something to be aware of. 

While the Forerunner is still decidedly a fitness watch in design, it still has rather sleek looks. And considering all the tech that is packed inside, it’s impressively thin (14.4mm). The 46.5 x 46.5mm watch face still looks giant on my wrist, but that’s the trade-off when you want to take advantage of a large screen size on child-sized wrists. 

Materials

The bezel of the watch is made of fiber-reinforced polymer, which seems to be incredibly durable. I have hit this thing on hard surfaces far too many times, and the perimeter doesn’t have a scratch. One of the benefits of the all-plastic design is that it helps cut down on weight. The all-polymer, 46.5mm Forerunner 955 only weighs 1.86 ounces. For comparison, the 47mm fēnix 7 Sapphire Solar features a titanium bezel and fiber-reinforced polymer with a titanium rear cover, weighing 2.57 ounces. That may seem like a tiny amount, but for serious endurance athletes, every fraction of an ounce adds up, making the Forerunner the better choice for those individuals.

Topping the display is rugged Corning Gorilla Glass DX. I managed to scratch mine somehow, so it isn’t impenetrable, but I haven’t exactly babied it either. It would have been nice to get the more durable Power Sapphire glass that tops the fēnix 7 Sapphire Solar or the Sapphire edition of the Garmin epix (Gen 2).

Garmin Forerunner 955 running watch catching the light on its crystal
You can see two scratches on the left side of the watch face, despite the scratch-resistant Corning Gorilla Glass DX. Abby Ferguson

Lastly, the band of the watch is made of silicone. The silicone is a bit thick and, as mentioned, tends to trap moisture, so may not be for everyone. Luckily, it is Garmin QuickFit compatible in the 22mm size so you can purchase bands made of nylon, leather, metal, or titanium instead, should you wish. 

Setting up the Garmin Forerunner 955 Solar

Garmin consistently does a fantastic job of making its products easy to set up and use and remains consistent with the Forerunner 955. This is especially true if you are already a Garmin user. The watch comes with a partial charge so that you can get started right away. You’ll need to download the Garmin Connect app, but the watch walks you through all the necessary steps, making setup clear and confusion-free. It’s a fast process if you do the bare minimum for setup.

Where things get a bit more complicated is all of the personalization available on the watch. While you certainly don’t need to mess with most settings just to get started, there are seemingly endless options—with more added semi-regularly. I appreciate Garmin’s Auto Update—it saves me from having to remember to check for OS updates, which I usually forget—and I feel like I am regularly discovering new things in menus or in the post-workout display, which is always fun. 

The watch face can be fully adjusted, as can any of the visible widgets when you scroll down and the layout of each workout screen. You can even adjust things as nitty-gritty as accent and background colors. If you want to really fine-tune your watch, it could take a while. In fact, I’ve had this watch for around six months and I’m still tweaking things.

The Garmin Forerunner 955 Solar’s features

The Forerunner 955 Solar is so packed with features that I could easily write an entire book describing everything. It seems that the capabilities of this watch are nearly endless. As such, I’ll be focusing on the items that I used most frequently and those that are the most widely helpful. 

Garmin Forerunner 955 side view on wrist
Though they are tiny and a little hard to see, the icons on the Garmin Forerunner 955 buttons can help with navigation. Abby Ferguson

Usability 

Navigating the watch is pretty straightforward, especially if you’ve used a Garmin watch. There are tiny (and hard to see) labels on the bezel and the buttons themselves to point you in the right direction for the most common things you’ll need to access. But, for specific menu items, you’ll likely need to spend some time digging around or reading the manual.

My biggest complaint about the Forerunner 955 is how you turn it off and on. My other Garmin watches have simply involved going to the Power Off menu item, and that was that. But the Forerunner 955 asks you to take the extra step of confirming that you want to turn it off. Given that you have to go into a menu within a menu to get to this, it seems unlikely that you would accidentally turn it off. The extra step is subtle but annoying. 

Additionally, startup time is much slower. Sure, more tech is involved in the Forerunner 955, but it takes just over 20 seconds to turn on fully. It’s nit-picky, sure, but if I’m powering up to get going on a run, it’s a bit annoying to wait for that, especially when that hasn’t been the case on other watches I’ve used.

Data collection and insights

Being at the top of Garmin’s running watch line, the Forerunner 955 comes with just about every possible sensor packed inside. It features the Garmin Elevate Gen4 optical heart rate sensor, barometric altimeter, compass, gyroscope, accelerometer, thermometer, and pulse ox blood oxygen saturation monitor. Those sensors are, of course, used when recording an activity, but many are constantly recording data. For example, you can always check your heart rate and steps. And you can take a pulse ox reading on-demand or while sleeping.

All of those sensor readings are used to provide insights such as Training Status, Training Readiness, stress level, sleep data, and Body Battery. It also provides hyper-specific stats such as run cadence, stride length, vertical ratio, ground contact time, and more. The information is there to help guide your training to maximize your fitness and potentially even assess form issues.

Garmin Forerunner 955 suggesting you take a breath
When the watch detects abnormally high stress levels, it suggests a guided breathing exercise to calm down.  Abby Ferguson

The data collected also helps manage general health with features such as Abnormal Heart Rate alerts. For example, if your heart rate is abnormally high, the watch will suggest breathing exercises to reduce stress and help you calm down. I’ve found this to be a helpful tool in high-stress situations, as it reminds me to reset and mentally take a step back from the thing causing the stress.

GPS

For location tracking and mapping, the Forerunner 955 provides access to three Global Navigation Satellite Systems (GNSS)—GPS, GLONASS, and Galileo. There are four settings to choose from—GPS only, All Systems, All Systems + Multi-Band, and Ultratrac—which differ in accuracy and impact on battery life. Ultratrac is the mode for multiday excursions as it provides the best battery life but the worst accuracy. The watch defaults to All + Multi-Band GPS for the most accurate results.

The watch also comes equipped with Garmin’s SatIQ, which determines the optimal GPS mode based on your environment. And new to the 955 is the dual-frequency GPS. This combines the All Systems option but then also connects to two satellites at once for exceptional accuracy, even when in canyons or a city. It does use much more battery, however. 

I only used the watch in pretty wide open spaces but found it to be very accurate with no issues. I compared it to data from a simultaneously worn Instinct 2S Solar (a watch I’ve written extensively about), and they were the same as far as my naked eye could tell. 

Garmin Forerunner 955 Solar and Instinct 2S Solar side by side on a wrist
The Forerunner 955 Solar (left) provides a much more vibrant, easier-to-see-at-a-glance display compared to the Instinct 2S Solar. And it can pack more metrics in one place thanks to the larger screen size. Abby Ferguson

Smartwatch features

Beyond that obvious fitness tracking, the Forerunner 955 is also a robust productivity partner. It can connect to your phone, allowing you to receive messages and notifications. You can even select pre-formatted quick replies to text messages to respond right from your watch. 

The watch lacks a cellular connection and a microphone, however, so you cannot take calls like on an Apple Watch 8, etc. But you can at least see who is calling to determine if you want to bother getting your phone out. And you can reject and respond to calls with pre-formatted messages as well. 

Beyond the basics, you’ll also get access to Garmin Pay, which allows you to save cards to your account and pay with your watch. This is great, in theory, but my bank (USAA) isn’t participating in Garmin Pay, so I have been unable to use the watch for payment. Additionally, you can connect music providers, such as Spotify, to save music or podcasts directly to your device when you don’t want to have your phone on you. Again, this is great in theory, but I ran into nothing but issues when trying to set up music and never was able to get more than a handful of songs to sync. So I haven’t really been able to test that feature successfully.

Safety features

As someone who mostly runs alone, the safety features of the Forerunner 955 are extremely appreciated. And, in line with the rest of the watch, there’s no shortage of them, either. It’s important to note right off the bat that you will need to have your connected phone with service on you to take advantage of these features. And all of these features need to be set up within the app in order to be used. 

The most basic feature enables the basic safety tenet of outdoor recreation: Make sure people know where you are and when you expect to be done. When you begin an activity with GPS (weightlifting, for example, is not included), the watch connects to LiveTrack. This emails a real-time view of your location to your preselected contacts. Or you can share a link (accessed via the app on your phone) with anyone you’d like so they can follow along and ensure you are progressing as anticipated.

Additionally, there are some bigger safety features for even more peace of mind. One enables you to quickly call for assistance directly from the watch with the press of a few buttons. By entering the menu accessed with the top left button, you can navigate to “Assistance.” Once there, there are three options: “It’s an emergency. Please get help,” “Not an emergency, but please pick me up,” and “I need help. Follow my location to find me.” 

Garmin Forerunner 955 running watch safety alerts screenshot
These messages were sent to my husband when I tested the Assistance feature. [The blurred-out sections are my GPS coordinates.] Abby Ferguson

I tested the “Not an emergency” option with my husband to see what would happen, and Garmin sent him a message with the pre-formatted text along with my coordinates. It sent him multiple messages until I selected that I no longer needed assistance, which triggered a follow-up message to him to let him know I was okay. While you do need your phone to take advantage of this feature, it makes it much faster and easier to get help than getting out your phone and texting or calling someone. 

The last safety feature you’ll have access to is incident detection. If your Forerunner 955 detects an incident, it will display a notification on the watch. If that isn’t dismissed promptly, it automatically sends a message with your name and location to your emergency contacts. Unfortunately, Garmin doesn’t provide any information on what this exactly means or how it detects an incident, but in theory, this is an excellent feature to have. It’s worth noting that, unlike the Apple Watch Ultra, the Forerunner 955 cannot notify emergency services for you since it doesn’t include a cellular connection like the Apple Watch. 

Garmin app

When you set up the watch, you must pair it to the Garmin Connect app. The app allows you to see your data in more detail. Of course, you can access most of your insights on the watch itself, but it is a bit easier to digest and sift through via the app, especially if you really want to dive into the data.

Where the app really comes in especially handy is with customization. Just about every setting can also be changed within the app once you select “Forerunner 955” from the Connected Devices list. Changing settings and customizing things via the app is a bit easier to do than on the watch. That’s especially true of the message and workout data screen settings. And some things, such as Garmin Pay, can only be set up in the app.

Battery life

The battery life of this watch is certainly one area where the Forerunner 955 shines. As with anything, the extent of the battery life depends on how you are using the watch but, no matter what, it is impressive. Of course, it’s worth pointing out that any solar battery life estimates mentioned by Garmin are based on “all-day wear with 3 hours per day outside in 50,000 lux conditions.” For someone like me, who works inside and is lucky to get outside for an hour or two, that means I’m not really getting any advantage from solar charging on an average day.

Garmin Forerunner 955 solar intensity screen
You can easily see how much solar intensity your watch is getting. Most of my day was spent inside and, thus, not getting the sun required for solar battery charging.  Abby Ferguson

Garmin promises 15 days of battery life in smartwatch mode or 20 days with solar. During those times that I wasn’t able to exercise much and was using the watch as, well, a watch, I was absolutely getting the promised battery life. As mentioned, I’m not meeting the full required conditions for solar charging, but I did get some boosts that resulted in a few extra days. 

With the watch set to All Systems GNSS mode plus Multi-Band and without music, Garmin says you’ll get up to 20 hours, or 22 hours with solar. Since I didn’t complete any lengthy (more than a few hours) events while testing this watch, I didn’t fully push this to the limits. But, even with using the most accurate GPS setting, I was able to get a 30-minute to an hour-or-so-long workout in daily and still have my watch battery last a full week.

The thing that drained the battery most was fiddling with the settings and downloading music to the watch. I went from 80% battery to just 1% while trying to get a single small playlist to sync fully over the course of a few hours. So, if you aren’t in a situation where you can charge your watch, it’s best to save the settings adjustments and music syncing for another time. 

While the long battery life is certainly appreciated, the thing I most love about my Forerunner 955 is how quickly it charges. I’m guilty of forgetting to charge it up when needed on a far too regular basis. But I can plug it in as I get ready for a run and have it at 50% battery (depending on how low it was to begin with) in just 10 minutes or so. It’s crazy speedy.

The Garmin Forerunner 955 Solar’s activity & fitness tracking experience

As expected, since this is a running watch, the activity tracking options are robust. The 955 comes preloaded with the basic types of workouts—such as running, swimming, and cycling—but you can quickly add just about anything you can think of, including Ultra Run, eMTB, Backcountry Ski, and more. You can even create custom workouts or import workouts from third parties like TrainingPeaks.

Garmin Forerunner 955 running watch recording strength training
Though it’s a running watch, the Forerunner 955 can track just about any type of activity. It even automatically detects sets and reps during strength training workouts. Abby Ferguson

Recording workouts is incredibly easy. It’s done by simply pressing the top right button, selecting the type of workout, and then pushing start. Where things can get complicated, as mentioned, is all the customization you can do. You can choose to adjust what fields are displayed on the watch during your workout, customize notifications and audio cues, along with many different options specific to different types of workouts.

Training status and readiness

As you complete activities and wear your watch throughout the day (and night), Garmin collects data to offer insights into your training. The Training Status feature shows whether you are actively getting fitter (productive), holding steady, or even detraining (the worst). It can even tell you what types of activities you should add more of to maximize your training. For example, mine frequently tells me that I have a low aerobic shortage and need to work in easier runs.

Training Readiness is another helpful tool. As the name implies, it helps you assess how ready you are for your training. It may suggest that you back off and give yourself more time to recover or that you are prepared to dive right into a serious workout. It simply helps to keep you from overtraining and gives you a more clear picture of your training load. 

Both are very nice, but you can’t take full advantage of them if you aren’t wearing your watch 24/7. For example, to collect heart rate variability (HRV) data, you’ll need to wear the watch while you sleep. I’m not a fan of sleeping in a watch, so I don’t get highly accurate data for some of these fields as a result.

Garmin Forerunner 955 suggested workout screen
Your first activity of the day will show a suggested workout based on data the watch has collected recently. Abby Ferguson

Suggested workouts

One feature I love about Garmin watches is the “Suggested Workouts” for running or cycling. These can be accessed in the Morning Report or when you start a workout. When providing these suggestions, Garmin factors in the above items, plus your Training Load & Load Focus, VO2 Max, and more. The result is that they are customized to you. It then suggests a workout to improve your fitness based on all that data. It’s great for days when you don’t want to think about what you should do or if you want something different but don’t want to pay for a coach.

Of course, these features should be taken with a grain of salt. Garmin doesn’t know if you are getting over an illness, dealing with stress at work, or managing an injury. It can infer some things based on the data it collects, but it won’t be perfect. There have been many times that my watch suggested a sprint, VO2 Max, or long run when my body could not handle that at the time. Your best bet is to use it all as a guide, listen to your body, and, if you really want results, hire a coach.

So, who should buy the Garmin Forerunner 955 Solar?

As the watch’s name suggests, the Forerunner is truly a running watch. Sure, it offers all the basic—and not-so-basic—watch functions to make it suitable for anyone wanting a smartwatch. But if you aren’t an exercise enthusiast, you’ll be paying for many features and tech that you won’t actually be using.

And the extensive list of training features makes the watch more suitable for avid, focused runners looking to improve performance. It’s especially useful for runners competing in races. That said, as someone who is currently more of a casual runner than anything else, I found it rather motivational and aspirational. I’m not currently training for any races or even pushing the limits hard (thanks to some nagging injuries), so while I don’t necessarily care about things like the Race Prediction widget, it is fun to see those numbers changing when I’m consistent with my working out. At the same time, the Forerunner 255 can provide many of the same training and health features for an average of $258 less.

And, in terms of the Solar capabilities, which come at a $100 surcharge, they don’t seem to provide a substantial enough boost over the basic battery version for most. But if you’re one of the runners who can benefit from the lengthy list of features packed into this watch, particularly the touchscreen, the Garmin Forerunner 955 Solar will be a fantastic training partner.

The post Garmin Forerunner 955 Solar running watch review: The power to persevere appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best ball chairs of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-ball-chair/ Fri, 28 Jan 2022 00:59:00 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-ball-chair/
balance ball chair in an office next to a wood desk
Amazon

Here’s how to find a great ball chair to keep you active, reduce back pain, and engage your muscles even when you’re at your desk all day.

The post The best ball chairs of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
balance ball chair in an office next to a wood desk
Amazon

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best with base Gaiam Backless Balance Ball Chair Gaiam Backless Balance Ball Chair
SEE IT

The backless design encourages you to sit up straight.

Best ergonomic PharMeDoc Balance Ball Chair PharMeDoc Balance Ball Chair
SEE IT

Use its own for concentrated strength and stability workouts, or drop it into the base with a fitted backrest for work.

Best budget Trideer Ball Chair Trideer Ball Chair
SEE IT

An inflatable base takes this balance ball from workout to work.

Experts announced long ago that sitting down all day just isn’t good for you. Slumping over at your desk for hours on end can make your back hurt, your body tense, and your neck strain. It can also lead to high blood pressure, high blood sugar, and abnormal cholesterol levels. Doctors recommend taking a break from sitting every thirty to sixty minutes, but we know that sticking with that schedule can be a challenge during a hectic workday or extra-long meeting. Luckily, a ball chair can remedy these issues.

The best ball chair, which incorporates a stability ball used for exercise, can introduce a little bit of movement to your workday while engaging the core and improving posture. The ball’s instability forces you to engage your trunk and abdominal muscles to remain balanced, but don’t worry; you won’t find yourself sweating or out of breath. In fact, you’ll barely notice all the work your body is doing. This kind of subtle physical engagement can help improve posture and reduce back pain; the stronger your muscles are, the more they can support and protect your back. We recommend swapping out your regular desk chair with a ball chair for one to two hours a day to stay safe and active without overworking your body.

There are plenty of choices when it comes to ball chairs; many of them even look identical to one another. Here, we dive deeper than the exterior and help you identify the best pick for you.

Best ball chairs: Our picks

Best with base: Gaiam Backless Balance Ball Chair

Gaiam

SEE IT

This Gaiam ball chair features a removable, multi-use 52-centimeter exercise ball, available in five colors. The entire unit measures 24 inches tall and 22 inches wide, with the option to add two-inch extenders to the legs. The included caster wheels lock in place so you can remain flexible without sliding around. This particular chair is designed for people between 5′ and 5′11″ tall (6′1″ with the extensions). The backless design will encourage you to use your muscles and keep you from leaning too far forward or back, harming your spine.

Best self-standing: ProBody Pilates Ball Chair

Amazon

SEE IT

This self-standing ProBody ball chair provides all the support of a typical exercise ball with a bit of a sleeker finish. Instead of exposed plastic vinyl, you’ll sit on a washable fabric cover that comes in three neutral tones. The cover’s base comes with silicone tabs to keep it from slipping, and the inner ball is made from phthalate-free, anti-burst material. It can be inflated between 22 to 24 inches high, suitable for most standard desk heights. The ball can also be removed from the cover for an enhanced grip during a workout.

Best yoga ball stool: Gaiam Balance Ball Stool

Amazon

SEE IT

Gaiam is at it again, this time with a great yoga ball stool. The half-dome inflatable cushion causes micro-movements to strengthen the core and improve posture (at the right height). It can extend up to 33 inches with a 360-degree swivel base and five lockable caster wheels. This seat also includes a metal footrest, which is necessary for good posture if your feet don’t touch the floor.

Best ergonomic: PharMeDoc Balance Ball Chair

PharMeDoc

SEE IT

PharMeDoc has created an ergonomic ball chair that you can customize as your core gets stronger. Use the 20-inch exercise ball on its own for concentrated strength and stability workouts, or drop it into the base with a fitted backrest for work. Once you start to feel your muscles develop and you notice your posture improve, you can take the backrest off for more of a challenge.

Best stylish: Zenergy Ball Chair

Amazon

SEE IT

This ball chair from Zenergy keeps your body moving and your workstation looking chic. The yoga ball at the heart of this design is permanently covered by a simple, comfortable mesh available in over ten colors. The chair lets you choose between two heights, 20 or 23 inches, by installing the feet or attaching them to longer legs. You can also select a swivel version of the chair, increasing the range of motion and the amount of work your body needs to do to stay stationary. If you work with others, it wouldn’t be a bad idea to get a set.

Best budget: Trideer Ball Chair

Trideer

SEE IT

This balance ball from Trideer is perfect for stretching, stability, and strength training. Plus, it comes with an inflatable base for easy conversion into a great ball chair. It comes in two sizes: 26 and 30 inches and two colors: black and silver. Plus, it’s super durable, slip-resistant, and rated for up to 2,000 pounds.

Things to consider when shopping for the best ball chairs

If you don’t already own a yoga ball, chances are you might be a bit overwhelmed by the similar-looking options available to you. Before purchasing, take a moment to think about your needs. Do you need a chair on wheels? Would you prefer back support? Do you want something multi-purpose, or would you rather stick with something more stylish? We’ll walk you through a few scenarios so you can get a sense of the best ball chair for your home office.

Do you want a balance chair with a base?

If you aren’t used to sitting on an exercise ball, and you like the stability of your regular desk variety, we recommend you buy one with a base. The base will stabilize the ball, keeping it from slipping out from under you, helping you get used to the seat’s elasticity and bounce. It will also elevate the ball, so you might have an easier time reaching your desk surface, depending on its height. Remember, the best way to sit at a desk includes your feet flat on the floor, your chin parallel to the ground, no bend in your neck, and computer screen at eye level; this is true whether you’re sitting on a balance ball, circle stool, or classic office chair.

Some ball chair bases will have adjustable, extendable legs and wheels. Castor wheels are always a plus; they make it easier to roll and store a chair, plus it’s easy (and fun) to slide around the room if you need a document or device that isn’t already at your desk. A ball chair with a base and wheels will likely feel the most similar to your regular desk chair, making for a seamless transition.

Would you prefer a self-standing ball chair?

A self-standing ball chair forgoes the base in favor of ultimate flexibility. If you feel like your desk is low enough for a baseless ball chair, you can focus your attention on finding a great exercise ball that you’d be comfortable bouncing on for a few hours during the workday.

If you’re going to use this ball for exercise and desk work, you’ll want to pay particular attention to the size. Since there isn’t a base boosting you up, if you’re between 4′11″ to 5′4″, get a ball that is 55 centimeters, if you’re 5′5″ to 5′11″, go for one that is 65 centimeters, and if you’re any taller, up to 6′7″, check out the 75-centimeter options.

The one con about self-standing ball chairs is they tend to look like workout equipment first and office furniture second. This isn’t a big deal if you’re going to get the most out of the ball during exercise or if you have a large enough closet to store the ball out of sight when it’s not in use. If you’re invested in aesthetics, select a ball chair with an included cover or non-polyvinyl exterior. See below for a prime example of a fantastic self-standing ball that looks good while remaining functional.

Do you work at a tall desk? Try a yoga ball stool

Ball chairs are adjustable to a certain extent, but you might find the fit challenging if you work at a tall desk. While we don’t recommend employing a typical stool for your workstation, a yoga ball stool can be a great way to give your back a break.

A yoga ball stool looks just like a regular stool, but instead of a cushion, the seat is a mini version of an inflated exercise ball, like a dome. Ball stools are inflated at the top, mimicking a full yoga ball’s intentional instability but taller and thinner to fit non-standard size desks. Most yoga ball stools utilize simple hydraulics so you can work at various heights. Of course, the ball cushion at the end of these stools won’t be removable, so you won’t be able to use them for exercise. If you are dedicated to getting something multi-purpose, we recommend investing in balance ball disks you can lay on top of your traditional desk chair seat. These cushions can also be used for various stability exercises in your workout routine.

If you suffer from back pain, an ergonomic ball chair can help

When appropriately used, the best ball chair will help you create healthy habits, improve your posture, and relieve back pain. If you are already struggling to sit up straight, a backless ball chair might not be for you; choosing a more ergonomic option can bring on more benefits quickly.

A backless ball can occasionally lead to hunching if you allow your tailbone to curve too far underneath you, forcing your shoulders forward and exaggerating a curved spine. An ergonomic ball chair will include a backrest and a flexible base. This will allow you to keep your feet flat on the floor while providing more structure and support for your lower back.

Remember, you don’t want to sit on a yoga ball all day long, so while you’re at it, make sure your other desk furniture is ergonomic too. It’s also a good idea to check your desk setup; your screen should be at eye level, your keyboard within reach, and your mouse directly next to it. Consider investing in a headset if you take lots of calls, eliminating tension caused by holding your phone between the neck and shoulders.

Home office design important? Get a ball chair that doesn’t look like exercise equipment.

Maybe you want to keep your workouts and work-from-home aesthetics separate. Or perhaps you’re a part of a shared workspace. Regardless of the reason, we totally understand wanting to find a ball chair that looks like it’s meant for the office. If you still want to use the ball for additional exercise, the easiest thing to look for will be an included cover. A cloth design in any color will camouflage the athletic polyvinyl chloride (PVC) material underneath, giving off more of a cozy beanbag vibe. Once you’re done with your workday, you’ll easily be able to unzip it and get to sweating.

If you want something compact that can stay out in the open all day without reminding you of the gym, look for a stylish, non-traditional model. These units will typically be permanently attached to a base and covered with a sleek, sturdy material, or they’ll borrow from ball chair technology to create more of a swivel stool.

Best ball chair on a budget: What you can get for under $45

While some ball chairs can be a bit expensive, there are definitely options for those on a budget. You might not be able to find something that doesn’t evoke exercise or the gym, but you will be able to find the best ball chair that’s supportive and multi-purpose to help fight off pain and strain without breaking the bank.

FAQs

Q: Does sitting on a ball chair burn calories?

Yes, sitting on an exercise ball chair can burn a small number of calories. According to a 2008 study cited in the New York Times, sitting on a ball chair can burn roughly 30 more calories a day than sitting in a regular desk chair, or approximately four more calories per hour of use.

Q: How long should you sit on a yoga ball chair?

You should sit on your yoga ball chair for about one to two hours a day. This is just enough time to break the monotony of sitting in a classic desk chair without overdoing it. If you stick with the yoga ball for your entire workday, your back might just end up suffering instead of feeling better. This is because yoga balls lack the structure to stop you from slumping once your body starts to get tired. So, unless you’re super disciplined regarding posture, it’s best to pick just a couple of hours to bounce.

Q: Are there other alternatives to a traditional desk chair?

Yes, there are other alternatives to a traditional desk chair. Kneeling chairs, active stools, and saddle seats are great options to explore if you are looking for an ergonomic solution to back, neck, and shoulder strain. You can also look for traditional desk chairs designed with special features or customizable options to foster additional support. The best desk chair for your home office should never leave you feeling sore.

Ready to buy the best ball chair?

The best ball chair will support your back, improve your posture, strengthen your core, and inspire healthy habits throughout the day. Supplementing your regular desk chair for a few hours each day can keep you active, your mind focused, and your joints relaxed. Make sure you choose the right size for you and your desk, then get ready to add a little bounce to your workday.

The post The best ball chairs of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Gear to help us (and you) keep those New Year’s resolutions https://www.popsci.com/gear/new-years-resolutions-ideas/ Sun, 01 Jan 2023 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=502404
New Year's Resolution Gear
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

These are the gadgets we're picking up to help keep us accountable in 2023.

The post Gear to help us (and you) keep those New Year’s resolutions appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
New Year's Resolution Gear
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

We’ve made it to 2023, which means the PopSci commerce and gear team has decided what our resolutions will be and what we’ll need to achieve them. It’s okay to be a New Year’s resolution skeptic—there are plenty of potential pitfalls in trying to make literal life-changing decisions overnight—but we’re taking a different approach. Our goals can be accomplished little by little over the course of the year, the gear we’re using won’t take up too much space, and we’re not afraid of facing some setbacks every little while. After all, it’s only self-care if it doesn’t cost you mental health. If you’re scrambling to figure out how to make your New Year’s resolutions happen, we hope our gear suggestions can provide a little clarity (and encouragement).

Vitamix FoodCycler FC-50

Jen McCaffery

SEE IT

An estimated 30 to 40 percent of the food supply in the United States is wasted, according to the USDA. If you’re looking to cut down on the amount of food waste you send to the landfill in 2023, Vitamix’s FoodCycler FC-50 can help. Just toss your vegetable peelings, egg shells, coffee grounds, and even chicken bones into the 2-liter container and press the on button. About four hours later, your scraps are turned into nutrient-rich soil you can use for your houseplants or in your garden. — Jen McCaffery, Director of Commerce

Kindle Paperwhite

Amazon

SEE IT

Too many times in 2022, I found myself laying in bed at 2 a.m., basking in the hypnotizing glow of TikTok. The lure of people arguing with belligerent neighbors or endless strings of air fryer chicken thigh recipes is just too strong. This year, I’m determined to replace those hours spent mindlessly swiping with reading, and I’m counting on Amazon’s Kindle Paperwhite to help me pull it off. The 6.8-inch touchscreen offers soft, warm light that won’t mess with my sleep after a marathon session spent reading Brandon Sanderson. Plus, the latest version charges via USB-C, so it’ll help my other resolution of getting rid of all the MicroUSB cables hanging around my house. — Stanley Horaczek, Executive Editor

Mr. Coffee Iced Coffee machine

Mr. Coffee

SEE IT

The iced coffee I like at a well-known chain has recently risen to nearly $6. Not even a raging caffeine addiction can justify that cost. This super-simple machine doesn’t rely on wasteful coffee pods and comes with an insulated cup, even though it works with pretty much any other cold up. It simply brews hot coffee over iced cubes, which is sure to make your coffee snob pals bristle, but it’s still better (and even cheaper) than the gas station swill I’ve been known to drink in the past. Plus, all that saved money leaves room in the coffee budget for fancy syrups to spruce up the wallet-friendly brew. — Stanley Horaczek, Executive Editor

Kindle Scribe

Amazon

SEE IT

I’m trying to (finally) complete The Artist’s Way, Julia Cameron’s crash course in kickstarting your creativity after about two years of stopping halfway. Part of the journey includes journaling three pages every morning—simply called “morning pages.” If you do the math, that’s a lot of pages and trees. I’m hoping the Kindle Scribe—with its paperwhite display and pen that won’t leave ink marks on my hands first thing in the morning—will help protect the environment and be the fancy, shiny, neat thing that gives me enough dopamine to organize my morning pages and complete the separate chapter prompts in one convenient, digital place. Spiritual and creative clarity, here I come. — Amanda Reed, Commerce Updates Writer

Garmin Forerunner 955

Garmin

SEE IT

Setting a fitness goal is one thing, but having a way to track your progress and keep you motivated is another beast entirely. Garmin’s Forerunner 955 is sleek and attractive, so you won’t mind wearing it all day, but it has a nearly endless list of features and tricks. Though it’s geared toward runners, it can track a long list of activities. It also connects to your phone for full smartwatch capabilities and provides workout suggestions when you are stumped on how to move on a given day. Plus, it makes it easy to see how your training is going and how you are progressing toward your goals, giving you specific insight on how you can improve when needed. — Abigail Ferguson, Associate Editor PopPhoto

Nest Hub Max Smart Display

Nest

SEE IT

Eating out (and ordering in) has always been pricier than cooking at home, but that is more true than ever right now. It’s hard fighting the temptation just to tap a few buttons and have food magically show up ready to eat at your door but, for me, having an easy way to follow recipes helps. I’m a recent Nest Hub enthusiast but have loved the larger screen that always stays on as I work through the steps of a recipe. And it makes it easy to store recipes I like in one place. But the biggest bonus is the ability to play music on something other than my phone, so I can jam out while I cook. It does wonders for making me not mind being in the kitchen even after a long day of work. — Abigail Ferguson, Associate Editor PopPhoto

Ring Fit Adventure

Nintendo

SEE IT

I will be making a concerted effort to be more active after years of COVID-inflicted lethargy, but my tool of choice may seem a little strange: a video game. Ring Fit Adventure is a game for the Nintendo Switch that comes with a Pilates ring and leg strap with slots for the system’s Joy-Con controllers. Accelerometers and gyroscopes in the Joy-Con can track your movement, which correlates to actions happening in the game. Instead of passively choosing an attack, you defeat enemies by doing squats, curls, and other exercises. As an avid gamer, I hope Ring Fit Adventure can slot into my lifestyle more easily than a set of barbells. — Brandt Ranj, Commerce Reporter

iFixit Pro Tech Toolkit

iFixit

SEE IT

Repairing technology can feel daunting, especially when many companies make documentation and spare parts difficult (if not impossible) to get, but that will not deter me next year. I have a great deal of respect for iFixit, a site that offers step-by-step instructions on how to disassemble and reassemble gadgets along with links to parts when possible. The site offers a tool kit with bits, spudgers, tweezers, and everything else you’ll need to get into your gear safely and easily. This kit is notable for featuring pentalobe screws, which are proprietary and designed by Apple. If you plan on joining the DIY movement next year, this kit deserves a spot in your workspace. — Brandt Ranj, Commerce Reporter

Bowers & Wilkins Px7 S2

Bowers & Wilkins

SEE IT

I’m ashamed to say I have a huge music backlog, but I plan to listen to one new (to me) album from front to back every day in 2023. I reserve the right to listen to one disc of a two-CD (or LP) record because I make the rules. While I love speakers, my tool of choice this time will be Bowers & Wilkins Px7 S2s, which are infinitely more portable. These Bluetooth headphones are the closest I’ve come to taking my at-home audio system—which consists of wired headphones, a tube amp, and a DAC—with me everywhere I go. Music sounds superb, the headphones are very comfortable, and their active noise cancellation is always top-notch. This is the resolution I’m most excited about, if for no other reason than spending dozens of hours with the Px7 S2s on my head. Maybe, if I’m feeling extra committed, I’ll even upgrade to the B&W Px8, the brand’s flagship wireless headphones that further refine the physical build and sonic profile. — Brandt Ranj, Commerce Reporter

Brava Oven Starter Set

Brava

SEE IT

Cooking at home more often is my final resolution of 2023, and the Brava Oven is the key to making it happen. The 10-in-1 oven supports multi-zone heating and makes a whole dinner faster than a conventional oven or stovetop. The oven can be operated using an app or its built-in touch screen, and Brava is continually updating its recipe library with new dishes to fit any dietary restrictions. Yes, it’s luxe, but cutting out one takeout order per week using the Brava will allow the machine to pay for itself. — Brandt Ranj, Commerce Reporter

OTOTO Gracula Garlic Crusher

OTOTO

SEE IT

I love garlic and plan on cooking more. This Gracula garlic crusher takes knife work out of the equation when presentation isn’t important and helps you get close to a minced consistency in a fraction of the time. On top of saving prep time, a way to work more fresh garlic into meals has the benefits of being a natural antibacterial/detoxifier, aiding blood circulation/lowered blood pressure, while also repelling vampires. Plus, it just tastes good. — Billy Cadden, Director of Commerce

AQUAFIT One Gallon Water Bottle

AQUAFIT

SEE IT

I wish this fit into my Aarke seltzer maker, but I guess good old-fashioned flat water will do. While attempting to cook more garlic-rich meals and use my Tempo daily, I decided to snag a gallon water bottle to keep me hydrated. Or at least try to convince me to stay hydrated. I bet you $10 it sits on my bedside table with the same water for weeks. — Billy Cadden, Director of Commerce

Arc’teryx Kyanite AR Hoodie and Pearl iZUMi Prospect Barrier Jacket

Arc’Teryx/Pearl iZUMi

SEE IT

In 2023, I want to get outdoors more. Hiking. Biking. Though I love reporting on tech, I need to get away from it more, even if for only a few hours. Just because I’m coming out of my virtual (and real) shell doesn’t mean I won’t need a protective layer or two, however. The Arc’teryx Kyanite AR Hoodie is a multisport midlayer that’s far from middle of the road. A worthwhile investment, it’s light, soft, stretchy, and, most importantly, surprisingly warm when traveling on the trail. Did I say I’m coming out of my shell? That doesn’t mean I won’t need some wind and water resistance if I’m in the saddle in the city, so I’m also hanging the Pearl iZUMi Prospect Barrier Jacket in my closet when I need something to cut a brisk breeze and absorb a bit of light rain and road spray. — Tony Ware, Associate Managing Editor, Commerce

Vasque Men’s Breeze Waterproof Hiking Boots

Tony Ware

SEE IT

If I’m going to maintain my getting-outdoors-more resolution throughout 2023, I need accessories that can also go the distance. And one of the most important is trusty mid-range footwear. Lightweight, breathable, and comfortable to … boot … the Vasque Breeze immediately impressed me by requiring zero break-in, then continued to impress me with its stability and traction. While I haven’t submerged my feet to test the proprietary VasqueDry waterproofing fully, I’ve had no complaints following some light but sustained drizzles. And, with each component of the boot’s construction being made from 25%, 60%, and sometimes 100% recycled materials, I can feel better for the Earth as I explore it. — Tony Ware, Associate Managing Editor, Commerce

The post Gear to help us (and you) keep those New Year’s resolutions appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best massagers of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-massagers/ Fri, 15 Oct 2021 15:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=403386
The best massagers of 2021

These tools help sooth any part of your body.

The post The best massagers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best massagers of 2021

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best Foot Massager The Cloud massage shiatsu foot massager machine is best foot massager Cloud Massage Shiatsu Foot Massager Machine
SEE IT

A powerful solution for relieving legs and feet.

Best Massager Gun The Toloco Massage Gun is best neck massager Sportneer D9 Massage Gun
SEE IT

Interchangeable tips can pinpoint various areas of the body.

Best Massage Chair The Oways zero gravity SL track massage chair is best massage chair OWAYS Zero Gravity SL Track Massage Chair
SEE IT

A luxurious chair that hits the whole body.

One of the best forms of self-care is tending to your aches and pains with the help of massage. Besides muscle relief, studies show that massage has widespread benefits for the body and mind, such as managing skin conditions, pain, arthritis and fibromyalgia, hypertension, and enhancing overall mental well-being. But paying for frequent trips to the massage parlor can get costly. With the help of at-home massage tools, like massage guns and rollers, you can get the benefits of soothing muscles without having to shell out tons of money and time every week. Whether you’re an athlete looking to tend to sore muscles and joints, suffering from painful body parts due to age or illness, or simply looking to up your self-care game, here are the best massagers to keep you feeling relaxed and pain-free.

How we picked the best massagers

Because there are a wide variety of massagers on the market, we broke our search down to five key types: foot, neck, chair (full body), hand, and scalp. Each type of massager requires different features and components, but there are definitely some throughlines in our methodology. 

We analyzed each massager’s value for its price point: are you getting the most for your money? For neck and back massagers, we also wanted to ensure you’d be getting enough motorized power, without causing further pain and discomfort to your joints and muscles.

For handheld massagers, we only recommend those that aren’t too heavy or bulky, so that you can easily soothe yourself without having to feel like you’re working out. After all, wouldn’t that defeat the purpose? 

The best massagers: Reviews & Recommendations

Best foot massager: Cloud Massage Shiatsu Foot Massager Machine

Billy Cadden

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Between heat activation and incredibly powerful massage kneading, this is the best foot massager you’ll find. It works wonders to relieve pain from various conditions.

Specs:

  • Power Source: Corded Electric
  • Supports: Plantar Fasciitis, Diabetic Neuropathy, Bone Spurs
  • Weight: 22 Pounds

Pros:

  • Excellent for Diabetic Neuropathy
  • Extremely powerful/firm massage
  • Heated
  • Works feet and calves
  • Works like a deep tissue massage

Cons:

  • No remote control
  • Only 1 timer setting
  • Heavy

Specially designed to help those suffering from Diabetic Neuropathy, plantar fasciitis, and bone spurs, this foot massager is one of the most powerful on the market. It’s heat-activated for added muscle and joint relief and works all the way up through the ankles and calves for even more relief.

The movable bar allows you to adjust the positioning to your comfort and has three levels of intensity with five different modes: rolling massage, compression therapy, a sway function, heat therapy, or the quiet mode for a simple relaxing effect.

Drawbacks include the lack of remote control and only one timer setting (15 minutes). However, the overwhelming consensus was an appreciation for how intense this machine can get: “It hurts so good!”

Best massage gun: Sportneer D9 Massage Gun

Tony Ware

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: If your muscles and money are tight, this percussion massager adds new meaning to “bang for your buck” with enough speeds and swappable heads to target any muscle group. 

Specs:

  • Power Source: Battery
  • Noise: 30-45 dB
  • Weight: 2.3 Pounds

Pros:

  • Compact and portable
  • 6 replaceable massage heads 
  • Doesn’t sound like a power drill
  • Long-lasting 3350 mAh Lithium-ion battery

Cons

  • Not the most ergonomic

Percussion massagers are a great tool to break up the “crunchies” and loosen tight muscles. But with the most-recognized names in the sector starting at several hundreds of dollars, sticker shock can have you tensing up even more as you research relief.

Sportneer’s affordable but still effective D9 Massage Gun does exactly what it’s supposed to do—improving blood circulation and dispersing lactic acid to warm up muscles and/or hasten recovery—and it does it under a C note. With a 220W brushless motor delivering five speeds from 1300 to 3200 RPM.

Avid hikers, long-distance runners, as well as anyone working on their feet all day will particularly appreciate the bullet head, which easily navigates the contours of the foot, digging deep into the fascia (as well as around joints) to relieve tension. Combined with five other swappable options for every knotty muscle group, the D9 lets you work a massage into any routine.

While suggested as best used with oil, the metallic heads are also great for gliding over clothes with minimal twists, so use doesn’t always have to be a private production. And it all comes packed in a convenient carrying case so you can address acute aches from the couch to the commute, from the treadmill to the trail.

Best massage chair: OWAYS Zero Gravity SL Track Massage Chair

Why it made the cut: With a zero-gravity design, heated function, and a full body massage capability, this is a must for anyone who needs consistent muscle and joint relief.

Specs:

  • Product Dimensions: 64.56 x 31.49 x 48.81 inches
  • Weight: 256 pounds
  • Material: PU Leather

Pros:

  • Zero gravity
  • Full body massage
  • Heating
  • Built-in bluetooth speaker for music

Cons:

  • Very expensive
  • Manual setting can be difficult to use
  • Phone compatibility is spotty

This 3D, zero-gravity massage chair makes you feel like you’re floating in space. If you’re unfamiliar with zero gravity versus traditional massage chairs, zero gravity means you can recline all the way back. In this neutral position, you feel like you’re floating in “zero gravity,” because your weight is evenly distributed and your heart is lower than your legs. This helps to reduce pressure along your back, sciatic, and pelvis. This weight distribution is also beneficial if you sit for long periods of time.

The deep V-wrapped design and heating features are meant to help relax your emotional state, as well. The robot hands work the entire body in a rhythmic motion, and the chair can automatically adjust to a person’s height and body shape for the most accurate massage. 

You can even play music from the chair using the built-in Bluetooth speaker. While this chair is very expensive, it is a competitive price point for similar quality massage chairs. Manually programming the chair can be annoying, so it’s best for those who prefer automatic mode.

Best scalp massager: LATME Electric Scalp Massager

Why it made the cut: With four waterproof, replaceable heads and 28 individual nodes, this scalp massager can be used for dry massage use and in-shower massaging and cleaning.

Specs:

  • Power Source: Battery
  • Material: Plastic, Silicone
  • Weight: 1.43 Pounds

Pros:

  • Lightweight
  • 4 replaceable massage heads
  • 28 individual nodes
  • Waterproof; can be used in shower
  • Rechargable 

Cons:

  • Pricier than basic models

While the design is simple and straightforward, this scalp massager is doing the most. It comes with four replaceable massage heads that rotate both clockwise and counter-clockwise with high and low speeds for optimal goosebump-worthy head massage. 

We love that this is a waterproof design, meaning you can use the scalp massager in the shower to get a deep clean, stimulate your scalp, and relax you. In fact, studies show that head massage can increase hair growth and thickness. Don’t worry, it’s not going to tangle or pull your hair. If you’re concerned about tangling your hair, though, you can put a scarf over your head and still get the tingling and stimulation benefits. 

Ready in less than an hour on an easy charging base, it holds the charge for a long time. We also love that you can even use this device on pets.

Best hand massager: Lunix LX3 Cordless Electric Hand Massager

Why it made the cut: Relieve carpal tunnel, arthritis, and over-worked hands with this cordless electric, heated, and intense hand massager.

Specs:

  • Power Source: Battery
  • Supports: Arthritis, Pain Relief, Carpal Tunnel 
  • Material: Plastic

Pros:

  • Heated
  • Strong pressure
  • Compression
  • Great for palm, back of hand, and wrist pain
  • Comes with separate finger massager

Cons:

  • Pressure may be too strong for some users
  • Some did not like the “poking” ridges on the inside that left marks
  • Actual unit is less effective for finger pain

Our pick for the best hand massager, the Lunix pressure point therapy massager is excellent for palm, back of hand, and wrist pain. It comes with a separate finger massager, as well, which is great because we saw many users complain about the actual unit not providing enough finger relief. 

The unit comes with 6 levels of massage and intensity compression. It heats up to about 107 degrees F, which melts away sore and cramped muscles. It’s designed especially for Arthritis, pain relief, and carpal tunnel. If you want to focus on the wrists, though, you can place your hand halfway into the massager and hit program number four. It’ll massage your whole lower hand and that “meaty” section of your thumb. 

Note that the pressure can be a bit intense for some, so go easy when you’re starting out. It also can leave marks on your hands when you’re done using it, but have no fear. They will disappear after a little while.

Best budget percussion massager: TOLOCO Massage Gun

Why it made the cut: The forked attachment is wonderful for working on your neck, but it’s versatile enough to handle your whole body if other parts get sore.

Specs:

  • Power Source: Battery
  • Material: Silicone
  • Weight: 4.74 Pounds

Pros:

  • Lightweight
  • Can be used on full body
  • 10 replaceable massage heads 
  • Quiet
  • Long battery life

Cons

  • Auto shut off after 10 min
  • Can be hard to reach some areas of your body

While we chose this for the best neck massager, this massage gun works the entire body. It has 10 replaceable massage heads to work all the nooks and crannies, providing the most accurate muscle relief, blood circulation, and lactic acid removal. Use the fork head for your neck and spine, and the crescent head for your shoulders. 

While the massage heads are specific and strong, many users noted that one of the best elements of this massage gun is that it won’t hurt if you accidentally press over a bone. (Many guns have plastic attachments that can cause sharp pain over sensitive bones). 

It has an ergonomic handheld design that’s easy to use and won’t slip, and LCD touch screen to adjust the modes and intensity. All this comes at a very fair price point, especially when compared to other massage guns on the market. Get the best massage gun before it sells out.

Things to consider before buying the best massagers

Target

Because massage tools are a very broad genre, you’ll want to be specific about what your problem areas are and your intended use. Do you suffer from carpal tunnel and need hand relief? A hand massager is probably for you. Are you an athlete that requires deep tissue, full-body relief often? A massage gun is your best bet.

Price

You should also figure out what you’re looking to spend. Massage chairs, for example, can cost you well over $1000 (some are even $10,000!), while massage guns can be around $100. 

Consult your doctor

It’s also very much worth talking to your doctor before starting to shop for one of these massagers. That’s especially true if you’re suffering from any injuries or medical conditions. While most of these tools are simple to use, they may not play nice with underlying issues. Rubbing or applying pressure to the wrong area can increase pain or even cause permanent damage if you’re not careful. Err on the side of caution. 

FAQs

Q: Can I use a massager every day?

It depends. While massage has been shown to help alleviate pain and help with relaxation, every person’s body is different and requires varying amounts of relief. How often you exercise, how intensely you work out, and what conditions you have all affect how often you will need to massage your body.

The best way to tell how often to use your massagers is to go with how you feel. However, it also depends on how you use your massager. If you are using a massage gun, for example, you can use a more gentle setting to warm up your muscles daily and increase blood and lymphatic flow. If you are using an intense setting to work deep tissue, you will probably want to use this less often.

When it comes to massage chairs, though, the recommendation is typically to use them around three to four times per week.

Q: Does vibration help inflammation?

Yes! Studies show that vibration can reduce whole-body inflammation! 

Q: How much should I spend on a massage gun?

Like all products, the market varies widely. Some massage guns are under $100, and some can cost you over $700! This all depends on what features you’re looking for, brand names, etc. We’ve found that you can find a great massage gun that won’t break the bank, but will still get the job done. Those fancy $700 models are not necessary to get pain relief. 

A final word on the best massagers

Massage benefits your entire body, as well as offers stress relief and relaxation for your mental health. With the help of the best massagers, you can save money and gain more convenience by having a professional-grade massage at your fingertips. 

The post The best massagers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Garmin Forerunner 945 LTE review: A fitness watch that won’t leave you stranded https://www.popsci.com/reviews/garmin-forerunner-945-lte-review/ Mon, 15 Nov 2021 23:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=378989
Garmin Forerunner 945 LTE on a table
The screen has plenty of room for information. Brian Stillman

The Garmin Forerunner 945 LTE doesn’t require a phone to keep you on track, or to help if things go sideways.

The post Garmin Forerunner 945 LTE review: A fitness watch that won’t leave you stranded appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Garmin Forerunner 945 LTE on a table
The screen has plenty of room for information. Brian Stillman

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Smartphones are annoying to tote along on a run, but they can come in very handy. A friend of mine once had a medical emergency while jogging and was able to call 911. My wife sometimes receives uncomfortable attention from strangers while training for races, so she likes the reassurance that comes from being able to call me or a friend if she ever feels unsafe. But both have told me that, all things being equal, they don’t enjoy strapping a phone to an arm or finding a way to secure one in small pockets. That’s where the new Garmin Forerunner 945 LTE sports watch comes in. As its name suggests, the company built LTE technology into one of its popular fitness tracker watches, the Forerunner 945 first released in 2019, so that it now provides powerful safety alerts in addition to advanced athletics tracking in a sophisticated wearable. 

However, the Garmin Forerunner 945 LTE can’t break fully from a connected device. You’ll still need your smartphone if you want to stream music from Spotify, get and respond to text messages, make calls, or receive Twitter updates or photos, etc. Replacing your phone isn’t Garmin’s goal. Instead, the company has packed an already feature-rich running watch with a number of reassuring wireless tools. So read on to find out if the latest iteration of the Forerunner 945—and the added cost of its LTE—are right for you. 

Brian Stillman

SEE IT

The Garmin Forerunner 945 LTE’s design

This Forerunner is a surprisingly classy athletic watch. It’s not as chunky as the company’s Instinct Solar [check out our hands-on review]. And, while nowhere near as sleek as the Venu 2 [see our thoughts on that model], the understated design looked good when I met some coworkers for dinner. At 44.4 mm in diameter, 13.9 mm thick, and only 49 grams, it’s comfortable, too. Like many of Garmin’s sports watches, the Forerunner dons a familiar array of five control buttons, which I had no problem finding by touch while working out. 

The watch’s lens is made from strong Corning Gorilla Glass DX (similar to the material used on various smartphones) and it’s set into a fiber-reinforced polymer bezel. This watch can take some abuse. The included silicone watchband feels fine, but it traps sweat and I’d prefer something that breathes more. Thankfully, Garmin and third-party providers offer dozens of replacement bands. Finding the right look and feel requires only a quick Internet search. 

The bright, color display provides ample information at a glance, and it’s easy to read in full sunlight. Backlighting helps when it gets darker. Garmin preloaded the Forerunner 945 LTE with a number of watch face options. You can download more from the GarminConnect store or third parties. From there, it’s easy to tweak what information is displayed and how it’s laid out. You can also adjust the colors. Personally, I prefer a simple watch face with the time and date. I included message alerts for a while, but I get so many during the day that I can’t keep up, and seeing an icon with the number 75 next to it was just embarrassing. Three clicks of a button and, unlike all those unanswered message alerts, it was gone.

Setting up the Garmin Forerunner 945 LTE

Garmin Forerunner 945 LTE on a wrist
It’s a chunky bit of gear, but it’s packed full of features. Brian Stillman

My watch arrived 92-percent charged out of the box. I still topped it off by plugging it into a USB power source (you’ll need to supply your own adapter). In typical Garmin fashion, it charges via a proprietary multipin cable. Some companies, like Apple, have opted for wireless magnetic charging, but using a cable is definitely faster. 

Garmin reports that the battery lasts up to two weeks in smartwatch mode and up to seven hours in GPS mode with music and LTE LiveTrack activated. In my tests, I was able to go a little more than 13 days before the watch died on me. However, in GPS mode, it did last the reported seven hours, though not much more. 

Once charged, the watch guided me through its setup using helpful prompts that started by linking to my phone through Bluetooth to take advantage of the downloadable Garmin Connect app (available for both iOS and Android). From there, I established my baseline for health tracking, including weight, height, and sleep patterns, as well as other biometrics. I was also able to link the watch’s Spotify app to my account in order to stream music through my device or play music I downloaded to the Garmin Forerunner 945 LTE itself. The app then provided a quick-start guide to the watch’s top-level navigation and functions. You can also activate some of the community features, like challenges.

This is also where you set up your LTE plan. I was thrilled to discover I didn’t need to contact my cellphone service provider to activate a second line. In fact, you don’t need to sign up for a plan with any of the phone providers. The watch uses Garmin’s own cellular service. You’ll have to pay $5.99 per month with an annual subscription ($6.99 a month without). You’ll have to decide for yourself whether that fits your budget, but I found the price more than reasonable for what this watch provides. 

LTE connectivity

I was excited by the prospect of the Forerunner’s new LTE connectivity. I dreamed of owning Dick Tracy’s communicator watch when I was a kid, so the lure of having a wearable that wasn’t tethered to my iPhone was impossible to ignore. But that’s not exactly what Garmin had in mind when they designed this sports watch. 

The Garmin Forerunner 945 LTE, which costs $50 more than the base model, uses its over-the-air functionality to add helpful tracking features for both performance metrics and well-being, such as real-time progress sharing, crash detection, and emergency response team assistance request.

The Assistance tool is the one you hope you never have to use. It sends a message to your emergency contacts if you’re feeling unsafe or you’re lost, and it includes location data so they can find you. Assistance Plus takes this a step further by sending your name and location to the Garmin IERCC, which is a professional emergency response coordination center that then contacts emergency services to get you out of trouble. This is the same technology Garmin uses on its navigation tools to help rescue people at sea, when mountain climbing, and in other extreme situations. For extreme runners, backcountry skiers, wilderness hikers, people who like to swim in the open ocean, this safety tool is a no-brainer.

Taking it for a test run

Garmin Forerunner 945 LTE fitness mode
Big, clear graphics make it easy to see during a workout. Brian Stillman

I tested out LiveTrack, a tool that lets friends and family follow your location in real-time, on a jog through my new neighborhood. My friend, back in his apartment, followed my route without any trouble through an invite-only web portal. Of course, it also showed him how long I chilled out in the park halfway through my run. The tool was accurate enough that he could even figure out which bench I sat on. Busted!  

Spectator Messaging is a fun tool that lets friends, family, coaches, or teammates add some extra motivation during a race by delivering audio and text messages.

Finally, Live Event Sharing automatically sends race updates to your friends so they can stay up-to-date on your pace, location, and time. No need to press a button or do anything else that might break your concentration or interrupt your stride.

The rest of the specs

The Garmin Forerunner 945 LTE puts a lot of information on your wrist, but the lack of touchscreen technology means navigating what to me often felt like a maze of submenus. Expect a learning curve.

That said, hot-buttons take you to convenient widgets that provide snapshots of such biometric data as heart rate, step count, run details, and pulse ox. Some widgets report the weather, provide calendar alerts, notifications, and similar information. This is just surface-level information; dive deeper via the watch or the Garmin Connect app.

Thankfully, dedicated buttons access the music player and stopwatch, two features that I hate hunting for in the middle of a workout.

While navigating the watch is sometimes trickier than I’d like, Garmin does an excellent job of conveying information clearly and concisely through the smart use of icons, colors, and easy-to-read text. I only needed to glance at my wrist to read my lap time and heart rate.

Keep track of your movement and activities

The Garmin Forerunner 945 LTE tracks all sorts of preloaded activities—like biking, paddling, hiking, walking, snowboarding, and rafting. You can easily add new ones. With its focus on running, it’s no surprise this GPS fitness watch provides different running options, including outdoor, indoor track, and trail. You can also get real-time feedback on your form, including cadence, vertical oscillation, ground contact time, stride length, and more by pairing it with a running dynamics accessory. 

The watch suggests times for heat and altitude acclimation, lactate threshold, predicted race times, and training load and focus. It even provides daily suggested workouts. It tracks sleep data and then combines it with other information to help compute body battery, a measurement of energy levels. This, in turn, cycles back into the data set that helps the watch set up workout plans. 

Garmin has a long history of making excellent navigation tools, and the Forerunner 945 LTE includes full-color mapping of streets and trails, plus you can create your own courses in the Garmin Connect app. ClimbPro ascent planner displays real-time information including gradient, distance, and elevation gain. The Garmin Forerunner 945 LTE also includes turn-by-turn navigation and round-trip routing. 

Pay as you play

I like to keep my wallet secured in my locker when working out at the gym. The Garmin Pay feature lets me use my watch to pay for things like juice or a light snack in the same way that I might use my phone and Apple Pay. Just add a credit or debit card to the Garmin Pay wallet and you’re all set. It’s also handy for anyone who worries about losing their credit cards when running, or who spends a lot of time in the water. No one likes a wad of soggy cash.

So, who should buy the Garmin Forerunner 945 LTE?

The Garmin Forerunner 945 LTE is an upgrade to the original Forerunner 945, but it’s not an upgrade everyone needs. It provides peace of mind and fun features for fitness trackers, especially racers, but if you spend most of your workout time in the gym or running on a local track or in a safe neighborhood, you could save some money by considering running watches like the original Forerunner 945 or the Instinct line. They cost less but have nearly the same tracking, measurement, and training capabilities. 

Related: Apple Watch comparison

The post Garmin Forerunner 945 LTE review: A fitness watch that won’t leave you stranded appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Cold-weather gifts for runners https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-gifts-for-runners/ Fri, 21 Oct 2022 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=477976
Help keep your favorite runner warm with the best gifts for runners.

Brave the elements with some help from gear that will keep you warm and dry.

The post Cold-weather gifts for runners appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Help keep your favorite runner warm with the best gifts for runners.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best sneakers The Nike Air Pegasus 37 sneakers are some of the best gifts for runners in cold weather. Nike Air Pegasus Shield 37 Running Shoes
SEE IT

These sneakers are designed specifically for cold weather, with water-repellent features and grooves to keep you from slipping.

Best outerwear The Arc'teryx Squamish Hoodie is one of the best gifts for runners. Arc’teryx Squamish Hoody
SEE IT

This deceptively lightweight hoodie provides serious protection against the wind and rain.

Best socks Smartwool's Run Cold Weather Targeted Cushion Crew Socks are one of the best gifts for runners. Smartwool Run Cold Weather Targeted Cushion Crew Socks
SEE IT

These comfy wool and nylon socks are designed with mesh for extra breathability.

Running seems simple enough: Put one foot in front of the other in a semi-speedy fashion. It’s free, it’s safe, and dare I say, it’s fun. The equipment, too, seems appealingly uncomplicated. All you need are clothes and running shoes, right? While that’s technically true, some specialized cold-weather running gear can make jogging in the fall and winter’s wind, snow, and rain a whole lot more pleasant. Plus, when you feel good, you run good. It’s simple science. Here’s our list of some of the best cold-weather gifts for runners:

Best sneakers: Nike Air Pegasus Shield 37 Running Shoes

Nike

SEE IT

Let’s get started with the basics: sneakers. There’s nothing worse than missing a carefully calculated step and landing right into a puddle on a cold and rainy day. To avoid this mishap, Nike took one of its most popular running shoes, the Pegasus, and winterized it with a water-repellent upper material and an outsole with wet weather traction to keep you from slipping on the slick pavement. The outsole’s micro grooves feature multidirectional shapes that displace the water when the shoe makes contact with the pavement, so your feet can leave and arrive home dry and warm.

Best outerwear: Arc’teryx Squamish Hoody

Arc’teryx

SEE IT

Layers are essential when it comes to cold-weather running. Arc’teryx’s sleek Squamish hoodie provides plenty of assistance, keeping you warm without slowing you down. The lightweight shell is windproof yet protects you against rain and snow. It’s also made from nylon that is moisture-wicking and allows sweat to escape, helping to keep your body temperature steady during frigid runs. Plus, this minimalist option is a cinch to roll up into a backpack or carry-on. It’s available in men’s and women’s styles. — Jen McCaffery

Best underlayer: Ibex Men’s Woolies Tech Long-Sleeve Shirt

Ibex

SEE IT

Speaking of layering, a merino wool base is the way to go for those frigid days. This long-sleeve base layer has a nylon lining that will help keep you warm and dry all day. The company’s Pro Tech fabric is comfy and lightweight, but still wicks moisture away and keeps odor under control. They’re available in four matte colors (Deepest Red, Deep Ocean, Black, and Ginger Bisquite), you can pair the zippered top with the Woolies Tech Bottoms for full-body coverage.

Best leggings: Teatree inMotion High-Rise Leggings

Made from recycled polyester and elastane, these comfy leggings layer well and stretch with your body. They come in three core colors (Meteorite Black, Periscope Grey, Black Olive Green) and a rainbow of special edition hues. They’re high-waisted and sizing is inclusive, from XS to XXL. Two hidden waistband pockets let you stow some essentials on the run. On the sustainability front, the company plants trees in exchange for purchase, and you can sign up to track their progress.

Best mask: Under Armour Adult Sports Mask

Running with a mask may feel awkward, but research shows that wearing a mask protects you and others from catching COVID-19. The covering also has no significant influence on your performance. Even Olympian Galen Rupp won the 2011 US Track and Field Championships in the men’s 10,000-meter final while wearing a mask (to protect himself from an asthma attack from bad allergies) for the majority of the race. Under Armour’s sports mask features a water-resistant outer shell, an antimicrobial inner layer to thwart any sweaty smells between uses, and a foam layer made from polyurethane that allows air to flow through but blocks sweat and moisture. Plus, the fabric feels cool and comfortable throughout your workout. The mask also comes in sizes from XS to XXL to ensure everyone gets a good fit.

Best gloves: Arc’teryx Venta Gloves

Arc’teryx

SEE IT

Running in the cold sometimes feels like a tease. When you first step outside, the frigid temperatures can be startling, making you want to bundle up with extra pant and shirt layers. But as you ease into the miles, you can quickly overheat with all those clothes. Instead, wear lighter layers (unless the conditions are truly frigid) and focus on making sure your core and extremities are well-protected. Arc’teryx’s Venta glove uses Gore-tex’s Infinium material, which protects from water and wind and is extremely thin and light. Plus the mitten design allows your body heat to keep all your fingers tight and warm.

Best socks: Smartwool Run Cold Weather Crew Socks

Smartwool

SEE IT

In addition to keeping your hands warm, snuggly and comfy feet also make for a happy run. Smartwool’s Run Cold Weather Socks are made of sweat-wicking wool that also provides comfort and durability. The mid-crew length hits that perfect sweet spot of not too short to let wind in but not too long to cause overheating. Lastly, the socks have the company’s Light Elite cushioning that provides targeted support in the ball and heel of the foot. Otherwise, too much layering between your feet and shoes can restrict blood flow.

Best hat: TrailHeads Fleece Ponytail Hat

TrailHeads

SEE IT

When cold weather hits, a good hat is essential. But for those with longer hair, stuffing your long locks into a hat can be annoying at a minimum and cause a headache at the worst. Trailheads’ ponytail hat features an opening in the back to fit your hair through so it doesn’t get trapped, tangled, or bungled in your hat as you run. The piece is also made of quick-drying polyester fleece and flaps so your head and ears can stay warm for the duration of your run.

Best smartwatch: Garmin Forerunner 745

Garmin

SEE IT

Here’s the thing: You don’t need a watch to run. In fact, sometimes it can be incredibly relaxing to simply go for a jog without any regard for pace or distance. But let’s face it, there are a fair percentage of runners (myself included) that are stat-obsessed. And keeping track of your mileage can be a helpful tool if you’re beginning a training program or starting a buildup for a specific race, like a 5K or a marathon. The Garmin Forerunner 745 has everything a runner needs to geek out on, including GPS tracking, heart rate monitoring (with a resting heart rate feature), pulse oximeter, as well as apps to track your menstrual cycle and how much water you drink in a day. With this watch, almost nothing is left unchecked, making it one of the best gifts for runners.

Best safety gear: Brooks’ Run Visible Collection

Brooks

SEE IT

Some of the best gifts for runners aren’t only about keeping warm—they’re about keeping people safe. Much of North America is now experiencing the shortest days of the year with the sun rising around 7 a.m. and setting by 5 p.m. That means if you’re trying to squeeze in a run before or after work, you’re probably going to be doing at least some of those miles in the dark. Brooks Running’s Run Visible collection features clothing—from hats to windbreakers and leggings—that all come equipped with 3M Scotchlite Carbon Black Stretch Reflective material with neon colors. The material and coloring (which covers the most visible part of the light spectrum in low-light conditions) are strategically placed in so-called motion zones. That includes the joints that move the most while you’re jogging, like elbows, wrists, and ankles, so you can run safely no matter when you’re able to get that jog in.

Best vest: Nike Aeroloft Women’s Running Vest

Nike

SEE IT

In addition to keeping hands and feet from freezing, maintaining a warm core will keep the rest of your body toasty without adding too much bulk that could make you overheat mid-run. When looking for the best gifts for runners (or yourself), Nike’s Aeroloft running vest provides necessary warmth where you need it most. It also has pockets to store your keys, cell phone, or anything else you might need mid-run. — Jen McCaffery

Best tights: Reebok Women’s Puremove Leggings

Reebok

SEE IT

Many runners have a love-and-hate relationship with running tights. You need a pair that fits in just the right places for them to work well and feel comfortable. To make that happen, Reebok used its Motion Sense Technology (that the company originally designed for sports bras) to fill its tights with a material that stays liquid-like when in stasis and becomes more solid upon impact. This gives you a full range of movement on a run, while adding support precisely when you need it.

Best sunglasses: Tifosi Sunglasses

Tifosi

SEE IT

If you haven’t heard, Tifosi Sunglasses makes some of the most brilliantly colored UVA-/UVB-protected sunglasses on the market. With frames that come in enough colorways to match nearly any aesthetic, the Swank and Swick lines (and more), offer bright polarized lenses that will keep your eyes safe even on the snow or sand. These sunglasses are one of the best gifts for runners, as well as people who like extreme sports, desert hikers, and skiers alike.

Best for recovery: Normatec Go

Colder weather can cause arteries to tighten and restrict blood flow. Runners can recover better from workouts with Normatec Go. These wearables are designed to be strapped to the runner’s calves and provide a symmetrical massage to increase circulation and reduce pain in the lower body. The Bluetooth-enabled controls and associated app allow the runner to choose between seven levels of compression for a better recovery and the battery lasts up to three hours. — Jen McCaffery

The post Cold-weather gifts for runners appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
JBL Live Free NC+ TWS earbuds review: Made for active listening https://www.popsci.com/reviews/jbl-live-free-review/ Tue, 24 Aug 2021 20:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=391369
JBL Live Free with case on a weight
With the JBL Live Free NC+ TWS earbuds, you can press the tempo as you push plate. Andrew Waite

With the JBL Live Free NC+ TWS earbuds and a playlist on repeat, you're ready for one more rep.

The post JBL Live Free NC+ TWS earbuds review: Made for active listening appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
JBL Live Free with case on a weight
With the JBL Live Free NC+ TWS earbuds, you can press the tempo as you push plate. Andrew Waite

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Sometimes a song can sneak up on you. A slow, dynamic swell, Sara Bareilles’ “City” is one of those tracks where, as the percussion amplifies and the range expands, I am involuntarily swept up in it. It’s just me, a suburban dad walking the dog, actively resisting the urge to sing out loud as he longs for the “deep city lights” and to “get lost tonight” on an otherwise peaceful tree-lined street. Another thing that snuck up on me is helping me get caught up in the moment: the JBL Live Free NC+ TWS earbuds, which pack rich audio heritage into an unassuming pair of active noise-cancelling true wireless earbuds.

Andrew Waite

SEE IT

With almost a century in speaker development and live sound reinforcement, JBL has a reputation for vibrant sound that plays out in the JBL Live Free NC+ TWS earbuds as I belt out the chorus. Thankfully, only the dog was around to hear me. Let’s take a look at the technology that surrounded me with sound.

What are the JBL Live Free NC+ TWS earbuds? 

Sweatproof and lightweight, the JBL Live Free NC+ TWS are earbuds for active listeners. Whether it’s a humid summer night singalong or leg day, the JBL Live Free NC+ TWS ‘buds match your energy. The IPX7 waterproof rating means sweat won’t bother them—nor will submersion up to 1 meter deep for 30 minutes. And the wireless earbuds shouldn’t bother your ears during workouts due to a slim weight of 6.8 grams per ’bud, held securely in place with various sizes of eartips and/or gel-sleeves that I found provided a comfortable fit. Meanwhile, an abundant, detailed sound, assisted by adjustable active noise-cancelling (ANC) and smart technology that changes the EQ mix to keep your podcasts and playlists sounding consistent, will do enough to satisfy most of us, even when we’re listening really closely.

The JBL Live Free NC+ TWS earbuds’ design

The JBL Live Free NC+ TWS has a compact, bulbous body with a flat outward-facing side emblazoned with JBL’s logo. However, this surface is for more than advertising, as it includes touch-sensitive controls. Insert the earbuds under your ear’s tragus and a tight seal forms to mute the world even without the optional ANC engaged. And the rubber fins on the buds’ body help lock the earpieces solidly in place under your antihelix. This body type is similar to the Live Free’s slightly more expensive brother, the JBL Tour PRO+ TWS earbuds (which, with a lower IP rating, adaptive ANC, and hands-free voice control, are intended more for work than working out). They’re among the most comfortable earbuds I’ve used. But enough anatomy lessons. Let’s look at how the best wireless earbuds can fit physically, functionally, and sonically. 

They keep running so you can, too

The JBL Live Free NC+ TWS earbuds offer 7 hours of playtime with ANC off, 6 hours with ANC on, and an additional 14 hours of wireless charging from the included case (which supports Qi-compatible wireless charging and shows battery level via four LED lights). They take about 2 hours to fully recharge. The JBL Tour PRO+ TWS, in comparison, offers a slightly boosted 8 hours of playtime with ANC off, 6 hours with ANC on, and can deliver 32 total hours of battery life when you include the case. Those numbers are similar to other earbuds at the price point. For instance, the $130 Skullcandy Indy ANC earbuds (reviewed here) play for 9 hours without ANC, 5 hours with it, and can reach 23 hours of playtime from the case. 

Accountability buddy

Equipped with four microphones per earbud, the JBL Live Free NC+ TWS earbuds let you engage in phone calls or connect easily with your chosen virtual assistant. While chatting, my voice was clear but a little thin. I also connected to Alexa—you can connect to Google Assistant—and the JBL Live Free NC+ TWS earbuds had no issue connecting, but it required setting the touch controls to access this option. (The JBL Tour PRO+ TWS can have Alexa perk up just by uttering her name, aided by beamforming microphones and other sensors to mitigate wind, etc.) 

Wear wherever 

Designed for go time, these trim true wireless earbuds have technology that creates beautiful sound for moving moments and moments of constant moving. At 6.8 grams apiece, these earbuds are very lightweight and, as detailed above, I found them to fit so securely they were practically undetectable. That included when I wore them during long runs in the 90-degree humid heat, during several stints on the rowing machine, and even while getting a few hours of work done in the living room while my daughter and wife baked muffins in the nearby kitchen.

The IPX7 waterproof rating is also a huge bonus. While not the IP68 of the practically bulletproof 6.7 gram-per-’bud Jaybird Vista 2 (which we reviewed here), the IPX7 rating means sweat or downpours won’t put a damper on their use. To compare, a pair like the Sennheiser CX True Wireless (see our full thoughts here) lean more toward an audiophile rather than purely energetic sound. Still, they had limited use for workouts for me because the IPX4 just didn’t give me enough confidence that they could stand up to the way I sweat.  

JBL Live Free NC+ TWS in ear
Gel sleeves plus a rounded body ensure the JBL Live Free NC+ TWS earbuds nestle into your concha securely. Andrew Waite

Setting up the JBL Live Free NC+ TWS earbuds 

Initially, setting up the JBL Live Free NC+ TWS takes virtually no thinking. Remove the earbuds from the charging case, find them on your phone settings list of discoverable Bluetooth devices, and start listening. The Bluetooth 5.1 support handles standard SBC and higher-quality AAC connections (primarily for iOS devices) and helps ensure a stable connection.

However, getting a handle on the controls is more of a head-scratcher. For me, understanding how to set and use the tap system really required the app. Within the app, you can assign different groups of controls to the left and right earbuds. One group lets you change the volume—a single tap to raise the volume, two taps to lower it. Another group lets you control playback—a tap to pause, two to advance tracks, three to go back. A third group lets you access your voice assistant. A fourth group gives you ambient sound control. 

A single tap toggles between ANC and “Ambient Aware” modes, which acts as the inverse of ANC and amplifies your surroundings (helpful when jogging in traffic, walking on a trail where you want an immersive nature experience, etc.). Meanwhile, a double-tap switches to TalkThru mode, which lowers the volume considerably and disengages ANC so you can talk to your wife or neighbor without removing the earbuds—though they can operate with only one in. Call control is included within every grouping. Double-tap to answer a call or hang up an active call, tap and hold to reject an incoming call, or mute your microphone during a call.

If all of that sounds confusing, you’re right. As I said, it took me some time to master. And the other bummer is that you have to choose what group you can control. That means if you want to be able to use your ’buds to pause the music and switch off ANC, you won’t be able to use the ’buds to change the volume. That’s a definite miss.   

OK, but how do they sound?

I’ve already gushed about the fullness of the sound, so here are the specs behind the effect. The 6.8mm drivers—comparable to the 6mm driver found in the compact and capable Jaybird Vista 2 earbuds or the Sony WF-1000XM4, which we reviewed here—have a dynamic frequency response range of 20Hz to 20kHz with a sensitivity of 96 decibels at 1kHz/1mW. The result is a completeness that makes you feel like you are in the room with the artist. I noticed this most when listening to a relatively unknown Boston-based group called Ryan Montbleau Band. Details like the howl of individual crowd members and the scratchiness of the microphone made me feel like I was in the bar where the show had been recorded.

The JBL Live Free NC+ TWS has a neutral baseline sound profile. Bass is accurate, punchy, though it doesn’t have the most rumble. Mids are clear and accurate, while treble is present without treading into any unpleasant sizzle. Overall, the sound is warm with just enough high-end energy to motivate without fatigue.  

Did you catch the band’s set(tings)?

Part of what contributes to the sound is the JBL wireless earbuds app’s advanced sound controls. Those sound controls begin with the ANC. While the JBL Tour PRO+ TWS earbuds offer adaptive noise cancellation that will automatically adjust to the sounds around you, the JBL Live Free NC+ TWS earbuds let you slide a bar on the app to your desired level. Even at the top, however, it wasn’t the most effective ANC I’ve encountered. Meanwhile, JBL’s Ambient Aware mode, which amplifies rather than mutes noises around you, is probably the most impressive of such modes I’ve tested. I live in a fairly quiet neighborhood, and yet the few vehicles puttering by sounded like they had full-throated engines gunning it on a racecourse. A Nissan Pathfinder has never sounded so throaty.

The JBL app also offers EQ customization, with three modes preloaded. Vocal brings out the bass, and Piano stays relatively level across all frequencies—but amplifies the bass some, drops the middle, and boosts the higher end. And Jazz dips the bottom end and spikes the volume of middle frequencies. The “Smart Audio” modes include an Audio option that optimizes the sound to best match your quality and type of wireless connection. There’s a Video setting that lowers latency, so you won’t encounter lipsync issues. You can also create your custom sound by selecting various points on a parametric EQ. Still, there is no option to generate a personalized EQ based on how well you hear certain frequencies (an option on the Jaybird Vista 2, for example).      

JBL Live Free NC+ TWS on a dumbbell
Able to pump as hard as you can, the JBL Live Free NC+ TWS can be your arms-day bae. Andrew Waite

So, who should buy the JBL Live Free NC+ TWS earbuds? 

If you’re looking for a pair of true wireless earbuds that’ll deliver a full sound as you complete your next workout, definitely consider the JBL Live Free NC+ TWS earbuds. The earbuds are light and comfortable and deliver a powerful audio performance that definitely punches above their weight. Plus, IPX7 offers protection against sweat that’s almost a match for the Jaybird Vista 2 (though that pair has a stronger ANC/customized EQ component).

If you’re more business than play, the JBL Tour PRO+ TWS earbuds add handy features like hands-free virtual assistant access and adaptive noise-cancelling for $50 more than the JBL Live Free NC+ TWS earbuds. For a pair of earbuds with features as deep as its sound, though a considerably higher price tag, consider the Sony WF-1000XM4. Meanwhile, the Sennheiser CX True Wireless offers excellent, customizable audio quality at a comparable price to the JBL Live Free NC+ TWS. Still, they have a bulky fit that’s not ideal for exercise.

An alternative route for perfectly good wireless earbuds could lead you to the Skullcandy Dime earbuds—an option so, so cheap (less than $25) you could just replace a set if you sweat through them. Honestly, there are so many flagship ANC and budget earbuds on the market now that some pair is perfect for everyone. Yet even with all of the best earbuds options, if you want wireless noise-cancelling earbuds that can withstand many sets of pushups, box jumps, and burpees, and can push the limits of affordable sound, the JBL Live Free NC + TWS earbuds can help you live the way you want.

The post JBL Live Free NC+ TWS earbuds review: Made for active listening appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Save $100 on percussion massagers and other workout recovery tools https://www.popsci.com/gear/percussion-massager-workout-recovery-deals/ Tue, 29 Nov 2022 16:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=492805
Hyper Ice Hypervolt 2 Pro
HyperIce's Hypervolt 2 Pro is on sale as a post Cyber Monday deal. Hyperice

Recovery is just as important as adding extra reps. And if you want to save money while saving yourself from soreness, check out these massage guns & more.

The post Save $100 on percussion massagers and other workout recovery tools appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Hyper Ice Hypervolt 2 Pro
HyperIce's Hypervolt 2 Pro is on sale as a post Cyber Monday deal. Hyperice

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Thanksgiving is delicious, but the temptation to overindulge is real. And, once the third round of leftovers is done, some folks might feel the need to overcompensate by hitting the gym double-hard. Well, putting your body under constant pressure is a mistake many people make when taking exercise seriously. Whether you’re a runner, boxer, dancer, cyclist, or weightlifter, it’s important to prepare your muscles before exercise, let your body rest, and address soreness afterward. A massage gun may seem superfluous, but it’s actually an invaluable tool for loosening fascia, increasing range of motion and flexibility, and decreasing soreness and stiffness, and something you should always keep in your gym bag or at home—or get two at these prices.

Hyperice Hypervolt 2 Pro, $299 (Was $399)

Hyperice

SEE IT

Cyber Monday may be over, but you can save $100 today on Hyperice’s Hypervolt 2 Pro, a handheld massage gun with five tips to massage different muscles properly. The massager has three intensity settings and can guide you through recovery regimens developed by professional athletes if you sync it to your phone over Bluetooth and use Hyperice’s app. The company even includes four adapters, which allow you to take the Hypervolt 2 Pro to different countries if you work out at hotel gyms. If you plan to get into better shape in 2023, this is one post-Cyber Monday deal you’re not going to want to miss.

More percussion massager & workout recovery deals

The post Save $100 on percussion massagers and other workout recovery tools appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Cyber Monday connected fitness deals: Save $300 off a Peloton bike and more https://www.popsci.com/gear/peloton-fitness-deal-cyber-monday-2022/ Mon, 28 Nov 2022 19:37:44 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=491966
A Peloton bike that's $300-off for Cyber Monday on a blue gradient background
Amanda Reed

Get in shape—and save some money while doing it—with these Cyber Monday connected fitness deals.

The post Cyber Monday connected fitness deals: Save $300 off a Peloton bike and more appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A Peloton bike that's $300-off for Cyber Monday on a blue gradient background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

The winter chill makes it harder to exercise outside, especially if you’re a cyclist—you can’t swerve and pedal when there’s a thin coat of ice on the sidewalk and road. It’s also sick and twisted that working out is good for your mental health, and winter makes it sometimes feel impossible to do so. Thankfully, Peloton has its eponymous bike on sale for a rare $300 off during Cyber Monday.

BUY IT

The bike that started it all—the indoor cycling craze during the pandemic, the proliferation of on-demand workout classes, your aunt’s parasocial relationship with Cody Rigsby—hit Amazon in September 2022. Today, however, is a golden opportunity to take advantage of $300 in savings. A compact, 4-by-2 foot footprint—smaller than your average yoga mat—means you can cycle without getting in the way of the tree you just set up after Thanksgiving. Plus, an adjustable seat, handlebar, and tilt-able screen mean it can accommodate the smalls and talls in your household. Clip into the bike’s delta-compatible pedals and turn up the resistance knob for manual control, and get a good look at your sweaty flesh prison in the 5-megapixel front-facing camera. Other notable features include a 2-channel rear-facing stereo speaker system with 16 watts of total power, 10-point multitouch touchscreen, USB, 3.5 mm headphone jack, Bluetooth 4.0 connectivity, built-in microphone, and up and down volume buttons—all things that help you ride off into the healthy sunset.

Cyber Monday is one day only, so grab this Peloton before this deal gets stored in the closet and is only pulled out next year.

Here are some proper fit fitness deals we’re watching this Cyber Monday:

More of the best Cyber Monday deals:

The post Cyber Monday connected fitness deals: Save $300 off a Peloton bike and more appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Get sweaty with these 40+ Black Friday fitness deals https://www.popsci.com/gear/fitness-deals-black-friday-2022/ Fri, 25 Nov 2022 23:08:57 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=491612
Save on smartwatches, home gym equipment and more during Black Friday fitness deals in 2022.

Trick out your home gym or get a new fitness tracker with these Black Friday deals

The post Get sweaty with these 40+ Black Friday fitness deals appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Save on smartwatches, home gym equipment and more during Black Friday fitness deals in 2022.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Fitness gear can make working out more effective and a whole lot more fun. Want a watch that can meticulously track all that wonderful suffering you do at the gym? There’s a Black Friday deal for that. Or maybe you want some free weights or a treadmill for your home so it can feel more like the gym. Black Friday can help with that as well. We’ve combed through tons of fitness deals to find the ones worth buying and we didn’t even break a sweat. OK, we did sweat a little, but it has been a long Black Friday. Cut us some slack.

The best Black Friday smartwatch and wearables deals

Garmin fenix 6S Pro, Premium Multisport GPS Watch $339.47 (was $599.99)

If you’ve got a serious skier or a mountain climber on your list, the Garmin fenix 6S Pro is an excellent choice. This rugged smartwatch comes with maps for more than 2,000 ski resorts around the world, plus sophisticated GPS, global satellite tracking, a gyroscope, and barometric altimeter. The watch will also keep tabs on critical health metrics at high altitudes, such as heart rate and oxygen levels. The battery lasts anywhere from 9 to 34 days, and its display is always-on in the sun and comes in stainless steel, titanium, or with a carbon coating that’s as hard as a diamond.

The best Black Friday fitness equipment & home gym deals

Bowflex Treadmill 22 $2,499.00 (was $3,599.00)

Putting in some serious miles on the treadmill is a lot more pleasant when you have something fun to watch. The Bowflex Treadmill 22 lets you stream Netflix, Hulu, Amazon Prime, Disney+, and more from its HD touchscreen. You can also virtually globetrot on 50 routes around the world. A Bluetooth wireless armband and speakers complete the experience. And you can crank up the resistance up to 20 percent or run up to 12 mph.

The best Black Friday fitness accessory deals

Bose Sport Wireless Earbuds $129.00 (was $149.00)

Listening to music or a riveting podcast can help the miles pass by easier—unless you’re constantly fumbling with your headphones. Bose’s Sport Wireless Earbuds solve this problem with three sizes of earbuds for a custom fit. With an IXP4 rating, they’re also water- and sweat-resistant. These earbuds are designed with Bose’s signature high-quality audio and touch controls that make answering calls or adjusting volume a cinch. Plus, these earbuds have a long battery life of up to 5 hours if you’re up for the challenge. 

More of the best Black Friday deals

The post Get sweaty with these 40+ Black Friday fitness deals appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Black Friday fitness deals: 40+ wearables, cardio machines, and more https://www.popsci.com/gear/black-friday-fitness-deals-2022/ Fri, 25 Nov 2022 11:25:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=490983
Save on smartwatches, home gym equipment and more during Black Friday fitness deals in 2022.

Short on cash but not motivation? No sweat with these great deals on smartwatches, home gym equipment, and more.

The post Black Friday fitness deals: 40+ wearables, cardio machines, and more appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Save on smartwatches, home gym equipment and more during Black Friday fitness deals in 2022.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Fitness equipment can be an expensive investment if you’re looking for a tricked-out treadmill or the latest smartwatch. Fortunately, some of the best equipment around is steeply discounted for Black Friday. You can save more than $1,000 on a treadmill, or hundreds on a seriously rugged smartwatch. At these prices, this inventory is sure to go fast, so check out a few highlights alongside our curated selection of the best Black Friday fitness deals below and make sure to take advantage of them while you can.

The best Black Friday smartwatch and wearables deals

Garmin fenix 6S Pro, Premium Multisport GPS Watch $339.47 (was $599.99)

If you’ve got a serious skier or a mountain climber on your list, the Garmin fenix 6S Pro is an excellent choice. This rugged smartwatch comes with maps for more than 2,000 ski resorts around the world, plus sophisticated GPS, global satellite tracking, a gyroscope, and barometric altimeter. The watch will also keep tabs on critical health metrics at high altitudes, such as heart rate and oxygen levels. The battery lasts anywhere from 9 to 34 days, and its display is always-on in the sun and comes in stainless steel, titanium, or with a carbon coating that’s as hard as a diamond.

The best Black Friday fitness equipment & home gym deals

Bowflex Treadmill 22 $2,499.00 (was $3,599.00)

Putting in some serious miles on the treadmill is a lot more pleasant when you have something fun to watch. The Bowflex Treadmill 22 lets you stream Netflix, Hulu, Amazon Prime, Disney+, and more from its HD touchscreen. You can also virtually globetrot on 50 routes around the world. A Bluetooth wireless armband and speakers complete the experience. And you can crank up the resistance up to 20 percent or run up to 12 mph.

The best Black Friday fitness accessory deals

Bose Sport Wireless Earbuds $129.00 (was $149.00)

Listening to music or a riveting podcast can help the miles pass by easier—unless you’re constantly fumbling with your headphones. Bose’s Sport Wireless Earbuds solve this problem with three sizes of earbuds for a custom fit. With an IXP4 rating, they’re also water- and sweat-resistant. These earbuds are designed with Bose’s signature high-quality audio and touch controls that make answering calls or adjusting volume a cinch. Plus, these earbuds have a long battery life of up to 5 hours if you’re up for the challenge. 

More of the best Black Friday deals

The post Black Friday fitness deals: 40+ wearables, cardio machines, and more appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best 60 Walmart Black Friday deals https://www.popsci.com/gear/walmart-black-friday-deals/ Wed, 23 Nov 2022 03:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=490324
Walmart Black Friday deals
Stan Horaczek

Get a jump on the savings without having to jump through hoops thanks to early online discounts.

The post The best 60 Walmart Black Friday deals appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Walmart Black Friday deals
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Black Friday is here and you can start saving on hundreds of items for your household and your loved ones with Walmart’s Black Friday deals. You can maximize your savings by getting a free 30-day trial to Walmart+ early access. That will get you free delivery from your local Walmart, free shipping, discounts on prescriptions and gas, access to stream more than 40,000 videos from Paramount, and more. We’ve highlighted some standout discounts, then listed dozens more, and we’ll keep updating this guide with new deals through Cyber Monday and beyond.

Black Friday laptop and computer deals

SAMSUNG 34″ Class Flat LED Ultra WQHD Monitor, $229.00 (was $399.99)

If you don’t want to shell out a lot for a monitor but still want an ultra-wide option with a high-quality picture, Samsung’s LED Ultra WQHD monitor is a great pick. At 34 inches across, the screen has a resolution of 3440×1440 pixels that delivers a sharp picture. A  respectable 75Hz refresh rate and AMD FreeSync technology cut down on tearing and stutter for better gaming. And the VESA-compatible mount works with both HDMI and Display Port.

Black Friday sports & outdoors deals

Hyper E-Ride Electric Bike, $398.00 (was $698.00)

Electric bikes can be pricey, but this option features quality craftsmanship at an affordable price. This eye-catching blue bike comes with an aluminum frame and premium Shimano grip shifter and rear derailleur gear system. It’s got front and rear brakes for extra safety, plus a 36-volt battery that allows for a ride time of about 20 miles—great for commuting or short rides around town.

Black Friday fitness deals

SAMSUNG Galaxy Watch 4 Classic, $149.00 (was $349.99)

Do you like the idea of smartwatches but still prefer a more classic-looking timepiece for everyday wear? The Samsung Galaxy Watch 4 Classic BT ticks both boxes. It’s got the traditional clock face with hands and stainless steel casing. Yet it will track your vital health metrics, from your oxygen levels to ECG monitoring to sleep tracking,  let you participate in group workouts, and get live coaching. Of course, you can also listen to music, take calls, and text. But hurry, at almost $200 off, this deal won’t last long.

The best Walmart Black Friday deals in 2022

Black Friday TV deals

Black Friday home theater deals

Black Friday audio deals

Black Friday gaming deals

Black Friday home deals

Black Friday kitchen deals

Black Friday deals on tools

More of the best Black Friday deals

The post The best 60 Walmart Black Friday deals appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Best fitness trackers of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-fitness-tracker/ Sun, 18 Jul 2021 20:59:00 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-fitness-tracker/
woman running on top of rocks with sun setting behind her
Cameron Venti via Unsplash

Whether you’re a weekend warrior or a pro athlete, up your game with today’s best fitness trackers. Here’s our advice on how to find the right one for you.

The post Best fitness trackers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
woman running on top of rocks with sun setting behind her
Cameron Venti via Unsplash

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best battery life Garmin Vivofit 4 Garmin Vivofit 4
SEE IT

Forget the charger—this option has a battery life of one year and offers the basic functions of measuring steps, calories burned, and sleep monitoring.

Best sleep tracker Fitbit Versa 3 Fitbit Versa 3
SEE IT

Equipped with ample fitness features, a detailed sleep tracker, and Google Assistant or Alexa compatibility, this Smartwatch can seamlessly track and monitor all your health metrics.

Best screen display The SAMSUNG Galaxy Watch Active2 is the best Android smartwatch on our guide to the best waterproof smartwatches. Galaxy Watch Active 2
SEE IT

This lightweight pick has a full-screen display that automatically detects six exercises while tracking up to 39 more.

The very first fitness trackers were rudimentary step-counters, but technology has advanced since then. Now, whether you want to hit that 10,000 daily step goal, monitor your sleep, or train in a specific heart rate zone, there’s a wrist-mounted wearable for you. The best fitness trackers don’t just log and display info, they link with your smartphone, usually via Bluetooth, and use sophisticated apps to show where you are in relation to your goals and how you’re doing compared to historical data.

But in a world that already bombards us with information, do we really need more data in our lives? The quick answer, if you’re serious about getting fit, is “yes.” Research shows that setting goals, benchmarking progress, and getting feedback make us more likely to improve our fitness, health, and wellness. Add in accountability—yes, many of these trackers can post directly to your social media—which is another proven way of sticking to your healthy lifestyle, and you can see why so many people are devotees.

Yet with so many options, how do you know which is the best fitness tracker for you? From product design to functionality and battery life, we’ve tracked down everything you need to know to make the best decision.

Best fitness trackers: Our picks

Best for monitoring heart rate: Apple Watch Series 6

Amazon

SEE IT

Various academic papers have found that Apple Watches appear to measure heart rate most accurately. The most recent iterations, like the Apple Watch Series 6, can generate an ECG reading similar to a single-lead electrocardiogram and can even notify the wearer of heart rate irregularities. Admittedly the Series 6 is pretty pricey—although earlier models are less expensive and still packed with features. If you’re already an iPhone user, it’s a no-brainer—needless to say, it syncs seamlessly.

Best sleep tracker: Fitbit Versa 3

Amazon

SEE IT

The Fitbit Versa 3 automatically tracks your sleep and not only shows how long you were in each sleep cycle but how your sleep compares to others of the same age and sex. The app displays the data clearly, and lets you see historical data and a 30-day average, too. Sleep and sleep quality are clearly important to Fitbit—you can also set an alarm to wake you when you’re in a lighter sleep stage so you feel less drowsy. The Fitbit Versa 3 has more fitness tracker features that make it a worthy workout companion, too.

Best for battery life: Garmin Vivofit 4

Amazon

SEE IT

Extra-long battery life like that of the Garmin Vivofit 4 comes with a few compromises, but those who don’t want to be tied to a charger will appreciate this pared-back tracker. It will track steps, distance, activity, and calories burned, as well as monitor sleep and provide a personalized daily step goal. The color display is customizable, and the app adds functionality.

Best with GPS: Coros Apex

Amazon

SEE IT

Designed for serious athletes—hence knob control rather than touchscreen so you can get info when your hands are sweaty—the Coros Apex GPS-heavy watch allows navigation tracking on preloaded routes, keeps track of your elevation, lets you know if there’s bad weather ahead, and even reminds you to refuel.

Best screen displays: Galaxy Watch Active 2

Amazon

SEE IT

The Samsung Galaxy Watch Active 2 may offer fewer customization options and third-party apps than rival Apple Watch, but that provides you the opportunity for a cleaner, less cluttered customer experience. You can still track more than 40 exercises (and auto-detect six), monitor heart rate and sleep, and get notifications from your phone as well. Waterproof and with decent battery life, it plays best with an Android phone.

Best budget: What you get for under $50

You’re probably going to have to head over the $50 mark if you want to pick up any of the brands in our main feature, although Fitbit and Garmin have entry-level products around $70. But to get more bang for your buck, look to Chinese brand Xiaomi. The Xiaomi Mi Band 5 has a large screen display, tracks 11 different sports, as well as your sleep, steps, and heart rate. It can also show you notifications from your phone and can be used to control your phone’s music and camera, too.

Things to consider when shopping for the best fitness trackers

It’s easy to get bewildered by all the features and functions available. But the best fitness tracker for you is the one that will effectively and efficiently monitor exactly what you want it to—maybe your heart rate or the quality of your sleep—and deliver the info in a way that works for you. But it’s also smart to keep in mind that too many functions, such as GPS or an energy-sapping display can drain your tracker’s battery life.

1. Want to follow your heart?

There are few more accurate measurements of fitness than your heart rate at rest. Normally, the fitter you are, the lower your heart rate will be—generally a good thing as it indicates that your heart muscle doesn’t need to work as hard to maintain a steady beat.

Keeping an eye on your heart rate while working out can also be a good way of knowing you’re working as hard as you should be. Broadly speaking, if you want to work out at a moderate intensity, your heart rate should be somewhere between 50% and 70% of your maximum heart rate (this varies with age) and during high-intensity workouts, you should be in the 70-85% of maximum zone.

There’s been some dispute about how accurate the heart rate monitors on wrist-mounted wearables can be. Unlike chest straps which use electrodes to detect a heartbeat and are considered almost comparable to the devices that medics use, fitness trackers usually shine a light on the blood vessels in your wrist to measure the volume of blood flow, and calculate heart rate accordingly. However, when you’re moving, the sensor can slip, resulting in an inaccurate reading.

Manufacturers seem aware of this issue, and each new iteration of the tracker seems to improve on the last.

2. Want the best fitness tracker for counting zzz’s?

When it comes to fitness, we tend to neglect recovery—and that’s partly why sleep monitoring has become a key feature of fitness trackers. Some argue that you should know whether you’ve had a good night’s sleep just based on how you feel in the morning. Trying to beat a sleep score every night, they say, only adds stress and makes it less likely you’ll sleep well.

However, if you’re trying different approaches to improve your sleep—a relaxing pillow spray, avoiding screens before bed, or winding down with a warm shower—a tracking app can help you figure out what works best for you. While sleep trackers in labs use brain activity to measure the different stages of sleep—light, deep, and REM sleep—fitness trackers tend to use a combination of movement and heart rate tracking to estimate your sleep cycles.

You have to notify some trackers that you’re going to bed in order to initiate sleep monitoring, but others do it automatically as long as you are wearing your device to bed. If you want to wear your tracker to monitor your activity during the day and your sleep at night, make sure you’ve got a device that has a long battery life—see our pick for best battery life below—or a quick charging time so you never have to miss a moment, night or day.

3. How long will the battery last?

When it comes to electronics, particularly small yet powerful ones, battery life can be a major concern. Depending on how you want to use your fitness tracker, battery life might be key when choosing one.

Many of the most popular products blur the line between fitness trackers and smartwatches and come with a huge number of functions such as sending and receiving messages, storing music, and GPS tracking. But these bells and whistles can be a real drain on your battery. You might find yourself needing to fast charge your device while you’re in the shower or sacrificing sleep tracking so it can power up overnight.

That might be fine if you just want to keep track of the odd HIIT class. But if you hate being a slave to a charger—or want to take your tracker on a camping expedition, say, without access to power—it might be worth sacrificing some features for longer battery life.

Trackers with slightly fewer functions can go for up to seven days without a charge, and yet still allow you to receive notifications from your phone, prompt you to move when you’ve been sitting still too long, and track your heart rate. Bear in mind that the more interaction you have with the screen, the sooner you will likely need a recharge. If you want something that will last months or even years, there are options out there, but you’re going to have to compromise somewhere.

4. Want to know where you are—and where you’re going?

GPS—or Global Positioning System—is a series of satellites that circle the Earth. If you have a GPS receiver, it can use the relative positioning of these satellites to tell you exactly where you are. It’s this sort of geolocation technology that is used to help your car company or food delivery service locate you, and how the map app on your phone gives you directions.

When it comes to fitness trackers, GPS can be helpful in a number of ways. Using what it knows about your location and the time you were there, you can get an accurate idea of your pace when you’re running or hiking. It can also allow someone who’s not with you to track your progress or help you create a map of your route. Further, on some devices, with an additional app, GPS can be used to help direct you along a pre-programmed route.

Fitness trackers have various ways of capitalizing on GPS. Some may include their own built-in receivers, which means you don’t have to have your phone with you, while others use the GPS in your smartphone to help geolocate you.

The quality of GPS in fitness trackers varies, too. Sometimes it’s tricky to squeeze a high-quality receiver into a small band or watch, and if accurate GPS is really important to you—say you’re a competitive runner and need a highly accurate record of your distances and pace—a GPS running watch might be a better option for you.

5. Want a jam-packed screen—or a minimalist one?

How much information do you want to see on the screen of your fitness tracker? Ask three people and you’d probably get three different answers. Do you want all your info there? Or would you rather a single piece of data on screen—your step count, calories burned, or heart rate—knowing that you’ll have to scroll through to get the other data you want?

As with so many choices, it’s all about compromises. If you want a full color, fully customizable screen, you’re probably looking at a smartwatch rather than a band-style tracker, but that probably means a touch screen, rather than buttons, which can be tricky to interact with when you’re sweaty or wearing gloves.

Whatever you opt for, it’s worth spending a bit of time getting to know your tracker’s screen, working out how you can customize it so that the functions and information you want most are easily and quickly accessible. As with your phone, you may find some apps or functions installed that you don’t need. If you know you’re never going to record a ballet class, for example, delete that option if you can. The less information you have on screen, the easier it will be to zone in on what you want.

It might also be worth considering a screen protector if you’re going for a smartwatch-style tracker. These can be really thin and unobtrusive, and the best don’t interfere with functionality, just protect against scratches, scrapes, and damage.

Best fitness tracker brands

Fitness trackers have an interesting heritage—closely related to sports watches and mobile phones—as well as being their own stand-alone tech. The brands we’ve identified below as strong players in the industry encompass the entire spread of these technologies. From companies known originally for their computing genius to those established with the sole purpose of creating fitness wearables, here’s a slightly deeper dive into some of the brands included in this article.

Fitbit

Established in 2007 when two entrepreneurs realized that the technology behind sensors and wireless computing had reached a stage where the concept of a wearable device to improve fitness had real potential. Fitbit has come a long way since their early rudimentary clip-on trackers that used motion sensors to track movement, sleep, and calorie burn. In 2019, Google announced its acquisition of the brand for $2.1 billion.

Garmin

Garmin’s roots lie in GPS. Founded in 1989 by two engineers Gary Burrell (Gar) and Min Kao (min) who gave their names to the brand, the company’s first product was designed for automotive and marine purposes at a time when GPS was predominantly being used by the military. Their first wearable GPS didn’t launch until 2003 when they brought out the Forerunner 201, a pager-sized wrist-mounted device, and many feel they’ve led the way in wearable GPS ever since.

Apple

Born as a computer company in 1976, Apple has always been as much about product design, desirability, and user experience as about technology. The iPod, which launched in 2001, marked a turning point for the company, revolutionizing the way the world listens to music. The iPhone launched in 2007, followed by the Apple Watch in 2015. In 2019, it was reported that Apple had sold more watches than the entire Swiss watch industry.

FAQs

Q: What is the best cheap fitness tracker?

The Mi Band 5 is the cheapest fitness tracker on the market, but there are other affordable options that cost just slightly more than the Mi. You may sacrifice some features and quality when you choose a cheaper option, but they’ll still track the basics like steps, heart rate, and fitness metrics.

Q: Why use a fitness tracker?

Fitness watches can motivate users to stay on track with their fitness goals by providing real-time data and metrics that allow you to monitor progress and performance. As many of us are sedentary throughout the day, fitness trackers offer real-time alerts and reminders to keep you moving, even in small increments.

Q: Which fitness tracker is most accurate?

We all want a fitness watch that accurately measures our fitness data—after all, accurate metrics help us get a better grip on our health. The Garmin Vivofit 4 is among the most accurate trackers, offering precise measurements for both everyday and fitness wear.

A final word on the best fitness trackers

There’s no doubt that a fitness tracker can help you up your game when it comes to your workouts, and that there are a host of different features and functions out there that can keep you on track, whether you’re a busy parent squeezing in a quick yoga class or a professional athlete trying to shave every last second off your time. The huge leaps and bounds in technology also mean that your fitness tracker can do double duty as a smartwatch, notifying you about everything from news headlines to your next meeting. The type of tracker you opt for will depend on your life, lifestyle, and what you want from it. But the choices are out there like never before.

The post Best fitness trackers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Beat pre-Black Friday tension with a percussion massager and other self-care sales on Amazon https://www.popsci.com/gear/sportneer-early-black-friday-deal/ Tue, 08 Nov 2022 16:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=484973
A lineup of self-care and exercise equipment on a white background
Amanda Reed

Treat yourself with these ahhhh-mazing deals on Amazon that will leave you blissed out before Black Friday stress.

The post Beat pre-Black Friday tension with a percussion massager and other self-care sales on Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of self-care and exercise equipment on a white background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

The holidays can be … stressful, to say the least. Coordinating dinner and in-laws and travel? That’s a recipe for a headache. Get rid of that shoulder, neck, or back tension with the K1 massage gun from Sportneer, which is on sale for $59.99, down from its regular $159.99 price. That’s a $100 savings!

Sportneer

SEE IT

You can easily knock out any turkey-related tension, or limber up for some competitive shopping, thanks to six hours of battery life—and do so quietly, thanks to noise reduction technology that makes it as quiet as a library. Five-speed levels ranging from 1200-3200 RPM and six replaceable massage heads allow you to tailor your massage experience. Plus, you can take it with you when you visit extended family thanks to an included carrying case and light design.

Budget and space a little less tight? Well, your muscles will also be if you opt for the Sportneer Elite D9 percussion massager, currently $79.99, which is $50 off its typical $129.99 price. It’s a little larger and heavier than the K1, but the Elite D9 ups the battery life to 7 hours and the speed levels powering its 11mm amplitude up to six. And it still comes with six interchangeable heads so you can precisely target the area(s) of the body needing the most relief. If you’re shopping for fitness gifts for the tech enthusiast in your life, a percussion massager is a great place to start.

If you’d like to add some resistance to any post-dinner, pre-massage walks, we recommend these Sportneer Adjustable Ankle Weights, on sale for $24.99. You can adjust the weight of each band by adding or subtracting included sand packets. Got a bike in the garage gathering dust and the weather is crappy? Transform it into an exercise station with the BalanceForm trainer stand, on sale for $21.99, typically $52.

Are you an Android user looking to track all those pains and gains? Check out the Amazfit GTR 3 smartwatch, on sale for $129.99, down from $179.99. A water-resistant fitness tracker that is equally at home in the office as it is at the gym, it features an AMOLED display, Alexa, Bluetooth call & text alerts, GPS, 150 sports modes, Sp02 blood oxygen & heart rate tracker, plus more.

That’s just one of several Amazfit deals but, like the Sportneeer deals, they’re good for one day only so act now!

Here are some other self-care, recovery, and exercise items on sale:

Always have self-care essentials handy thanks to Amazon’s Stock Up & Save program. It gives Prime Members a 20% discount when they place $50 or more on items from a pre-selected list, including:

The post Beat pre-Black Friday tension with a percussion massager and other self-care sales on Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best fitness gifts for your favorite tech enthusiast https://www.popsci.com/best-fitness-gifts/ Tue, 14 Dec 2021 13:48:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-fitness-gifts/
Delight the data-driven adventurer in your life with one of these tech gifts for fitness enthusiasts.

For some, the way to the heart is through the stomach. For others, it’s through the biceps.

The post The best fitness gifts for your favorite tech enthusiast appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Delight the data-driven adventurer in your life with one of these tech gifts for fitness enthusiasts.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best for recovery ROLL Recovery R8 Plus product image ROLL Recovery R8 Plus Deep Tissue Massage Roller
SEE IT

Speed recovery quick and conveniently with this painstakingly engineered, adjustable FDA Registered device for myofascial release.

Best for endurance athletes The Apple Watch Ultra is the best tech gift for fitness enthusiasts. Apple Watch Ultra
SEE IT

Designed for outdoor adventurers of all kinds, this smartwatch is designed to get you home safely as well.

Best for the home gym TRX Training TRX All-in-One Body Suspension Trainer
SEE IT

No need to head to the gym for a killer workout—this set gives you a great burn from the comfort of your home.

Don’t know what to get your macro-counting, spandex-wearing, competition-winning fitness-obsessed friend? We’ve got some ideas for the best fitness gifts for the technically inclined:

Best for endurance athletes: Apple Watch Ultra

Amazon

SEE IT

Know someone who’s looking to scale mountains and dive to the depths of the sea? Consider the Apple Watch for the occasion. Designed for outdoor adventurers of all stripes, the Watch Ultra comes equipped with a titanium case that will resist corrosion, a new diving app, and water resistance up to 100 meters—plus an activity-oriented band of choice. With a battery life of up to 36 hours, the Ultra has a bigger, brighter display and tracks all the important health metrics. The watch also provides an updated compass app, enhanced GPS, and crash protection so they can make it home safe.

Best for recovery: ROLL Recovery R8 Plus Deep Tissue Massage Roller

ROLL Recovery

SEE IT

I’ve rarely seen a college soccer team get excited about much after a match besides spending their per diem on junk food—that is, I’ve rarely seen that kind of response until I introduced them to the ROLL Recovery R8 Plus. The first reaction to this heavily engineered apparatus is an intense curiosity with a hint of fear. But once the appropriate amount of force is dialed in, clamping on this FDA Registered medical device (purchasable with FSA/HSA funds) transforms terror to satisfaction as it digs into and stretches out IT-bands, quads, hamstrings, calves, shins, etc. (it’s particularly great around the knees). And once one player tried it, they all had to; I still haven’t gotten it back. Whether you’re a trail runner, cyclist, into team sports, or just someone looking to reduce inflammation and improve circulation, the R8 Plus is easy to transport and simple to self-apply. You, or the person you gift this to, can also use it to activate and elongate muscles before activity or for myofascial release before a massage to allow the therapist to really get in deep. So get the R8 Plus before that next game and take a minute after the final whistle to speed recovery … then head to the drive-thru.

Best for maximized minimalism: lululemon Studio Mirror

lululemon

SEE IT

A fitness mirror might not seem like a practical gift at first glance. But lululemon’s Studio Mirror is worth the splurge—and it’s almost half off if you use the code “LLSTUDIO700”. Unlike other home fitness equipment, this elegant brushed steel and glass mirror blends easily into any decor. The corresponding fitness platform (sold separately by subscription) provides a portal to more than 10,000 workouts from some of the top fitness instructors around without having to leave your home. And the 5-megapixel camera and high-fidelity surround-sound audio make workouts a truly immersive experience—no hiding in the back row. Adding to the practicality is that it’s also just a mirror for when you’re getting ready for work or a night out and want to admire the results of all that cardio, yoga, etc.

Best for weight lifters: SMRTFT Nüobell Adjustable Dumbbells

SMRTFT

SEE IT

Complete your home gym setup with versatile—and essential—workout equipment. These SMRTFT Nüobell Adjustable Dumbbells can transform from a lightweight 5-pound set to a 50-pound set, with increments of five pounds to give you ultimate flexibility when it comes time to lift. Whether you’re a beginner just learning how to lift or a seasoned fitness enthusiast who wants a space-saving option with plenty of range, the SMRTFT Adjustable Dumbbells are a one-size-fits-all solution to just about any workout. Simply twist the handle to adjust the weight of the steel plates, which are engineered with durability in mind to last you years to come. There are three colors and two sizes—50- and 80-pound—available on the SMRTFT site.

Best for small apartment dwellers: Tempo Move

When you’re working out at home, it’s all too easy to have poor form or get distracted and give up altogether. Not so with Tempo Move. This interactive program provides a virtual trainer who offers guidance in real-time. Tempo Move comes with a set of smart weights so they can track your reps and more than 2,000 live and on-demand classes. All you need is your smartphone and a TV or display, and it comes with a small black or white cabinet that’s perfect for tiny apartments. You have the option to rent Tempo Move for $59 a month or buy for $495 per year with a monthly subscription fee of $39. Installation is free and you also get to try it out for 30 days.

Best for tennis players: Wilson Racket

Wilson

SEE IT

Every tennis player has a different combination of strengths, and a racket should hone and enhance their abilities. Wilson will let you choose from various weights, head sizes, and lengths. You can also customize the appearance of the Wilson Racket. Choose the color of the frame and bumpers, size of the grip, and even include a personal engraving.

Best for music lovers: Jaybird Vista 2 True Wireless Sport Bluetooth Headphones

Amazon

SEE IT

Music makes working out better—except when the wires get caught on a barbell or your own arm or another person. The Jaybird Vista 2 True Wireless Sport Bluetooth Headphones are in-ear buds that are secure enough to run in. No strings attached.

Best for runners: Brooks Levitate 2

Amazon

SEE IT

Runners are picky about their sneakers. But the Brooks Levitate 2 sneakers are meant to appeal to all runners, from beginners to experts. They also sport Brooks’ highest energy-return mids yet.

Best for valuables: Sprigs Big Banjees Wrist Wallet

Amazon

SEE IT

It’s hard to go anywhere without your phone, but when you’re running it’s also hard to go anywhere with it. Running tech has come a long way, and yet most running apparel still doesn’t come with pockets large enough to fit the newest larger-than-your-hand smartphones. The Sprigs Big Banjees Wrist Wallet sits on your wrist and can fit all your important stuff.

Best for skaters: Whirly Board for Spinning Balance

Amazon

SEE IT

Boards like the Whirly Board for Spinning Balance develop the smaller muscles and tendons that keep you balanced. This gift is especially great for skaters, but any athlete can use this device for improving equilibrium.

Best for pushups: Vita Vibe – Ultra Portable Mini Wood Parallettes Set

Amazon

SEE IT

Pushups are a simple and effective strength training workout. The Vita Vibe – Ultra Portable Mini Wood Parallettes Set gives you greater range of motion and keeps you off the ground, potentially alleviating wrist pain.

Best for the home gym: TRX All-in-One Body Suspension Trainer

Amazon

SEE IT

Here’s a gift for a friend who wants to do some serious strength training but doesn’t have the room in their tiny apartment for a set of dumbbells and weights. The TRX All-in-One Body Suspension Trainer lets them get a full workout from the equipment they can store in a handy bag.

Best for cardio: Everlast Evergrip Weighted Jump Rope

Amazon

SEE IT

Your fitness-loving friend knows that jumping rope is a fantastic way to exercise their cardiovascular system and muscles. This 9-foot, weighted Everlast jump rope allows you to adjust the length.

Best for data geeks: Withings Body Cardio – Premium Wi-Fi Body Composition Smart Scale

Amazon

SEE IT

Yes, it might be a little weird to buy someone a body scale for the holidays. Proceed with extreme caution. That being said, if your loved one is a true fitness fanatic, they will have transcended the morality of the scale and see it as an important tool to track progress and improve body composition. This smart scale from Withings can do it all. In addition to measuring your weight, it also calculates your heart rate and tracks previous weigh-ins so you can monitor your progress. From your body weight, it can also calculate your body fat and water percentage, as well as your muscle and bone mass. That being said, take these last measurements with a grain of salt. To get super accurate measurements, you should visit your doctor, or arrange for a dual-energy X-ray absorptiometry (DEXA) scan.

Best for hydration: Gatorade Smart Gx Bottle Kit

Gatorade

SEE IT

Are you properly hydrated? You’re probably not. If you or someone you know are an athlete, that’s even more of a problem. And I won’t always be there to remind y’all (I’m not even good at reminding myself and I’m usually near me). Gatorade’s new Smart Gx Bottle Kit wants to help, however. Combining an app with a connected bottle, the system lets you track your daily hydration—and color-customizable LED lights in the squeeze bottle cap provide a visual reminder of where someone is in reaching their goals. A sweat-reactive patch helps the app determine fluid intake needs to set a baseline for the bottle, and Gx pods let you, or someone you want to gift the bottle, infuse water with classic Gatorade formulas, if desired.

The post The best fitness gifts for your favorite tech enthusiast appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The Fitbit Sense 2 is $100 off at Amazon before Black Friday https://www.popsci.com/gear/fitbit-sense-2-stock-up-and-save-amazon-deals/ Mon, 31 Oct 2022 21:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=482777
Fitbit Sense 2 smart watch on blue background
This smartwatch has advanced fitness tracking features. Fitbit

Track your progress (or lack there of) with this full-featured fitness watch.

The post The Fitbit Sense 2 is $100 off at Amazon before Black Friday appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Fitbit Sense 2 smart watch on blue background
This smartwatch has advanced fitness tracking features. Fitbit

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›


Thanksgiving is coming up and a high-end fitness tracker like the Fitbit Sense 2 can really come in handy during the Turkey Day period. It can tell you just how much your heart rate jumps after you’ve consumed 3 liters of gravy. You can track the quality of your two hours of sleep before heading out to battle the crowds on Black Friday. It can even keep track of your PR time during the Turkey trot 5K run if you’re one of those ambitious people who choose to exercise on Thanksgiving.

Fitbit

SEE IT

No matter why you want a new Fitbit, Amazon currently has the high-end Fitbit Sense 2 for $199, which is a huge discount from its typical $299 price tag. The Fitbit Sense 2 is a smartwatch-style fitness tracker meant for 24/7 wear. It tracks your vitals during the day, as you workout, and even when you’re sleeping to get an overall picture of your well-being. In addition to the typical heart-rate tracking, it keeps tabs on your blood oxygen levels, ECG readings, and even your stress levels.

This sweat-resistant smartwatch can get up to six full days of battery life out of a single charge. That doesn’t leave room for gaps in your data. Plus, if you buy a smartwatch now, you can see just how much the holiday season stresses you out in the form of handy, colorful graphs.

Save with Amazon’s Stock Up & Save program

While a fitness tracker is a great way to start (or keep) prioritizing your health, it’s also important to have plenty of pre- and post-workout supplies around. And Amazon’s Stock Up & Save program currently offers Prime Members 20% off orders of select items totaling $50 or more (you can always sign up for a free 30-day trial). It includes many useful products, some of the most fitness-oriented ones we’ve gathered below (yes, we consider trail mix an essential part of a fitness regimen):

The post The Fitbit Sense 2 is $100 off at Amazon before Black Friday appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Best yoga mats of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-yoga-mats/ Thu, 19 May 2022 13:00:42 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=363778
Best Yoga Mats
Stan Horaczek

Whether you’re perfecting your plank or dabbling in pilates, you’re going to need a great mat.

The post Best yoga mats of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best Yoga Mats
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Best Yoga Mats Manduka Pro
SEE IT

The Manduka Pro checks all the boxes for what serious yogis want.

Best thick mat Best Yoga Mats Gaiam Essentials Thick Yoga Mat
SEE IT

The Gaiam Essentials Thick Yoga Mat provides lots of cushioning to spare your knees and elbows.

Best for beginners Best Yoga Mats Liforme Yoga Mat
SEE IT

The Liforme Yoga Mat has alignment markers to help guide you to perfect form.

Your yoga mat should help make you more comfortable and relaxed. It can take a lot of self-motivation to sign up for a yoga class at your gym or commit to a weekly at-home class, so you want the best yoga mat that makes you feel comfortable and confident.

Most standard yoga mats are 2-feet wide by 5 1/2- to 6-feet long, made from rubber or polyvinyl chloride (PVC). While it may seem like a simple product, there are lots of distinctions among various mats—you may be surprised by how many options there are. Some are better suited to certain types of yoga and having the wrong one can make your practice more challenging. Across the board, though, the best yoga mats tend to be grippy and slip-proof, though that doesn’t necessarily mean it needs to be super-squishy. We’re here to help you learn how to pick the yoga mat for you, and have a few thoughts on the best ones you can buy right now.

How we picked the best yoga mats

I’ve been doing yoga off and on for the last two decades, alternating between years where I’d do yoga in a studio two or three times a week, and other times when I’d think to myself, “Hmm, I haven’t unrolled my mat in a month.” There have been times when I was limber and balanced enough to do advanced binds and acro-poses, though I’ve sometimes sat on my mat before class and worried I was too stiff to even get into some basic poses.

I’ve written outdoor and gear reviews for more than five years for sites like INSIDER, TripSavvy, Popular Mechanics, TechRadar, and more. Before that, I wrote product descriptions for workout and athletic clothing for an online retailer.

To make our selections, I looked at the mat’s thickness and materials, the brand’s reputation, and impressions from other users of various levels and disciplines. I also reached out to other yogis I know, including certified instructors, beginners, men, and retirees, to get their feedback on specific brands and products. 

Best yoga mats: Reviews & Recommendations

The best yoga mats are the highest-rated and most useful mats on the market, ranging from thin travel mats to durable studio mats. We believe there’s something for every type of Yogi here, but keep in mind that these recommendations are best practices for a wide range of people. Only you can pick the right yoga mat for you. If you find that a thick mat works with your balance poses or don’t mind carrying a 4mm mat when you travel, go for it. The important thing is practicing yoga and stretching your body, not having the “perfect” mat. 

Best overall: Manduka Pro

Manduka

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: The Manduka Pro is somehow both stable and supportive, easy to clean, and has a lifetime warranty. 

Specs

  • Thickness: 6mm
  • Dimensions: 71 x 26 inches
  • Material: Reduced-emission PVC

Pros

  • Lifetime warranty
  • Firm material
  • Comes in multiple sizes
  • Good for all yoga styles

Cons 

  • Heavy
  • Has a break-in period

The Manduka Pro may look familiar if you’ve ever taken a yoga class at your gym. I’ve practiced in studios from Vermont to California, Costa Rica to Bali, and I’ve found that, after a while, you start to notice when lots of people use the same mat, even with a plain black one like this.

Its universal appeal likely stems from its versatility. The Manduka Pro is thick enough to provide cushioning for relaxed classes. It’s made from a unique PVC material that doesn’t compromise balance. It’s also heavy—7 pounds—which ensures it doesn’t slide or bunch up. It’s a bit heavy if you bike to class or plan to carry it all day until class, but it doesn’t seem much thicker when rolled and should fit in any standard-size yoga mat bag. 

While it is made from non-recyclable PVC, it is durable enough that you should be able to use it every day for years, maybe even decades. It also requires a little bit of maintenance: You’ll need to break it in at first, but that should be a problem for frequent yogis.

Just remember to wipe it down with a cleaning spray every so often. The material doesn’t absorb sweat or oil, it can get a little slippery if you don’t keep it clean.

Best thick mat: Gaiam Essentials Thick Yoga Mat 

Gaiam

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: Yogis with joint issues will appreciate how much support you get from this extremely thick mat.

Specs

  • Thickness: 10 mm
  • Dimensions: 72 x 24 inches
  • Material: Synthetic rubber/foam

Pros: 

  • Extra cushioning for joints
  • Included carrying strap
  • Works as a general exercise mat 
  • Comes in multiple colors

Cons

  • Not good for balance poses
  • Hard to store

Thick yoga mats can make balance exercises a little tricky, but they’re fabulous for Yin and Restorative yoga, or classes where you hold positions on your knees or elbows for an extended period of time. It’s also great for other floor exercises during home workouts like situps and crunches. The Gaiam Essentials Thick Yoga Mat is particularly padded, which makes it great if you’ve experienced pain in your knees or hip bones from other mats. 

That thickness comes with a couple of drawbacks: First, the cushioning makes it hard to stay stable in balance poses like Eagle or Warrior III. Second, it is significantly wider than a standard mat when rolled, even with the straps. The tightest you can roll this mat is around 7.5 or 8 inches.

Be sure to keep it clean to maintain the loft; oils and sweat can cause the foam to compress faster than average. 

Best Bikram (hot) yoga mat: Yoga Design Lab The Combo

Yoga Design Lab

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: Sustainable materials make us feel good about buying this mat while the absorbent top layer ensures against slips and slides from heavy perspiration. 

Specs

  • Thickness: 3.5 mm
  • Dimensions: 70 x 24 inches
  • Material: Natural rubber and recycled microfiber 

Pros: 

  • Anti-slip top layer absorbs sweat
  • Includes carrying strap
  • Sustainable and recycled materials
  • Multiple patterns

Cons

  • A little heavy 

It’s really important to use a very grippy yoga mat during Bikram yoga. Your mat can get pretty slippery as you sweat, and you’re more likely to get fatigued in a Bikram class than in a Restorative class. You want to feel secure at your contact points, so it pays to get a specialized mat.

Yoga Design Labs’ The Combo has a microfiber top layer that absorbs moisture, making it a great fit for Bikram and other high-impact exercises. The microfiber layer feels smooth and comfortable, similar to a cleaning cloth. Underneath the absorbent layer, the mat is made from natural rubber, which can absorb some moisture too. It’s also more sustainable than your average PVC yoga mat.

Cleaning and caring for your mat is always important, but it is essential here since it’s absorbing your sweat. If you regularly start sweating after your first sun salutation, this will be the best yoga mat for your practice. 

Best travel mat: Jade Yoga Voyager 

Jade Yoga

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: The Jade Yoga Voyager mat weighs less than a laptop, and easily fits in a variety of bags for easy packing. 

Specs 

  • Thickness: 1.6 mm
  • Dimensions: 68 x 24 inches 
  • Material: Natural rubber 

Pros: 

  • Can fold or roll for travel 
  • Very light
  • Folds to the size of a yoga block
  • Sustainably made

Cons

  • Very little cushioning 

I like bringing a yoga mat with me when I travel to drop into out-of-town studios and frequently stretch after sleeping in hotel beds (or, worse, on planes). If you need a mat that you can easily bring with you on vacation or business trips, Jade Yoga’s Voyager can fold to the size of a yoga block or roll into a tube thinner than a plastic water bottle, it’s easy to fit in your luggage and a no-brainer for traveling yogis. 

At 1.6 mm, it’s very thin, and you should expect next-to-nothing cushioning if you use it on a hard floor. It works great as a top layer over a studio or hotel mat, or in a carpeted hotel room, where the floor will provide a little extra cushion. I wouldn’t recommend using one as your everyday mat, but it’s great in a pinch and incredibly easy to bring along on any trip.

Best for carpet: Sacred Yoga Core Mat

Sacred Yoga

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With an extra-grippy material, the thin Sacred Yoga Core Mat ensures you’re stable even if your surface isn’t perfectly level.   

Specs

  • Thickness: 3mm
  • Dimensions: 72 x 24 inches
  • Material: TPE (mix of natural and synthetic rubber)

Pros 

  • Extremely grippy surface 
  • Made with eco-friendly materials 
  • Includes carrying strap
  • Unique colors/prints

Cons 

  • Some users report a rubbery smell at first

You don’t need to have a studio-smooth floor to do yoga, but doing yoga on a carpet adds a certain amount of squishiness that can impact your ability to balance. If you always practice on the carpet at home, you should make sure to get a thin mat to compensate for the padding from your carpet. You should also splurge for one that’s extra durable and won’t show damage from friction with carpet fibers. The Sacred Yoga Core Mat has both of those qualities. Available in 3mm and ultra-thin 1.5mm thicknesses, the Core is an extra grippy mat made to enhance stability.

Remember that your mat may not lay as flat on the carpet, making balance and stability a little more challenging. My living room carpet is about .25 inches deep (a very standard carpet depth) and it feels the same with a 4mm mat as being in a smooth-floored studio. But if you have a very plush carpet, you may want a platform or heavy mat to create a level surface. 

Best for beginners: Liforme Yoga Mat

Liforme

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: A guidance system makes it easy to find your center—literally—while the grippy texture helps secure your hands when you’re reaching for new poses. 

Specs

  • Thickness: 4.3 inches
  • Dimensions: 72 x 24 inches
  • Material: Synthetic rubber/foam

Pros

  • Printed guidance helps you learn poses correctly
  • Comes with carrying bag
  • Very grippy material 

Cons 

  • Expensive, especially for new yoga fans

When I started doing yoga in college, the hardest part of classes was figuring out where my hands and feet were supposed to go, especially with my head down or if I was in the back row. I didn’t always know what the instructors meant when they referred to “centering,” and it was hard to tell if my feet were actually aligned correctly in poses like Extended Side Angle.

Fortunately, Liforme makes a practice mat designed to help people find their footing. It has alignment guidance markings, which show you how to find important places on your mat. There are lines for even hand and foot placement, a lotus to mark the center of the mat, and marks to show you where your feet should be in 45-degree angle positions like Reverse Warrior. It’s ideal for beginners learning new poses, but it may also be useful for intermediate yogis looking to perfect poses they already know. 

Best budget: Beautyovo Yoga Mat with Strap

Beautyovo

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: Beautyovo’s budget-friendly yoga mat is comfortable, grippy, and comes with a carrying strap for easy carrying. 

Specs

  • Thickness: 8.4 mm
  • Dimensions: 72 x 24 inches
  • Material: TPE (mix of natural and synthetic rubber)

Pros: 

  • Budget-friendly
  • Comes with carrying strap
  • No PVC
  • Double-sided/double textured 

Cons

  • Won’t last that long
  • Too thick for balance poses 

If you’re new to yoga and still on the fence about whether you’ll make it part of your regular workout routine, there’s no reason to drop $100 or more on an expensive mat. Beautyovo’s mat isn’t going to win any awards for durability or style, but it’s a solid choice if you only plan to use it every so often. It’s thick and cushioned, which is great for beginners and infrequent yogis who may want a little extra padding, and probably aren’t working on complicated balance positions. It also comes with a strap, making it easy to carry to the gym and easy to store in the corner of a closet or under the couch. 

This mat has a different texture on each side, supposedly for gripping floors and providing sweat-proof traction, but I don’t notice much difference between the front and the back. If yoga is a regular part of your weekly routine, you’ll likely want to upgrade to a thinner, more durable mat. If you’re just starting out or simply don’t want to spend a lot of money, though, it’s a solid choice.

What to consider when picking the best yoga mats

Picking a good yoga mat can have a huge effect on your workout. The best of the best can get rather pricey, though, so you should have an idea of what characteristics will be better or worse for you and your routine.

Thickness

It’s tempting to think you should buy the thickest yoga mat possible to make your practice more comfortable, especially if you spend a lot of time on your knees or elbows. But that may not actually be the best mat for you. Thick mats offer less stability for your hands and feet, making balancing and inversion poses more challenging. The most common yoga mat thickness is usually around 4mm, but there are both thinner and thicker options out there for different situations.

If you do yoga on a hard floor, choose the thickness based on your style of yoga. We recommend using a thicker 5mm to 6mm mat for Yin or Restorative yoga classes since they involve lots of deep stretches and seated positions. The extra padding will provide more cushioning on your joints, and won’t ball up as often when you’re reaching your fingertips to add an extra inch to your stretch.

If your yoga routine features lots of balancing positions, like vinyasa or power yoga, you’ll probably want a thinner mat—3mm or less. The firm surface will help you stabilize your balance positions and make it easier to find your center when making quick transitions between left and right or front to back.  You should always go with a thinner mat if you usually lay your yoga mat on the carpet since your carpet will already add an extra level of cushioning. 

Materials

The material your yoga mat is made from can have a material effect on how it performs during your regular routine. Some materials provide better grip than others: PVC, most commonly used in less expensive yoga mats, tends to be a little slippery. Mats made with moldable materials like synthetic rubber or recycled plastics often have slightly raised textures and patterns that create a grippy surface.

Meanwhile, Materials like cork and cotton are more absorbent and better for classes like Bikram, Vinyasa, and Power yoga where you’re almost certain to sweat. You don’t want your dripping perspiration to cause you to slip on your mat.  

Since there are a wide variety of options out there, it is very possible to pick a great yoga mat with sustainability in mind as well. PVC isn’t biodegradable and releases many chemicals in the production process. It’s generally considered one of the least eco-friendly plastics but is frequently used to keep costs down. Luckily, there are plenty of companies making mats from less harmful materials, including natural rubber, sustainable cork, or recycled plastics. Each one has its own feel, but we’ve found that materials like raised rubber or cotton tend to be a little less slippery.

FAQs

Q: Which brand of yoga mat is best?

You don’t need to stress over which yoga mat brand is best. There isn’t a right or wrong answer. True yogis know that one of the goals of yoga is to become more mindful and connected to your body and surroundings, so if you notice what brand anyone’s mat is, you may not be focusing enough on yourself. That said, well-known brands like Manduka, Lululemon, and Alo Yoga usually stand by their products. They tend to be more durable and offer longer guarantees than generic brands.

Q: What is the best thickness for a yoga mat?

Getting a thicker or thinner yoga mat largely comes down to personal preference but we think there are certain situations where one is better than the other. Very thin mats will have relatively no padding, but they roll (or fold) into very small sizes, making them ideal for travel. They can also be used as an extra layer on a thin yoga mat if you want to add a bit more cushioning or provide extra grip for stretching on a gym floor. Thick mats provide extra cushioning for joints and bones, but that same cushioning can make balance poses trickier. If you haven’t dialed in one style of yoga you prefer, opt for an average thickness yoga mat, which should suffice for most poses and styles. 

Q: How much does a yoga mat cost?

Yoga mat prices vary a lot. You can find budget-conscious options for around $20, but the best of the best can cost between $100-$200. Many of the yoga mats I love fall somewhere in the middle—between $40 and $80. If you’re a professional, or just do yoga every day, there are plenty of luxurious options made from unique features like moisture-absorbing layers or specific prints and alignment guides.

Q: Does yoga mat quality matter?

Yes! A well-constructed yoga mat made with quality materials will last longer, so you won’t need to replace your mat as often. Depending on what your mat is made of, it’s also less likely to absorb dirt and oils, making your mat feel greasy and slippery.

Final thoughts on the best yoga mats

You shouldn’t worry too hard about picking the right yoga mat. Yes, some are good and some are bad. In theory, it could make a difference in helping you eventually nail a tricky inverted pose. The most important thing, though, is to find one you like and feel comfortable using. Make sure you choose a mat that makes you feel happy and motivated when you unroll it at the start of every class. 

The post Best yoga mats of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Best home fitness equipment of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-home-fitness-equipment/ Fri, 16 Jul 2021 20:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=379854
Stay healthy with the best home gym equipment.

Though gym memberships aren't going away, home fitness routines shouldn't be left by the wayside.

The post Best home fitness equipment of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Stay healthy with the best home gym equipment.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best free weights Amazon Basics Dumbbell Hand Weight Set is our pick for best home workout equipment. Amazon Basics Neoprene Workout Dumbbell
SEE IT

Colorful neoprene-coated weights that are durable, safe, and non-slip.

Best yoga mat Yoga mats make the best home fitness equipment Gaiam Essentials
SEE IT

Feel cushioned to prevent any injury or bruises while working out.

Best treadmill The XTERRA Fitness TR150 Folding Treadmill is the best home fitness equipment XTERRA TR150
SEE IT

Get a speed walk in before work or train for a marathon.

When gyms and fitness centers across the United States shut their doors for the foreseeable future, many of our fitness routines were thrown off balance. We had to find an alternative way to stay in shape while maintaining social distancing guidelines. Some fitness enthusiasts invested in equipment like Peloton bikes and treadmills. Others turned to YouTube for a wealth of at-home workouts they only needed a yoga mat to complete. But due to the massive swell of demand, some staple tools of best home fitness equipment like dumbbells and free weights became scarce. According to a spokesperson from NordicTrack, sales were 600 percent higher last year than in 2019.

What’s the future of at-home fitness?

Will people’s fitness regimes return to their pre-pandemic forms? According to Jefferies, traffic at gyms has rebounded to 83 percent of January 2020 levels. That’s certainly the highest attendance has been since the pandemic began. 

Though gym memberships are making a comeback, home fitness routines won’t be left by the wayside. Fitness enthusiasts have continued to frequent virtual options such as FlexIt’s virtual personal training, MYXFitness’s group cycling, and FightCamp’s virtual boxing that allow you to work with professionals and personalize your workouts from home or wherever else you may be.

And now we can finally get our hands on the fitness equipment that was in short supply for the majority of last year. Many of us have held onto the at-home fitness equipment we purchased during the pandemic. According to data collected by Xplor Technologies, 49 percent of respondents have free weights at home, 42 percent have resistance bands, and 30 percent have a treadmill. But if you weren’t lucky enough to snag at-home fitness equipment during the pandemic, those high-demand items are now much easier to find. 

You can also add at-home exercise and fitness equipment to a regular gym schedule for a hybrid approach. Having options like this can supplement those days when you don’t have time to go to the gym or want to crush a quick ab session without leaving the house. Luckily, we have a wealth of home fitness tools to keep you in shape, whether it’s a 30-minute workout during your WFH lunch break or a full-fledged sweat session in the evening. 

What are the benefits of at-home workouts?

Some of us initially dreaded ditching our gyms for at-home routines. But there are benefits to taking an adaptable approach to exercise. You can save money on sometimes pricey memberships. And your at-home setup will always be open. No more missing out on a workout because your gym is closed. Working out in the privacy of your own home can also eliminate the judgment you might feel at the gym. You can get your sweat on whether you’re wearing last night’s pajamas or your favorite workout set. Ultimately, working out at home puts you in control of your fitness and limits excuses for why you couldn’t work out that day. 

Whether you’re still on board with an entirely at-home fitness program, want to create a hybrid routine to accommodate a busy schedule, or add some new tools to your next gym session, we’ve got you covered. From fitness bands for a serious pump to free weights that suit any workout, our post-pandemic health is about to level up. Here are our picks for best home fitness equipment.

Best free weights: Amazon Basics Dumbbell Set

These colorful neoprene-coated weights are durable, safe, and non-slip, so you can work out without dropping a dumbbell. And the hexagon shape prevents them from rolling away. The set also includes a simple stand so you can easily organize your at-home fitness equipment. With a range of weights to choose from, you can outfit your home gym for both beginners and advanced levels.

Best resistance bands: Fit Simplify

With five resistance levels to choose from and a heavy-duty loop design, these resistance bands suit workout novices to pros. While most people use bands to add resistance while exercising, you can also use these bands during physical therapy. The material is a no-slip rubber, so you don’t need to stress about the bands shifting as you move. 

Best yoga mat: Gaiam Essentials

Gaiam

SEE IT

For every yoga, Pilates, or YouTube workout enthusiast, a reliable fitness mat will protect your joints while you exercise. This mat is 2/5 inches thick, so every workout will feel cushioned to prevent any injury or bruises. The included carrier strap also allows you to bring it with you anywhere, whether that be the gym or to the park for an outdoor stretch. 

Best treadmill: XTERRA TR150

XTERRA

SEE IT

Running outdoors can come with the complications of carrying your hydration supply, inclement weather, and harsh concrete. You can skip the hassle and run from home with this 16-inch by 15-inch surface that has an all-encompassing speed range of half a mile to 10 miles per hour. Whether you want to get a speed walk in before work or are training for a marathon, this versatile cardio tool is great for any home workout. 

The post Best home fitness equipment of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Best home workout equipment in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-home-workout-equipment/ Thu, 26 Aug 2021 16:23:42 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=392231
The best workout equipment to make your home gym.
Jonathan Borba, Unsplash

Get into shape with the best home workout equipment.

The post Best home workout equipment in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best workout equipment to make your home gym.
Jonathan Borba, Unsplash

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best stationary bike The NordicTrack Commercial Studio Cycle is the best home workout equipment. NordicTrack Commercial Studio Cycle
SEE IT

Magnetic stationary bike features a 22-inch Smart HD touchscreen to follow along with live or on-demand classes.

Best yoga mat The Manduka PROlite Yoga Mat is one of the best home workout equipment. Manduka PROlite Yoga Mat
SEE IT

Mat is medium thickness to provide support and comfort while practicing. 

Best jump rope The Multifun jump rope is great for the best home workout equipment. multifun Jump Rope
SEE IT

Jump rope tracks time, circles, and calories burned on an HD LED display.

If you prefer to work out from the comfort of your own home, on your own schedule, then it’s time to build out your own home gym equipment. Whether you like running, spinning, rowing, or lifting, you have the option of having all the machines you need right at home. When it comes to the best home workout equipment, you should choose the types of workouts you love to do so they never get old. As long as they get your heart rate up and get you moving, you’ll be good to go. If you are loving your home workout routine, you can always add more fitness gear into the mix. So get pumped and scroll through our best home workout equipment selects. 

The best home workout equipment

The best home workout equipment gets you excited to exercise and helps you reach your health goals, but also works within the space you have for your home gym. Deciding upon the types of exercise you want to implement into your routine is the first step to building out your home gym

Best treadmill: Horizon Fitness T101 Treadmill Series

Horizon Fitness

SEE IT

Running can be tough for your joints, so the Horizon Fitness T101 Treadmill Series is designed to lessen the impact. The treadmill features three zones: the impact, transitioning, and push-off. With softer cushioning in the impact zone and firmer cushioning in the push-off zone, there is the right amount of flex and support with every stride. Ten-speed and incline keys with pre-set programs to keep your workouts varied and challenging. To tune into your own programming during a workout, there is Bluetooth connectivity, a device holder, and a rapid-charge USB port. Plus, if space is limited, this treadmill can be easily folded with the hydraulic-assisted lift, which reduces the weight of the deck when being raised and lowered. 

Best stationary bike: NordicTrack Commercial Studio Cycle

NordicTrack

SEE IT

The NordicTrack Commercial Studio Cycle is a great stationary bike for home workouts. With 24 levels of resistance, you can work out as hard as you choose. The purchase of this bike includes a 12-month iFit Family Membership so you have access to live, studio, and global workouts and can create up to five exercise profiles. With Bluetooth connectivity, you can pair your own headphones or tablet to listen to your favorite tunes. You also have the option of adding an arm workout with the included two three-pound dumbbells. 

Best yoga mat: Manduka PROlite Yoga Mat

Manduka

SEE IT

At 4.7mm thick, the Manduka PROlite Yoga Mat provides comfortable support for your joints on any surface. Crafted from PVC, the mat wicks away sweat and moisture during your practice. Also, this mat provides a gripped surface so you won’t have to worry about sliding around. 

Best weight set: Amazon Basics Dumbbell Hand Weight Set

Amazon Basics

SEE IT

The Amazon Basics Dumbbell Hand Weight Set is basic, in the best way, because sometimes a simple set of weights is all you need. With multiple weight set categories from two to 60 pounds and happy colors to choose from, you can select what will work best for you. These weights are coated in neoprene for durability, safety, and a non-slip grip, plus their hexagonal shape prevents rolling. A weight stand is included in the purchase to keep your home workout equipment organized. 

Best jump rope: multifun Jump Rope

multifun

SEE IT

You don’t have to empty your wallet to get a great workout with the multifun Jump Rope. For just under $16, this exercise rope can enhance your cardio endurance, stamina, and speed. This jump rope is made of steel covered by PVC, so it’s durable on any type of flooring. The length can be easily adjusted to accommodate different heights. 

What to consider when shopping for the best home workout equipment

When shopping for the best home workout equipment, there are a few things to consider like your favorite types of workouts, home much space you have to work with, and your budget constraints. Once you have an understanding of what your priorities are, you’ll get to enjoy working out from the comfort of your own home. 

What type of workouts do you want to do? 

The workout equipment you purchase will depend on what types of workouts are part of your routine. If you enjoy running, then a treadmill would be your best bet. If cycling makes your heart sing, invest in a stationary bike. If lifting is your favorite, a set of dumbbell weights fits the bill.   

Do you have any health restrictions? 

If cardio is what you want to focus on, there are lots of options to choose from. Typically, treadmills are tougher on your joints, but they provide one of the best heart-pumping cardio workouts. If you need to take it easy on your joints, consider an elliptical, stationary bike, or rowing machine—all of these provide a great workout while taking the pressure off of your knees. 

Are you on a budget? 

There’s no need to sacrifice a great home workout if you’re on a budget. There are plenty of ways to get your heart rate up. Jump ropes, yoga mats, and weights can be affordable options and when used correctly, can still burn lots of calories. If you are more interested in workout machines, you still don’t have to spend a lot. Just be sure high-quality materials are used and all safety measures are in place so you don’t end up spending more over time. 

Do you want Bluetooth connectivity?

Connecting your phone or tablet to your workout machine is certainly a nice perk. If this is a priority for you, look for machines that have Bluetooth connectivity so you can listen to your favorite music or podcasts while you exercise. 

How important is following along with live or on-demand classes? 

If you enjoy following along with live or on-demand classes from your exercise machine, then it’s important that it includes a screen to follow along with. However, if your exercise machine of choice doesn’t have a screen, then a close second is a built-in space for your phone or tablet so you can watch from an app of your choosing. 

Do you have any space limitations?

Whether you have a room dedicated to your home workout essentials or need compact options that can be stored under the bed, space is sacred. Of course, if you don’t have any limitations, you have more options to choose from, but no matter the space you’re working with, you can still get a great workout in. 

FAQs

Q: What is the best home exercise equipment to lose weight? 

The best home exercise equipment to lose weight would be any cardio-related tool that burns calories. This can include treadmills, stationary bikes, ellipticals, jump ropes, and rowing machines. Additionally, weights and resistance bands help with weight loss too. 

Q: Is a home gym worth it? 

That all depends on how you plan to use it. In order for it to be worth it, you’ll have to use your equipment three to four times a week. Also, if you prefer to work out from the comfort of your own home, then it’s already worth the investment. A home gym ensures that you won’t have to wait for machines at the gym or feel crowded at any in-person classes. If you’re on the fence about a home gym, start with one or two pieces of equipment that you know you enjoy using. If you’re loving the experience, you can always add more to the mix. 

Q: What is the best home workout equipment? 

The best home workout equipment is the ones you enjoy using—whether it’s a stationary bike or treadmill. It’s also a good idea to select pieces that your space can accommodate or at least ones that can fold up when not in use. 

The final word on shopping for the best home workout equipment

Selecting the best home workout equipment can seem overwhelming. After all, there are many types to choose from. If you consider what you’ll be happy doing day in and day out whether it’s cardio, lifting, or resistance training, you can’t go wrong. If you want to be able to do a bit of it all, consider one workout machine such as a treadmill or elliptical and then smaller workout gear like a yoga mat or set of weights. So time to gear up because your next home workout is just around the corner. 

The post Best home workout equipment in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Best treadmills of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-treadmills/ Wed, 13 Oct 2021 20:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=402469
best treadmills
Billy Cadden

Get your steps in from the comfort of your own home.

The post Best treadmills of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
best treadmills
Billy Cadden

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best Overall best treadmill nordictrack NordicTrack Commercial Series
SEE IT

This connected treadmill taps into the iFit ecosystem and offers live classes and gym-grade construction.

Best Folding best treadmills TR150 Folding Treadmill
SEE IT

Despite its 250-pound capacity, this treadmill folds up super small for storage.

Best for Walking The Goplus Under Desk Treadmill is the best under-desk treadmill. Goplus 2 in 1 Folding Walking Treadmill
SEE IT

This reasonably priced treadmill can get you up and moving during a time when you’d otherwise sit all day. 

Treadmills for home or office use are great investment pieces to keep your body in shape and your mental health strong. Whether you’re opting for a treadmill desk for staying active while at work, or going for a more traditional runner’s machine, we’ve researched some of the best treadmills on the market to help you reach your fitness and health goals.

The treadmill market is loaded with tons of models that vary in features and price. Some models are very expensive and may be overkill if you are looking for a more sporadic use when bad weather prevents you from running outside. Other models have tons of extra features that may be perfect for someone who is serious about running. It’s all about figuring out how you’ll use your treadmill and what your preferences are so you can get the most out of your equipment.

Methodology

While cost was a factor in deciding which treadmills to pick, it’s important to note that treadmills are definitely an investment piece. Even budget models are not exactly cheap, so it’s key to figure out how, when, and for how long you plan on using your treadmill to make an informed decision. 

Because we know you’ll largely be using it in your home or office, we looked for treadmills that had folding capabilities for space-saving and easy storage. We also wanted to make sure your treadmill would be long-lasting, durable, and high-quality so that it would be safe and reliable. We wanted to give you options on extras and frills, such as Bluetooth and WiFi capabilities for those who like to work out with a trainer, use fitness programs, and connect to music. 

We chose awards based on several different factors so that we could find the best model for varied use. That way, you won’t be spending thousands of dollars on a treadmill you plan on using solely for power walking on rainy days. 

Things to Consider Before Buying a Treadmill

Before you spend hundreds or even thousands of dollars investing in a treadmill, it’s important to understand what your needs are and how you will be using the treadmill. This way, you can get the most bang for your buck. Here are some things to consider when purchasing a treadmill:

Budget

The cost of treadmills varies widely. More budget-friendly models, which are usually smaller, traditionally used for walking instead of running, and have fewer features, can typically start around $400. The more traditional running treadmill models can go from around $1500 to $3000, depending on the features you require.

Space Saving Features

Evaluate your space. Do you have limited space, and therefore need a folding treadmill to store away when not in use? Is this treadmill going to be used in an at-home gym, where a heavier and more substantial model is a better fit?

Usage

How will you be using your treadmill? If you are looking for a treadmill desk to use while working, you will need something that either comes with a desk attached or can easily fit underneath your office desk. If you are a runner looking to condition or build speed and endurance, you’ll need a treadmill that’s built with a higher max speed, such as 12 MPH, for example.

Belt Size

This is an important feature to consider if you are tall. If you are over 6 feet, for instance, a 54” belt is ideal for running.

Max Weight Capacity

Some treadmills may not be suitable for every weight class. Our overall best, for example, can handle weight up to 350 lbs, but many models hover around 250-275 lbs.

Settings and Extras

Do you need WiFi or Bluetooth connectivity? Is incline variety important? Figure out which bells and whistles are important to you so you can find a model that serves your needs.

Best overall: NordicTrack Commercial Series

NordicTrack

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This connected treadmill taps into the iFit ecosystem and offers live classes and gym-grade construction.

Specs:

  • Weight Capacity: 300 Pounds
  • Product Dimensions: 78.8 x 39.2 x 63 inches
  • Max Speed: 12 MPH
Pros:Cons:
  • WiFi and Bluetooth connectivity
  • Included free iFit membership requires credit card
  • Higher weight capacity than other models
  • Very expensive
  • Strong reputation
  • 50 programs
  • Fold up capabilities
  • There’s a reason why NordicTrack treadmills are considered some of the best treadmills on the market: they’re reliable, durable, long-lasting, and come with several luxe features to mirror gym-quality workouts. 

    It comes with incline controls up to 15%, a 10” Interactive HD Coaching Touchscreen, and 30 days free iFit membership, which comes with several on-demand and live workouts with automatic trainer control.

    It also easily folds up and can be stored away for more space-saving. While it’s much more expensive than other models, we believe it’s the best if you’re serious about running, want to invest in a higher-end product for the long haul, and are looking for a piece of equipment that mimics what you’d find in a high-end gym.

    Best for walking: Goplus 2 in 1 Folding Walking Treadmill

    Goplus

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: This lightweight treadmill is a great option for people who just want to get blood pumping during the day.

    Specs:

    • Weight Capacity: 265 lbs
    • Product Dimensions: 49”x 27”x 42”
    • Max Speed: 3 MPH walking mode; 8 MPH running mode
    Pros:Cons:
  • 2 sport modes for walking and running
  • Not ideal for running
  • Very quiet
  • May need to lubricate before first use
  • 5-layer non-slip belt for added joint protection
  • Lightweight (70 pounds)
  • Small and good for compact spaces
  • This treadmill is great for walking, but we didn’t want you to be limited. When the riser is folded, it can be used as a walking treadmill with a max speed of about 3 MPH, but when the handrail is raised, the max speed is about 8 MPH. With that flexibility, you can vary your workouts and get the most bang for your buck.

    With Bluetooth connectivity, a phone holder, remote control to adjust speed, Smart APP control for recording exercise data, a high-performance speaker, and 5-layer non-slip texture running belt, this treadmill has all the essentials for comfortable movement. 

    If you’ll primarily be using this machine for walking, you’ll be glad to know the motor is super quiet, so you can walk for longer without having to worry about disturbing neighbors or downstairs roommates. It’s easy to place under a desk in walking mode, so you can work while walking, and built-in transport wheels make it super convenient to store when not in use.

    Best compact: Weslo Cadence G 5.9i Cadence Folding Treadmill

    Weslo

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: This small, connected treadmill won’t take up a ton of space, even when it’s fully extended for running or walking.

    Specs:

    • Weight Capacity: 275 Pounds
    • Product Dimensions: 64.5 x 29 x 55.5  inches
    • Max Speed: 10 MPH
    Pros:Cons:
  • 30-Day iFIT Membership Included
  • Getting past the iFit registration wall is deceptive
  • 16” x 50”, Extra Large Tread Belt with ComfortCell Cushioning
  • Activation can be slightly inconvenient
  • Innovative, foldable SpaceSaver design
  • Louder than other models
  • 0-10 MPH QuickSpeed controls
  • Suitable for runners
  • The newest version of the Weslo Cadence folding machine includes iFit, which includes access to 16,000+ on-demand workouts. The LED screen displays terrain from all over the world, so you can work out to beautiful scenery instead of staring at a boring wall. 

    With Weslo’s innovative SpaceSaver design, you can conveniently fold your treadmill up so it’s not taking up precious space. This model is especially good for apartment dwellers or those who share space with roommates.

    A note on activation: many customers noted the frustrating iFit registration paywall in order to activate the treadmill. There are ways around the process if you look online, but it’s probably a better option for those who actually want to use the iFit platform.

    Best folding: TR150 Folding Treadmill

    XTERRA Fitness

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: Despite its 250-pound capacity, this treadmill folds up super small for storage.

    Specs:

    • Weight Capacity: 250 Pounds
    • Assembled Dimensions L x W x H: 63. 4 x 28. 75 x 51. 4 in
    • Folded Dimensions L x W x H: 28. 5 x 28. 75 x 61 in
    • Max Speed: 10 MPH
    Pros:Cons:
  • Foldable design
  • Folding latch could be more secure
  • Super durable, heavy gauge steel frame
  • Noisy
  • Great value for price
  • No Bluetooth or TV screen features
  • Built-in reading rack with optimal viewing angle
  • Not ideal for very tall people
  • Easy assembly
  • This is one of the most budget-friendly foldable treadmills on the market. It is long-lasting, durable, and convenient for those in apartments or shared spaces looking to save space or store in a closet when not in use.

    Because of this smaller design with a narrow belt, this is not ideal for very tall users. The side foot rails are also quite small, which is worth mentioning if you are a sprinter who often needs to rest in between bolts. This is somewhat to be expected when purchasing a foldable treadmill.

    It comes with a powerful 2.25HP motor, cushioned deck, a 5-inch LCD display for tracking speed, incline, time, distance, calories, and pulse, and 12 preset programs, and 3 manual incline settings. Many users noted how easy the assembly was to navigate.

    FAQS:

    Q: How much does a treadmill weigh?

    A treadmill’s weight varies depending on the model, motor capability, and weight capacity. Some walking treadmills can be as light as 60 lbs, while more heavy-duty models go up to nearly 350 lbs.

    Q: How to lubricate a treadmill?

    Lubricating a treadmill is actually pretty simple! First and foremost, it’s important to keep your belt lubricated to keep it functioning at optimal use and stave off repairs. Here’s how to lubricate your treadmill:
    - Make sure it is completely off.
    Starting toward the front (motor end) of your treadmill, slide your hand underneath the belt creating separation between the deck and belt.
    Slide the lube tube as close to the center of the treadmill deck as possible.
    While gently applying controlled pressure to the squeeze bottle, slowly move the applicator from the center towards the edge of the treadmill belt. Apply approximately ½ oz (1/8 of bottle) to the underside of belt.
    Repeat steps 1-3 on the opposite side of the belt.
    Plug in the treadmill, power it on, and run the treadmill for 3-5 minutes to disperse treadmill lubricant evenly.

    Q: Is an elliptical better than a treadmill?

    Deciding whether an elliptical or treadmill is better for you is a personal choice. Studies show that ellipticals and treadmills are pretty similar in terms of energy expenditure, so you can get a great workout with either machine. 

    It’s more important to factor in what machine is more comfortable and enjoyable for you to use, so that you’ll be more motivated to stay consistent. If running is tough on your knees and joints, for instance, an elliptical might be a gentler cardiovascular workout. It all depends on your needs and preferences!

    A final word on the best treadmills for your home

    Finding the best treadmill for your needs is a game-changer when it comes to consistent workouts and conditioning. Whether you want to complete a marathon, a 5K, walk while working, or just stay in shape, these treadmills are reliable investments to reach your goals.

    The post Best treadmills of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    Stare into $700 in savings with lululemon’s Studio Mirror sale https://www.popsci.com/gear/lululemon-studio-mirror-sale/ Fri, 21 Oct 2022 17:45:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=479665
    A person working out in front of a lululemon Studio Mirror in their home
    lululemon

    You can reflect on how much you saved and how fit you'll be once you snag this majorly discounted workout mirror.

    The post Stare into $700 in savings with lululemon’s Studio Mirror sale appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    A person working out in front of a lululemon Studio Mirror in their home
    lululemon

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Willing yourself out of a warm bed at 6 a.m. to visit the gym requires an immense amount of personal strength before you even flex a muscle. Bring the cardio circuit and yoga studio into the coziness of your home with the lululemon Studio’s Mirror, on sale for $795 with the code “LLSTUDIO700”. That’s a whopping $700 off its $1,495 list price.

    lululemon

    SEE IT

    Combined with lululemon Studio’s fitness platform, the interactive Studio Mirror allows you to bring the live class experience to your living room. A stylish carbon steel frame with bronze powder coating means this mirror won’t stand out like a sore thumb, which a lot of equipment can. A 5-megapixel front-facing camera lets you be seen in class and allows you to get live feedback from instructors. Have a question? The high-fidelity speaker system and omnidirectional microphone let you hear and be heard—you can even connect headphones via Bluetooth if you don’t want your workout to disturb others during your early morning ritual. The mirror’s HD display with a 178-degree viewing angle lets you follow along even when you’re deep in downward dog. Free delivery, a year-long warranty, and free returns mean you can try out the Studio Mirror sans stress.

    Recover from your lululemon Studio Mirror workout with one of the best percussion massagers or step into your own portable sauna. And, make sure you stay hydrated by taking a swig of cold water from your insulated water bottle. Here are some other fitness deals to go along with your new Studio Mirror:

    The post Stare into $700 in savings with lululemon’s Studio Mirror sale appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    Save $70 on the Fitbit Sense and other wearables at Best Buy https://www.popsci.com/gear/fitbit-sense-deal-best-buy/ Fri, 14 Oct 2022 18:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=477952
    The Best Fitbit and fitness trackers Deal
    Brandt Ranj / Popular Science.

    This smartwatch has many of the same features as the Apple Watch but it's on sale.

    The post Save $70 on the Fitbit Sense and other wearables at Best Buy appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    The Best Fitbit and fitness trackers Deal
    Brandt Ranj / Popular Science.

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Fitbit’s Sense is the fitness tracker company’s answer to the Apple Watch, and it’s deeply discounted at Best Buy right now. At its (digital) heart, the Fitbit Sense is designed to give you information about your health. It can track your steps, sleep, heart rate, temperature, blood oxygen level, and scan for irregular heart rhythms. All of this information is stored in the Fitbit app, which is available for iOS and Android. Use it to keep track of your progress and challenge fellow Fitbit owners to see who can take the most steps in a given timeframe. Don’t miss the chance to take advantage of this Fitbit Sense deal at Best Buy.

    Fitbit Sense $179.95 (Was $249.95)

    Fitbit

    SEE IT

    A big part of the Fitbit Sense’s appeal is that its health features are complemented by helpful smartwatch features. You can receive your notifications—from social media updates to text messages—on your wrist, where you can glance down and check them without touching your phone. This can prevent you from breaking your concentration while working out. You can even link the Fitbit Sense to Amazon’s Alexa or the Google Assistant to control it using your voice.

    Fitbit says the Sense’s battery can last up to six days depending on which features you use. This is very impressive given its feature set, especially when you compare it with the Apple Watch, which only lasts around 18 hours. If you’re searching for a smart watch and are primarily interested in using it to track your health, don’t skip out on this Fitbit Sense deal at Best Buy.

    The best wearable deals:

    The post Save $70 on the Fitbit Sense and other wearables at Best Buy appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    Enjoy workout recovery and savings with Theragun deals during Amazon Prime Early Access https://www.popsci.com/gear/amazon-prime-early-access-recovery-deals/ Wed, 12 Oct 2022 21:26:26 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=477370
    A lineup of percussion massagers and recovery items on sale as part of Amazon Prime Early Access
    Amanda Reed

    These Amazon Prime Early Access deals on percussion massagers, rollers, and other recovery tools will leave you relaxed and ready for a solid round of reps.

    The post Enjoy workout recovery and savings with Theragun deals during Amazon Prime Early Access appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    A lineup of percussion massagers and recovery items on sale as part of Amazon Prime Early Access
    Amanda Reed

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Getting swole requires lots of dedication. It also requires rest—you can’t beat personal bests if your form is bad from tired muscles. Percussion massagers, foam rollers, and recovery workout mixes are important rest tools to hit the gym hard when you return. These Theragun deals—part of Amazon’s Early Access sale—are perfect for the gym rat in your life who eats scrambled eggs, chicken, and rice like it’s water. The sale lasts until midnight tonight, so snap them up before someone else does (just like with the leg press machine at the gym).

    Theragun Prime $187 (Was $299)

    Theragun

    SEE IT

    The Theragun Prime gives you a deep tissue massage in the comfort of your own home. Four attachments and five speed options give you plenty of ways to pummel your muscles into sweet relaxation. A triangle-shaped ergonomic handle prevents strain on the wrists, arms, and hands—because you don’t want to hurt another part of your body while stretching out another. And, you won’t wake up the entire neighborhood thanks to its sound insulation and design, making it ultra-quiet.

    Theragun Mini $149 (Was $199)

    Theragun

    SEE IT

    If you’re an athlete on the go, look no further than the Theragun Mini, which puts the same power as a larger percussion massager in the palm of your hand. A universal attachment with three speeds provides on-the-go relief for tired muscles—and it’s ultra-quiet, so you won’t disturb anyone in the locker room. It’s easy to grip, which means it’s less likely you’ll drop it on the locker room floor (Ew!). We named it our best mini percussion massager, which means it’s PopSci tested and approved.

    The deal gym closes at midnight, so get a quick 20-minute shopping spree in before bed. Here are some other recovery deals we’re eyeing:

    Percussion massagers

    Recovery mixes

    Foam rollers, stretching aids, and muscle massagers

    More Amazon Prime Early Access deals:

    The post Enjoy workout recovery and savings with Theragun deals during Amazon Prime Early Access appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    Get a jump on the new year with these Amazon Prime Early Access deals on fitness gear https://www.popsci.com/gear/amazon-prime-early-access-deals-fitness-gear/ Wed, 12 Oct 2022 21:12:44 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=477455
    Take advantage of the savings on fitness gear during the Amazon Prime Early Access deals.

    Have fun while breaking a sweat.

    The post Get a jump on the new year with these Amazon Prime Early Access deals on fitness gear appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    Take advantage of the savings on fitness gear during the Amazon Prime Early Access deals.

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs.

    We’re entering the season of eating—starting with Halloween candy, heading through the Thanksgiving feasts, and ending with the appetizers and champagne toast on New Year’s Eve. Why not take a counterintuitive approach and take advantage of the Amazon Prime Early Access Sale deals on fitness gear? We made sure to include plenty of options that make breaking a sweat fun (and don’t forget the recovery tools, like percussion massagers). Just remember: The discounts end at midnight, so be sure to take advantage while you can.

    Sunny Health & Fitness Dual-Function Magnetic Rowing Machine $169.99 (Was $299.99)

    How about a rowing machine and a weight machine in one? Sunny Health & Fitness’s Dual-Function Magnetic Rowing Machine lets you combine an aerobic workout with a strength session. With eight levels of resistance, you can work up a good sweat. Then afterward build up your upper-body strength by using the handlebar for bicep curls and a shoulder workout. The seat is padded and comfortable and the grip on the handlebar is non-slip. And at $130 off, it’s a great deal.

    More Amazon Prime Early Access deals on fitness gear:

    More Amazon Prime Early Access deals:

    The post Get a jump on the new year with these Amazon Prime Early Access deals on fitness gear appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    Ready, set, go get a great deal on Apple, Samsung, Fossil smartwatch during the Amazon Prime Early Access sale https://www.popsci.com/gear/amazon-prime-early-access-smartwatch-deals/ Tue, 11 Oct 2022 12:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=476101
    Take advantage of great deals on smartwatches during the Amazon Prime Early Access Sale.

    With options for the whole family.

    The post Ready, set, go get a great deal on Apple, Samsung, Fossil smartwatch during the Amazon Prime Early Access sale appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    Take advantage of great deals on smartwatches during the Amazon Prime Early Access Sale.

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    If you have yet to invest in a smartwatch, they offer a range of tools—all from your wrist. They range from sophisticated satellite tracking systems to real-time information on the health of your heat and lungs, to the ability to answer calls, texts, and get the news and weather in real time.

    Fortunately, you can save hundreds on smartwatches as part of Amazon’s Prime Early Access Sale. But today’s the last day of the shopping event, don’t wait on these deals. From the recently released Apple Watch Series 8 to tried-and-tried models, there are plenty of options for everyone in your family.

    Apple Watch Series 8 $349 (was $399)

    Apple

    SEE IT

    If you have been eyeing the new Apple Watch Series 8, you can currently save $50 off the regular price for both the 41mm and 45mm versions in white or black. This is the first big discount we have seen on this new model and these typically sell out quickly so don’t hesitate if you’re looking to get one. The 41mm model will cost you $349 and the larger 45mm version checks in at $379.

    SAMSUNG Galaxy Watch 4 Classic 42mm Smartwatch $269.99 (was $399.99)

    Smartwatches generally track health metrics like heart rate, but if you’re one of those people who can’t get enough of the data and want to drill down into your metabolic health in real time, the Samsung Galaxy Watch 4 Classic is for you. In addition to your body mass index, this watch can measure your basal metabolic rate, and skeletal muscle, track your sleep, and monitor your heart for irregularities. You can also participate in group challenges in a variety of sports and use Google Pay and Maps right from your wrist.

    Fossil Women’s Gen 5E 42mm Stainless Steel Touchscreen Smartwatch $169 (was $249)

    If you’d prefer a smartwatch that resembles a traditional timepiece and will still track your steps every day, the Fossil Women’s Gen 5E Smartwatch is a solid choice. Made of stainless steel, the watch is customizable with thousands of different faces. Answer texts and calls, ask Alexa about the news and weather, and track your heart rate and other important health metrics all in one device. On sale as part of Amazon Prime Early Access Sale Smartwatch deals, this watch also charges fairly quickly, reaching 80 percent within 50 minutes.

    More Amazon Prime Early Access Sale smartwatch deals:

    Fitness tracker deals:

    More Amazon Prime Early Access deals:

    The post Ready, set, go get a great deal on Apple, Samsung, Fossil smartwatch during the Amazon Prime Early Access sale appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    The best wool socks of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-wool-socks/ Fri, 30 Sep 2022 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=473964
    A lineup of the best wool socks on a white background
    Amanda Reed

    Ditch your sad, hole-embedded socks and grab a pair that’s warm and moisture-wicking.

    The post The best wool socks of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    A lineup of the best wool socks on a white background
    Amanda Reed

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Best overall Smartwool Everyday Spruce Street Crew Sock are the best overall wool socks. Smartwool Everyday Spruce Street Crew Sock
    SEE IT

    Keep your feet dry and warm on everyday adventures.

    Best for hiking Darn Tough Merino Wool Boot Sock is the best for hiking. Darn Tough Merino Wool Boot Sock
    SEE IT

    Like the name suggests, these socks can go from mountain to river and back.

    Best for cycling Kitsbow Merino B Line Sock is the best wool sock for cycling. Kitsbow Merino B Line Sock
    SEE IT

    Thin enough to ensure an effient pedal stroke sans sweat.

    Wool socks aren’t just for skiing or extreme cold weather situations. When combined with other materials, they can be incredibly durable, moisture-wicking, and fast-drying—all of which are incredibly important if you’re an athlete or hiker and wear shoes all day. However, wool socks can also provide everyday comfort to those who have incredibly sweaty feet. Although you might picture wool socks as thick and bulky, the majority of them are far from it. In fact, wool socks and “regular” socks are practically indistinguishable from each other. The best wool socks combine style, longevity, and comfort—because nothing as small as a sock should cause a big hassle. 

    How we chose the best wool socks

    I was #blessed with my dad’s sweaty feet and I am a perpetually damp person. All of this is exacerbated by too much caffeine, very stressful boss battles, and the wrong kind of polyester. In fact, my hands are a little sweaty right now as I type this. The hyperhidrosis diagnosis remains unknown, but I do know one thing: what fabrics to wear to remain easy, breezy, and beautiful. Wool is just one of the many textiles I trust. 

    With my perspiration propensity in mind, I gathered peer recommendations, looked at critical reviews and consumer impressions, performed personal testing, and conducted heavy research to find the best wool socks. No sheep were harmed in the making of this review.

    What to consider when buying the best wool socks

    Unlike the scratchy, itchy ragg wool that makes up your mom’s sweaters from the ’80s, most wool socks are made of merino wool. This soft, thin fiber comes from Merino sheep, and is known for its natural properties: It regulates body temperature, wicks moisture, and prevents odors sans bulk. It’s usually combined with other materials like polyester, nylon, cotton, and spandex for the right balance of the good stuff. Here’s what else you should know when searching for the best wool socks:

    Use

    A wool sock made for everyday wear is going to perform differently than a crew sock built for cycling. The same goes for those meant for hiking, running, and hunting. When you’re going to wear the sock also matters. A thinner ankle sock is going to be more comfortable than a thick crew sock in the hot, hazy throes of summer. Think about what activity your socked feet will have to endure and shop accordingly. 

    Cushion

    Cushioning helps prevent blisters and acts as a buffer against the shoe. Wearing a sock with low cushioning with a tough hiking boot leads to major discomfort—and you’ll have to give up halfway up the mountain. Look for a pair of wool socks with more cushioning in the toe, heel, and ankle area if you’re going to wear boots. Likewise, you can get away with less cushioning if you’re wearing extra comfy sneakers with your socks. 

    Height

    A tall wool sock prevents your tall hiking boots from rubbing against your calf. It also protects your legs from any nasty, gnarly brush or bugs you encounter. If you’re looking to air out your legs because you’re simply walking down the street and not fending off random detritus, choose an ankle-height or no-show sock. 

    The best wool socks: Reviews & Recommendations

    Just like the Merino sheep they come from, no two pairs of wool socks are alike. The best wool socks are soft, durable, reliable, and machine washable. Here’s what made the cut:

    Best overall: Smartwool Everyday Spruce Street Crew Sock

    Smartwool

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: An everyday sock that packs incredible performance power thanks to its primarily wool blend.

    Specs

    • Material: 52% Merino wool; 42% nylon; 2% recycled nylon, 4% elastaine 
    • Machine washable: Yes
    • Height: 8 inches
    • Cushion: Zero cushion

    Pros

    • Secure fit
    • Durable
    • Comfort welt

    Cons

    • No cushion

    If you’re looking to up your sock game, look no further than the Everyday Spruce Street Crew Socks from Smartwool, who claims they were the first outdoor company to make performance merino wool ski socks. Although not meant for skiing, these Smartwool socks hold up on the day-to-day and make your feet feel like a champion. Reliable and fashionable, these socks are durable thanks to Shred Shield technology that prevents your toes from ripping a hole in your sock, a la that one scene in Alien. A comfort welt helps them stay put, and the merino wool, which is ZQ-certified (an animal welfare and environmental standards audit), has all the benefits sans carbon footprint. 

    Smartwool best wool socks Amanda pick
    Amanda Reed

    Although the top pick is a crew height with no cushion, the company has plenty of other shoppable socks, both showy and sensible, like the targeted cushion ankle socks for running combo shown above. And our assistant managing editor loves his Bike Zero Cushion Ankle Socks, Run Targeted Cushion Low Ankle Socks, and Hike Full Cushion Lolo Trail Crew Socks, using Smartwool’s numerous options to customize his cushioning and coverage for a variety of activities.

    Best for hiking: Darn Tough Merino Wool Boot Sock

    Darn Tough

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: Fine-gauge knitting gives this sock incredible durability—just like the name suggests.

    Specs

    • Material: 66% merino wool; 32% nylon; 2% lycra; spandex
    • Machine washable: Yes
    • Height: 6 inches
    • Cushion: Full

    Pros

    • Feels like you’re not wearing a sock.
    • Company dedicated to sustainability
    • Full cushion for shock absorption 

    Cons

    • Socks can get fuzzy after washing

    These socks have a lot to live up to coming from a company name like “Darn Tough.” Thankfully, these socks are truly darn tough. This sock is made using fine-gauge knitting and includes an undetectable seam for an invisible feel that’s obviously built to last. A performance fit means no slipping, bunching, or blisters while keeping your feet cool in the summer and warm in the winter. This full-cushion, boot-height sock has a lifetime warranty—there aren’t that many brands that can say the same. Additionally, the company uses Responsible Wool Standard (RWS)-certified merino wool in all of its products and incorporates recycled nylon—it’s currently looking for a recycled spandex alternative. This means you can rest easy that your socks came from happy sheep and were made with a limited impact on the environment.

    Best for cycling: Kitsbow Merino B Line Sock 

    Kitsbow

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: Made specifically for cycling, these tall socks have the right amount of cushion to make hours spent in cycling shoes more comfortable.

    Specs

    • Material: 30% merino wool, 70% synthetic blend fabric
    • Machine washable: Yes
    • Height: 6 inches
    • Cushion: Light

    Pros

    • Odor-resistant
    • Versatile
    • Comfortable

    Cons

    • Might be too light for colder rides
    • Expensive

    A great pair of cycling socks aren’t just a fashion statement. They keep you comfortable as you ride. The Merino B Line Sock from Kitsbow may be pricey at $30 per pair, but we think it’s worth it as a specialty sock. The light cushioning isn’t bulky and is in all the right places. The toe seam is practically invisible, and the cuff at the top doesn’t dig into your calves—a major problem with cyclists with thick calves from all the leg work. The balance of merino and synthetic fibers makes this sock durable with just enough of the wool benefits. It also looks classy—no one would know it’s a cycling sock unless you told them. However, reviews note that it’s better suited for warmer rides.

    Best for work: Dickies Men’s Dri-Tech Work Crew Socks

    Dickies

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: These heavy-duty wool socks come in a bundle to keep your feet dry every day of the week.

    Specs

    • Material: 48% polyester, 25% wool, 20% acrylic, 5% nylon, 2% spandex
    • Machine washable: Yes
    • Height: 6 inches
    • Cushion: Full

    Pros

    • Thick but lightweight
    • Reinforced heel and toe
    • Arch compression

    Cons

    • Not as soft compared to other socks
    • Might not fit smaller feet

    Some jobs require steel-toed shoes, which can be tough on your feet. These wool-blend socks from Dickies regulate your foot temperature. Added Dri-Tech fights sweat for dry feet. Cushioning in the leg and foot allows for all-day comfort in constricting shoes and steel-toed boots. Compression at the arch provides support, while a special heel lock keeps the socks in place. Ventilation channels provide extra air circulation and moisture control. Also, they come in a bundle, which means you can save on getting more than one pair for work.

    Best for winter: HOT FEET Mens Active Work and Outdoors Hiking Socks

    HOT FEET

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: These thick socks are extra cozy thanks to a thermal wool blend that won’t make your feet sweat.

    Specs

    • Material: 62% polyester, 20% wool, 15% nylon, 3% spandex
    • Machine washable: Yes
    • Height: 6 inches
    • Cushion: Full

    Pros

    • Reinforced heel and toe
    • Moisture wicking
    • Versatile

    Cons

    • Have a tendency to fall down

    If you don’t want to get a pair of heated socks or to size your shoes for heated insoles, consider these a great option. You can throw them on for lounging around the house or ski lounge, or take them outside under your favorite boots. A stretchy ribbed cuff keeps the socks in place without digging into your leg, and reinforced heels protect your feet. Also, moisture-wicking means they’ll stay dry in your ski boots. The socks are thicker so you won’t have to worry about blisters or cold feet.

    Best budget: Alvada Merino Wool Hiking Socks 

    Alvada

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: You don’t have to break the bank for a soft, warm pair of wool socks that are great for lounging or adventuring.

    Specs

    • Material: 80% Merino wool, 15% polyester, 4% nylon, 1% spandex
    • Machine washable: Yes
    • Height: 6 inches
    • Cushion: Full

    Pros

    • Primarily wool construction
    • Bundle pack
    • Fuzzy on the inside

    Cons

    • Heels and balls of feet wear out fast
    • Run large

    If you’re looking for knit socks that aren’t expensive, look no further than this bundle-pack from Alvada. A reinforced heel and toe area allow for more durability and keep your feet blister-free. Arch compression provides support and stability, and full cushion padding gives you extra protection. Say goodbye to stinky feet thanks to ventilation channels that allow for more airflow and breathability. Plus, the socks have a great balance of wool and synthetic fibers to keep your feet dry. They wear out more than higher-priced socks and run large, but you can’t beat the price.

    FAQs

    Q: How much do wool socks cost?

    Wool socks can go for $30 for a pair or $20 for a pack of three pairs. If the socks are being worn for a specialized activity, you can get away with buying a single one for a higher price. If you’re looking for socks to wear to work, a bundle can be more bang for your buck.

    Q: What percent wool should socks be?

    It depends on what you’re wearing them for and the kind of wool, but generally, around 40% is the standard. Other textiles, like polyester, cotton, spandex, nylon, and elastane, are added into the mix to add flexibility and durability to the sock. Almost every selection on our list has a fabric blend that includes 30-40% wool.

    Q: Can you wear wool socks every day?

    Yes! Merino wool is incredibly light and versatile. “Wool” tends to be synonymous with “thick” and “heavy,” and there are wool sock options that can be worn every day. Smartwool has lots of wool socks for everyday, but the Kitsbow selection can also double as an everyday sock.

    Q: Which wool is warmest for socks?

    Qiviut wool (made of musk ox down), yak wool, and bison wool are incredibly warm. However, these textiles are expensive and difficult. Alpaca wool and merino wool are easier to source and cheaper, which is why a majority of our selections feature merino wool.

    Final thoughts on the best wool socks

    Wool socks can ease feet during your next big adventure but are functional enough to be worn every day. Although “wool” tends to conjure images of a shoulder-pad clad, gaudy, itchy, eau de mothball sweater that has haunted many a closet and clothing rack, the best wool socks are far from that. Our top picks, from brands like Smartwool, are soft, dependable, and practically indistinguishable from cotton socks. However, they’re more breathable and naturally antimicrobial, keeping your feet dry and your spirits high. Say goodbye to stinky, sweaty feet and hello to sheep-sponsored pleasurable podiatry.

    The post The best wool socks of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    Best heart rate monitors of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-heart-rate-monitors/ Wed, 27 Oct 2021 20:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=400160
    Best heart rate monitors composite feature image
    Tony Ware

    We’ve got out finger on the pulse of the best heart rate monitors to help you exercise more efficiently.

    The post Best heart rate monitors of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    Best heart rate monitors composite feature image
    Tony Ware

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Best for cycling Polar H10 is the best heart rate monitor. Polar H10 Heart Rate Monitor
    SEE IT

    An accurate heart monitor that pairs with Peloton.

    Best for triathletes Myzone MZ-Switch is the best heart rate monitor. Myzone MZ-Switch
    SEE IT

    You customize your workout and now you can customize how you use your heart rate monitor with the MZ-Switch, which can be worn on your wrist, arm, or chest.

    Best for running Garmin HRM-Pro is the best heart rate monitor. Garmin HRM-Pro Premium Heart Rate Strap
    SEE IT

    A heart rate monitor that’s easy to use and runs well in more than one way.

    If you aren’t wearing a heart rate monitor, you aren’t getting the most from exercising. According to the Cleveland Clinic, heart rate is a primary indicator of how intensely you’re exerting yourself and what energy source you’re using. When you work out, you burn calories, but if your heart rate is too high, you’ll actually be burning more carbohydrates, since your body can’t burn fat fast enough to keep up. Therefore, knowing your heart rate lets you keep your workout in the fat-burning zone. (This is the underlying theory behind Orangetheory workouts, for example.) The best heart rate monitors give you reliable, real-time readings and can beam data to a synced device for further analysis so you can work out your best workout. 

    And, sure, you could use your fingers to check your pulse, but how realistic—or reliable—is that when you’re on a bike or in the pool? Heart rate monitors offer ease of use and accuracy suited for high-intensity activity and environments. So if you’re trying to figure out a monitor for cycling, swimming, or running, whether an armband or a chest strap is better for you, read on. We’ve got our finger on the pulse of the best heart rate monitors. 

    How we selected the best heart rate monitors

    The core function of the best heart rate monitors is to provide an accurate, real-time look at your heart rate. So we only considered the ones made by top manufacturers whose sensor technology cannot be beat and whose products we’ve tested and trust. From there, we read what users and critics had to say about how they felt and functioned in the real world, and we considered critical features like Bluetooth and ANT+ connectivity and compatibility with popular fitness apps. That heartfelt work led us to a list we love. 

    What to consider when shopping for the best heart rate monitor

    From connectivity to comfort, here are some things to consider when shopping for tools to improve your workouts. 

    Do you want a wrist band or a chest strap?

    Monitors are typically worn one of three ways: either on your wrist, on your arm, or around your chest. Generally, the wrist and armbands are easier to use, while the chest straps boast better accuracy. But, actually, the technology has advanced so much in the past few years that each type of monitor can provide both benefits. Chest straps place electrodes against your skin to measure your heart’s electrical activity. Fitness trackers on the wrist and arm use optical sensors to measure the blood flow in your veins. Both types of sensors provide accurate readings, but that reading is compromised if the sensor is knocked out of position, so it’s important to find a heart rate monitor that provides a secure fit on your body. 

    Is the heart rate monitor compatible?

    Heart rate monitors connect to phones, smartwatches, and other devices to share data. While Bluetooth heart rate monitors can meet the needs of most people—pairing the monitor with a smartwatch, say—ANT+ allows you to connect the heart monitor to multiple devices at once. So if you’ve got Strava running on your phone and also want to map your run on your wrist, ANT+ can make it a go.

    It’s also important to check that the heart rate monitor you purchase supports the operating system on the device you’re planning to pair it with. (Some heart monitors can’t yet communicate with the Apple 13 iPhone, for instance.) Pay attention to app compatibility, as well. Most of the best ones will work with common fitness apps, but it’s a good idea to make sure.

    Will you wear it all day? 

    The best monitors have batteries that can last for hours and even days. That means the limiting factor in how long you wear a monitor while working out—aside from your own energy level—is often how comfortable it feels on your body. The weight of the device matters some, but materials and fit tend to matter more. Silicone works for wrist bands, and it also adds grip to the softer chest straps. Ultimately, fit and comfort are something you have to decide for yourself.  

    How low can it go?

    Especially if you’re a swimmer, you need a watertight monitor. Devices with ATM 5 ratings and WR50 can withstand going 50 meters below the surface, while IP68-rated monitors can withstand at least a meter of water for half an hour. Any ratings lower than these can’t reliably go underwater.

    What else does it track?

    Some monitors track your heartbeat and not much else. Others can monitor your running stride, record steps, and count calories. In addition, some devices can monitor different data points depending on the type of exercise you’re doing—for instance they monitor rhythm and distance while you’re running and heart rate variability while you’re swimming—while other heart monitors track what zone of fat burning you’re in, meaning you don’t have to do any math.  

    Best heart rate monitors: Reviews & Recommendations

    Best for cycling: Polar H10 Heart Rate Monitor

    Polar

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: Polar’s ECG heart rate measurement provides pinpoint accuracy whether road biking or open-water swimming.

    Specs:

    • Weight: Connector 21 g (0.74 oz), strap 39 g (1.38 oz)
    • Connectivity: Bluetooth, ANT+
    • Battery life: Up to 400 hours

    Pros:

    • Accurate
    • Connects to multiple devices at once
    • Waterproof up to 30 meteres
    • Over-the-air software updates

    Cons:

    • Replacement batteries may not last as long as the original

    Garmin, Apple, Strava, Nike—these are just some of the brands that this Polar monitor works with. It can support iOS mobile devices with iOS 13 or later; Android mobile devices with Bluetooth 4.0 capability and Android 7 or later; Huawei mobile devices with Huawei App Gallery and Huawei Mobile Services installed. That makes this chest strap one of the best heart rate monitors for cycling. But it excels as one of the best monitors for Peloton and cycling in general, as its accurate reader and comfortable fit don’t falter at high speeds thanks to silicone dots that help it stay firmly in place.

    Best for running: Garmin HRM-Pro Premium Heart Rate Strap

    Garmin

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: By tracking metrics such as vertical oscillation, ground contact time, stride length, and vertical ratio, this Garmin heart rate monitor can improve your running form.

    Specs:

    • Weight: 2.1 ounces
    • Connectivity: Bluetooth, ANT+
    • Battery life: 1 year (training once a day)

    Pros:

    • 5 ATM water resistance (can withstand depths of 50 meters)
    • Lightweight
    • Seamless connectivity

    Cons:

    • Must connect via ANT+ for running dynamics
    • Optimized for Garmin products

    This Garmin strap is the best heart rate monitor for running because it’ll monitor how effectively your feet are pounding the pavement in addition to how forcefully your heart is pounding in your chest. While it’s made to share data with Garmin watches and other devices, it can also connect to third-party apps, including Zwift. Plus, the chest monitor offers an unlimited number of connections via ANT+ (Bluetooth is limited to two), allowing you to share data between multiple devices. The strap is waterproof up to 50 meters and it’ll store heart rate data when your smartwatch, or another device, is out of range (which is 3 meters).

    Best for swimming: Apple Watch Series 7

    Apple

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: It’s Apple’s most durable, most advanced fitness tracker to date.

    Specs:

    • Weight: 32-51.5 grams, depending on model/case materials
    • Connectivity: Bluetooth
    • Battery life: 18 hours

    Pros:

    • ECG app
    • 50 meters of water resistance
    • Detailed fitness tracking

    Cons:

    • Expensive
    • Requires iOS 15 or later

    If you want the best heart rate monitor for swimming that’ll also track your health in great detail, the recently announced Apple Watch Series 7 (which is replacing the Series 6) is the right fit. It carries over the electrical heart sensor and ECG app, which can create a detailed electrocardiogram that’s doctor-office-worthy. The SE and Series 3 (which will remain available) can monitor your heart rate, but they don’t have the ECG app—nor can they monitor your blood oxygen levels. Like the 6, the 7 is capable of withstanding 50 meters of water pressure, and it includes a fitness tracking app that’s tailored to swimming, recording laps and yards in addition to elapsed time and calories burned. The latest Apple Watch also charges 33-times faster than the Series 6, capable of going from 0 to 80 percent in 45 minutes, so it should have energy as you build yours up.

    Best for rowing: Scosche Rhythm24 Heart Rate Monitor

    Scorsche

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: This armband lets you find your personal heart rate zone. It also has a battery life that can go the distance and a waterproofing rating that makes it ready to row.  

    Specs:

    • Connectivity: Bluetooth Low Energy / ANT+ Connection
    • Battery life: 24 hours
    • Sensor type: Green and Yellow Optical Sensors

    Pros:

    • 24 hours of battery life
    • Personalized monitoring
    • Wide compatability
    • IP68 Waterproofing (can survive submersion up to 10 feet)

    Cons:

    • Can be difficult to use

    If you spend the day on the water, you need a heart rate monitor that will, too. This Scosche monitor offers 24 hours of battery life, as well as up to 13 hours of onboard memory training time (ANT+ FIT file transfer). Plus, the IP68 means splashing won’t bother it and you can even keep it on when you swim laps. This is one of the best monitors for rowing, with LED lights displaying battery life and five heart rate zone indications that are designed to work with different sports. For instance, the running mode focuses on cadence plus distance, while the swimming mode tracks heart rate variability. It’s versatile in its compatibility, too, pairing with many devices, including iPhone models up to 12 and the Galaxy S10.

    Best for exercises of all sorts: Myzone MZ-Switch

    Myzone

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: Versatility, durability, reliability. Three is a magic number.

    Specs:

    • Weight: Roughly 5.5 grams (sensor)
    • Connectivity: Bluetooth, ANT+
    • Battery life: Up to 6 months
    • Sensor type: ECG and PPG

    Pros:

    • Two kinds of sensors
    • Three ways to wear
    • Wide compatibility

    Cons:

    • Somewhat pricey
    • Only tracks heart rate

    Whether you’re a triathlete or just into multiple sports, this versatile device is the perfect training companion. The best heart rate monitor for exercises of all sorts, the MZ-Switch can be worn three ways, meaning it’s “customized” for whatever your pursuits: swimming laps in the pool, skinning up a steep slope, ultramarathoning through grueling terrain, hang-gliding from a plateau, etc. I wore it as a chest strap on bike rides and as a wrist strap on runs, easily switching out the sensor (roughly the size and weight of a quarter) and optimally situating it by using the plastic clip (wrist and arm bands) and metal snaps (chest monitor). 

    Using Bluetooth or ANT+, this Myzone heart rate monitor can also sync with an array of devices and programs, from Peloton bikes to the Strava app to Apple watches to MyFitness Pal. I used the Myzone app to log workouts and track stats like calories burned and to easily see what fat burning zone I’d entered based on the color-coded charts—the gray-to-blue-to-green-to-yellow-to-red-system matches the LED flashes of the heart rate monitor’s face. Two sensors, ECG and PPG, help ensure accurate, real-time heart rate readings, no matter where you’re wearing the MZ-Switch. Without comparison to a doctor’s reading, it’s hard to say just how accurate this Myzone monitor was, but I found it consistently delivered a higher heart rate than my Amazfit GTR3 when I was really churning my legs, making it feel more aligned with how I felt my system was pumping.   

    Best budget: Wahoo Tickr Heart Rate Monitor

    Wahoo

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: This Wahoo heart rate monitor is relatively versatile but most of all inexpensive.

    Specs:

    • Weight: 1.07 ounces
    • Connectivity: Bluetooth, ANT+
    • Battery life: Coin cell that lasts for 500 hours of workouts

    Pros:

    • Affordable
    • Lightweight
    • Compatible with many devices

    Cons:

    • Users have reported inaccurate readings
    • Only waterproof up to 5-feet deep

    This chest strap has top-mounted LED lights, letting you easily check your heart rate level and connectivity, plus a front clip lets you put it on quickly. The Wahoo monitor works with more than 50 fitness apps such as Zwift, Peloton, and MapMyRun. But if you’re looking to track underwater, you’ll need a deeper dive—this monitor only offers IPX7 protection. And, be warned, some users say this model is “hit and miss,” so this very well could be an example of “you get what you pay for.” At the same time, reviewers also said it “worked fine” and was “easy to use.” Making this our choice for the best heart rate monitor chest strap on a budget.

    FAQs

    Q: Is it safe to wear a heart rate monitor all day?

    It is safe to wear a heart rate monitor all day, but the strap may cause skin irritation.

    Q: Are heart monitors with chest straps more accurate?

    Heart rate monitors with chest straps are slightly more accurate than wrist monitors and armbands that use optical sensors, only because the optical sensors are more likely to get knocked out of position. Otherwise, the optical sensors can provide as accurate a reading as the electrodes in the best heart rate monitor chest straps.

    Q: Is it worth getting a heart rate monitor?

    It is worth getting a heart rate monitor if you care about maximizing the benefits of your exercise. Heart rate monitors read your heart rate, letting you know whether you’re burning fat instead of carbohydrates. They can also motivate you to push the pace just a step quicker to rev up your calorie burn.

    The final word on finding the best heart rate monitors

    The best heart rate monitors instantly tell you how fast your heart is beating, helping you exercise at the right intensity. So whether you’re a novice runner, a beginning bicyclist, or a seasoned swimmer—or one of those superhumans who does all three in a day—the right monitor will help you exercise as efficiently as possible.

    The post Best heart rate monitors of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    Apple Watch Series 8 review: Laying the groundwork https://www.popsci.com/gear/apple-watch-series-8-review/ Thu, 15 Sep 2022 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=469373
    Apple Watch Series 8 Review
    The Apple Watch Series 8 looks just like the Series 7, but has some interesting new features. Mike Epstein

    Car crash detection and ovulation tracking define the subtly impressive new Apple Watch.

    The post Apple Watch Series 8 review: Laying the groundwork appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    Apple Watch Series 8 Review
    The Apple Watch Series 8 looks just like the Series 7, but has some interesting new features. Mike Epstein

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    It may be hard for some of us to see the virtue of the Apple Watch Series 8. Some people will not be able to tell the difference between it and last year’s Apple Watch Series 7, no matter how long they wear it. At a glance, it offers the same day-to-day functionality, with a few key boosts. A couple of these, like a “low power mode,” are hardware-specific, but most of what you’ll see and appreciate comes from the new version of Apple’s watchOS 9 and will be available on older watches as well. 

    And, yet, it would not be right or fair to say that the Series 8 fails to make large evolutionary strides. The Apple Watch Series 8 shows its true colors at the most important times, before birth and death. First, a new pair of temperature sensors allows the Series 8 to chart estimated ovulation cycles, helping people attempting to get pregnant. Second, a new motion sensor, in conjunction with existing components, enables the ability to detect car crashes and automatically call 911 and your emergency contacts. 

    While you may not feel its changes every day, the Series 8 offers two niche functions that should make a big difference for people at very specific, important times in their lives. That doesn’t necessarily make for a compelling new upgrade when compared to the past couple of watch models, but it’s a huge “building” year that advances the case for the Apple Watch as a product for years to come.

    Mike Epstein

    SEE IT

    What’s new about the Apple Watch Series 8?

    In its eighth iteration, the Apple Watch Series 8 doesn’t introduce many noticeable design changes. The larger 41mm and 45mm case sizes of the Apple Watch Series 7 return, offering the same excellent visibility, whether you’re engaging with the watch or merely glancing at a notification on its always-on display. I can confirm that all of the Apple Watch’s core competencies—tracking your heart, monitoring your sleep, showing notifications from your phone, and so on—all work just as well as last year … which is to say very well. As with past models, it’s backward-compatible with all previous Apple Watch bands (though Apple has some new styles they’d love to sell you, of course).

    There are a handful of improvements and tweaks to those core competencies, along with some honest-to-god new features, but virtually all of them are enabled by watchOS 9, the newest version of the Apple Watch’s operating system, which is compatible with the Apple Watch Series 4 and up. I’ll talk about the details of some of those changes more in a bit but the important thing to note here is that the Apple Watch Series 3, a very popular model that was on sale for a long time, will no longer receive updates. That leaves the Apple Watch SE 2 as the most affordable model in the line. 

    The Series 8 offers the same battery life as the Series 7, up to 18 hours on a single charge, but there’s a new wrinkle this time around. The Series 8 adds a low-power mode, which can keep the battery running for up to 36 hours on a full charge. Entering low-power mode disables some of the watch’s passive functions, such as the always-on display, automatic workout detection, and heart health notifications. As in the Series 7, the battery offers about enough energy to get you through a day and track your sleeping overnight but with very little wiggle room for charging afterward. Low-power mode can be that wiggle room if you can’t find a good time to take the watch off for a while.

    Crash detection

    Though I hope neither you nor I ever need it, Apple Watch’s crash detection feature is very impressive.  It uses the watch’s many sensors together to confirm a very serious situation very quickly. It’s exclusive to the new line of Apple Watches—Series 8, SE 2, and Ultra—because it requires a new, more powerful gyroscope and accelerometer, which can detect the high force of an impact and distinguish between a car stopping suddenly under control and a crash.

    That said, the feature also uses a handful of existing sensors on the Series 8 to confirm a car crash: The microphone should register the sound of the crash. GPS should confirm that you’ve gone from moving at high speed to a complete stop. Our personal favorite is that the barometer should detect a change in pressure caused by the release of an airbag. All of these sensors work quickly in tandem to register the kind of car crash that might leave a person stunned or knocked out and unable to call for help.

    When the Series 8 detects a crash, it should raise a screen that lets you know it’s going to call emergency services, giving you 10 seconds to cancel the call. If you don’t, it promises to send your GPS data to EMS, as well as any emergency contacts you’ve specified. It’s a very smart, streamlined process that seems very capable of calling for help faster than the average person would be able to on their own.

    Apple Watch Series 8 Review
    This year’s bands include this redesigned version of the Nike Sport Loop. Mike Epstein

    I say “can” and “should” because I haven’t actually tested this feature, nor have I tested the ovulation tracking, which we’ll discuss in a minute. Based on Apple’s track record, we’re taking it on faith that these features work as intended—we simply do not have the facilities to test crash detection. (That said, we’ve seen that the predecessor to this feature, Apple Watch fall detection, works very well.) For ovulation tracking, it would take a few months of nightly use to test effectively—and a different reviewer, of course, but that we could’ve handled.

    Skin temperature sensors

    Apple Watch Series 8 also adds a two-sensor approach to temperature measurement, which enables a new ovulation tracking feature. One sensor, on the back crystal, reads your skin temperature. The second, under the display, reads air temperature. Like an active noise-canceling microphone array, the two sensors work together to get a precise read on your average temperature and note any substantial changes. It isn’t capable, however, of “taking your temperature,” as you would with a thermometer—the Series 8 specifically warns you not to use it to see if you have a fever.

    How do we get from “takes your temperature” to charting your ovulation cycle? If you wear the Series 8 to bed every night, allowing the watch to regularly record your temperature, it can map out night-to-night (and, by extension, day-to-day) changes in your body temperature. For ovulation, specifically, measuring temperature changes and heart rate will allow the watch to retroactively map a user’s biphasic shift, indicating when they were most likely ovulating.

    It’s worth noting that there are already other devices out there with this functionality. Some, like the Ava fertility tracker, have been doing it for some time. The latest Oura smart ring can track your skin temperature, though it doesn’t have dedicated ovulation-tracking support. That said, having it in a device like the Apple Watch, which we’d recommend for a wide array of uses before and after conception, beats spending $200-$300 on another wearable specifically because it has a temperature sensor.

    And watchOS 9 makes some great improvements, too …

    For those of you who either pre-ordered a new Apple Watch or plan to buy one in the near future, most of the changes you’ll notice will come from the jump to the Apple Watch’s new operating system, watchOS 9. As with every annual OS update, there are a ton of changes, big and small. Here are a few of this year’s highlights.

    Afib history

    Building on the existing heart rate tracking, Apple Watches with watchOS 9 can record data on Atrial Fibrillation, or a rapid irregular heartbeat, for those who have been diagnosed with the condition by a doctor. On the Health app, you’ll be able to review how often your heartbeat’s out of sync. The app can also provide information that can help you manage the condition.

    Enhanced running metrics and Workout views

    Apple Watch Series 8 Review
    WatchOS 9’s new heart rate zones view puts your workout data in context. (My end table really needs to get to the gym.) Mike Epstein

    The Workout app received a nice upgrade in watchOS 9, offering more data views and customization. During a high-impact workout, the Series 8 creates heart rate zones to help you gauge how hard you’re pushing yourself. You can also set multi-phase workouts on timers, so you know when to pick up the pace or slow down before the end of a workout.

    Runners, in particular, will benefit from enhanced tracking that measures stride length, ground contact time, and vertical oscillation, or how much you bounce when you run. If you’re an outdoor runner, the Apple Watch will automatically detect when you arrive at a track and prepare for a workout. Even if you aren’t at a track, “Outdoor Run” and “Outdoor Cycle” workouts are set to gain a feature that lets you record your route so you can track your time on a specific run or biking workout time after time.

    New Compass app and “Backtrack”

    Though Apple has primarily linked it to the Apple Watch Ultra in its marketing, the Series 8 will also get the reimagined Compass app, which gives you the ability to drop GPS waypoints for locations like your home or car, so you can always reorient yourself to find them.

    WatchOS 9 also enables a feature that uses GPS to help you retrace your path if you ever get lost. Since it’s GPS-based, “Backtrack” works even if your phone and watch can’t connect to a cellular network, making it very useful for campers and anyone else who finds themselves “off-grid.”

    Medications app

    There’s an entirely new app, Medications, designed to remind you when to take your pills. Going beyond a simple reminder, the app keeps a list of every medication you take, tells you exactly when to take it, and can cross-check for possible drug interactions when you start on something new (based on U.S. pharmaceutical information).

    So, who should buy the Apple Watch Series 8?

    Apple Watch Series 8 Review
    With the new Compass app, you can retrace your steps using GPS. Mike Epstein

    As with a lot of Apple’s products, the general question—“Should I buy an Apple Watch or not?”—remains the same as before the Series 8 launched. The Apple Watch is, overall, the best lifestyle smartwatch you can buy. There are more intense fitness trackers, and dedicated sport watches for hikers and athletes, but the Apple Watch remains the indisputable champ for everyday life. (Of course, that is contingent on you already owning an iPhone.)

    Despite the fact that many Apple Watch buyers are still hopping on the train for the first time, the real question becomes, “Should I upgrade to the Apple Watch Series 8 from whatever I have?” This will vary from person to person based on how they use the watch, so my best answer is that you should opt for the Series 8 if you decide to upgrade. The features it adds—particularly the car crash detection—are compelling background functions that are worth spending a little extra for if you’re already in the market for a new smartwatch. I don’t know that it’s enough to warrant running out and buying one, particularly if you just bought in, but it’s enough to endorse the idea that the Apple Watch, as an ongoing concern, continues to move forward.

    The post Apple Watch Series 8 review: Laying the groundwork appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    You can save up to $150 on the Apple Watch Series 7 right now on Amazon https://www.popsci.com/gear/amazon-apple-tech-sale/ Mon, 12 Sep 2022 17:15:01 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=469101
    A lineup of previous generation Apple products on a green and blue gradient background
    Amanda Reed

    A new generation of Apple products means you can save big on last year's Watch and AirPods Pro today.

    The post You can save up to $150 on the Apple Watch Series 7 right now on Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    A lineup of previous generation Apple products on a green and blue gradient background
    Amanda Reed

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Apple announced its latest generation of iPhone, Watch, and more Sept. 7. This means big savings on previous-generation products, like this Series 7 Watch, down $150 from its $799 retail price.

    Apple

    SEE IT

    This model features a silver stainless steel case with a silver Milanese loop wristband, GPS, and cellular capabilities. You can track your fitness goals, follow your blood oxygen levels, monitor your sleep, and take an ECG—just like the Series 8. It also includes safety measures like fall detection, irregular heartbeat notifications, and Emergency SOS call selection. There’s a reason Apple highlighted the Watch’s lifesaving capabilities at the beginning of its keynote event last week—a legacy the Watch Series 7 helped start and revolutionize.

    If you’re using the watch to leave your phone at home during a workout, the Series 7 is swim-proof. And no workout is complete without a soundtrack, which means some reliable earbuds. Luckily, you can snag the first generation of AirPods Pro for $179.99, down from its $249 retail price. AirPods Pro earbuds have active noise cancellation, spatial audio, and three sizes of soft, tapered silicone tips for a customizable fit and immersive, energetic response. They’re IPX4 rated, meaning sweat- and water-resistant, so you can do cardio without destroying your headphones and connect easily to music saved to your watch so you can spend less time fiddling with your settings and more time demolishing personal records in the weight room.

    If you want to upgrade from the second generation of AirPods, you can preorder the AirPods Pro 2 (which will be released Sept. 23). If you’re a serious athlete looking to upgrade to a more durable Apple Watch, the new Apple Watch Ultra—with ruggedized features, a bigger, brighter display, improved GPS, and up to 36 hours of battery life—is also available to preorder.

    Check out these other Apple deals on Amazon for big savings on iPad, MacBook Pro, and Apple TV 4K:

    The post You can save up to $150 on the Apple Watch Series 7 right now on Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    Apple introduces iPhone 14, iPhone 14 Pro, Apple Watch Ultra, and more https://www.popsci.com/gear/apple-iphone-14-far-out-news/ Wed, 07 Sep 2022 23:15:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=468422
    iPhone 14 News
    Apple

    iPhones, and Watches, and AirPods, oh my!

    The post Apple introduces iPhone 14, iPhone 14 Pro, Apple Watch Ultra, and more appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    iPhone 14 News
    Apple

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Apple’s end-of-summer events generally bring exciting announcements and this year’s “Far Out” presentation was filled with exciting new gear, including four new iPhone 14 devices, three new Apple Watches, and an updated take on the AirPods Pro. That includes an all-new version of the phone, the iPhone 14 Plus, which offers standard iPhone performance in a 6.7-inch “Pro Max” form factor, and the Apple Watch Ultra, a rugged and powerful flagship sport watch. We’ll walk through all the gadgets Apple announced Sept. 7 and let you know what’s new and exciting about Apple’s next wave of tech.

    iPhone 14 and iPhone 14 Plus

    iPhone 14 News
    The Apple iPhone 14 line features four phones, including the iPhone 14 (left) new iPhone 14 Plus (right). Apple

    If you’re not interested in Apple’s more expensive iPhone Pro lineup, the company also introduced the iPhone 14 and iPhone 14 Plus, the latter of which is a new addition. These devices offer an excellent suite of features but are available at a more comfortable price for most people. The iPhone 14 and 14 Plus come with the same A15 Bionic chipset that was in the iPhone 13 and will be available for $799 and $899, respectively. Pre-orders begin Sept. 9. The 6.1-inch iPhone 14 will be available in stores Sept. 16 and the 6.7-inch Plus arrives Oct. 7.

    Like last year’s iPhone 13, the iPhone 14 and 14 Plus features a dual-camera setup. The primary camera features a 12MP sensor and f/1.5 aperture with sensor-base stabilization. Apple claims the new camera system offers a 49 percent improvement in low-light performance over the prior model thanks to a “Photonic Engine,” so users should enjoy excellent pictures at night. There’s also a new 12MP front-facing TrueDepth camera with autofocus features, so, theoretically, you won’t encounter any out-of-focus selfies. The iPhone 14 also supports improved video stabilization features, including an “Action mode” for smooth-looking video with fewer shakes and vibrations.

    While the outward appearance is unchanged, both devices feature an updated internal design for better thermal performance. This will allow users to watch movies and play games for longer. Speaking of marathon Netflix sessions, Apple said the iPhone 14 Plus model offers the best battery life of any iPhone in its lineup. If you’re the type of person who is frequently away from an outlet, the 14 Plus could be very appealing. The iPhone 14 and 14 Plus also support the new Crash Detection feature, which utilizes a new dual-core accelerometer to detect if you’ve been in a severe car crash. They also support Emergency SOS via Satellite, allowing users to connect to emergency services even when off the grid.

    iPhone 4 Pro and 14 Pro Max

    iPhone 14 News
    The iPhone 14 Pro and Pro Max are Apple’s new flagships. Apple

    The iPhone 14 Pro and Pro Max bring a conventional suite of upgrades, including improved performance, a more advanced camera system, and better battery life. What you’ll notice, though, is that the display now features a pill-shaped cutout for the selfie camera, rather than the infamous top-center notch, and the introduction of an always-on display, so you can quickly check the time and notifications without any tapping. Apple said the iPhone 14 Pro would start at $999 and the Pro Max starts at $1,099. They’ll be available to pre-order Sept. 9 and in stores Sept. 16.

    The iPhone 14 Pro and Pro Max will offer 6.1-inch and 6.7-inch Super Retina XDR displays, sizes unchanged from last year. Apple is cleverly embracing the new pill-shaped cutout with a feature known as “Dynamic Island.” Notifications, apps, and alerts will adapt and move around the pill-shaped cutout, so the pill feels like it’s a part of the screen … aesthetically, at least.

    Like the Apple Watch Series 6 and newer, the iPhone 14 Pro and Pro Max display technology supports a 1Hz refresh rate, enabling the new always-on display feature. The always-on display will work with the lock screen widgets introduced with iOS 16, so users can quickly glance at information like calendar events, weather, and reminders without waking up the iPhone 14 Pro’s display. When the display does wake up, users can enjoy 120Hz ProMotion technology and a peak HDR brightness of 1600 nits, or 2000 nits outdoors.

    On the inside, Apple’s new A16 Bionic chip improves the phone’s power efficiency, display performance, and the upgraded triple-camera system. It features a six-core CPU with two high-performance and four-efficiency cores, allowing photographers to capture 48MP images in ProRAW, which allows for greater editing possibilities. 

    For most photos, however, the new quad-pixel sensor will capture 12MP pictures through a process called “pixel binning,” which lets Apple maximize detail and light capture. The flash can also adapt to the camera system’s different focal lengths. On the video side, Apple said its Cinematic Mode supports 4K at 30 frames per second (fps) and 4K at 24 fps. It also offers new stabilization features that make the footage look as though you were using a gimbal.

    Other features available in the iPhone 14 Pro and Pro Max include Crash Detection, which can assist when it detects you were in a crash, and Emergency SOS via Satellite, so you can communicate when out of the range of carrier coverage. While the design of the iPhone 14 Pro and Pro Max isn’t a significant departure from what we’ve seen these last few years, the new pill-shaped cutout, always-on display, and improved camera system may prompt plenty of upgrades.

    Apple Watch Series 8, Apple Watch SE, and Apple Watch Ultra

    iPhone 14 News
    Apple announced three new watches, including the Apple Watch Series 8 and a revised Apple Watch SE. Apple

    Apple announced a whole wave of Apple Watches, including a new standard model, the Apple Watch Series 8; a redesigned version of its budget watch, Apple Watch SE; and an all-new high-end sport watch aimed at athletes and adventurers, the Apple Watch Ultra.

    The Apple Watch Series 8 features a largely unchanged design but includes new sensors that will enable new health and safety features. First, a pair of sensors measuring skin temperature will allow for improved menstrual cycle tracking and automated retrospective ovulation estimates, which can be helpful for family planning. In watchOS 9, the Cycle Tracking features will alert users to any deviations, such as irregular, infrequent, or prolonged periods.

    The Series 8 also supports Apple’s new Crash Detection feature. If you’re involved in a severe car crash, your device will check in with you and dial emergency services if you’re unresponsive. The Series 8 also supports a Low Power Mode, offering users up to 36 hours of battery life. This new mode will temporarily disable or limit select sensors and features, such as the always-on display and workout autostart.

    The Apple Watch Series 8 will be available for $399 for the GPS model and $499 for the cellular model. You can pre-order the Series 8 today and it will launch in stores Sept. 16. The Apple Watch SE, which features the same dual-core processor found in the Series 8 but lacks the more advanced features like the always-on display, starts at $249 and can also be pre-ordered today and will launch Sept. 16.

    Apple Watch Ultra
    The Apple Watch Ultra is a bigger, more durable smartwatch for outdoor enthusiasts and athletes. Apple

    The Apple Watch Ultra, an all-new design, is built for intense fitness training and outdoor activities like climbing, hiking, and scuba diving. The more rugged model features an extra-large 49mm titanium case, a redesigned Digital Crown, and an “Action button,” which you can customize for various activities. The Watch Ultra’s display features sapphire crystal for durability and supports 2000 nits of brightness when outdoors. Notably, the Watch Ultra’s buttons have been designed to work with users who wear gloves.

    The Watch Ultra has all the features of the Series 8 but also includes three built-in microphones and is twice as water resistant as other Apple Watch models. The more rugged wearable comes standard with cellular capabilities and can get up to 36 hours on a single charge—enough for any extreme athletes participating in grueling endurance sports. It also features an extended battery life of 60 hours when using Apple’s new Low Power Mode (which will be enabled in a software update later in the fall).

    The Watch Ultra also supports L1 and L5 GPS frequencies, ensuring your coordinates are as precise as possible. This is necessary for a new trackback feature to help users retrace their steps if they get lost on a hiking trip. If you get lost and need assistance, the Watch Ultra has an 86-decibel siren so others nearby can better locate you. If you’re into water sports, the Watch Ultra is certified to EN 13319 for scuba divers, with a diving depth of up to 131 feet.

    Three new bands are available for the Watch Ultra—Alpine, Trail, and Ocean—and they cater to the different environments they’re named after. The Watch Ultra will be available for $799 when it launches Sept. 23.

    AirPods Pro 2

    iPhone 14 news
    The AirPods Pro 2 feature enhanced active noise-canceling, capacitive controls, and more. Apple

    The AirPods Pro 2 sticks with a design introduced by the original model but can cancel twice as much noise. This is thanks to a new H2 chip, which also supports an improved Adaptive Transparency mode that will dynamically reduce heavy noise while walking around a loud city. The latest truly wireless earbuds include a new low-distortion audio driver and a custom amplifier for richer bass and crystal-clear sound.

    The AirPods Pro 2 also supports new touch gestures, including the ability to adjust the volume with swipes on the stems. That will reduce the friction when using the earbuds because you will no longer have to take out your phone to turn up your favorite song. The AirPods Pro 2 features six hours of listening time on a single charge, a 33 percent increase over the original AirPods Pro. The charging case, which now has a built-in speaker (for Find My/status purposes) and a new loop on the side for a lanyard, allows for 30 hours of listening time, an increase of six hours.

    The AirPods Pro 2 will be available to order for $249 Sept. 9 and launch Sept. 23.

    The post Apple introduces iPhone 14, iPhone 14 Pro, Apple Watch Ultra, and more appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    Everything you need to know about the Apple Watch Ultra https://www.popsci.com/gear/apple-watch-ultra-features/ Wed, 07 Sep 2022 22:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=468347
    Apple Watch Ultra

    “Made for exploration, adventure, and endurance.”

    The post Everything you need to know about the Apple Watch Ultra appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    Apple Watch Ultra

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    The new high-end Apple Watch is larger and more durable than the standard Apple Watch Series 8, which was also announced at the event, with features made for scuba divers, outdoor adventurers, and endurance athletes like marathon and triathlon runners. Unlike past Apple Watches, which have robust fitness features but are primarily “lifestyle” watches for all kinds of people, the Apple Watch Ultra is a more niche “outdoor” watch for people who want specialized support. And with a much higher price—$799, versus $399 for the GPS-enabled Series 8—it’s the kind of gear that you should learn a little more about before picking one up. We’ll eventually have a full review of the Apple Watch Ultra, but here’s an early look at the advanced tech inside.

    Bigger and tougher

    Apple Watch Ultra
    The Apple Watch Ultra is bigger and more durable than the Apple Watch Series 8. Apple

    Apple Watch Ultra is big. While the difference between the 45mm chassis of the Watch Series 8 and the 49mm Watch Ultra may not sound substantial, it should feel positively huge to standard Apple Watch users. Keep in mind: Apple expanded the case size by 1mm with the Watch Series 7, and that made a very noticeable difference. 

    It’ll also have a much thicker chassis to incorporate new components, including a larger, louder speaker and a three-microphone array to improve voice clarity when making calls on the watch in less-than-ideal conditions. The Watch Ultra only comes in one hardware configuration, which includes cellular connectivity, so the expectation is that people will want to use the Watch Ultra to make calls at any time.

    Presumably, the larger case also allowed Apple to give the Watch Ultra a bigger battery, which it estimates will last up to 36 hours on a single charge, or up to 60 hours with a low-power feature (available later in the fall).

    Smartwatches photo
    The Apple Watch Ultra has a new “Action” button and a redesigned Digital Crown. Apple

    The redesigned watch will also feature some design tweaks for the sake of durability, and usability in extreme conditions. The titanium case extends up to cover the edges of the sapphire crystal display to minimize cracked edges. The Watch Ultra is rated to operate on-wrist at temperatures as low as minus 4 degrees Fahrenheit, or as high as 131 F. It’s also IP6X and MIL-STD-810H certified—a military-grade durability rating used for many “rugged” tech products—indicating it’s prepared for some conditions, including rain, humidity, immersion in sand and dust, freezing, shock, and vibration, among others.

    The buttons—yes, plural—are also getting an overhaul. The Digital Crown is larger and features grooved notches to make it easier to manipulate with a gloved hand. There’s also a second input: a large customizable “Action” button, that will allow you to start tracking workouts and perform other functions quickly. For example, triathletes can switch from running to cycling to swimming by simply pressing the button.

    Last, but not least, Apple has created three new, activity-specific Apple Watch Ultra bands—the stitch-free hook-clasped Alpine Loop Band, the wetsuit-ready rubber Ocean Band, and the ultralight stretch Trail Loop band.

    Built for survival

    Apple Watch Ultra
    The new compass app allows you to set waypoints to help you find your way back to your camp or car. Apple

    The Apple Watch Ultra offers some specialized features, many of which seem designed with safety and survival for hikers and climbers in mind. It uses a more precise “dual-frequency” GPS tracking that allows the watch to maintain tracking when you’re surrounded by tall structures or mountains.

    As part of watchOS 9, the Watch Ultra will feature a redesigned version of the compass app that allows you to set waypoints, like your home, your camp, or your car, and allow you to orient yourself in relation to those locations. It will also be able to use a feature called backtrack that can use GPS to create a path retracing your steps in real-time. If you find yourself fully lost or hurt, the larger speaker can now play an ultra-loud 86-decibel siren that sends a distinctive SOS alarm (audible up to 600 feet away).

    During the day, the display is brighter, up to 2000 Nits, which should make it easier to see regardless of glare. It also features a night mode, which turns the whole interface red, making it easier to see without interfering with your own night-adjusted vision.

    Diver’s delight

    The Apple Watch Ultra also seems to be an especially useful tool for divers. It’s waterproof up to 100 meters (WR100) and has an EN13319 depth gauge certification for diving accessories. Using a new depth app, you’ll be able to see your depth, time underwater, and max depth. In conjunction with an upcoming app, Oceanic+, the Watch Ultra will reportedly work as an effective dive computer, letting you plan and share dive routes and providing safety stop guidance.

    Plus the best of Apple Watch Series 8 and watchOS 9

    In addition to all of its exclusive changes, the Apple Watch Ultra will feature all of the upgrades in the upcoming Apple Watch Series 8. Most notably, that means new motion sensors that can detect if you get in a car crash and automatically call for help. They include a gyroscope and a highly sensitive accelerometer. Even the Watch Ultra’s built-in barometer plays a role in detecting crashes by detecting pressure changes typically associated with airbag deployment. There is also a temperature sensor that improves menstrual cycle tracking and enables ovulation tracking through the Health app (information Apple stressed is encrypted on the watch and only accessible with a user’s passcode/Touch ID/Face ID).

    Since the Watch Ultra is a sports watch, it’s also worth noting that watchOS 9 will offer improved tracking for runs, including stride length and vertical oscillation, as well as more advanced workout data views. (These were announced earlier this year, and will be coming to all watchOS 9 compatible watches.)

    What does all this mean?

    Apple Watch Ultra
    Apple will sell three activity-focused bands for the Apple Watch Ultra: The Trail Loop, the Alpine Loop, and the Ocean Band. Apple

    Apple Watch Ultra will have a lot of new features that the Apple Watch Series 8 won’t. Some of these features will be helpful for most people, like a bigger battery, brighter screen, and dual-frequency GPS. Many of them, though, are highly specific and are really made for people who are very devoted to intense fitness training and fairly advanced outdoor activities like off-trail hiking, scuba diving, and climbing. Will the Apple Watch Ultra be the best, most feature-rich Apple Watch? Quite possibly, yes. And, at double the price of a GPS-only Series 8, it may be too niche for the average person.

    At a glance, the people who should get most excited are iPhone-using fans of multisports smartwatches from brands like Garmin and Suunto. Those brands already make watches with many of these features, but their flagship watches cost even more than the $799 Apple Watch Ultra and don’t offer the same level of connectivity and convenience as an Apple Watch and iPhone working in sync.

    The question remains: Is the Apple Watch Ultra worth buying? We will hopefully get our hands on the Apple Watch Ultra in the coming weeks, so we’ll have a full review with our thoughts on whether or not it’s worth that higher price. In the meantime, the Apple Watch Ultra is available on Amazon for $799.

    The post Everything you need to know about the Apple Watch Ultra appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    Save 42 percent on this Peloton alternative at Amazon https://www.popsci.com/gear/peloton-spin-bike-amazon-deal/ Tue, 30 Aug 2022 20:25:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=466248
    A spin bike on a blue and green background
    Amanda Reed

    Go the extra mile—and save some extra bucks—with this spin bike deal.

    The post Save 42 percent on this Peloton alternative at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    A spin bike on a blue and green background
    Amanda Reed

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    It’s never been easier to build your own at-home gym, but it can get pricey. Add a spin bike to your set-up without breaking the bank with this YOSUDA Stationary Cycling Bike, on sale for $254.19, down 42 percent from its $439.99 list price. It’s ranked 4.4/5 stars with 19,734 ratings, meaning you can get peace of mind that it’s the real deal.

    YOSUDA

    SEE IT

    The YOSUDA Stationary Cycling Bike has a 35-pound flywheel and a heavy-duty steel frame, with a belt-driven system for smoother and quieter rides. The LCD monitor tracks time, speed, distance, and calories burned, with a wide range of resistance to challenge yourself as much as you like. The non-slip handlebars and padded seats give you a comfortable riding experience, and transport wheels let you easily move the machine when not in use. It even includes a tablet holder to follow along with your favorite cycling workouts on your preferred platform.

    If your budget is on the larger side, Peloton struck a deal to sell its fitness equipment and apparel on Amazon. The entry-level Peloton bike runs for $1,445 and has a 4-by-2 foot profile for small spaces or to place near furniture. Adjustable set, handlebars, and screen mean you can customize how you’ll ride, and Bluetooth connectivity allows you to connect your favorite headphones or wireless compact speakers to pump up the jam while pumping your legs. You can go full-tilt on the Peloton brand by purchasing the cycling shoes, bike mat, and weights.

    Check out this bike seat cushion and attachable bike fan for an even more comfortable ride. Of course, you’ll need an insulated water bottle to stay hydrated and keep cool water on hand during your workout. Snag this deal before it cycles to a different product.

    The post Save 42 percent on this Peloton alternative at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    A new generation of wearables may know when you’re stressed https://www.popsci.com/technology/wearable-stress-tech/ Mon, 29 Aug 2022 14:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=465574
    Press photo of Happy Ring resting on desktop next to phone with Happy Ring app on screen
    A modern day mood ring. Happy Ring

    Products like Happy Ring from Tinder founder Sean Rad aim to make wearable stress monitors our future.

    The post A new generation of wearables may know when you’re stressed appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    Press photo of Happy Ring resting on desktop next to phone with Happy Ring app on screen
    A modern day mood ring. Happy Ring

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Health monitoring tech like Google Fit and the Apple Health app rake in millions of dollars every year. But they are primarily limited to physical aspects like fitness and sleep quality. Recently, however, multiple companies are attempting to tackle the psychological aspects of consumers’ wellbeing, raising numerous questions regarding privacy, accuracy, and ethics.

    Both Fitbit and Tinder cofounder, Sean Rad, are offering new products billed as tools to better keep track and improve users’ mental health. The former’s newest item, the Sense 2, is a wearable akin to the Apple Watch that attempts to monitor your stress levels in realtime, then react accordingly. Aside from already ubiquitous datapoints like heart rate and skin temperature, Fitbit’s Sense 2 constantly measures electrodermal activity, aka sweat levels.

    [Related: A beginner’s guide to Google Fit and Apple Health.]

    Meanwhile, Rad’s Happy Ring company is already taking preorders for its new wearable designed that checks in with users whenever it notices stress-indicating fluctuations in biometrics. “Happy Ring makes no claims of being a diagnostic tool. Rather, the company believes it has cracked the code of monitoring wearers’ progress, in a kind of mental health analog to fitness trackers like Apple Watch and Oura,” explains TechCrunch in a recent writeup. “Much like those products, it purports to be a method for monitoring those vital readings and presenting actionable data to help get the wearer back on track.”

    There is no upfront hardware cost to the Happy Ring—instead, consumers will pay for one of three subscription tiers ranging between $20 and $30 per month on a contract basis. When paired with its app, Happy Ring will monitor wearers’ biometric data in real-time, alerting them when it detects spikes in stress or tension and directing them to aid like cognitive behavioral therapy and breathing exercises, meditation prompts, and educational articles.

    [Related: Tinder and the metaverse are breaking up.]

    Many consumers may be intrigued by the idea of having comparatively cheap, constantly available digital counselor at their side, but there are numerous caveats to new products like these. First, as always, is understanding how customers’ data will be stored, utilized, and potentially sold to third-parties. None of these services are purely altruistic, and consumer health data is a goldmine to countless companies looking to hone their markets.

    Secondly, an app’s recommendations are rarely a perfect substitute for actual mental health services and aid. While access to counselors and psychologists remains a major barrier for a huge portion of the country, products like Fitbit and Happy Ring won’t always be suitable alternatives. Then there’s the question of accuracy—inner psychological workings are much more complicated than physical exercise routines. It could be ineffective, potentially even dangerous, to think these intersectional issues can be broken down by apps and wearables. This isn’t to write off the industry entirely, but a healthy degree of skepticism is necessary when approaching what appears to be an inevitably massive industry in the years ahead.

    The post A new generation of wearables may know when you’re stressed appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    Garmin Instinct 2 Solar smartwatch review: A highly capable adventure watch https://www.popsci.com/gear/garmin-instinct-solar-review/ Fri, 28 May 2021 22:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=367750
    Neo Tropic Garmin Instinct 2S Solar on Abby's wrist on a sandy trail
    The Garmin Instinct 2S Solar proved itself an advanced, ready-for-anything fitness watch thanks to its ruggedized body and solar-charging technology. Abby Ferguson

    With solar charging and nearly endless activity types, the Garmin Instinct 2 Solar will be able to keep up no matter how you see, or stay, fit.

    The post Garmin Instinct 2 Solar smartwatch review: A highly capable adventure watch appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    Neo Tropic Garmin Instinct 2S Solar on Abby's wrist on a sandy trail
    The Garmin Instinct 2S Solar proved itself an advanced, ready-for-anything fitness watch thanks to its ruggedized body and solar-charging technology. Abby Ferguson

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    While many activity trackers strive for sleek, discreet designs, Garmin created the Instinct 2 Solar for those who like classic outdoor watch styling without sacrificing advanced features. Despite its rugged, rather old-school body and display, the second iteration of this Garmin solar watch is a robust smartwatch with highly accurate GPS, wrist-based heart rate monitoring, and integrated solar charging. While there haven’t been many changes on the exterior, the watch’s software has some updates that many will appreciate, mostly related to activity tracking. The Garmin Instinct 2 Solar promises to give you more accurate training information and keep you from charging as often and, in most respects, it delivers. 

    Abby Ferguson

    SEE IT

    The Garmin Instinct 2 Solar’s design

    As already mentioned, the Garmin Instinct 2 Solar doesn’t look very different from the original Instinct Solar. The case is made of the same fiber-reinforced polymer, the display is still Garmin’s transflective memory-in-pixel (MIP) display, and both versions are topped with Corning Gorilla Glass for durability. The Power Glass tech allows the watch to charge by absorbing sunlight through both visible side panels and an invisible layer atop the display. The bezel has been ever so slightly redesigned, though it’s like a spot-the-difference game to see what changed since it’s so subtle. 

    Garmin Instinct 2 Solar on Abby's wrist at the beach
    The smaller 40mm size option is a nice choice for those with small wrists and hands. Abby Ferguson

    The Instinct 2 Solar comes in the original 45mm, 53g case options and a new, smaller 40mm, 43g size (technically designated the 2S). The latter—in the color “Neo Tropic”—is the watch I have been eating, sleeping, and breathing in for the past month or so. Despite my child-sized wrists, it fits well and, thanks to the 13.3 mm thickness, it doesn’t look clunky like other sports watches I’ve used. The band that comes with the smaller size is quite short, however. So while it fits me (just barely), many will likely need to purchase a separate, longer band.

     

    Underside/clasp of the Garmin Instinct 2 Solar smartwatch on Abby's wrist
    Though I could loosen the watch some, I’ve almost maxed out the tiny band on the 2S, even with my small wrists.  Abby Ferguson

    It is a rugged watch, intended to be put through the wringer. It’s water-rated to 100 meters, so it can stand up to some deep free-dives, making a bit of sweat and rain a piece of cake. And it’s thermal and shock resistant, so if you climb with it on and take some hard falls, it should easily survive. I wore mine to the gym, knocking it on a fair share of weight racks and bushwhacked through some dense forest, and it still looks brand new without so much as a scratch anywhere. 

    The display is a slightly higher resolution than the original Instinct Solar (156 x 156 pixels for the 2S vs. 128 x 128 pixels for the original) but, as mentioned, it is still the same old-school, monochrome look. This basic display contributes significantly to the Instinct’s 21-day battery life even when in smartwatch mode. It isn’t very fancy to look at, however.

    The watch has a pretty large bezel, which eats up quite a bit of screen real estate. So while it collects tons of data and shows you graphs of certain things, such as sleep quality, I have found it a bit difficult to read and assess the graphs on the watch itself because of the small, monochrome screen. If I really want to see the information, it’s a much better experience to pull it up in the Garmin app instead. 

    Setting up the Garmin Instinct 2 Solar

    Garmin makes the setup process for any of its watches incredibly easy, especially if you already have a Garmin watch and account. The watch comes with a partial charge right out of the box, so you can get to set up right after opening it. You will need to download the Garmin Connect app (available for iPhone and Android), but the watch guides you through the process step-by-step and makes it very easy to pair with your phone/app using a Bluetooth connection. 

    I was already a Garmin user, so the setup took only a few minutes on my Samsung Galaxy S10. But even if you are starting from scratch, it shouldn’t take much longer. Of course, if you want to take the time to customize things like notifications, tones, and watch faces right out the gate, you could spend quite a while in both Garmin Connect (the watch’s settings/metrics hub) and Garmin Connect IQ (the watch’s app, or “widget,” store, which did not work with the original Instinct). When in Connect, you’ll see steps that still need to be completed for full setup by tapping on the watch at the top. However, some, such as connecting to Garmin Pay, can wait or not be done at all, depending on what you want to use. 

    The Garmin Instinct 2 Solar’s features

    The Instinct 2 Solar is a comparatively simple smartwatch despite costing $450, lacking some of the fancier features of higher-end, Garmin offerings like the multisport fēnix 7 Sapphire Solar and premium running Forerunner 955. Those watches offer color touchscreens, more advanced training suggestions, and more detailed navigation maps. But the Instinct 2 Solar is still plenty feature-rich and provides loads of insights and data.   

    Battery life

    I would be remiss if I didn’t start out with the feature advertised in the name since “Solar” is one of the main selling points of this watch. Because of the basic display and the solar charging, it can last a seriously long time, though that seems to be with some caveats. 

    Garmin Instinct 2S Solar in the sand displaying solar intensity
    You can track how much solar life your watch is taking advantage of (and how much sun you’re soaking up, too) in the Solar Intensity Glance. Abby Ferguson

    According to Garmin, the Instinct 2 models improve slightly on the original and the 40mm Instinct 2S can last 21 days in smartwatch mode/51 days with solar and has potentially unlimited battery life when in battery saver mode (more in the standard-sized model). However, I have not been able to get that kind of battery life out of it, partially because it assumes the watch gets 3 hours of 50,000 lux sunlight conditions a day and partially because that number is based on general wear, with no or at least limited activity tracking. With a GPS-enabled activity nearly every day, and sometimes more than one, I have to charge it about once a week (running GPS nonstop, battery life is rated at 22 hours/28 with solar). Admittedly, I’m also not spending much time in the most intense sun right now, thanks to the summer heat, so I’ve not been able to take full advantage of the solar functionality—though I plan to gauge the battery life claims more as I evaluate other sports watches, so this section will be updated. Even without taking full advantage of solar, however, it still lasts longer than my much-loved Forerunner 745, and some time on the window sill or a sunbaked rock will keep it running for a day or two in a pinch.

    You can change how often and what sensors pull from the battery, so you can customize it to get more battery life. And when the battery is running low, the watch prompts you to switch it to battery saver mode, which gives you a very pared-down display with no smartwatch functionality. And when you need to plug it in for a charge with the provided proprietary multi-pin USB cable (though no wall adapter), it bounces back quickly. I was able to fully charge the battery from 0% to 100% in about three-and-a-half hours, so it’s quick to top off the battery when you need to.

    Activity tracker

    If you’re buying a Garmin watch, it’s almost certainly for its acumen as a fitness tracker. The Instinct 2 Solar offers activity modes for just about every type of exercise, workout, and sport you could imagine, from treadmill and trail running and cycling (road, eBike, indoors, mountain, etc.) to climbing, swimming, and even breathwork and multi-day expeditions. HIIT timers are in the newer model, as well. Some you will need to add to the watch, but doing so hardly takes any time at all and can be done on the watch itself or the app.

    Garmin also makes a few different editions of this watch, which have unique, hyper-specific modes. For example, the Surf Edition has specific tracking for surfing, kitesurfing, and windsurfing, along with tide data that you can’t access on the Standard Edition. There’s also a Tactical Edition, with Jumpmaster activity, waypoint projection, dual-position GPS format, preloaded tactical activity, and a stealth mode. Of course, the Standard Edition has just about everything other than some of those specialized activities so, for most, it will be the one to get.

    No matter what type of activity you do, it is straightforward to track it. Different activities offer specific information on the watch face, though all of that is customizable, so you can choose what information is most important to see while tracking. For example, I like to have my heart rate and distance prominently displayed when on runs, while things like cadence and lap time aren’t important to me. 

    You can also choose to silence tones and notifications during workouts. For example, if I’m out for a run, I don’t want to be notified that someone liked my Instagram post, so I can easily choose to block those during that activity. 

    Garmin Instinct 2S Solar display on a wrist on a run
    On suggested runs, the data displayed varies from normal runs. It shows you if your pace is falling within the recommended range.  Abby Ferguson

    The watch can also give you suggested running workouts to help improve your fitness. When you click to start a run, a screen will pop up with “Today’s Suggestion” that provides a brief summary of the run and its training effect. It’s a nice way to mix up your workouts without paying for a coach or doing your own extensive research. 

    Data collection and insights

    The watch obviously collects quite a lot of data while recording activities, relying on the plethora of sensors built into it. It connects with three Global Navigation Satellite Systems (GNSS)—GPS, GLONASS, and Galileo—for better accuracy, has the newer Garmin Elevate Gen4 optical heart rate sensor, plus includes a barometric altimeter, compass, accelerometer, and thermometer. But it also collects lots of data when you aren’t explicitly recording an activity. For example, you can always see your heart rate and step count. 

    Back/sensors of the Garmin Instinct 2S Solar
    Garmin’s Elevate Gen4 optical heart rate sensor is one of several on the back of the watch. Abby Ferguson

    If you wear the watch to bed, it will also track your sleep, giving you insight into your sleep stages throughout the night. I have found the sleep tracking to be hit and miss in terms of accuracy, with some nights showing as excellent sleep even though I most definitely was awake for chunks of time and do not feel rested in the morning. 

    Though it’s not always accurate, wearing the watch during sleep allows Garmin to get a more complete picture of your fitness and recovery status, which is new on this Instinct 2 Solar. On this second version, you can now access Garmin’s Training Status, VO2 max, and Recovery time. If you are serious about your training, these are all very helpful. 

    While the provided VO2 max value relies on an algorithm and heart rate data, the estimation yields similar results to a proper VO2 max test, which relies on indirect calorimetry and requires expensive lab equipment. And, if you click on the Training Status on either the watch or the app, it will tell you if you need to adjust your training in any particular way to improve your fitness. Of course, it is generalized, so if you are training for something specific, it may not be very accurate, but it does a great job for general fitness. 

    Smartwatch features

    Like most fitness trackers these days, the Instinct 2 Solar is a full smartwatch. That means it pairs with your phone to provide notifications on the watch’s display. Any notification you get on your phone can come through, though some allow more interaction than others. It’s handy when you are in a situation where you can’t or don’t want to pick up your phone but you want to know if any important calls or messages are coming through. When out and about, I typically leave my phone in my purse when out and about and only take it out if it’s something I care to deal with right then. 

    The Instinct 2 Solar doesn’t have a cellular connection and it lacks a microphone, so you can’t take calls or use a voice assistant, etc. But, you can set up prewritten responses to texts or calls and respond from the watch, which is ideal for when you are in the middle of something. You can also like Instagram messages from the watch, should you care to do that. 

    Safety features

    One of the things that I love about the Instinct 2 Solar is the safety features. Garmin added Incident Detection to this second iteration, which uses the sensors in your watch to detect if a fall or crash may have occurred on a walk, run, or ride. If it does detect an event, it will text your emergency contact, which you can set up in the app.

    There is also the ability to request assistance manually, though quickly, if needed. By simply holding the top left button for three seconds, the watch will send a text or email to your emergency contact with your exact location. It will continue to send your location until you end it and can even send an “I’m OK” text if things resolve themselves. You will need to have your phone on you and have service to use it, but it is very nice to know that feature is there if I ever find myself in a dicey situation. 

    Garmin Instinct 2S Solar on a wrist on a colorful trail
    The TracBack feature lets you easily navigate back to your starting point. Abby Ferguson

    As a robust GPS watch, you’ll also be able to use Garmin’s TracBack. It is an extremely beneficial tool for any backcountry activities, as it allows you to follow your traveled path without needing to place waypoints as you go. Should you get lost, it makes it much easier to find your way back even if you don’t have expert-level navigation skills.

    Lastly, you’ll also have access to Garmin’s LiveTrack. When you start a run, hike, or bike ride, you can send LiveTrack information to whomever. It’s an excellent feature for backcountry activities so that someone can know where you are and if your outing takes as long as expected. All these extra layers of protection make me feel safer when out alone on runs, bike rides, or hikes, and make my husband more comfortable with my solo trips as well. 

    Garmin app

    Though you can do a lot on the watch, the Garmin Connect app provides the best method for viewing and analyzing data collected by the device. As mentioned, it can be hard to decipher some data on the watch, so being able to see all that information in the app is very useful. The app also provides even more information and training data than the watch does, so you can really nerd out and get into the nitty-gritty. 

    The app also lets you fully customize your watch, from downloading specialized faces to changing notification settings and enabling safety features. You can do much of that on the watch itself, but it may be easier for some to do on the app. 

    For those who like the social aspects of staying active, Garmin also has its own platform for that within the app. You can connect with other Garmin users, with options to “like” or comment on their activities. There are even challenges that you can join to stay motivated. It’s not as feature-rich as apps like Strava, but connecting with others can be a big motivator. And you can also link your Garmin account to Strava, should you want your data to sync there. 

    Usability and accuracy

    Overall, the watch is easy and intuitive to use. The labels on the bezel help identify what key functions fall under each button (labeled Control, Menu, ABC, GPS, Set), but you will want to read through the manual or do a walkthrough to figure out where certain settings are hiding. I did find the menus slightly more confusing than on my Forerunner 745, but not overly so.

    I had some lagging issues when pushing buttons for the first time in a while, resulting in me waiting for it to go to the right menu when wanting to start a workout or view certain stats. It isn’t terribly long, but it is enough to be a bit annoying and hasn’t been an issue on other Garmin watches I’ve used. 

    Forerunner 955 Solar next to Garmin Instinct 2S Solar on Abby's wrist
    The Instinct 2S Solar’s display looks very old school next to the Forerunner 955’s large, colorful screen, but the data gathered by both is consistent and insightful. Abby Ferguson

    I wore both the Instinct Solar 2S and Forerunner 955 Solar (which I’m also reviewing) on a handful of runs—both on my left wrist, though I also had a chest-based heart rate monitor that I only had paired with the Instinct. Results did vary slightly across pretty much all fields when I examined them in Garmin Connect, but it was all well within the margin of error. So, I would fully trust the results from both watches. I anticipated any heart rate-related fields to be different since chest straps provide much more accurate and reliable data than wrist-based. 

    Garmin will suggest workouts for you when starting a run, and interestingly those varied slightly between the two watches as well. The Forerunner 955’s recommendations seemed to align better with my current fitness level and pacing abilities, though that is strictly based on perceived effort type insight. The Instinct Solar 2S also didn’t have any motivational type messages pop up after a run as the Forerunner 955 did. Although small and perhaps somewhat silly, it made me prefer running with the Forerunner. 

    So, who should buy the Garmin Instinct 2 Solar?

    There are other fitness-tracking smartwatches that are sleeker and thus better suited for blending into everyday wear (such as the Apple Watch Series 7). The rugged styling of the Garmin Instinct 2 Solar means that it doesn’t necessarily fit well with fancy attire, though I have to admit I am one of those who wear their Garmin no matter what the outfit, so this is a matter of personal preference.

    Though the watch fully tracks activities and collects loads of data, it doesn’t present the information quite as elegantly or thoroughly as some of Garmin’s more specialized watches. As a result, it probably isn’t the best option if you are an intensely focused, multisport athlete (that’s where the fēnix 7 and even more expressive EPIX Gen. 2 series come in). And, as a runner, I much prefer the Forerunner 955, as it provides better workout suggestions and gives me more information about my preferred type of training. The higher-resolution color screen on the Forerunner also makes it easier to see data while running, which I appreciate. 

    The durability and long battery life when outside, however, make the Garmin Instinct 2 Solar a truly fantastic smartwatch for outdoor enthusiasts looking for a more casual but still comprehensive activity tracker. It also has navigation modes that are helpful for activities. I definitely see the advantages of this watch for longer hikes, climbs, or multi-day adventures and plan on using it for such trips in the future. You can trust that it will survive some serious trips and that the battery life, once settings are customized, will keep up with your lifestyle.

    The post Garmin Instinct 2 Solar smartwatch review: A highly capable adventure watch appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    Get buff on a budget with this Sportneer workout equipment deal https://www.popsci.com/gear/sportneer-labor-day-sale/ Wed, 24 Aug 2022 14:45:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=464718
    A lineup of workout equipment on a blue and green gradient background
    Amanda Reed

    Get jacked without jacking up your credit card bill thanks to these deals.

    The post Get buff on a budget with this Sportneer workout equipment deal appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    A lineup of workout equipment on a blue and green gradient background
    Amanda Reed

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Getting together all the gear you need to leave the comfort of your own home can sometimes be as tiring as a workout, and waiting around for a bike to open up at the gym makes it even more annoying. Instead, take advantage of Sportneer’s Labor Day sale and turn your street bike into a cycling machine with the Sportneer Fluid Bike Trainer Stand, on sale for $139.29, down from $199.

    Sportneer

    SEE IT

    The Fluid Bike Trainer Stand holds your bike in place for safety and allows you to mimic a real bike ride—the harder you pedal, the more resistance you’ll face. A noise-reduction wheel makes workouts quiet, lowering friction to extend the life of your bike tires for maximum riding time. Assembly and disassembly only take a few minutes. The compact frame folds to 25.2 x 24 x 7.9 inches for easy storage, which means no more workout equipment standing out like a sore thumb in the living room.

    If you’d like to add some resistance to yoga or pilates, Sportneer has its line of 3.5-pound ankle weights on sale for $22.49 with the code CDV910. Each weight comes with five removable sand packets weighing 0.6 pounds each, allowing you to customize the weight depending on the workout.

    No workout is complete without some recovery. The Sportneer Elite D9 Percussive Massage Gun (one of our favorites) can help give your muscles some love after a ride, run, flow, or flex thanks to its six changeable heads and six vibration modes—it’s on sale for $95.99 with the code CDV920.

    Ready to stretch your budget while you stretch your limits? If you’d like to finally hop on the Peleton hype, the company is now selling its famous cycling bike on Amazon, alongside many accessories and apparel.

    If you’re looking to level up your workout experience, prep for cardio with Tailwind Nutrition’s Endurance Fuel powder, and get some protein in your body after with its Recovery Mix. Take a stretch on this Gaiam yoga mat and roll out your muscles with a foam roller that’s 80 percent off right now (though if you need deeeeep tissue recovery, the ROLL R8+ is an intensively engineered, activating experience). Finally, get started on your weights collection with this set of Neoprene dumbells, and keep an exercise ball handy to change up your push-ups and crunches.

    You’ll be adding more plates to your adjustable dumbbells in no time.

    The post Get buff on a budget with this Sportneer workout equipment deal appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    Get this Apple Watch alternative for less than $60 on Amazon https://www.popsci.com/gear/amazfit-smartwatch-amazon-deal/ Tue, 23 Aug 2022 18:45:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=464477
    Three smartwatches lined up on a blue gradient background
    Amanda Reed

    The clock is ticking on the chance to get fancy smartwatch capabilities sans the fancy smartwatch price.

    The post Get this Apple Watch alternative for less than $60 on Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    Three smartwatches lined up on a blue gradient background
    Amanda Reed

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Smartwatches are a great way to look at the time, send messages, and get health insights while keeping your phone in your pocket. The Amazfit Bip U Pro, a far more affordable alternative to the Apple Watch, is on sale for $56.99 on Amazon, down from $69.99. Soon the summer heat will break, but you won’t, and an Amazfit lets you track your continued fall training.

    Amazfit

    SEE IT

    We’ve previously reviewed the Bip U Pro and praised it for its accurate fitness metrics recording. A voice assistant and GPS are built-in, meaning you can ask Alexa about the best running routes and promptly take them. More than 60 sports modes help you exercise at your athletic level—from running novice to marathon marvel—and health-tracking lets you collect heart rate, blood oxygen levels, stress, sleep quality, and more. The watch is as light as a feather at 31 grams, but its intelligence stings like a bee—you can even control the camera of your smartphone from it. And, a 9-day battery life means it doesn’t stop to rest, just like you on a three-mile run.

    If you’re not looking for a smartwatch but want a dedicated fitness tracker with long battery life, the Amazfit Band 7—which we are thoroughly reviewing, alongside the T-Rex 2, so check back in the coming month—lasts for 18 days on a single charge and includes double the amount of sports modes. It’s also water-resistant up to 50 meters, can simultaneously read heart rate, blood oxygen, and stress levels with one tap, and is currently $44.99 (with $5 off coupon clicked).

    Don’t spend too much time debating on this deal—some of these smart watches will be back to their retail prices when the clock strikes midnight.

    The post Get this Apple Watch alternative for less than $60 on Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    Fossil Latitude Hybrid HR review: A smartwatch for people who hate smartwatches https://www.popsci.com/reviews/fossil-latitude-smartwatch-review/ Tue, 01 Jun 2021 22:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=368313
    Fossil Latitude Hybrid HR smartwatch
    The face is clean and easy to read when there are no complications on it. Eric Alt

    A great entry-level smartwatch, the Fossil Latitude Hybrid HR combines curated information with tried-and-true style.

    The post Fossil Latitude Hybrid HR review: A smartwatch for people who hate smartwatches appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    Fossil Latitude Hybrid HR smartwatch
    The face is clean and easy to read when there are no complications on it. Eric Alt

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Before a piece of technology becomes ubiquitous, there exists a period where you have early adopters going all-in on the shiny new toy and others who continue to cling to the old, comfortable ways of doing things. The smartwatch is still kind of in that phase, where some people are reluctant to give up their familiar watch for something that offers more functionality, but also potentially more complications. 

    Traditional watchmakers such as Fossil are doing their best to usher these people into the new era by manufacturing hybrid smartwatches that have the look and feel of traditional timepieces—showcasing classic mechanical action atop a display for features like step trackers, weather reports, plus text and email alerts, etc. The Fossil Latitude Hybrid HR—the most fully-featured of the Fossil smartwatch connected lineup with the inclusion of an always-on display and heart rate monitor—may not market itself as a “Smartwatch for People Who Don’t Like Smartwatches,” but it may as well. 

    A great smartwatch design for newcomers

    Fossil has long been known for making stylish—but ultimately straightforward—watches. The company puts years of design experience behind its Fossil watches, and the end result shows. The Fossil Latitude Hybrid HR has the heft of a good sports or diving watch, and it doesn’t scream “smartwatch” on your wrist. 

    The Fossil Latitude’s good looks lead the way

    Right out of the box, the most striking thing about the Hybrid HR—like all the Fossil Latitude lineup—is, well, how much like a watch it looks. The hybrid Fossil smartwatch we tested was black and silver, with red highlights. It was simple, classic, and could easily be paired with work clothes or workout clothes. It simply looks like a quality timepiece, smart capabilities aside, which is to be expected for a timepiece that retails for $195. 

    Lattitude Fossil Smart Watch
    Clean, crisp text is easy to read on-screen. Eric Alt

    The analog arms and large watch face are easy enough to read without any backlighting or digital display, and the watch’s 50mm case has considerable heft to it. It feels sturdy. The main drawback to this as a smartwatch is its weight. The Hybrid HR clocks in at a relatively hefty 5.6 ounces, which is considerable when measured against the Fitbit Versa 2 (1.41 oz) and the Apple Watch (1.07 oz); again, more in line with a “regular” Fossil watch that is typically around 6 ounces. The addition of extra weight renders some of its activity and fitness tracking capabilities moot, as it’s not comfortable as an all-out fitness accessory. 

    The silicone watchband of the Fossil Latitude likewise feels sturdy and comfortable. At 24mm wide, it sits comfortably and doesn’t irritate nor does it feel like it’s ever in danger of overstretching or wearing out during typical day-to-day activity or even moderate exercise. Being a standard band size, as well, means it’s swappable based on your preferences.

    The eyes have it

    The Hybrid HR uses an e-ink display like the one you’d find on a Kindle, so it doesn’t glow like the OLED on an Apple Watch. This is a standout feature, because it can remain on all the time without eating up the battery life as greedily as a powered screen. The only drawback is that e-ink has a slow-ish refresh rate, so it may feel a bit sluggish compared to lit screens. Still, it’s easier on the eyes, but it can make the digital readouts tough to see at a glance. A firm double tap on the crystal kicks on a backlight in these instances.

    The best feature as far as the Hybrid HR’s overall design is how the timepiece handles switching between traditional watch functions and the digital display. When you press the main side button to access digital information, the hour and minute hands automatically go to 9 and 3 to get out of your way.

    Easy setup with iPhone or Android smartphone

    If easing into smartwatch use is your plan with the Hybrid HR, then you will not be disappointed with this Fossil smartwatch. All you really have to do is download Fossil’s smartphone app, which is compatible with Android devices running OS 5.0 or higher and iOS devices on 12.0 and up. Once you do so, it walks you step by step through syncing and customizing your Fossil Latitude watch. 

    The watch also comes with a USB cord for magnetic charging/syncing with a desktop device for downloading music or aligning calendars. Only two to three hours on its USB charger should provide a full, lasting charge of its lithium-ion battery. That juice-up can last well over a week: We tried the Hybrid HR with a fairly consistent amount of use and made it about 11 days before the battery was depleted. 

    Like other offerings in the Fossil Latitude line, the Hybrid HR doesn’t have a ton of customization options, but it does allow you to prioritize certain functions and make them easier and quicker to access. The readout on the watch face itself is minimal, based on the company’s custom software, as opposed to a more robust OS like Google Wear. So, for example, if you intend to use this primarily for fitness, you can make activity trackers (such as steps and heart rate) your default display. If you are more interested in weather reports, you can bump those up easily as well. Through the smartphone app, you also select the apps you’d like to receive messages from—such as Gmail, Facebook Messenger, and even Slack—and you can set the watch to receive all messages from everyone, or only from favorite contacts.

    Fossil Lattitude Hybrid HR smartwatch
    It’s not massive, but it is chunky. Eric Alt

    The learning curve with the Fossil Latitude Hybrid HR comes from getting used to which buttons on the watch itself do what. The main “big” side button is the “enter” button in most instances, which is different from other hybrid smartwatches that tend to use that as the default “back” button. Because the Hybrid HR’s crystal isn’t a touchscreen, scrolling is also button-based: the other two smaller buttons act a bit like scrolling cursors.

    The rest of what you need to know

    Although not the most sophisticated or detailed smartwatch available—being a hybrid, it is a bit of a dilettante—it combines enough to convince you of its usefulness beyond telling time. 

    The step tracker and heart rate monitor provide some insight, but the fact that it isn’t the best fitness tracker (coupled with its overall bulk), which will likely make it a poor substitute for a dedicated monitor if you’re focused on highly accurate tracking. We used the Hybrid HR only for light activity (brisk walks, jogging), but did appreciate that you can set a “Challenge Profile” through the app to establish fitness goals, such as number of steps per day). The information is also easily accessible in the app and even displays alongside a handy calendar for keeping tabs on progress.

    The Fossil Latitude Hybrid HR features an alarm clock function, text alerts, and the ability to sync with social media for notifications. You are able to accept text messages and emails, control music, and access a calendar and weather alerts. It’ll also notify you of incoming calls, but there is no speaker or microphone on the watch itself, so you’re not able to accept calls as you would an Apple Watch. When a call comes the watch hands move to their horizontal positions, with text on the screen notifying you of an incoming call, which you can accept or decline with a push of the side button.

    It also has standards like a stopwatch. Again, not extremely deep or sophisticated—you won’t be able to sync up contactless payment, for example—but functional enough to do basic jobs.  

    So, who is the Fossil Latitude for? 

    At the end of the day, the Fossil Latitude Hybrid HR is a great option for those who wouldn’t mind a few bells and whistles, but maybe aren’t ready to dive into a full smartwatch. Overall, it’s a nice-looking timepiece first and foremost, with a few added functions, like the step tracker and heart rate monitor, etc., that may not be necessary for all folks. Hardcore fitness enthusiasts who want to track and accumulate data might find this Fossil smartwatch too bulky for use during exercise, and too slight when it comes to numbers and measurements. People who like the look and feel of a traditional Fossil watch, however, will appreciate the overall simplicity of the user experience. Weight is a factor, however: It’s not the kind of wearable that blends in and you almost forget it’s there. Overall, though, the Fossil Latitude Hybrid HR is very well-constructed and feels likely to survive as one’s everyday watch for a good long while.

    The post Fossil Latitude Hybrid HR review: A smartwatch for people who hate smartwatches appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    Our favorite inflatable hot tub is on sale for Prime Day, but act fast https://www.popsci.com/gear/coleman-hot-tub-prime-day-2022/ Wed, 13 Jul 2022 15:33:21 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=455891
    A Coleman SaluSpa hot tub against a blue and pink gradient background.
    Amanda Reed

    This hot tub is stable, durable, rejuvenating, and on sale as part of Prime Day.

    The post Our favorite inflatable hot tub is on sale for Prime Day, but act fast appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    A Coleman SaluSpa hot tub against a blue and pink gradient background.
    Amanda Reed

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    If summer days are best spent lounging by the pool, then summer nights are best spent relaxing in the hot tub. Inflatable hot tubs are easy to set up and lighter—in weight and on your wallet—than traditional hot tubs, which can weigh and cost into the thousands. Our best overall pick for the best inflatable hot tub is the Coleman SaluSpa Inflatable Hot Tub, which is on sale for $497.99 on Amazon, down from its $629.99 retail price.

    We crowned the Coleman SaluSpa for its stable construction and durable construction, easy-to-access digital controls, and ease of cleaning and draining. Plus, it features an even coverage of bubble jets and a heater that maintains temperatures up to 104°F for up to 72 hours.

    Coleman SaluSpa Inflatable Hot Tub, in Black $497.99 (Was $629.99)

    Coleman

    SEE IT

    This design doesn’t have seats, though they can be bought separately. However, when you’re sitting on the bottom, those air jets gently massage the lower back. It’s advertised as holding four to six people but, in practice, it fits four average-sized adults comfortably. The Coleman’s structure includes interior wall supports, making the sides strong enough to sit on. However, it still folds down for compact storage. 

    Coleman also has a variety of its tents, coolers, sleeping bags, and more on sale for Prime Day. Check out all of them in this handy list we compiled and put together your perfect backyard glamping retreat.

    All prices are subject to change.

    More Amazon Prime Day deals

    The post Our favorite inflatable hot tub is on sale for Prime Day, but act fast appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    Get more than $100 off the best Apple Watch on Prime Day 2022 https://www.popsci.com/gear/apple-watch-prime-day-2022/ Tue, 12 Jul 2022 13:48:44 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=455671
    Apple Watch Series 7
    Check out the bigger, curvier, and sometimes brighter screen of the Apple Watch Series 7. Mike Epstein

    Get a great deal on an Apple Watch Series 7 for Prime Day.

    The post Get more than $100 off the best Apple Watch on Prime Day 2022 appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    Apple Watch Series 7
    Check out the bigger, curvier, and sometimes brighter screen of the Apple Watch Series 7. Mike Epstein

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Prime Day 2022 has been a wonderful day (or two) for Apple fans. First, the AirPods (2nd Gen.) and AirPods Pro went on sale. Now the perfect stylistic and technological pairing for your iPhone and AirPods is getting a major price cut as part of Amazon’s epic sale. Amazon Prime subscribers can get the Apple Watch Series 7—Apple’s newest (and best) smartwatch—for 30 percent off during Prime Day. That’s $309 for the 45mm design, down from $429, and $279 for the smaller 41mm model, down from $399. The models with cellular support are also on sale: $429 for the 45mm, down from $499, and $284 for the 41mm, down from $399. As of 12 pm EST on July 12, 2022, the watches are available in all of the Series 7’s standard colors, including red, blue, forest green, midnight, and starlight.

    While I personally recommend Series 7, it is not the only Apple Watch on sale. There are also solid discounts on the Apple Watch SE and Apple Watch Series 3, as well. Whether you’ve been toying with the idea of trying an Apple Watch or want to upgrade from one of the original models, Prime Day has given you a great opportunity to jump. (And if you’re accessorizing for a triathlon or a backcountry trek, also consider the amazing Garmin watch deals going on right now.) Just make sure you pick up your new wearable before the sale ends!

    Apple Watch Series 7

    Apple

    SEE IT

    The Apple Watch Series 7 builds on the successful design of previous models with a larger screen that makes it easier to read at a glance. It doesn’t sound like a life-changing upgrade, but as someone who went from a Series 6 to a Series 7, it’s a bigger deal than you think. It’s also more durable, with a thicker protective crystal over the display, and comes with a fast-charging cable so you can top off its battery in a hurry before a workout.

    All prices are subject to change.

    More Amazon Prime Day deals

    The post Get more than $100 off the best Apple Watch on Prime Day 2022 appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    Best home gym equipment in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-home-gym-equipment/ Wed, 12 May 2021 18:59:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=363750
    best home gym
    Big fitness goals don’t require large spaces thanks to the best home gym equipment. Jonathan Borba, Unsplash

    Get a full workout without leaving the house with the best home gym equipment for every budget.

    The post Best home gym equipment in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    best home gym
    Big fitness goals don’t require large spaces thanks to the best home gym equipment. Jonathan Borba, Unsplash

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Working from home … working out at home. Our homes are really pulling triple-duty these days. And with new responsibilities comes the need for new accessories. Luckily, we are in the golden age of the home workout. Home exercise equipment has never been so accessible and performance-driven, and it’s great because you’ll quickly run out of excuses for not getting enough exercise if your gym is mere steps away. With the right investments, big or small, you can get the same quality of workout in your living room as you would in a fancy gym. Our guide will show you what you need to get in shape at your own convenience and in your own space. From heavy-duty strength circuits and commercial-grade exercise bikes to easily stored fitness equipment, we’ve done the digging to find the best home gym equipment at every price point. 

    Features to consider when picking out the best home gym equipment

    When shopping for the best exercise equipment for an at-home gym, you’ll want to consider a few things. Are you looking for old-fashioned, analog equipment or smart gym gear that can hook up to your network and stream tutorials? There’s also fitness gear that connects to your phone or watch—great tools for monitoring your performance and conveniently tracking all your metrics. 

    The next thing to consider is the type of activity you are looking to do. Do you need a full-body workout that activates muscles from head to toe? Do you need something that will pay particular attention to your back and legs? Perhaps you’re just looking to get a solid core? Home gym equipment can be all-around machines that make you drip sweat or specific tools to tone particular parts of your body. Once you identify your target(s), you can seek out the best home gym equipment appropriately. 

    Go Big or Go … Home

    Are you looking to make gym rats jealous of your home gym equipment’s scale and capabilities? Do you have room for top home workout equipment or the best exercise bike or are you just looking to sneak a tidy piece of gear, like the best resistance bands, into a small closet when not working out? Home gym equipment can be as complex or compact as you’d like, but if you have the space and the cash here’s some fitness gear that will make sure you never have to go to a commercial gym again … unless you want to show off your definition.

    Best full-body workout machine: Bowflex PR3000

    Bowflex

    SEE IT

    Offering resistance of 5 pounds to as many as 210 pounds out of the box, the Bowflex PR3000 is a full-body workout machine that’s ready to match your level of intensity. Offering 50-plus exercises can no cable changes needed between sets, the PR3000 offers an experience as robust as its heavy-duty steel-frame construction. The Bowflex home gym comes with an integrated instructional workout placard and multiuse hand grip/ankle cuffs to ensure your workout has maximum flexibility (though your personal flexibility comes down to proper exercise form and post-workout stretching).

    Have a need for speed? Consider an at-home exercise bike

    You won’t quite climb mountains with a stationary exercise bike but you will feel like you have. A stationary bike is a fun way to keep fit and can be one of the best all-around exercises for your body. Legs will definitely get a hard workout but so will your glutes, abs, and upper body.

    Best stationary bike: NordicTrack Commercial S15i Studio Cycle

    NordicTrack

    SEE IT

    The NordicTrack Studio Cycle bike is the kind of stationary bike you will find at a top-level gym, complete with live incline control, multiple levels of digital resistance, etc. You’ll be able to conveniently take spin classes at home with the company’s exclusive classes shown on a 15-inch interactive HD display (which rotates, so it’s accessible if you’re trying floor-based sessions). TheSMR Silent Magnetic Resistance will give the feel of a real road bike. Including are two 3-pound dumbbells so you can cross-train while taking a class. This best exercise bike is perfect for serious cyclists or those looking to get into the spinning game and is one of the best all-around workouts you can get from your home gym. 

    This at-home gym essential uses your own body weight to increase strength

    If you want a military-grade workout in your at-home gym, look no further than a pull-up bar. By using your own body weight, you ensure that you have the strength needed to stay healthy year-round. You’ll be in tune with your overall fitness level and feel truly great when you can carry your weight quite literally.

    Best pull-up bar: Sportsroyals Power Tower Dip Station Pull-Up Bar

    Sportsroyals

    SEE IT

    These days it seems like there’s always a new type of fad workout being sold as the solution for your fitness needs. Forget about what’s trendy and look toward the simple movement of your body. Body-weight movements can be some of the most effective moves you can make to improve overall fitness. This Dip Station/Pull-Up Bar will give you the ability to put your arms to the test and see if you can do a pull-up like a fit soldier. You’ll be able to adjust it for any height.

    Looking for compact equipment to give you a tight core?

    Your core is the central system that connects everything in your body. Strong abs will create better posture and prevent injury in pretty much your entire body. Good news: There’s exercise equipment designed to help you work out this key area. 

    Best ab roller: EnterSports Ab Roller Wheel

    EnterSports

    SEE IT

    The EnterSports Ab Roller is an incredibly effective workout for your core. By rolling back and forth you engage every part of your core and back, ensuring you are targeting the key areas. It can hold upwards of 600 pounds so there is no need to worry about it breaking. Your hip flexors, shoulders, and back will also benefit from this awesome roller that can fit under your bed. Included are resistance bands, push-up bar handle grips, and knee pads so you can basically do every movement imaginable. Washboard abs are surely in your future.

    On a budget? The best resistance bands won’t stretch you thin

    It doesn’t take a fortune to set up a great gym that will get you into great shape. With the best resistance bands, you can have a home gym all for the cost of a take-out meal, and so much healthier. 

    Best resistance bands: Fit Simplify Resistance Loop Exercise Bands

    Fit Simplify

    SEE IT

    Who says you can’t get into shape for less than $10? The best resistance bands can help you significantly increase your fitness by following their included training guide. Resistance bands are great because they work tons of muscles, reduce muscle strain from heavy equipment, and can be stored away pretty much anywhere. 

    Track your fitness goals with this home gym essential 

    A scale is one of those home gym essentials that can help you make sure that you are achieving something with all of your hard work. A gym scale can measure body fat percentage alongside weight, which means you’ll get a full picture of your health. Research has shown that people who regularly weigh themselves are less likely to put on weight. Think of it as a friendly reminder.

    Best budget scale: ABYON Bluetooth Smart Bathroom Scales

    ABYON

    SEE IT

    It’s good to keep an eye on your fitness goals and measure success. After all, what good is it to go through all the sweat and tears if you don’t see the satisfaction of lowering your body fat? This smart scale will allow you to take the measurements that matter like body fat with a Bluetooth-enabled capability. It pairs with an app on your phone so you can keep all the measurements you need. 

    FAQs

    Q: What do I need to start a home gym?

    To get your home gym started you need to get a great piece of gym equipment that will target the type of workout you want to do. If you’re looking for a gym that will get your core in shape then look for an ab roller that targets those muscles. If you want to bring the spinning class home for your own convenience then you’ll want to look for the best exercise bike. For those looking to increase general fitness, a pull-up bar is a great option to use your own bodyweight to get in shape. 

    Q: How much do home gyms cost?

    The cost of your at-home gym can be as little as $10 and go up to a few thousand. It really depends on how many types of workouts you’d like to be able to do. When factoring in the cost of home gym equipment you may want to consider how much gym memberships cost. You’ll save on that cost once you end your membership because of your snazzy new at-home gym. 

    Q: What parts of my fitness will increase with a home gym?

    After you’ve read out picks you’ll have a good idea of the types of workouts you can achieve from home. Some will target certain areas of your body like the pull-up bar’s target of your upper body strength. Other workout machines like spinning bikes focus on cardio workouts and leg strength. No matter what piece of equipment you choose, all of our picks will put you on your way to a healthier mind and body. 

    Related: Need a good stretch after your workout? Grab one of the best yoga mats.

    The final word on shopping for the best home gym equipment

    A gym doesn’t have to be a massive investment. As you increase the intensity of your workouts you can add additional home gym essentials to vary things up. With a few key pieces and fitness accessories, you can work out your entire body and get into the best shape possible. Make sure you pick out the best home gym equipment that is right for your level of fitness. Many workout machines and equipment will have different settings so you can add weight, add resistance, or add time to your workouts. Start with a goal that’s within reach, and you can keep building to your peak health.

    The post Best home gym equipment in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    Save $100 today on the Garmin fenix 6 Pro Solar multi-sport watch on Amazon https://www.popsci.com/gear/garmin-sport-watch-deal/ Wed, 15 Jun 2022 19:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=450511
    A Garmin fenix 6 Pro on a blue background
    Amanda Reed

    Analyze your steps and water intake after running to this deal.

    The post Save $100 today on the Garmin fenix 6 Pro Solar multi-sport watch on Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    A Garmin fenix 6 Pro on a blue background
    Amanda Reed

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Memorial Day marked the beginning of adventurous long weekends supplemented by bike riding, pool hangs, and our favorite, camping. Now you can turn your outdoor escapades into actionable data with the Garmin fenix 6 Pro Solar GPS watch, which is currently on sale for $649.99, $100 off of its $749.99 retail price. Act fast, however, as this sale coincides with Father’s Day, which is June 19 (aka this weekend), so it will end soon.

    Garmin

    SEE IT

    Between its Power Glass solar charging lens, preloaded TOPO maps, and barometric altimeter, this watch was made for adventure. It also features dedicated activity profiles where you can track surfing sessions and record yourself catching fat waves thanks to Surfline Sessions compatibility. An acclimation widget lets you know how your body is holding up due to current elevation, and support for multiple global navigation satellite systems (GPS, GLONASS, and Galileo) means you’ll be out of the woods if you get lost. And, if your wallet gets stolen by Bigfoot and you’re hankering for a post-camping meal made over a stove by someone else, the watch supports Garmin Pay for contactless payments. And 16-day battery life when solar charging means you don’t have to worry about the watch losing power, making none of these snazzy features usable. These are just some of the dozens and dozens of highly customizable reasons that this watch topped many lists, including our previous round-ups of Garmin models

    While the Garmin fenix 6 Pro Solar may be “last year’s model” (we’ll be reviewing the fenix 7 Sapphire Solar in the coming months), it still holds up to the competition—both in the adventure watch market and throughout whatever grueling physical contest you chose to undertake with it. 

    The functionality of the fenix 6 Pro Solar makes us fantasize about our dream long weekend camping trip: with the watch as our North Star and this BioLite headlamp as our torch, we’d kick off our Timberland hiking boots and crack open a cold one using the bottleopener included in a trusty LEATHERMAN multi-tool. We’d crawl into our waterproof tent from The North Face, curl up in this Coleman Sun Ridge sleeping bag, which is designed for warmer weather, and charge our phone (and each and every other device we might have at hand) using this Goal Zero Yeti 1000 Core Portable Power Station (believe us when we say solar generators are so hot when it’s hot).

    The next day, we’d wake up with the sunset and take a picture to document it. No camping morning is complete without a good cup of coffee—Aeropress is our portable travel coffee press of choice. Nothing beats camp breakfast either, made possible with the Jetboil MiniMo camping and backpacking stove and Snow Peak Titanium spork. Hydration is key, so we’d make sure to take sips from our Hydroflask and monitor our water intake using the watch, which includes a hydration tracker that accounts for sweat loss. We’d pack it all in a reliable long-weekend companion, like the Osprey Farpoint 55 backpack, and make our way back to reality out of the woods, thanking the Garmin fenix 6 Pro Solar watch for helping us along the way.

    The post Save $100 today on the Garmin fenix 6 Pro Solar multi-sport watch on Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    Achieve the perfect putt with this award-winning training aid https://www.popsci.com/sponsored-post/puttout-training-aid-sale/ Sat, 07 May 2022 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=441513
    Stack Commerce PuttOUT sale header
    Stack Commerce

    Train like a pro golfer.

    The post Achieve the perfect putt with this award-winning training aid appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    Stack Commerce PuttOUT sale header
    Stack Commerce

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    When it comes to practice, the average pro golfer allots roughly three to four hours perfecting their full swing and about the same amount of time on their short game. But GOATs like Tiger Woods start their day at 4 am to squeeze in some fitness training before heading to the green for actual practice.

    Of course, if you only enjoy golf occasionally, there’s no point in spending hours upon hours concentrating on your techniques. But practice can still go a long way, especially if you need to improve your putting. Blindly rolling putts will get you nowhere, so you need to approach every attempt with the intent to make it sink. You can also benefit from the help of training aids like PuttOUT. Rated editor’s choice in Golf Digest in 2018 and 2020, this tool is specifically designed to perfect your putting ball speed. For a limited time, you can get it on sale for 41-percent off.

    The PuttOUT, which is also an ISPO Award 2018 Winner, is engineered to simulate the exact conditions of putting into a real hole on the green by its ground-breaking parabolic curved design. When you make a successful put, it’s automatically returned to you the same distance it would have gone past the hole if it had missed, allowing for valuable feedback for perfecting the pace. It’s also designed to return good putts and reject bad ones, making each practice session an efficient one.

    This training aid features an ergonomic design that folds up easily to fit into your golf bag. It’s crafted out of high-quality, elastomer and translucent polycarbonate for enhanced durability. It’s also worth noting that it was invented in London by renowned product designer Martin Riddiford using drills that pro golfers use to build confidence for achieving the perfect putt.

    Putt the right way with the PuttOUT. It usually goes for $43, but you can get it on sale for $24.99 for a limited time.

    Prices subject to change.

    The post Achieve the perfect putt with this award-winning training aid appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    Squeeze in a workout every day with this under-desk mini elliptical https://www.popsci.com/sponsored-post/flexstride-pedal-exerciser-sale/ Mon, 02 May 2022 12:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=440350
    Stack Commerce FlexStride pedal exerciser sale header
    Stack Commerce

    This machine leaves your laziness no excuses.

    The post Squeeze in a workout every day with this under-desk mini elliptical appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    Stack Commerce FlexStride pedal exerciser sale header
    Stack Commerce

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    How many hours a day do you spend hunched over your desk? According to a 2016 study, youngsters aged 12 to 19 years old spend as much as 8.2 hours per day sitting, while adults over 20 spend roughly 6.4 hours on chairs. That’s a whole lot of hours parking one’s butt on various seats.

    But as you already know, remaining sedentary is quite literally lethal, and you ought to squeeze in bursts of movement throughout your day and week to remain healthy. The good news is you don’t even have to complete 10,000 steps as your smartwatch tells you to. Studies show that engaging in moderate-intensity exercise can do the trick, and luckily, you can do that even as you send emails. The FlexStride Pedal Exerciser allows you to fit in workouts throughout the workday, and for a limited time, you can get it on sale for 33-percent off. 

    Rated 4.7 out of 5 stars on Amazon and 5/5 stars on the PopSci shop, the FlexStride is a mini elliptical machine that helps you incorporate aerobic exercise wherever you are. Built for both home and office use, it comes with a built-in handle for easy transport, allowing you to bring it to practically any destination. 

    This fitness tool comes equipped with 8 resistance levels, all of which are calibrated to suit your needs. You can easily adjust according to your fitness level, and whatever mode you set, you’ll still be able to decrease stress, burn calories, and boost your metabolism. It also has wide pedals for improving your core strength and flexibility, as well as enhancing your muscle tone. With a backlit LCD display built-in, you’ll also be able to easily monitor your progress. 

    Whether you’re looking for a belated Mother’s Day gift, or just want to commit to a healthier lifestyle, you can get your hands on this mini elliptical for $179.99 (MSRP $269) get free shipping until Mother’s Day with code SHIP4FREE.

    Shop more Mother’s Day deals and use code SHIP4FREE to get free shipping.

    Prices subject to change.

    The post Squeeze in a workout every day with this under-desk mini elliptical appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    Best resistance bands in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-resistance-bands/ Tue, 05 Oct 2021 21:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=390522
    Fitness Gear photo

    Work your arms, chest, back, legs, and glutes with these stretchy bands.

    The post Best resistance bands in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    Fitness Gear photo

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Best overall Veick Resistance Bands Set is the best overall. VEICK Resistance Bands Set
    SEE IT

    Adjustable resistance bands can combine for a maximum equivalent of 150 pounds.

    Best for building muscle Iron Infidel Resistance Bands are best for building muscle. Iron Infidel Resistance Bands
    SEE IT

    Five levels of resistance that are perfect for every type of strength and fitness goal.

    Best fabric Arena Strength Fabric Resistance Bands are the best fabric resistance bands. Arena Strength Fabric Resistance Bands
    SEE IT

    Easy-to-use bands will help you activate and strengthen your lower body and glutes.

    Resistance bands first came into favor in the early 1900s as equipment for muscle rehabilitation exercises. And while the bands are still used widely in physical therapy today, resistance bands have also become widely popular in fitness and strength training, particularly in home gyms, due to their inherent flexibility and versatility. While exercise bikes are great, resistance bands pack a lot of punch without a large price tag or storage space requirements. The bands are great for anyone looking to build muscle, burn calories, perform full-body conditioning, or even perform basic stretching while fully protecting the joints. 

    While those early resistance bands were constructed from standard surgical tubing, there are many more options on the market today. Many of the best resistance bands for working out are made from latex rubber or fabric, and some even come with handles that can be clipped on for further adaptability. In addition, most bands come in sets that are typically color-coded to indicate various resistance levels, making them perfect for users with a wide range of fitness skills from beginner to intermediate and advanced. 

    In addition to being a great addition to any home gym, resistance bands are also ideal for traveling since they’re lightweight and easy to transport. For anyone who thinks resistance bands might be an ideal addition to their home fitness equipment, we’ve rounded up some of the best resistance bands on the market, so you’ll be stretching and flexing in no time.

    How we picked the best resistance bands

    In evaluating products for this guide, we researched more than 50 different types and brands of resistance bands with a range of price points. Ultimately, we based our decisions on user ratings, and we chose the products with the most overall satisfactory customer reviews. All too often, products have deceptively high star ratings, only to have the same complaints surface time and time again. Of course, even the most high-quality bands will wear out over time, but there is a difference between a handful of isolated negative reviews and genuine product design flaws.

    Another crucial factor we took into consideration was the range of user fitness objectives. All of the products listed in this guide are practical for beginners through advanced athletes, but not all the best resistance bands are created equal. For example, those looking to strengthen their lower body may prefer fabric “booty” bands, while heavy-duty latex bands with handles might be a better fit for someone looking for an upper- or full-body workout. We selected a variety of products sure to meet a wide selection of unique and individual goals. Here are our picks for best resistance bands:

    Best resistance bands overall: VEICK Resistance Bands Set

    Why it made the cut: Ditch those dumbbells and still get a full-body workout with the best resistance bands, which come in five resistance levels or can combine to a total of 150 pounds.

    Specs:

    • Material: Natural latex rubber
    • Resistance levels: 5
    • Number of pieces: 11

    Pros:

    • Portable and easy to store
    • Bands may crack or break over time
    • Natural latex that stretches further

    Cons:

    • Weights may not be completely accurate

    Get a full-body workout with minimal equipment using the VEICK Resistance Bands Set. Included are five 48-inch long colored exercise bands in increments of 10 through 50 pounds, along with convenient handles, ankle straps, and a door anchor that can be easily attached to doors and furniture for multiple workout scenarios. Or combine all five bands for the maximum resistance of 150 pounds with the reinforced metal carabiners.

    The bands are also versatile enough to be compatible with various workouts, from Pilates and yoga to strength training, power weight programs, and stretching. In addition, they store easily and conveniently in a cloth pouch when not in use, making them the perfect alternative to dumbbells—especially for small homes and apartments where extra space may be at a premium.

    Some users have found that the bands have a tendency to crack or break over time—particularly when it comes to the lower weights. However, users also reported that customer service is excellent and the company has been quick to send out replacement bands. A small handful of reviewers questioned whether the various weights are accurate, so we recommend starting out light and working your way up.

    Best resistance bands for building muscle: Iron Infidel Resistance Bands

    Why it made the cut: Train smarter and harder in your home gym with the best resistance bands for building muscle. This durable, results-driven set of tactical resistance bands that are built as tough as you are.

    Specs:

    • Material: 100% natural latex
    • Resistance levels: 5
    • Number of pieces: 5

    Pros:

    • No nonsense tactical colored bands
    • Perfect for all strength levels
    • Made from odorless 100% natural latex

    Cons:

    • Bands can be slippery to hold

    Those serious about seeing results will love these Iron Infidel Resistance Bands, which are great for both men and women of all strength and fitness levels. Unlike many inferior competitor brands of latex rubber resistance bands, not only do these sharp-looking tactical bands not look like “a box of crayons,” but they are also natural and odor-free.

    With five different resistance levels, the highest ranging from 60 to 150 pounds, you can change resistance levels as your strength increases or as you meet your personal goals. These bands are also highly versatile. Simply pair with weights for added resistance, or attach at different heights for a variety of exercises at home or in the gym. They’re great for assisting with deadlifts, bench presses, shoulder presses, and squats, as well as for stretching and flexibility. The bands take up only a fraction of the storage space of dumbbells and other strength training equipment.

    Though these bands don’t come with handles, those can be purchased separately, as some customers have noted the bands themselves can be slippery to hold. Alternatively, a decent pair of workout gloves can also help resolve this issue.

    Best resistance bands for glutes: Vergali Fabric Booty Bands

    Why it made the cut: Transform your booty with the best resistance bands for glutes. This high-quality, fabric resistance band set specially designed for strengthening and toning your lower body.

    Specs:

    • Material: Poly-cotton and latex fabric
    • Resistance levels: 4
    • Number of pieces: 4

    Pros:

    • High-quality fabric for comfortable workouts
    • Non-slip rubber grips keep bands in place
    • Training guide and workout videos included

    Cons:

    • Not ideal for some plus-sized users

    For the ultimate lower body workout, these Vergali Fabric Booty Bands will strengthen your hip, thighs, and butt like nothing else on the market. Four resistance levels with a maximum of 60 pounds will help take your squats, lunges, clamshells, fire hydrants, and more to the next level. They’re also great for beginners and even come with a training guide and online workout videos. Simply start with the light and medium bands and work your way up to the more advanced bands to slowly build strength as you burn.

    Unlike many latex rubber bands that pinch your skin, these bands are constructed of high-quality fabric to make your workouts more comfortable. Non-slip elastic grips also ensure that the bands stay in place for the duration of your training, whether used with bare skin or tights, to eliminate the hassle of having to readjust in the middle of a set.

    The only downside to these bands is that they only come in one size, and some curvy or plus-sized users feel that they’re too small to be used for a range of different workouts. Before purchasing, you may want to make sure that the bands will be large enough to accommodate the types of workouts you want to do. A few others have lamented that they wish the bands had higher weight resistance, but they’re still a solid option for a basic leg and butt band set.

    Best fabric resistance bands: Arena Strength Fabric Resistance Bands

    Why it made the cut: Enjoy a full range of movement with the best fabric resistance bands—designed with comfort and fit in mind for both men and women.

    Specs:

    • Material: Cotton
    • Resistance levels: 3
    • Number of pieces: 3

    Pros:

    • Ideal for both men and women
    • Sized to fit perfectly above the knees
    • Comfortable fabric design

    Cons:

    • Fraying and unraveling after use

    Everyone from beginners to CrossFit enthusiasts will get an excellent lower body workout with Arena Strength Fabric Resistance Bands. The bands come in three standard sizes—light, medium, and hard—ideal for warm-up muscle activation, rehabilitation, and all-over total body strengthening. There are also sets specially geared to both men and women, though it’s worth pointing out that the bands themselves are the same, and the only difference lies with the colors and packaging.

    Unlike some other brands, these resistance bands are also consistently sized so that the “hard” bands are no smaller than the “light” bands, and all are designed to fit perfectly above your knees. They won’t stretch or lose their durability over time and are triple-stitched to ensure against breaks.

    Though some users noticed that the bands started fraying or unraveling after consistent use, the manufacturer stated that a “very small batch of defective bands” had been eliminated from their stock and that all affected customers had been contacted about replacements. One issue that has not been resolved, though,  is that a few customers said that their bands came with an odd smell, and it’s unclear whether that smell will dissipate over time. It’s something those who are sensitive to odors may want to consider before purchasing.

    Best resistance bands set: Taimasi 23-Piece Resistance Bands Set

    Why it made the cut: Save money on costly gym fees with this 23-piece resistance band set that comes with a wide variety of equipment to get an all-around workout right from home.

    Specs:

    • Material: 100% natural latex bands
    • Resistance levels: 5
    • Number of pieces: 23

    Pros:

    • Five levels of sturdy resistance
    • Anti-snap sturdy metal carabiner clips
    • Instant cooling towel for quick relief

    Cons:

    • Hand grips are small

    For a complete home gym setup in one convenient package, the Taimasi 23-Piece Resistance Bands Set has got you covered. In addition to five resistance bands that can be used alone or stacked in any combination of intensity from 10 to 150 pounds, the set also comes with a range of accessories. These include a braided steel wire jump rope, figure-eight exercise band, handgrip strengthener ring, door anchor, cushioned soft-grip handles, and more.

    The anti-snap tube bands are made from 100% natural latex, with sturdy metal carabiner clips to hold attachments in place or double up multiple bands. Along with all the great workout gear included in the set, there’s also an instant cooling towel to prevent you from overheating during even the most intense workouts.

    Customers love the set’s versatility so much that the only minor complaint is that the hand grips are on the smaller side and can chafe the skin, which can be avoided with a pair of workout gloves.

    Things to consider before buying resistance bands

    There aren’t too many serious considerations to weigh when deciding whether resistance bands are the right home workout product for you. Due to their affordability, compact size, easy storage, and range of activities for different fitness levels, even the best resistance bands on the market are a fairly low-stakes investment. But here are a couple of things to keep in mind.

    Your fitness goals: Are you looking to start a new workout regimen, or are you a seasoned fitness buff looking to take your home workouts to the next level? Most sets come with a range of resistance levels to meet a wide variety of fitness goals, from beginner to advanced. Also, there are many different resistance bands on the market geared to different types of workouts. In other words, the best resistance bands for glutes and lower body strengthening may not be the best resistance bands for pull-ups or for building muscle, and so on.


    Band material: Decide whether you prefer resistance bands made of fabric or latex. Though latex has traditionally been the more popular material for fitness bands, the best fabric resistance bands tend to be more comfortable, particularly on bare skin, and they stay in place better. However, fabric bands are often designed for lower body workouts, so your choice of material may depend on which muscles and areas you plan to target.

    FAQs

    Q: Do resistance bands help build muscle?

    In addition to helping rehabilitate muscles after an injury, resistance bands are great for building muscle. By providing constant resistance, they create tension to help your muscles tear to build both comprehensive strength and muscle mass.

    Q: Are resistance bands better than traditional weights?

    Resistance bands are better than traditional weights in that they maintain tension on the muscles throughout the entire movement of an exercise to promote overall, superior muscle growth. And unlike dumbbells, resistance bands are also more affordable, portable, and versatile, and can be easily stored even in small spaces.

    Q: What weight resistance band should I use?

    What weight resistance band you should use depends on your general fitness level and goals. The best resistance band sets come with various weights so you can customize your fitness needs as you grow stronger, from beginner to intermediate and advanced. It’s important to listen to your body so as not to overdo your workouts and potentially injure yourself.

    Final Thoughts

    For all-around versatility and adaptability of use, our pick for the best resistance bands is the Taimasi 23-Piece Resistance Bands Set. Even those with the tightest amount of living space should have ample room to use the various accessories right at home, and the door anchor transforms virtually any doorway into a home gym. However, those with more advanced fitness goals may better appreciate the Iron Infidel Resistance Bands due to their overall ruggedness and durability. In addition to being a great way to exercise at home, they’re also an excellent accessory to pack up and bring along to your local gym or CrossFit studio to enhance traditional workouts.

    The post Best resistance bands in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    The best exercise bikes of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-exercise-bike/ Sun, 10 Oct 2021 22:15:00 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-exercise-bike/
    The best exercise bikes of 2021

    These stationary bikes will push your heart rate without requiring you to leave the house.

    The post The best exercise bikes of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    The best exercise bikes of 2021

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    best overall The Schwinn Upright Bike is the best exercise bike overall. Schwinn Upright Bike 170 Series
    SEE IT

    An authentic indoor bike experience.

    Best recumbent The Schwinn Recumbent is the best recumbent bike overall. Schwinn Recumbent Bike 230 Series
    SEE IT

    Perfect for laying back but not relaxing.

    Best value The Exerpeutic Folding Magnetic Upright Exercise Bike is the best bike value. Exerpeutic Folding Magnetic Upright Exercise Bike
    SEE IT

    This affordable bike comes with lots of workout options.

    Exercise bikes provide a great in-home option for low impact, high intensity workouts. Maybe you need something to help you condition for your bike club, or maybe you just aren’t comfortable going to a crowded, indoor spin class. Whatever your reason for wanting to purchase an exercise bike, we are fully supportive of this endeavor.

    Studies show that indoor cycling can “improve aerobic capacity, blood pressure, lipid profile, and body composition,” and is a great option for those who require a lower impact exercise than treadmill or elliptical use.

    The problem is: there are so many options to choose from. Some are super frilly and expensive, like the wildly popular Peloton, and others offer a more basic but still highly effective experience at a much more wallet-friendly price point. With so many questions and endless models, we know the shopping experience can be overwhelming. Here’s everything you need to know about the best exercise bikes to buy right now.

    How we picked the best exercise bikes

    In order to assist you on your exercise bike journey, we looked at a few key features to help you make an informed decision. We selected both recumbent and upright bikes, in order to meet the different needs of our readers. In both models, we wanted to ensure a smooth, kink-free, and safe ride that included a high quality belt system. 

    Because we know many people would be purchasing an exercise bike for home use, we also wanted to select bikes that would be able to track fitness data to store your progress. We opted for bikes that provided varied resistance to suit any workout needs, as well as adjustability to cater toward a variety of heights and weights. One of the most important factors in selecting an exercise bike, though, is ensuring that it is super durable and sturdy, since you’ll be spinning at a fast pace.

    The best exercise bikes: reviews and recommendations

    Best overall: Schwinn Upright Bike 170 Series

    Schwinn

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: This all-around winner comes shock full of workouts at an affordable price. 

    Specs: 

    • Dimensions: 41.3 x 21.4 x 55.6 inches
    • Weight: 58.4 Pounds
    • Max User Weight: 300 pounds

    Pros: 

    • Bluetooth connectivity
    • 50+ global routes
    • Fully loaded console with 29 workout programs
    • Padded, larger, contoured seat 
    • Well made and durable

    Cons:

    • Can be difficult to assemble
    • Handle rests are not padded

    With such a high quality product at a very fair price point, the Schwinn brand made our list yet again for their upright bike series. The seat on this bike is comfortable, it runs quiet, the 170 model features a backlit LCD screen (this was a major complaint with the 130 model), and the programs and routes are endless. It’s a major bang for your buck.

    There’s a USB port to plug in your phone or tablet, it’s a sturdy, durable machine, and safe for those in physical therapy. (While recumbent bikes get all the glory for PT, upright bikes may be best for those in physical therapy from hip surgeries, where the body must remain upright). This connectivity opens up the opportunity to participate in subscription workout programs and even real-time rides.

    The main complaint here appears to be that the handle rests are not padded, and an annoying setting that beeps every minute you are riding. Page 30 of the manual explains how to turn that sound setting off, if it disturbs you. A good pair of gloves can help ease the strain on your hands if the lack of padding is an issue.

    Best value: Exerpeutic Folding Magnetic Upright Exercise Bike with Pulse

    Exerpeutic

    SEE IT

    Why we picked it: If you only need a basic workout and you’re not trying to crank away on the pedals, this cheap ride will suit you just fine and leave lots of budget for padded shorts.

    Specs:

    • Dimensions: 41.34 x 20.08 x 44.49 inches
    • Weight: 39 pounds
    • Max User Weight: 300 lbs

    Pros: 

    • Ultra-lightweight
    • Foldable design
    • Good for beginners
    • Very affordable

    Cons:

    • Can be difficult to assemble
    • Advertised as upright, but is more of a hybrid
    • Uncomfortable seat

    At only 39 pounds with a foldable design, this exercise bike is one of the lightest and most budget-friendly designs on the market. This bike is a great starter bike for those looking to get into cycling. Note that while this bike is advertised as an upright bike, the structure of the bike functions more as a hybrid. 

    Even at such a low price point, you still get some bells and whistles, like basic workout tracking that stores your workouts and progress, and access to the trainer-led subscription service. 

    A few notes for consideration: the seat is not the most comfortable compared to more expensive models; we suggest adding foam to the back of the seat to contour it for a more comfortable seated experience. Also, because it’s so lightweight, it’s very handy for taking in and out of storage. But because it is so light, we wouldn’t recommend doing high intensity sprints on this model.

    Best for seniors: JEEKEE Recumbent Exercise Bike for Adults Seniors

    Jeekee

    SEE IT

    Why we picked it: A spacious, ergonomic, and lightweight design that’s intended for senior users or those in physical therapy, at a very fair price point.

    Specs:

    • Dimensions: 19.3  x 53.5  x 39 inches
    • Product weight: 66 pounds
    • Max User weight: 300 pounds

    Pros:

    • Advanced two-way external magnetic flywheel technology 
    • Quiet; produces only 20DB of sound
    • Budget-friendly
    • 9-way seat to fit user height from 4’9 to 6’5
    • Ergonomic design

    Cons:

    • Seat could be sturdier
    • Seat could use additional padding for more comfort
    • No Bluetooth connectivity 

    Perfect for physical therapy, rehabilitation, or for seniors who need more delicate care, this recumbent bike is lightweight, smooth, and offers an ergonomic design easing pressure off the spine. Recumbent bikes are known to be better for those with back and joint pain, and offer a larger seat than upright bikes, which may be more comfortable to use for older bikers. 

    The JEEKEE bike features eight gear resistance levels, which is easy to adjust with just a flick of the knob. At only 66 lbs with two wheels in front any user can easily move it around. The low frame and spacious design also make it easy to get on and off for those who are injured or need more range of motion. Some users say the seat could be more comfortable and sturdier, so we suggest placing a small pillow or cushion on the seat if you find you need the extra support.

    You can easily track your progress on the LCD screen, and note that it will also count miles biking backwards if your physical therapy requires alternative movement. All of this comes at a super budget-friendly price point!

    Best recumbent: Schwinn Recumbent Bike 230 Series

    Schwinn

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: Despite its laid back riding position, this full-featured ride offers a full suite of features that includes everything you need for very challenging workouts

    Specs:

    • Dimensions: 64 x 27.7 x 49.9 inches
    • Weight: 86.6 pounds
    • Max User Weight: 300 pounds

    Pros: 

    • Bluetooth connectivity
    • 29 program settings
    • 25 resistance levels; very smooth operation
    • High speed, high inertia perimeter weighted flywheel
    • Very quiet

    Cons:

    • Speakers and fan could be better quality
    • Seat made from plastic, which some users may not enjoy
    • Unreliable heart rate monitor

    As far as recumbent bikes go, the Schwinn Series offers one smooth, joint-friendly ride. The 270 model offers the most frills, like up to 4 profiles if you plan to share this bike with family or roommates (the 230 model only allows 2 profiles to be saved, for comparison).

    The 270 model features: Bluetooth connectivity, ability to sync with downloadable apps and virtual ridealong experiences, 29 programs (12 profile, 9 heart rate control, 4 custom, 2 fitness test, 1 quick start), 25 resistance levels, two LCD monitors, a media shelf, speakers, and a fan to keep you cool.

    The flywheel resistance is magnetic, meaning it’s especially rigorous on mountains and hills, which you can pre-program for “rides in the park” or “rolling hills,” for example. 

    The magnetic resistance also makes it exceptionally quiet, especially compared to anything with a belt or fan, so we definitely recommend it for apartment use. However, some reviewers have found the heart rate monitor is flaky, at best, and the calorie counter isn’t the most reliable. We suggest opting for a separate fitness watch if you want to keep a more detailed account of your progress.

    Best for home: CHAOKE Indoor Cycling Bike

    Chaoke

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: A heavy fly wheel and magnetic resistance pair with a belt drive system to give this full-featured bike plenty of resistance options and tweakability.

    Specs: 

    • Dimensions: 41.34 x 20.08 x 44.49 inches
    • Weight: 72 pounds
    • Max User Weight: 300 pounds

    Pros: 

    • Whisper quiet
    • Heavy flywheel
    • Rust-resistant
    • Good for all levels
    • Budget-friendly

    Cons:

    • Can be difficult to assemble
    • Seat could be more comfortable 

    This indoor bike has magnetic resistance and a belt-driven system, offering the quietest biking experience for apartment dwellers or those with sensitive neighbors. Even at spinning speed, it stays super quiet so you won’t announce to everyone in the house that you’re working out. It’s also good if you like to watch content on your TV or smartphone while you exercise.

    The heavier flywheel and rust-resistant steel frame is durable, high quality, stable, and sturdy for a consistently comfortable riding experience. Adjust the resistance with a handy knob, and note that you’ll have to push down on the knob to stop the bike when it’s in motion. It also comes with transportation wheels to easily move it around or out of sight when not in use, and a 2-way (up/down) adjustable handlebar. 

    Assembly seems to be the biggest complaint with this bike; the instructions may be somewhat confusing and the pedals screwing into the bike need to be handled just right, which can be a pain if you’re not particularly handy. We recommend using a bit of oil on the pedal thread when assembling your bike.

    Things to consider when buying an exercise bike

    There are three main types of exercise bikes. Knowing which type fits your needs best will give you a solid place to start looking for your perfect model.

    Upright: Upright bikes are the closest relative to traditional outdoor bicycles. In terms of alignment, bikers are seated upright with the pedals directly under the person’s feet, causing the user to engage their core more than on other types of exercise bikes. This is not the most suitable option for those in physical therapy or have spinal issues.

    Recumbent. Recumbent bikes allow the biker to sit back comfortably in a chair position, with the pedals in front of them, rather than below. Studies show that recumbent bikes may be better for seniors or those in physical therapy, have lower back or knee pain, or are recovering from injuries.


    Indoor Cycling. Indoor cycles are most like the bikes used in your local spin class. They are similar to upright bikes, but are designed with the body positioning reaching slightly more forward. This can result in a more intense and muscle-activating workout. They do not require electricity to be used, which may be more suitable for certain users.

    FAQs

    Q: Which bike is best for home exercise?

    The best bike for home exercise is the one that you’ll actually use.  Look for an exercise bike that aligns with your fitness goals and fits in your space. If it takes up too much room or you’re just really uncomfortable riding it, you’ll never get the results you’re looking for.

    Q: What is the best exercise bike to lose weight?

    You should consult your doctor before deciding you need exercise as part of a routine to lose weight. Too many people buy exercise equipment thinking they need to lose weight for the wrong reasons. If cleared by a doctor, however, an exercise bike can be a good option. Increasing your workout intensity and duration can spur weight loss. If you’re looking to lose weight, consider an exercise bike that comes with lots of options for different workouts, the option to ramp up resistance, and an app to track your progress.

    Q: What is the best exercise bike for seniors?

    The best exercise bike for seniors lets you get a good workout in while lessening impact on the body. 70 is the new 60, and the Schwinn recumbent bike lets you choose from 29 workouts while going easy on your back and joints.

    Final thoughts on the best exercise bikes

    Exercise bikes are an excellent low-impact workout for all levels, body types, and fitness goals. If you’re in physical therapy or rehab, looking to invest in a piece of exercise equipment that can ease off tension from your joints, or simply want great cardiovascular training at your disposal, exercise bikes are a worthwhile investment.

    The post The best exercise bikes of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    The best trampolines of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-trampoline/ Tue, 24 Aug 2021 14:03:39 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=391462
    Reach new heights on the best trampoline.
    Charles Cheng, Unsplash

    Keep the family active, safe and happy with the best trampolines.

    The post The best trampolines of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    Reach new heights on the best trampoline.
    Charles Cheng, Unsplash

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Best for outdoor The Jupa Outdoor Trampoline is the best outdoor trampoline. JUPA Outdoor Trampoline
    SEE IT

    Jump around with the whole family in this durable model.

    Best for exercise The Pelpo Folding Mini Trampoline is the best exercise trampoline. Pelpo Folding Mini Trampoline
    SEE IT

    This mini pick is great for home workouts and stores easily.

    Best for kids The Little Tikes Climb ‘N Slide Trampoline is the best for kids. Little Tikes Climb ‘N Slide Trampoline
    SEE IT

    Little ones will appreciate the jumping and the slide.

    If you’re looking for a way to keep the whole family active in a fun, safe, and bouncy way from your own home, it might be time to add a trampoline into the mix. While there are many types from rectangular to exercise to water models, the best trampolines are durable, have solid safety features, and most importantly, offer a great bounce. In addition to the fun factor, they can help you develop better coordination, motor skills. and balance. While trampolines are synonymous with kids, they’re also great for adults too. So put on your jumping shoes and scroll through our roundup of the best trampolines. 

    What to consider when shopping for the best trampoline

    When shopping for the best trampoline, the most important thing to consider is safety. Make sure the one you end up going with has safety netting, especially when kids will be using it, and that it’s made from durable materials. Then of course deciding what kind you want will be your second most important decision.

    Do you want an indoor or outdoor trampoline?

    Depending on where you want to have your trampoline will determine what type you get. Outdoor options tend to be larger because there is more space for them outside in your backyard. They’re also built with durable materials to prevent wear and tear from weather changes. An indoor pick is smaller and will most likely be used for exercise or for toddlers.

    Who is the trampoline for?

    One for a toddler will naturally be smaller than one for kids and adults, so having a clear understanding about who you’re shopping for is important. Also, keep in mind that most models have a weight maximum and an age minimum, so be sure to read all the fine print. 

    Do you want to incorporate jumping into your workout routine?

    Jumping on a trampoline can be as effective as running and cycling and help you increase balance and endurance. In order to work out from your home, you can purchase a mini folding trampoline for workouts.

    How many people will be using It at once?

    If you want to invite the whole neighborhood over for some trampoline fun (no one would blame you), just make sure the maximum weight can accommodate it. Some models can withstand more weight and are meant for the whole family while others are more for individual use. 

    Are you on a budget?

    If you’re on a budget, consider a smaller model or one that accommodates less weight. However, if you don’t want or are unable to spend as much, be sure to purchase a trampoline that was designed with safety features.

    Do you want any fun add-ons?

    They are fun on their own but you can make them even more fun by getting one with additional activities, like a basketball hoop. Just think, you’ll be dunking in no time. 


    Related: Enjoy family time even more with the best backyard games for outdoor fun.

    The best trampoline

    There are lots of great options, but the best ones have extra safety measures to ensure all jumpers stay safe while they’re having fun. And if they’re models built for outside, the materials used will be weather resistant and fade proof to ensure use season after season. Once you have a clear idea of who’s jumping and where, you’ll have no problem narrowing down the best one for you. 

    Best outdoor trampoline: JUPA Outdoor Trampoline

    JUPA

    SEE IT

    Not only does the JUPA Outdoor Trampoline bring the fun with a capital F, you can also trust that it’s safe. The jumping mat, linked with 5.5-inch high tension steel springs, is durable, while the nylon enclosed net and spring pad prevent you from falling and your feet from getting caught. This model is ideal for outdoor use as the mat is wear- and UV-resistant. Plus, the steel legs ensure stability during the fun although it’s recommended you place a rubber mat beneath it to avoid shifting.

    Best exercise trampoline: Pelpo Folding Mini Trampoline

    pelpo

    SEE IT

    Great for home workouts, the lightweight Pelpo Folding Mini option has a foldable design that allows you to set up quickly and move into storage when not in use. It’s sold in three different sizes—38-, 40- and 45-inch—with an adjustable handle height that makes this a great option for multiple users. Plus, you can rest assured knowing this one is durable and safe as it’s made of heavy- duty steel with stainless steel springs and an impact-resistant mat that resists tearing. 

    Best rectangle trampoline: JumpKing Enclosed Rectangular Trampoline

    JumpKing

    SEE IT

    One of the benefits of a rectangular model is higher bounce, and JumpKing Enclosed Rectangular Trampoline does not disappoint. It comes with three jumping zones that make jumping with your friends and family a whole lot easier. Best for outdoor use, this one was designed with a heavy-duty UV-protected mat and a UV-treated polyethylene netting over a six-pole enclosure to provide relief from the sun’s rays. And its steel frame provides structure and durability. 

    Best trampoline for kids: Little Tikes Climb ‘N Slide

    Little Tikes

    SEE IT

    Spark joy in your kid with the Little Tikes Climb ‘N Slide Trampoline. This small option is designed for outdoor use, with stairs to climb and a slide to come down on.  It’s designed for one small child and comes with a weight limit of 100 pounds. The netting enclosure with two zippers for an easy entrance and exit will help keep your tot safe. A durable pad protector covers the safety springs and safety foam.

    Best budget trampoline: Skywalker Round Trampoline

    Skywalker Trampolines

    SEE IT

    You don’t have to break the bank to have the coolest backyard on the block. The Skywalker Round Trampoline is best suited for children over the age of 6 years old with a maximum weight of 175 pounds. Designed for outdoor use, this model has a jump surface of 24 feet. For added stability, the enclosure net includes upright foam padded poles, angled away from the net to prevent any accidents. Plus the net has a dual zipper and latch clip to keep jumpers safe.

    FAQs

    Q:

    How do I prepare my yard for a trampoline?

    Prepare your yard for a trampoline by making sure you have the right amount of space in your yard. In order to do that, measure your yard and ensure there is at least three to four feet on each side of where you plan to place it. Make sure that all brush and trees have been cleared and find a spot within your yard that’s level.

    Q:

    Are rectangular trampolines better than round?

    Rectangular models aren’t necessarily better than round ones, however they do offer a higher bounce. No matter where you jump on a rectangular trampoline will give you bounce that has equal height and power.

    Q: Are in-ground trampolines better?

    There are pros and cons for in-ground models. Pros include that they are more attractive in your yard and are better for children because they can’t get their fingers caught as easily, can’t get stuck underneath, and don’t have as far to fall should they topple off. Cons are that they are pricier and a hassle to move once installed.  

    The final word on shopping for the best trampoline

    The best trampolines provide endless fun for the whole family regardless of if you end up going with one made for water, indoor, or outdoor. There are many categories to choose from, so making that selection will depend on the bounce you’re after. The ones that use the highest-quality materials will be safest, the most durable, and will last the longest. If you do plan to leave it outside, look for materials that won’t fade and rust over time. Whether you’re purchasing for the fun or exercise factor, a new trampoline could add some spring to your step.

    Related: Make your backyard even more fun with the best inflatable pool.

    The post The best trampolines of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    Best running shoes for women of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-running-shoes-for-women/ Sun, 03 Oct 2021 14:25:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=368860
    A woman wearing sportive clothes and sneakers and running through a green lawn road.
    Alex McCarthy, Unsplash

    Pick up speed and support with the best running shoes for women.

    The post Best running shoes for women of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    A woman wearing sportive clothes and sneakers and running through a green lawn road.
    Alex McCarthy, Unsplash

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Best road-running shoes New Balance sneakers New Balance Women's Fresh Foam Roav V1 Sneaker
    SEE IT

    The thick heels on these sneaks are perfect for pounding the pavement.

    Best cross-training shoes A black sneakers with pink laces and the pink brand mark on it. PUMA Women's Tazon 6 WN's FM Cross-Trainer Shoe
    SEE IT

    Get your cardio and strength training in with these versatile kicks that are made with vegan-friendly synthetic leather.

    Best cheap running shoes A sports sneaker with a white sole and a fiery red sneaker material. Flysocks Slip-On Sneakers for Women
    SEE IT

    These affordable slip-ons are lightweight and come with anti-skid grooves to avoid twisted ankles.

    Running is a seriously good way to work out. Not only will running burn calories, but it can bring about a meditative calm that only you serious runners truly understand. As you cross mile after mile, you’ll be in the zone and feel an amazing rush of endorphins. The only thing that can be a bummer is the post-run burn, when your legs are sore and you’ve put some serious wear and tear on your feet. To prevent this, you need to look at getting a pair of good running shoes that will give you loads of support and prevent injury. The best running shoes for women will let you run farther and faster than you previously could. It might sound too good to be true, but a great shoe design really can deliver results.

    Why you shouldn’t run without running shoes?

    You may be thinking, “Why do I even need to buy a special pair of comfortable running shoes? Can’t I just pop on my old pair of sneakers and get going?” Sure you can, but you will almost certainly regret it. Arch and ankle support are crucial to avoiding serious running injuries—most walking or casual sneakers just aren’t up to snuff when it comes to giving runners support. Added cushions, heel support, and breathable materials will make your runs more enjoyable while ensuring you stay safe. For the competitor in you, here’s how to pick the best running shoes for women.

    Things to consider when picking out the best running shoes for women

    When choosing the best running shoes for women, there are a few things to consider. For starters, are you looking to do short bursts or long marathon style runs? Do you want a good running shoe that can double up for other types of training, or are you simply looking for one just dedicated to running? Are your feet particularly wide or narrow, or do you have a high or low arch? 

    Use our guide to help you narrow down the options and get the best running shoes for you. You’ll be able to hit the ground running and be well on your way to the finish line.

    Best road-running shoes for women: New Balance Women’s Fresh Foam Roav V1 Sneaker

    New Balance

    SEE IT

    The chunkier foam heel on these New Balance sneakers makes them ideal for pounding the pavements. Regular road runners need maximum support against a flat, hard surface to protect their knees, and these are well-designed for that. New Balances are definitely one of the more stylish and versatile shoes, and you wouldn’t be out of place wearing these to brunch. We love the black version with the striking raspberry pink heel and lime green base.

    Best cross-country running shoes for women: Saucony Women’s Kilkenny Xc 8 Cross Country Running Shoe

    Saucony

    SEE IT

    These cross country shoes are especially ideal for those looking to run in tough terrain. With a rubber sole and 3-D printed overlays, they are some of the lightest cross-country running shoes for women we’ve tried. For boosted performance, you can add spikes for running cross country. Reviewers noted that they were running some of their fastest times thanks to these high-performance shoes.

    Best cross-training shoes: PUMA Women’s Tazon 6 WN’s FM Cross-Trainer Shoe

    PUMA

    SEE IT

    People who do cross training know that it’s really important to get stable and comfortable running shoes. PUMA’s Tazon shoes are a solid two-in-one—these pink and black beauties (also available in white and blue) feature in the top 10 best cross training shoes for women on Amazon. Their specially designed heel absorbs impact well. Made from synthetic leather, they are ideal for vegans.

    Best gel-support running shoes: ASICS Women’s GEL-Venture 5 Running Shoe

    ASICS

    SEE IT

    ASICS are known for producing some of the best all round sneakers for both running and general workouts. These gel running sneakers are fan favorites because of their high performance, comfort factor, and durability. These ASICS running shoes are perfect for runners who need that extra level for support or who are recovering from an injury. Their versatility means they would work at the gym, on the road, or on the trails. 

    Best cheap running shoes for women: Flysocks Slip On Sneakers for Women

    Flysocks

    SEE IT

    You don’t need to sacrifice on function just because you pick up a pair of cheap running shoes. These Flysocks slip-ons have a lightweight and breathable design, and the soft insole keeps you comfortable. The anti-skid grooves on the soles help protect you from twisted ankles, slipping, and impact injuries. At this price, you can own them in almost every color of the rainbow.

    FAQs

    Q: What is the best shoe for running?

    The best running shoe for you won’t be the same as your best friend’s. First, start by asking yourself what you need from a running shoe. Are you a regular flat road runner, or are you someone who hits the trails? Do you need extra cushioning, or are you looking for a sleeker shoe? Once you identify this, you’ll be able to get the right pair of sneakers for your needs.

    Q: What is the most cushioned women’s running shoe?

    Everyone’s feet are shaped differently, so some shoes may feel more comfortable than others depending on whether you’re wide- or narrow-footed. In general, though, look out for running shoes that have added features like heel support, gels, mesh, and foam.

    Q: What shoe do podiatrists recommend?

    Foot doctors will usually recommend the shoe with the most additional support. Gel-supported shoes or extra foam can make your running experience so much more enjoyable. You’ll prevent nasty injuries and be able to run for a good year with regular use. For even better protection, you can rotate pairs of running sneakers to give them time to bounce back to regular shape. This will ensure you get the longest life out of them.

    The final word on the best running shoes for women

    Running is one of the best exercises you can do for long-term health. The best thing is that comfortable running shoes are really the only piece of gear you need to invest in. With that said, you’ll want to make sure that you have the proper shoes to run properly. Unsupportive shoes will make running more painful and less enjoyable. Get a pair of the best running shoes for women, and you will be able to reach high levels of performance and fitness.

    The post Best running shoes for women of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    Best adjustable dumbbells of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-adjustable-dumbbells/ Thu, 19 Aug 2021 17:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=390578
    Customize your lifting with the best adjustable dumbbells.
    Andrea Piacquadio, Pexels

    From beginner to professional, these are the best adjustable dumbbells sets.

    The post Best adjustable dumbbells of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    Customize your lifting with the best adjustable dumbbells.
    Andrea Piacquadio, Pexels

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Best overall adjustable dumbbells NordicTrack Speed Weights are the best overall adjustable dumbbells. NordicTrack Speed Weights
    SEE IT

    This versatile set comes with a 30-day iFit trial membership for strength workouts.

    Best adjustable dumbbells for lifters bowflex-select-tech-adjustable-dumbbells-and-stand-bundle-best-for-lifters BowFlex SelectTech Adjustable Dumbbells
    SEE IT

    Ramp up to 52 pounds and track your progress with a training app.

    Best budget adjustable dumbbells The LifePro Powerflow Adjustable Dumbbells Set are the best budget adjustable dumbbells. LifePro Powerflow Adjustable Dumbbells Set
    SEE IT

    Increase your lift from five to 25 pounds with this affordable set.

    Whether you’re just starting out or are deep into your weightlifting journey, dumbbells are a necessity for your home gym. While traditional dumbbells can take up a lot of room and can get quite pricey, adjustable dumbbells are a space-saving and more convenient option. The best adjustable dumbbells have a base weight that can be easily adjusted to your desired weight with either a dial or selector pin during your workout. There are a variety of sets on the market and different sets provide different weight ranges. With just two dumbbells that can be adjusted to your desired weight, depending on the specific set, you can easily switch it up during your workout. These home gym essentials are designed for a range of fitness experience and interests, so you can find the perfect set for you.

    What to consider when shopping for the best adjustable dumbbells

    When shopping for the best adjustable dumbbells, there are a few things to take into consideration, such as how much weight you want the option of lifting, if you want to take your set on-the-go, and if you want to work out with an app. Once you prioritize what’s most important to you, you’ll be able to narrow down the options and add a set to your fitness gear.

    How much weight do you want to lift?

    Dumbbell sets come in a variety of weight ranges. Typically, beginner sets are lighter, with weight between five to 25 pounds, while sets for more advanced lifters can range between 10 to 55 pounds. When sorting out which set will be best for you, consider how much weight you want to lift and what types of exercises you plan on doing.

    Do you want to lift with an app?

    Some people prefer to workout solo while some prefer the assistance of a workout video. If you fall into the latter, it’s a good idea to purchase an adjustable dumbbell set that is compatible with an app so you have access to a library of videos. Something to note—even if the brand you go with doesn’t have a corresponding app, there are many available that could work for you.

    Will you travel with your dumbbell set?

    If you want to take your dumbbell set on the road, you probably don’t want to carry 25+ pounds with you, so why not opt for a lighter set that has the option of adding weight up to 11 pounds? This way, you can stick with your workouts even from your hotel room or airBnB.

    How do you want to adjust the weight on your dumbbells?

    Adjustable dumbbells are actually quite easy to use. Depending on the set you purchase, you will either use a dial or a selector pin to adjust to the desired weight you want to lift. Try out some options to see which you prefer.

    Is having a stand important to you?

    While it’s not necessary to have a stand for your weights, it can make weight lifting safer and more convenient. Having a stand to place your weights eliminates having to pick them up and place them back down, which can lead to injury. Plus, a stand that holds your technology allows you to watch fitness videos or TV from your tablet or phone.  

    The best adjustable dumbbells

    The best adjustable dumbbells come in the weight range you want to lift within, provide a comfortable grip, are space-saving, and easy-to-use. Once you have a better understanding of which factors you want to prioritize, you’ll have no problem selecting the best weights set to add to your home gym.

    Best adjustable dumbbells overall: NordicTrack Speed Weights

    NordicTrack

    SEE IT

    The space-saving NordicTrack Speed Weights each offer 15 weight selections, essentially replacing 30 dumbbells. With the easy to use selector system, you can move from ten pounds to 55 pounds quickly to make the most out of your workout. Once you’re done working out, you can place the weights in the custom molded storage trays that also feature clearly labeled weight markings. Plus, with your purchase of the set, you get a 30-day iFit trial membership via the app for access to numerous on-demand strength training workouts.

    Best adjustable dumbbells for beginners: PowerBlock Sport 24 Adjustable Dumbbells

    POWERBLOCK

    SEE IT

    The PowerBlock Sport 24 Adjustable Dumbbells come in a pair, with each dumbbell ranging from three to 24 pounds, in three pound increments. To put that in perspective, this set replaces eight dumbbells. You can easily change the weight with a selector pin, similar to the weight stack machine at the gym. For those just getting started lifting weights, these dumbbells have a smaller design for maximum balance and control. Plus, the rubberized padded handles offer a more secure grip and wrist protection while lifting.

    Best Adjustable Dumbbells for Lifters: BowFlex SelectTech Adjustable Dumbbells and Stand Bundle 

    Bowflex

    SEE IT

    If you’re an avid lifter and want to dedicate a section of your home gym to lifting, the BowFlex SelectTech Adjustable Dumbbells and Stand Bundle is for you. The pair of dumbbells replace 15 sets of weights and can be adjusted from five to 52 pounds in 2.5 pound increments. With the easy-to-use dial, you can adjust to your desired weight. The stand offers one convenient place for both your technology and weights. Designed with your safety in mind, you won’t have to bend over to pick up or place down your weights ever again. Plus, you can conveniently watch fitness videos, TV, or listen to music while you workout. This bundle is compatible with the free BowFlex SelectTech Training app available via iOS and Android.

    Best adjustable dumbbells for travel: GoXccess Adjustable Dumbbells Weights Set

    GoXccess

    SEE IT

    The GoXccess Adjustable Dumbbells Weights Set is offered in two weight options: a lighter set that ranges from 2.2 to 4.4 pounds each and a heavier one that ranges from 2.3 to 11 pounds each. To adjust to your desired weight, the end of each dumbbell can be screwed off to add metal blocks. The soft neoprene handles are easy-grip and non-slip to protect your hands against friction. And if you don’t love your travel dumbbells, there is a 30-day full refund policy.

    Best budget adjustable dumbbells: LifePro Powerflow Adjustable Dumbbells Set

    LifePro

    SEE IT

    You don’t have to empty your wallet to get a good lift in. The LifePro Powerflow Adjustable Dumbbells Set are sold as a pair for under $200. With a base weight of five pounds each, you can easily adjust up to 25 pounds in five-pound increments with the convenient slider. For added safety measures, the weight plates lock while in use. The sleek, textured steel handle provides a comfortable, stable grip. 

    FAQs

    Q: Are adjustable dumbbells worth it?

    Adjustable dumbbells are a great option for home workouts because they take up less space and as you get stronger, you won’t need to continue adding more dumbbells to your home fitness equipment. 

    Q: Why are dumbbells so expensive?

    Adjustable dumbbells can have an expensive price tag for a few reasons. Compared to fixed dumbbells, adjustable dumbbells have more parts which can be more expensive to produce and purchase. Additionally, adjustable dumbbells are more difficult to make and can take longer periods of time. However, keep in mind that when you purchase adjustable dumbbells, you’re essentially getting an entire rack of weights.

    Q: Is it possible to build muscle with just dumbbells?

    In short, the answer is yes, you can build muscle with just dumbbells. In addition to building muscle mass, dumbbells help with balance, muscle imbalances, and coordination. In order to build lean muscle, you can use a combination of heavy and light dumbbells.  

    The final word on shopping for the best adjustable dumbbells

    An adjustable dumbbell set will quickly become essential home fitness equipment once you give it a try. The best adjustable dumbbells are easy to use and easily customizable, save space, and are comfortable to grip. Depending on your lifting level, how much you want to lift and the types of exercises you want to incorporate into your workout routine will determine the type of weights you end up purchasing. When you’ve narrowed down your options, you might never go back to fixed weights again.

    The post Best adjustable dumbbells of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    Best running shoes for men in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-running-shoes-for-men/ Thu, 10 Jun 2021 16:59:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-running-shoes-for-men/
    Person running down the street in the best running shoes.
    jack atkinson via Unsplash

    Jogging is a great way to stay healthy. And stamina aside, nothing will take you farther while doing it than proper footwear. Use this guide to find the best shoes for where and how you run.

    The post Best running shoes for men in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    Person running down the street in the best running shoes.
    jack atkinson via Unsplash

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Best fitting New Balance Men’s Fresh Foam 1080 V8 Running Shoe New Balance Men’s Fresh Foam 1080 V8 Running Shoe
    SEE IT

    With a variety of width and length options, you can find a shoe that fits your foot perfectly for superior comfort and form while running.

    Best cushioned ASICS Men’s Gel-Venture 7 Trail Running Shoes ASICS Men’s Gel-Venture 7 Trail Running Shoes
    SEE IT

    Absorb shock with this cutting-edge gel technology, so you can run farther without any aches and pains.

    Best for stability and support Brooks Men’s Adrenaline GTS 20 Brooks Men’s Adrenaline GTS 20
    SEE IT

    These shoes are specifically designed to protect your joints and keep your body aligned as you jog.

    Running is truly an exercise of convenience. You don’t have to learn how to do it, and it doesn’t require any equipment other than your two feet. Of course, those need to be outfitted correctly. Running around with bare feet might be fun for toddlers, but a guy who wants to go the distance without falling apart will need cover and cushioning. A good pair of running shoes for men won’t just keep your soles clean and gash-free as you glide over dirt, sand, rocks, and concrete. They can also protect your musculoskeletal system from the trauma your body endures every time your feet hit the ground hard.

    It’s important to know when you need new men’s running shoes. Experts suggest springing for a new pair every 300 to 500 miles. For those who are good with long distances only when running them, that averages to a switch about every four to six months, if you run 20 miles a week. As a general rule, if the midsoles or outsoles look compressed or worn, it’s time to move on. When you’re ready to make a change, you’ll want to buy wisely. Keep reading to learn more about the best running shoes for men.

    Things to consider when looking for the best running shoes for men

    Before splurging on your next pair of running shoes for men, keep these five factors in mind:: 1) Where you’ll be doing most of your running. 2) Proper fit. 3) Cushioning and support. You want to avoid the sensation of bare feet clamping down on hard concrete. 4) Foot odor and sweat protection. 5) Your running form. If your feet roll in or out when they come down on solid ground, you’ll need shoes that can handle your gait.

    Where will you be running?

    Running on the beach or on grass will produce less wear and tear on your shoes than running on asphalt, so you need a pair of running shoes that are not only up to the task of keeping you up to speed but can handle rough and challenging terrain as well. Beach runners might be tempted to go barefoot, but stray rocks, shells, and other forms of litter and debris can wreak havoc on your feet, so it’s in your best interest to keep them covered. You should look for a pair with a tighter mesh, which will allow water from the ocean or sea to drain out of your running shoes without letting sand in.

    Big city concrete can be murder on your joints, so if you’ll be doing most of your running around town on sidewalks, running shoes with a springlike effect in the heel will help keep your body parts in good working order. On the geographical flipside, a country road packed with dirt and gravel can be negotiated more easily with rubber spikes that provide the traction of cleats.

    Running on the grass is generally easier on the knees than running on harder surfaces, but joggers should still approach green routes with caution. Since uneven grass can cause your feet to twist, arch support and cushioning is paramount. Also, because grass is slippery when wet, the men’s running shoes you wear while jogging on it should give you good traction.

    Have the proper fit right from the start

    First, forget everything you’ve ever heard about having to break in a new pair of shoes. If you won’t be able to hit the ground running comfortably from the moment you first step into your running shoes, leave them on the shelf. Next, measure your feet while standing up. If they aren’t exactly the same length, go with the larger foot to determine the size your running shoes should be. You can always lace them up a bit tighter on the smaller foot.

    When you stand on top of your men’s running shoes, they should more or less line up with the size and shape of your bare feet, without your toes hanging over the front or sides. After you put them on, there must be a thumbnail’s worth of space between your longest toe (which might be the second toe, not the big toe) and the front of the shoe. Check that there is no pressure on your pinky toe and only a slight amount on your big toe. It should be about as snug there as a watch strap is around your wrist.

    When you take off in new runners, your heel shouldn’t slip and the surface of the shoe shouldn’t rub uncomfortably against your ankle. If the fabric at the top bunches up, you might need a smaller size, and if it bulges or stretches, go a half size bigger. Running shoes for men will become more comfortable over time, but they should fit properly right out of the starting gate.

    Why too much or too little cushioning can hurt you

    Midsole material, which is typically EVA or polyurethane foam, helps absorb the impact as your feet hit the ground. How thick they need to be is mostly a matter of personal preference. Maximum cushioning is thicker and softer, but it can produce a squishy feel. Moderate cushioning hits the middle ground between pillowy and firm. Barefoot cushioning leaves only a thin layer between your feet and the ground and offers minimal arch support and no stability features. It may feel good strolling around town, but it won’t do you much good in the long run.

    Contrary to popular belief, more cushioning isn’t always better when it comes to running shoes. The extra softness can prevent the foot from functioning like a spring (as it should). Instead, it becomes a shock absorber, leaving the springing action to your joints and tissues and potentially leading to injury. The best cushioning is neither too hard nor too soft, hitting a happy medium characterized by soft and supportive and comfortable and lightweight.

    Another consideration is the heel drop, which refers to the difference in cushioning between a running shoe’s heel and toe. A traditional drop is about 10mm and up, and it’s best for runners who land heel first. A lower drop of 8mm and under is ideal for runners who hit the ground on their toes or the middle of their feet. As running shoes approach a zero drop, they force the Achilles tendon to work harder, which can lead to painful injury.

    Running shoes must let your feet breathe

    Few forms of exercise guarantee you’ll work up a considerable sweat quite like running. Your feet might not get as drenched as your head, but they will perspire enough to require shoes that will offset the wet. Breathable shoes allow your sweat to evaporate more quickly while keeping your feet cooler and protecting them from blisters and fungi.

    Porous fabrics provide better breathability, so stay away from rubber anywhere but on the soles of your running shoes. It traps moisture and heat. Leather may look and feel good, but the material is heavy and offers precious little ventilation. Canvas, on the other hand, er foot, breathes nicely, but it’s hard to beat knitted nylon or polyester, aka mesh. One of the most popular fabrics in running shoes for men, nylon wicks sweat and it’s stretchy, so it will more easily conform to the shape of your feet while you’re on the run. Polyester has a lot of the same benefits as nylon, but it may not be as durable.

    Match the shoe to your running form

    Pronation refers to how your feet roll inward when they hit the ground and move you forward. The level of pronation differs from person to person, so it’s important to choose a pair of men’s running shoes that complement your form.

    Runners who overpronate roll their feet disproportionately inward when they land and require shoes with more stability, structured support, and motion control. Supination refers to rolling your feet outward upon landing, which is relatively uncommon. For those who run like this, however, shoes with more cushion and flexibility are ideal.

    The way you pronate affects the way your running shoe ages. Overpronation wears away the inside edge of the shoe, while supination erodes the outer edge. A 200-pound runner who overpronates or supinates will need to replace their running shoes more often than someone who is thinner and has basic pronation.

    Best versatile running shoes for men: Under Armour Men’s Charged Assert 8 Running Shoe

    Amazon

    SEE IT

    These Under Armour running shoes for men tick enough boxes to make them compatible with a number of jogging environments. The rubber outsole provides traction for gliding over rocks and wet grass, while the compression-molded foam offers ample cushioning to get you over jagged, uneven terrain, and the tight, lightweight mesh will keep sand out and drain excess water during leisurely beach runs.

    Best fitting running shoes for men: New Balance Men’s Fresh Foam 1080 V8 Running Shoe

    Amazon

    SEE IT

    When thinking about fit, width matters as much as length. Runners with less-than-slim feet need more spacious shoes that won’t cramp them. These New Balance running shoes come in US sizes 4 to 20, with seven different widths, ranging from extra-narrow to extra-wide.

    Best cushioned running shoes for men: ASICS Men’s Gel-Venture 7 Trail Running Shoes

    Amazon

    SEE IT

    Comfort is the key feature of these ASICS running shoes for men, and it offers that in various ways. It has rear-foot GEL technology that provides shock absorption and works in tandem with OrthoLite X-40 sockliner, which introduces an additional layer of cushioning.

    Best breathable running shoes: adidas Men’s CF Lite Racer Byd

    Amazon

    SEE IT

    Wearing these might be the next best thing to running with just your socks on. These adidas men’s running shoes are made of snug, stretchy mesh, ensuring your feet will breathe easily while you’re jogging in them. Cloudfoam midsoles and outsoles increase the comfort factor. When they get dirty, you can throw them into the washing machine, but after the gentle cycle is complete, air drying is recommended.

    Best men’s running shoes for stability and support: Brooks Men’s Adrenaline GTS 20

    Amazon

    SEE IT

    Overpronators can run safely without having to adjust how they hit the road. Rather than trying to fix your gait, these Brooks running shoes for men give you the stability and support you need to offset the effect of rolling your feet inward when they land. The GuideRails support system keeps your feet properly positioned while protecting your knees, hips, and joints from injury.

    Brands to know

    Adidas and Nike are the superstars of running shoes. Everyone has heard their names, and they never seem to go out of style. The iconic rap group Run-D.M.C. had a big ’80s hit with a song called “My Adidas,” and Nike is practically synonymous with basketball legend Michael Jordan. But they aren’t the only running shoes for men making the rounds. A number of other brands have found great success by offering runners premium physical and aesthetic benefits.

    Brooks

    When it comes to running, dedication is key, and Brooks couldn’t possibly be more committed. For the past 20 years, the Seattle-based brand has specialized exclusively in running shoes, so athletic types looking for footwear for other sports now have to look to other brands. Brooks’s focus on the sport has made it the top manufacturer of specialty running shoes for much of the past decade, so you can’t lose putting your faith – and your feet – in them.

    ASICS

    Founded in Japan in 1949, ASICS is an acronym for the Latin phrase “Anima Sana In Corpore Sano,” which means “a sound mind in a sound body.” The brand was initially dedicated to making basketball shoes, but it has become best known for making running shoes that can also function as bold fashion statements.

    HOKA

    This brand, founded in 2009 by French runners Nicolas Mermoud and Jean-Luc Diard, emphasizes luxurious cushioning. That’s how it came to be called “King of Cushion.” Its Meta-Rocker design feature combines a low heel drop and a rounded sole to complement the natural stride of runners and promote forward motion. The Active Foot Frame provides additional support by cradling your feet deeper inside the midsole of the running shoes.

    Running gear on a budget: What you get for under $50

    As a general rule, a more expensive running shoe for men isn’t necessarily a better or a safer one. As with haute couture, some brands charge higher prices in accordance with their reputation – not because they are offering some special feature that will make going for a run in them better or safer than wearing anything else on the road. There’s absolutely no reason why you can’t find a perfectly good pair of men’s running shoes for under $100.

    If the idea of handing over a cool hundred to replace them every six months or so makes you wary of hitting the road, there are cheaper options. New Balance Men’s Fresh Foam Evare V1 Running Shoe is available for under $50 a pair, and the model offers many of the same features and benefits as shoes that cost more than twice as much.

    FAQs

    Q: Are more expensive running shoes better?

    While more expensive running shoes might have more cushioning, those options with ultra-high price points probably aren’t worth the pretty penny. Though we want high-quality materials and design, expensive running shoes often differ only slightly from their more wallet-friendly counterparts.

    Q: Are cushioned shoes better for running?

    Cushioning helps absorb impact and prevent damage from joints while running, but too much of a good thing can have adverse impacts. While we recommend a decent amount of cushioning in your running shoes, avoid those with extremely padded insoles, as it may lead to more pronation of the ankle or cause misalignment while running.

    Q: What is the best running shoe?

    The best running shoe for you will depend on your individual needs and use. Evaluate what terrain you’ll be training on, your unique foot shape, and what level of support you want before deciding what shoe best suits you.

    A final word on finding the best running shoes for men

    Finding the best running shoes for men can be as grueling an experience as what you do while you’re wearing them, but in the end, the extra effort will pay off. Most people just look for a pair that fits well, but it’s important to remember that other factors contribute to comfort and protection. If your running shoes don’t provide adequate support and cushioning, you might end up sustaining injuries that take you off the road and keep your kicks in the closet.

    Different feet have different needs, but it pays to treat a new pair of running shoes like a new car. Take them out for a test run before you commit to them completely. Your feet and other body parts connected to them will be grateful when you cross the finish line.

    Related: Best Walking Shoes for Men

    The post Best running shoes for men in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    Health and fitness gadgets from CES 2022 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/health-fitness-gadgets-ces-2022/ Tue, 04 Jan 2022 23:09:18 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=418440
    Best Health and Fitness gadgets of CES 2022
    Garmin

    New tech to keep you fit as a fiddle

    The post Health and fitness gadgets from CES 2022 appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    Best Health and Fitness gadgets of CES 2022
    Garmin

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Health tech is always a highlight at CES. Major manufacturers and small upstarts both take big swings, revealing futuristic products for a corner of life that doesn’t change dramatically as often as say, TVs or gaming. The one exception to that is, of course, fitness gear: From smartwatches and fitness trackers to exercise machines like Peleton, there is always an explosion of incremental updates to workout-related gadgets we already know and love. We’re rounding up some of the most interesting health and fitness gadgets of CES 2022 as we find them. You can expect to see new products on this piece each day as we get the chance to hear more from every corner of the show.

    Withings Body Scan smart scale

    Withings

    Learn More

    Withings, a longtime innovator in health tech, will (probably) add some interesting new features in its latest smart scale. The Body Scan smart scale can, like previous models, detect information about your body composition, including how much of your body is fat or muscle. Where previous models simply did this for the whole body, the new design can check specific body parts. In addition to letting you measure your gains at the gym more accurately, the scale can take a 6-lead ECG using a handle near the top of the scale. The Body Scan is expected to launch in the back half of 2022, but, according to Gizmodo, the product hasn’t received FDA approval yet, so that timing may be subject to change.

    Oral-B iO10 electric toothbrush

    Oral-B

    Learn More

    A surprisingly buzzy little gizmo, Oral-B’s high-end iO10 smart toothbrush features a charging base that helps the brush “coach” your cleanings, in addition to using an indicator light on the brush itself and/or offloading the info to your phone. The coaching, the core feature for the iO series, tells you if you’re applying enough pressure, if you’re neglecting any areas of your mouth as you brush, and provides a timer to ensure you’re putting in proper time.

    Garmin Venu 2 Plus

    Garmin

    Learn More

    Garmin, one of our favorite fitness-minded smartwatch makers, has two watches in the pipeline. The Garmin Venu 2 Plus is a slightly smaller update of last year’s Garmin Venu 2 – a 43mm case versus 45mm – which adds both a speaker and microphone to allow for audio notifications and the ability to interface with your phone’s smart assistant, such as Siri or the Google Assistant.

    Concepts

    Though you see them more frequently in the cars and computing categories, many companies like to create “concept” products for CES that show off technology that isn’t quite ready to include in a shipping product. These ideas are often a little more futuristic, which makes them incredibly cool and exciting. You won’t find these in a store any time soon, but they are still cool as hell.

    Y-Brush 2022

    Y-Brush

    Learn More

    French startup Y-Brush makes an alternative toothbrush that looks like a mouth guard. The company claims that its current model can already clean your teeth in 10 seconds, which is pretty impressive. For CES 2022, the company has a new concept version of the brush, which has bristles on both sides of the Y-shaped mold, rather than just one, cutting down even further on cleaning time. And, like the Oral-B iO10, the concept Y-Brush features six vibration modes for different types of cleaning.

    The post Health and fitness gadgets from CES 2022 appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    Fitbit Inspire 2 review: A near-perfect introduction to fitness trackers https://www.popsci.com/reviews/fitbit-inspire-2-review/ Mon, 17 May 2021 19:03:55 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=363546
    fitbit inspire 2 review
    A fitness tracker that will help you exercise and stay on top of your daily routine. Carsen Joenk

    Need inspiration to exercise? This understated but full-featured wristband can be your accountability buddy.

    The post Fitbit Inspire 2 review: A near-perfect introduction to fitness trackers appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    fitbit inspire 2 review
    A fitness tracker that will help you exercise and stay on top of your daily routine. Carsen Joenk

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Over the past year, many of us have been remanded to our homes, binging TV shows, baking sourdough, and starting at-home workout programs. Keeping up with exercise wasn’t always easy. In fact, a study conducted by University College London during lockdown found that a majority of people across all genders and socioeconomic statuses worked out less. Rediscovering the motivation to move can be hard—it certainly has been for me—so many are turning to activity trackers to improve their fitness journeys. 

    The Fitbit Inspire 2 fitness tracker, the newest entry-level offering from the step-counting stalwart, offers a lightweight and affordable guide out of a long pandemic rut. The $100 workout tracker follows the Inspire 1 and Inspire HR with several key improvements, most notably an extended battery life of up to 10 days, silent alarms, more advanced sleep analytics, and a heart-rate-based metric called Active Zone Minutes. The second-generation workout tracker also includes an optical heart rate monitor and automatic exercise recognition, though it skips the personalized reminders found in the Inspire 1. Overall, the wealth of advancements makes up for this feature.   

    The Fitbit Inspire 2 gives you insight into your daily habits while encouraging you to move for cardiovascular health. Wearing it for roughly two weeks certainly revealed a lot about my own nutrition, sleep, and exercise patterns. 

    Fitbit Inspire 2 Fitness tracker design

    Carsen Joenk

    SEE IT

    Fitbit inspire 2 review
    A simple, straightforward design that isn’t too showy. Carsen Joenk

    Compared to other health tracker options like the Whoop Strap 3.0 or Garmin Vivoactive, the Fitbit Inspire 2 is minuscule: only 1.5-inches long, less than 1-inch wide, ½-inch tall, and weighing less than 1 ounce. If you’re wearing fitness gear almost nonstop for maximum feedback, the low profile can make a world of difference.

    The Fitbit Inspire 2 comes fitted with a small silicone band (suitable for wrists 5.5 to 7.1 inches), while a larger one (meant for wrists 7.1 to 8.7 inches) is included. Removing the band is easy: Just pull the silver quick-release lever and pull back to snap the band off. At first, my fingers couldn’t get a good grip on the pins and lever, but I was able to get the new strap in place after a few tries. The silicone bands are smooth and sit comfortably against the skin, and the plastic buckle is easy to maneuver. And, if I wanted to dress it up rather than tear it up during a workout, Fitbit sells optional metal mesh and leather bands starting at $34.95.

    The slim black body of the tracker is sleek and, dare I say, cool. This fitness tracker’s discreet size and minimalistic design made it sophisticated enough for everyday wear. The Inspire 2 looks much more expensive than its price tag might indicate. The backlit OLED display is crisp and clear, though visibility does fade a little in the sun. The touchscreen is responsive, which is handy when scrolling through features and settings. Additional touch sensors on the sides allow you to jump back to the home screen and access other settings, like water lock and sleep mod

    Getting started

    Before you dive into a workout, you’ll need to charge the Fitbit Inspire 2 and download the Fitbit app. At only 9 inches long, the USB cable leaves much to be desired: My fitness tracker had to charge on the floor. USB extension cables are available from other sites, like this one from Belkin, and run between $7 and $15 should you, like me, need a little more slack. 

    Fitbit Inspire 2 comparison to pen for size

    To set up your Fitbit account, you’ll need to sync the health tracker to a smart device via Bluetooth; it’s compatible with Apple devices running iOS 12.2 or higher and Android devices running OS 7.0 or higher. After you’re connected, you’ll fill in your height, weight, gender, and fitness goals. Setting up the profile takes less than three minutes, but diving deeper to set activity goals beyond, say, the standard 10,000 steps can be tricky. I had to consult the Fitbit help page more than once to locate a few features but, once found, making the tweaks was easy. 

    I decided to set four personal targets: exercise five days a week; sleep for 7 hours and 30 minutes each night; take 10,000 steps a day to satisfy the step counter; and complete 22 “Active Zone Minutes” per day. A Fitbit-specific metric, Active Zone Minutes equals the time you engage in heart-rate-raising exercises. I stuck with the American Heart Association-recommended 150 minutes of moderate activity or 75 minutes of vigorous activity as my overall weekly goal. You can also set target weight and weekly mindfulness sessions.

    Key features of the Fitbit Inspire 2

    Despite all the app’s deeper features, the “Today” homepage is where I spent most of my time. It tracks and displays your daily activities, resting heart rate, steps taken per hour, and proximity to reaching your daily goals. It is also where you can log water, food consumption, and menstrual health—if you choose. 

    The Inspire 2 relies chiefly on your heart rate to determine your sleep quality, calories burned, and the rigor of your daily activities. It stores heart rate data in 1-second intervals during exercise tracking and at 5-second intervals all other times, compiling weekly data about your resting heart rate (RHR), breathing rate, and heart rate variability over 30 days. Tracking your RHR helps the device actively identify and eliminate stressors (for instance, too much caffeine) and measure fitness progress. Regularly active people have lower RHRs, so if you notice a dip over time, it means you are doing all the right things to become healthier. It may take a few days to parse through all the information before deciding on any routine changes. 

    Fitbit Premium

    Along with all these included tracking features, the Inspire 2 includes a free, one-year subscription to Fitbit Premium, after which you’ll pay $9.99 a month or $80 a year. Starting with complete access can make it a bit difficult to discern which parts of the app are free and which are a part of the subscription. 

    screenshot of exercise data for a Fitbit Inspire 2 fitness tracker
    Keep an accurate record of your health data. Carsen Joenk

    Essentially, Premium gives you access to extra workouts, guided meditation sessions, advanced sleep analytics, and wellness reports (an overview of health data, stats, and charts compiled every 30 days that you can share with your doctor). While there is a small selection of free video workouts, Fitbit Premium adds 150 video or audio routines from professional trainers, searchable based on time, equipment needed, exercise type (like cardio or pilates), or target muscle group (like abs and core). I tried a few 10-minute deep muscle workouts, which left me feeling challenged yet capable. 

    My favorite Premium feature was the advanced sleep analytics, which alone may make the renewal cost worth it. Without the paid subscription, you’ll see the light, deep, and REM sleep you’re getting each night, determined by heart and breathing rates. Fitbit Premium will compile a detailed Sleep Score report with minute-by-minute data, so you can see when in the night you were in various sleep stages, your heart rate, time spent tossing and turning, as well as the times you were awake. This can help you identify areas of improvement. For example, I thought I was getting at least eight hours of sleep each night; however, it turned out I spent close to an hour, divided over several minute-long intervals, awake. Now I know it’s essential for me to get into bed earlier to compensate. I also noticed that if I had wine before bed, chances are my restorative REM or deep sleep would dip. Luckily, the battery does hit its promised 10-day lifespan, so I didn’t have to worry about charging overnight.

    Fitbit Inspire 2 day-to-day use

    Premium subscription or no, the Inspire 2 delivers on its core promise: monitoring your fitness. I wore it while running, strength training, doing HIIT workouts, and practicing yoga. The fitness tracker can also be submerged in up to 50 meters of water and log the distance you swim; I am not aquatically inclined, but it did survive my showers. 

    To provide accurate cardio analyses, Inspire 2 lets you select from more than 20 different types of exercise. Navigating to choose an activity was confusing at first: You need to swipe up from the clock face, tap “exercise,” scroll through the options and tap to start tracking. The watch size and sensor sensitivity lead to accidental selections, and I learned by trial and error that pushing the side sensors is equivalent to “going back,” and you need to press and hold “finish” on the screen to end a workout. If I forgot to select my workout type preemptively, the Inspire 2 would attempt to identify it for me. It accurately detected all my runs, but didn’t recognize at-home workouts like strength training. 

    sensors on the back of a fitbit
    Fitbit Inspire 2 back sensors. Carsen Joenk

    For those exercises I did, the Fitbit tracker logged my heart rate, Active Zone Minutes, and calories burned, which I could view on the watch face. Within the app, I could see distances I ran, real-time pace (or miles per hour), and a workout intensity map. The map identified where I put in the most or least effort, which led me to change my route, spending more time in hilly areas. Though I was regularly hitting my Zone minutes goal, this report led me to realize I was spending most of that time in the Fat Burn zone when I really needed to push myself into Cardio and Peak minutes for maximum results.  

    The Fitbit app also offers an overall cardio fitness score based on an estimate of a key fitness metric called VO2 Max, which is a measure of how much oxygen your body uses during exercise (the higher the number, the better). The app assesses this based on heart rate data during exercise and lets you know when you should shoot for more high-intensity cardio workouts.  

    Additional fitness tracker features

    Though I found the activity and sleep tracking elements of the Fitbit Inspire 2 particularly beneficial, the health tracker also provides a handy nudge to move if you’re sedentary too long. If you haven’t logged 250 steps per hour, the tracker will trigger a quick vibration and a message. You can also customize when or if you get these reminders. 

    You can also receive vibrating alerts to phone calls, texts, and calendar events. Though this system was also a bit tricky (I needed setup assistance once again from the Fitbit help boards), it was a useful way to stay connected when I didn’t have my phone in hand. I made frequent use of the tracker’s Do-Not-Disturb mode, especially during work hours. And if you need even more chill, personalized guided breathing sessions can help you lower your heart rate. 

    Finally, the Inspire 2 will give you access to the Fitbit community, in the app or online. This is where you can share experiences with other Fitbit users, find existing contacts, and join groups to share goals and passions such as weight loss or hiking. It’s basically another social network to monitor, but an easily accessible support system could give some folks a jolt of encouragement.

    Who should buy the Fitbit Inspire 2?

    The Fitbit Inspire 2 is the perfect introduction to tracking regular exercise and activity patterns. Compact and contemporary, it’s a great way to test consistent fitness watch wearing without breaking the bank. Whether you’re an exercise enthusiast or just kicking off a new routine, you’ll have all the necessary features and accountability controls once you get oriented to the Inspire 2. If you’re an advanced athlete looking for the most-accurate, best fitness tracker, Fitbit does sell more advanced models. Consider the Charge 4, retailing for $130, which is a Fitbit with GPS to track pace and distance without connecting to your phone, SpO2 sensors for blood oxygen monitoring, an altimeter to log floors climbed, and a feature called Smart Wake, which uses data analysis to wake you up at an optimal time. However, the Inspire 2 is one of the best fitness watches for the average, health-conscious person looking to stay active. You can snag it on their website here.


    Carsen Joenk is a graduate of Sarah Lawrence College and a freelance writer focusing on health, music, and technology. She has been writing for Popular Science since early 2020, contributing product reviews and recommendations. 

    The post Fitbit Inspire 2 review: A near-perfect introduction to fitness trackers appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    JBL Reflect Flow Pro active sport earbuds review: Workout-approved true wireless https://www.popsci.com/reviews/jbl-reflect-flow-pro-review/ Wed, 02 Mar 2022 18:03:24 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=427182
    JBL Reflect Flow Pro on a wooden floor
    Quinn Gawronski

    Use earbuds that are just as dynamic as your next workout.

    The post JBL Reflect Flow Pro active sport earbuds review: Workout-approved true wireless appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    JBL Reflect Flow Pro on a wooden floor
    Quinn Gawronski

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    If there’s a single occasion that can stand as a trial for Bluetooth audio gear, a grueling workout is surely it. I’ve tested five variations in the gym—from solar-powered over-ear designs to classic AirPods—and, so far, each type has had its own lapse in design or functionality. Wireless earbuds have flown out of my ears onto the treadmill or delivered less-than-impressive volume levels, allowing the grunts and groans of weightlifters into my rhythm. Finding ones with security, stability, and enough booming bass to get me through the last set sometimes feels nearly unachievable. 

    And while the JBL Reflect Flow Pro true wireless active sports earbuds aren’t a one-size-fits-all solution to every woe plaguing TWS ‘buds, they come a lot closer to being an ideal design to wear during your next workout. Features including active noise cancellation, ambient noise mode, super-firm ear wings, and an IP68 waterproof rating deliver your favorite tracks during intense workouts—no major slippage while running or sweat damage included. 

    Quinn Gawronski

    SEE IT

    The JBL Reflect Flow Pro’s design

    Despite their designation as a sport earbud, the JBL Reflect Flow Pro doesn’t have any awkward apparatuses that scream gym to the point you wouldn’t want to be seen wearing them anywhere else. The feature that differentiates this JBL pair from the rest is the stiff plastic wing, which securely tucks into the concha of the outer ear and will not budge, no matter what HIIT workout or new calisthenics exercise you’re doing. While these “POWERFINS” might not be highlighted on the product page as a key feature to their workout-ready design, they eliminated the need to constantly adjust and reinsert my earbuds mid-exercise. The JBLs also ship with three sizes of ear tips and fins (in small, medium, and large), which makes the fit exceptionally customizable and secure. 

    For wireless connectivity, the JBL Reflects use Bluetooth 5.0 with AAC and SBC codec support for maximum iPhone and Android compatibility, though the higher-fidelity aptX is not an option. Just open the case and you’ll begin the sync process, and the Dual Connect feature lets you customize the functionality of each bud separately or use one independently if desired. Once paired, the JBL Reflects use touch controls that allow you to work out without grabbing your phone every time you want to switch playlists. The right earbud controls playback, skipping, calls, and can queue the voice assistant, while the left allows you to toggle between the different noise-canceling modes. 

    When it comes time to charge the earbuds, the case can be plugged into a USB-C cord, which gives the JBLs bonus points in my book for added convenience. Rather than hunting down some proprietary charging cord, you can plug it into the same one you use to charge plenty of other devices. The case is also Qi-compatible for wireless charging. The LEDs on the outside of the case will indicate that the buds are charging and how much battery life they have—heads up that it’ll take them two hours to fully refuel. The flip-top charging case is somewhat clunky compared to other earbuds, weighing in at 1.6 ounces, though definitely still small enough to fit in any bag or purse. 

    The battery life overall is more than adequate—with a maximum playtime of 10 hours with ANC turned off, eight hours with it on. Add in a fully charged case and you get a total of 30 hours of battery life. 

    Earbuds photo

    The JBL Reflect Flow Pro’s key features

    The JBL Reflects have what we now consider the standard essentials of modern wireless earbuds: features like Alexa voice controls, built-in microphones, Google Assistant, and hands-free calling. Aside from their workout-approved shape and design, the JBLs have a few other bonus components that differentiate them from your run-of-the-mill Bluetooth ‘buds (something you’d expect at the nearly $200 mark). 

    ANC and Ambient Aware 

    Whether you’re trying to get in the zone at the gym or want to tune out chatty customers at a cafe while you work, active noise cancellation, or ANC, is a welcome addition to these earbuds. The ANC is effective overall—upon turning it on I noticed muffling of noises for an overall quieter environment. That said, anything above a low-frequency tone won’t be cut out completely, so if you’re hoping to nullify construction sounds in your apartment or the loud ring of dumbbells in the gym, I wouldn’t hedge your bets on the JBL Reflect Flow Pro. While it might not be the best ANC out there, that dulling is still an improvement over no ANC at all and did help me tune out distractions in the gym.

    And for those times where you want to be better tuned into your surroundings—like walking on a busy street, late at night, or while running outdoors—toggle to the Ambient Aware sound mode using the left earbud (or within the JBL Headphones App). Unlike the standard mode or ANC, Ambient Aware allows more sound in so that you can be more aware of your environment. 

    IP68

    One of the features making the JBL Reflect Flow Pro particularly suited to workouts is their IP68 waterproof rating—so you can have a sweaty workout and even rinse off the buds afterward with no concerns of water damage (just be sure to dry them off before returning them to the charging case, as that portion of the headphones is not water-resistant). While you probably shouldn’t swim laps in these headphones, you can submerge them in up to 1 meter underwater for as long as 30 minutes so they will survive any rainstorm, sweat-heavy cardio session, or accidental drops in the sink. And their dust resistance means you can take your workout outdoors—to the beach, for example—without worries.

    The JBL Headphones App 

    While the touch-controlled earbud interfaces allow you to easily toggle between the settings if you’re looking for a more in-depth way to fine-tune your earbuds, download the JBL Headphones app on any Android or iOS device. From within the app, you can change the default setting for on-ear controls to your liking, as well as set up Google Assistant or Alexa. But arguably the best setting on the app is the adjustable EQ, so you can boost or cut frequencies to your unique preferences. The app comes with preset modes for you to test out, or you can tinker with the settings to find your perfect audio balance. 

    The JBL Reflect Flow Pro’s sound

    These bonus features are great additions to the JBL Reflect Flow Pro, but the audio performance is the most integral part of the equation if you’re still deciding whether these wireless earbuds will deliver on all fronts. The JBLs have 6.8 mm drivers that deliver a frequency range of 20 Hz to 20 kHz, which effectively captures both booming bass and detailed highs—though the midrange comes across as a little scooped out in comparison. It’s a mildly U-shaped signature but, as someone who covets a somewhat bass-heavy headphone (especially while working out), this sound profile hits my marks. That said, on a song like James Blake’s “Say What You Will,” the bass came across a bit overbearing when listening on moderate to high volume levels. If you’re bass-averse, you might be safer off with a better balanced, more personalized sound profile, like that of the NuraTrue earbuds. 

    If you want thunderous verb and thumping bass to power you through your workout, however, the JBL Reflects are a welcome addition to your essential gym equipment. Songs like “Floor Seats” by A$AP Ferg showcase impressive low-frequencies without overwhelming the vocals, for an overall intense but pleasurable listening experience. Even on tracks with little bass and a higher-frequency profile, like Sufjan Stevens’ “It’s Your Own Body And Mind,” the vocals, acoustics, and orchestral sounds rang through with detail and sculpted range. 

    Earbuds photo
    The JBLs ready for action.

    So, who should buy the JBL Reflect Flow Pro earbuds?

    For fitness enthusiasts who want waterproof earbuds that won’t shift or short out in the middle of a sweaty workout, the JBL Reflect Flow Pro active sport earbuds are a great selection. If you’re more of an audiophile who appreciates a deeply customizable, office-oriented EQ and ANC system, these buds might not be as good a choice as, say, the Sony WF-1000XM4. For the gym, however, the JBL Reflect Flow Pro earbuds are now my go-to pair; with their POWERFINS, IP68 rating, and bass-forward sound, they are an ideal trifecta to take you from warm-ups to burnout sets.

    The post JBL Reflect Flow Pro active sport earbuds review: Workout-approved true wireless appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    Save an extra 15 percent on wellness gear for yourself with last-minute Valentine’s Day Sale https://www.popsci.com/sponsored-post/wellness-gear-sale/ Sun, 13 Feb 2022 14:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=424493
    Fitness Gear photo

    Investing in these tools means investing in yourself.

    The post Save an extra 15 percent on wellness gear for yourself with last-minute Valentine’s Day Sale appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    Fitness Gear photo

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    With Valentine’s Day just around the corner, you may already be scrambling to pick out presents for the people you treasure most in your life. While you’re at it, you shouldn’t forget to treat the most important one of all—yourself. 

    With this Valentine’s Day Sale, you can take advantage of extra discounts on deals that can help you tackle back pain and correct your posture. Investing in these tools means investing in yourself, too. And for a limited time, you can score an extra 15 percent off on all of them, so long as you enter the code VDAY2022 at checkout.

    ExoGun DreamPro Percussion Massage Device

    Dubbed as the most versatile percussion massage device ever made, the ExoGun DreamPro lets you customize its percussive power between high-impact recovery and low-impact deep tissue massage. It has six speed options and is specially engineered to maximize the effectiveness of pain relief. It typically retails for $599, but you can score it on sale for $509.15 with code VDAY2022.

    Albaro Air Posture Corrector

    If you find yourself slouching for most of the day, you’ll appreciate this posture corrector that delivers personalized spinal support using air cell technology. When worn, it creates the most comfortable back support while realigning your balance, helping strengthen and correct your posture altogether. Formerly $120, you can grab it on sale for $101.15 with code VDAY2022.

    BetterBack™ Luxe Posture Support

    Meanwhile, this posture correcting support not only improves your stance, but also eases back pain and makes every chair ergonomic. It utilizes NASA-engineered memory foam for enhanced comfort, and when worn 15 minutes a day, it retrains your body’s default posture to improve it exponentially over time. It’s originally $59, but you can get it for $42.49 with code VDAY2022.

    Inflatable Yoga Balance Trainer

    Fitness Gear photo

    If you want to get your sweat on, this balance trainer can help you enhance your endurance, balance, strength, and stability. Its inflatable design features adjustable fitness to fit your training routine, and it’s also portable enough to be brought anywhere. It usually goes for $65, but you can score it on sale for $34.81 with code VDAY2022.

    NAIPO Back and Neck Massaging Pillow with Heat

    Fitness Gear photo

    You can make your office seat more comfortable with this back and neck massaging pillow with four built-in kneading massage nodes and reinforced heating function, giving you a customized massage experience. It can easily be fastened to your seat, and is ideal for use on your neck, cervical, shoulder, upper and lower back, lumbar, and abdomen. Its typical retail price is $79, but you can get it on sale for $56.09 with code VDAY2022.

    NAIPO oPillow Back Massager

    Engineered to provide a deep kneading massage experience, this back massager has four nodes that move simultaneously, mimicking the feeling of an in-person massage. It also features rapid heating technology, providing soothing heat therapy that your muscles will appreciate. Initially $109, you can get it on sale for $76.49 with code VDAY2022.

    FirstHealth Back Stretcher

    Fitness Gear photo

    With over 90 acupressure points, this back stretcher is capable of relieving your back muscles and spine, relieving tension, restoring strength, and facilitating healthy blood flow. It has a lumbar-safe design too, contributing to supporting and improving your posture. Typically $64, you can score it on sale for $26.34 with code VDAY2022.

    oFlexiSpa™ Steam Foot Spa Bath Massager

    A Recipient of the Design Award 2020, the oFlexiSpa™ operates with a super-efficient steam system to provide you with the ultimate foot massage experience. It has electric rolling massagers for a deep tissue massage, resulting in relaxed feet, reduced swelling, and an overall pampering experience. It’s also eco-friendly, as it only needs less than a cup of water to run. It normally goes for $259, but you can grab it on sale for $144.49 with code VDAY2022.

    Automatic Inflatable U-Shaped Massage Pillow

    Fitness Gear photo

    A fan of naps? This u-shaped massage pillow offers 3D support that’s close to the head and neck curve to maintain a balanced sleeping posture and have you waking up relaxed. It’s also capable of giving both kneading and waving massages to assist in relaxing your body and relieving pain. Formerly $129, you can grab it on sale for $78.20 with code VDAY2022.

    Electric Hot Compress Leg Massager

    Fitness Gear photo

    Ideal for busy bees, this leg massager is designed to deliver muscle relaxation and blood circulation for when you need extra pampering after a long workday or workout. With three massage modes and two air compression intensities, it gives your legs efficient recovery and proper relaxation. Normally retailing for $159, you can get it on sale for $91.80 with code VDAY2022.

    Prices subject to sale.

    The post Save an extra 15 percent on wellness gear for yourself with last-minute Valentine’s Day Sale appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    Whoop 4.0 fitness tracker review: A trainer’s tracker https://www.popsci.com/reviews/whoop-4-review/ Fri, 28 Jan 2022 16:48:43 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=421264
    Whoop 4.0 Fitness Tracker
    Take a closer look at the Whoop strap 4.0. Nick Hilden

    Whoop if you want serious gains.

    The post Whoop 4.0 fitness tracker review: A trainer’s tracker appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    Whoop 4.0 Fitness Tracker
    Take a closer look at the Whoop strap 4.0. Nick Hilden

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    In a world of increasingly elaborate fitness gear, Whoop hones in on the original promise of the fitness tracker: optimizing your workouts. Both a data analysis service and a physical device, Whoop delivers bountiful biometrics and analysis for athletes and dedicated fitness enthusiasts before, during, and after exercise through a dedicated fitness tracker you wear on your wrist and a companion app on your smartphone.

    The company’s latest device, the Whoop 4.0 fitness tracker, is more compact than previous generations while introducing more functions. It might not look like much at a glance but, within just a few weeks, it quickly becomes a powerful ally in your fitness life, providing greater insight into performance and recovery, allowing you to maximize the efficiency of your workout routine. Between the lack of lifestyle features and specificity of the data, the Whoop 4.0 won’t necessarily help casual and/or inconsistent exercisers. If fitness is a big part of your life, though, the detailed information it shows can really help you push your workouts to the next level.

    Nick Hilden

    SEE IT

    The two Whoops

    It’s virtually impossible to separate the features of the Whoop 4.0 tracker and Whoop, the fitness-tracking service. Unlike most fitness trackers, which you purchase and use at will, Whoop charges a monthly subscription for access to its services—$30 per month or $324 for 18 months up front. When you’re subscribed to the service, Whoop sends you the latest Whoop strap for free and will replace it when/if they release a new model. According to the company (also called Whoop), the subscription model allows it to provide more in-depth tracking, including highly accurate data tracking and analysis that will help you train smarter, access to expert-created fitness resources, and inclusion in a social community of similarly focused athletes.

    Fitness Gear photo
    Whoop is a fitness tracker, a subscription, and a company. Nick Hilden

    That makes Whoop feel like a commitment, and it’s meant to. To get all the data it needs, you’re expected to wear the Whoop 24/7. In exchange, you get a variety of information about your body activity: calorie burn, sleep quality, workout strain and recovery, respiration, blood oxygen levels, and more. Like other trackers, it pays special attention to workouts but, while most trackers emphasize analysis during performance, Whoop is the rare product to take a closer look at post-performance recovery. 

    It allows you to track a wide variety of specific workouts that you would expect, like running, weightlifting, and boxing, but it veers into more surprising territory by tracking activities like circus arts, parkour, pickleball, and even caddying. It is waterproof down to 10 meters, enabling tracking for swimmers and ensuring that you can leave it on in the shower. 

    Form over function

    As for wearing it 24/7, I found the Whoop 4.0 tracker’s lightweight, minimalist design comfortable to keep on for long periods of time. Its slim, barebones design is light enough that you’ll forget that it’s there but it also offers a sleek aesthetic that looks more like a decorative wristband than a fitness watch. I personally find that low-key look preferable to some of the more tech-forward trackers, which remind me of a video watch in an episode of “Inspector Gadget.” 

    You can customize the band and clasp of the Whoop tracker.
    You can customize the band and clasp of the Whoop tracker. Nick Hilden

    Whoop’s tracker isn’t totally ignorant of style (or of the potential to charge extra for accessories). Whoop sells custom tracker bands with a fairly wide range of loop and clasp color options to choose from. Since the Whoop’s style is very simple, there isn’t much variation beyond customizing a few small components but you can absolutely buy extra Whoop bands to fit your personal style.

    What’s it like setting up the Whoop 4.0?

    The initial launch process for the Whoop 4.0 is fairly straightforward. All you need to do is pair it with your phone using the companion app rather than your Bluetooth settings, then enter some basic personal information and you’re ready to Whoop it up. 

    According to the company, the Whoop 4.0 tracker will operate for as long as five days on a single charge, which matches my experience using the tracker for a little over a month. You charge it using a snap-on, waterproof battery pack, which can top off the tracker quickly in quiet moments during the day, like when you’re in the shower or washing dishes … assuming it works. The battery pack charged inconsistently: I frequently had to disconnect and reconnect it multiple times to make sure it actually charged the tracker. Under ideal conditions, it charges quickly—a little over an hour to get a full charge—not factoring in the time it takes to ensure it’s working correctly.

    Whoop 4.0 fitness tracker review
    You only take the Whoop 4.0 off to charge it. Nick Hilden

    Luckily, the Whoop’s charging complications are an isolated problem. The app is about as easy to use as they come. While I’ve tried other tracker apps that leave you digging for information, Whoop’s is intuitively organized and it shouldn’t take you long to understand where everything is located. All of the key metrics relating to sleep, performance, and recovery are front and center and more nitpicky details—like blood oxygen levels, respiratory rate, and skin temperature—are readily available if you want them. Some apps overwhelm you with data, but Whoop doesn’t feel that way. 

    It takes time for Whoop to gather enough data to show the full depths of its insights. From the get-go, it provides the basic data points, such as calories burned, but it needs to register a few “recoveries” (nights of sleep after a workout) before it provides more elaboration. After a week, for example, it will inform you about the quality of your exertion vs. the quality of your sleep, then as weeks accumulate it will compare the most recent week against the past. My latest week boasted “optimal” strain while, apparently, my “sleep could use improvement.” Sounds about right.

    What can you do with a Whoop?

    The Whoop tracks a lot of different physical metrics but I was particularly interested in three: calories burned, strain vs. recovery, and sleep.

    The Whoop 4.0 nails the basics. While most calorie counters tend to dramatically over or under count, the Whoop seems to be right on the money, consistently matching my own manual daily monitoring. Counting calories is a basic building block for fitness tracking: It’s essential for fitness enthusiasts looking to maintain an accurate calorie deficit or surplus in order to burn fat or build muscle. That Whoop does it so well automatically puts it in the pantheon of biometric tracking with the best fitness trackers.

    Over time, Whoop uses the biometric data to generate broader insights. The service breaks these insights into workout-focused, or “strain,” analysis and non-workout-focused, or “recovery,” analysis. The goal here is to optimize your workouts by pushing you to your limits (when appropriately recovered), then making sure your body gets fully rested before you push yourself again. During workouts, you get simple strain data fed back to you in real-time, followed by analysis after the fact. Information about your strain and recovery is presented via easy-to-understand graphs and charts, including sleep-related data that’s available each morning.

    Whoop 4.0 Fitness Tracker Review
    Whoop’s strain and recovery data, at a glance. Nick Hilden

    Whoop uses this data to provide information about the quality of your workout and recovery. On good days it might be “optimal” while if you’re exercising at a more casual pace, it might deem your efforts merely “restorative.” It can also warn you when you’re overreaching, especially in relation to your state of recovery. I have certainly noticed that when my sleep is in the red, literally displayed in the form of red bars on a chart, my workout performance suffers. 

    Those insights make the Whoop a very good training tool if you’re trying to get faster or stronger. When working out I might think that I’m giving it my all, then I look at the app and find that I’m only attaining a somewhat low percentage of my potential. I push myself harder and, lo and behold, it turns out I had more to give. In that way, it functions much like a trainer, but a trainer that can actually see into your body and know how much it has left in the tank. 

    Whoop 4.0 Fitness Tracker
    Whoop measured your exertion very closely during a workout. Nick Hilden

    After using it for a few weeks, I’ve noticed a substantial difference in my performance. The Whoop tracks your physical exertion throughout the day but you can also engage it in tracking a specific physical activity, such as running, weightlifting, or whatnot, and it will tell you how hard you’re working. During the activity, you keep an eye on that strain rating, then push yourself accordingly. 

    Sleep training

    Between workouts, Whoop gives you advice on how to best let your body recover. This is largely based around the quality of your sleep, which it tracks and presents on a graph using metrics like time in bed, disturbances, time in REM and deep sleep, and more. Generally, it uses this data to tell you when you need to get more sleep and/or slow down in workout to give your body time to recover. 

    After it has collected roughly a week’s worth of “recoveries,” it will also provide recommendations about when you should be going to bed and waking for optimal recovery. If you want to be 100% recovered but need to be awake by 8 am, for example, it will tell you when you should go to sleep in relation to how hard you’ve been training. It also has a built-in alarm that will vibrate gently to wake you when you’ve reached your recovery goal or waking time.

    Whoop 4.0 Fitness Tracker Review
    Whoop will help you create a sleep schedule that gives your body enough time to recover. Nick Hilden

    For me, the “Sleep Coach” turned out to be a game-changer. I’ve long struggled to get fully rested regularly. While I was aware of the problem, seeing the issue quantified and tied to my fitness really helped me understand where I’ve been falling short. Now I can look at the Whoop app and know that, due to a hard day’s training and a few nights of subpar sleep, I should go to bed earlier—providing a specific window for sleep that will provide optimized recovery for training the following day. It also makes me aware of when I’ve been pushing my body too hard and of when I should perhaps take it easy at the gym, or take a day off altogether.  

    Whoop alone, together

    In addition to analyzing your data on its own, Whoop offers some services to help you put that data in context. First, “Teams” is a community section that creates leaderboards for different groups of members. You can see how your strain, recovery, and sleep rank among specific niches, like weightlifters, 30- to 40-year-old men, soccer players, runners, and so on. If you need a little competition to spur you on, it’s available any time.

    Whoop also offers a series of expert-led discussions and other resources to help you understand the data Whoop provides. There are articles covering data points like blood-oxygen levels and heart rate, as well as general tips for improving your Whoop performance, including how to sleep more soundly. You can also ask the experts directly in AMA-style group chats hosted by Whoop.

    So, who should sign up for Whoop?

    Whoop 4.0 Fitness Tracker
    The Whoop 4.0 is slim, sleek, and focused on fitness goals. Nick Hilden

    Whoop is a fantastic service for athletes and fitness fans who really want to push themselves. The Whoop 4.0 tracker provides a robust set of data and finds ways to help you push yourself harder when you work out. The “strain” vs “recovery” data, in particular, makes it very easy to get a sense of how hard you should push yourself, and how often.

    While this kind of analysis doesn’t offer much value to casual gym-goers or athletes, for dedicated gym enthusiasts who are looking to elevate their performance to the next level or competitive athletes seeking to maximize their training, this sort of info can provide the edge necessary to achieve the utmost in gains, shred, or speed. 

    The post Whoop 4.0 fitness tracker review: A trainer’s tracker appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    Jabra Elite 7 Active review: A perfect fit? https://www.popsci.com/reviews/jabra-elite-7-active-earbuds/ Wed, 12 Jan 2022 22:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=419698
    The Jabra Elite 7 Active earbuds in their case sitting on hay
    Looking for a new workout buddy? Say haaay to the Jabra Elite 7 Active earbuds. Andrew Waite

    A slim design and grippy EarGels make the Jabra Elite 7 Active Bluetooth earbuds a sound choice for active listeners.

    The post Jabra Elite 7 Active review: A perfect fit? appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    The Jabra Elite 7 Active earbuds in their case sitting on hay
    Looking for a new workout buddy? Say haaay to the Jabra Elite 7 Active earbuds. Andrew Waite

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    When I agreed to test the Jabra Elite 7 Active earbuds, I decided two tracks were absolute must-listens: Taylor Swift’s “Shake It Off” and Florence + the Machine’s “Shake It Out.” As soon as I learned that Jabra boasts that its “ShakeGrip” technology will make sure these wireless sports earbuds won’t budge, no matter what, I knew what I had to do. So, with the energizing boost of Tay Tay and Flo propelling me to test this selling point, I jogged, jumped, and tried just about everything to jostle the ’buds out of position. Despite my best efforts, however, they held firm, proving that Jabra’s claim was not fake, fake, fake, fake, fake no matter how I would shake, shake, shake, shake, shake.

    Andrew Waite

    SEE IT

    What are the Jabra Elite 7 Active earbuds? 

    The comfortable, secure fit alone is enough to qualify a pair of the Elite 7 Active as some of the best true wireless earbuds for working out. But when you add in features like active noise control (ANC) and customizable sound that pumps out of powerful 6mm drivers, you’ve got an excellent pair of sports earbuds that can keep pace when your heart is really pumping. Selling for $179 and available in mint, navy blue, or black, the newly released Jabra Elite 7 Active ’buds are quality sports earbuds made for people on the move. This model is a follow-up to the Jabra Elite Active 75t, which was released in February 2020. The newer Jabra wireless earbuds offer the same IP57 waterproof rating (submersible in up to 3 feet of water for 30 minutes), plus a few upgrades. The big improvement is a sleeker design that is 16-percent smaller, with more discreet SAATI Acoustex mesh-covered microphones notched into the sides of the ’buds rather than dominating the outer edge.

    The Jabra Elite 7 Active’s design

    The new Jabra Elite 7 Active buds also offer re-engineered EarGels made of a composite silicone that the company bills as ShakeGrip, which is advertised as allowing the ’buds to stay in place without wings, hooks, or fins. Other upgrades include longer battery life, with the Jabra Elite 7 Active offering 8 hours of playtime in the ’buds, with the case—an oval that measures roughly 2.5 inches long, 1.25 inches deep, and 1 inch tall and charges via included USB-C cable or Qi wireless—boosting that total to 30 hours. By comparison, the Elie Active 75t offers 5.5 hours of life in the buds with a boost to one day of playtime via the case. The new Jabra earbuds also improve fast-charging, with 5 minutes of plug-in time affording an hour of playtime, compared to the Jabra Elite Active 75t buds’ 15 minutes of plug-in time yielding an hour of battery life. 

    Born to run

    Fit comes first with these sports earbuds. Active is in the name, after all, and they feature an especially long and slim earpiece, with three silicone gel size options included to help the ’buds anchor themselves securely in your ear canal. In my case, the body of the earbud tucked almost entirely behind my tragus (the triangular patch of flesh that sticks out over the ear canal). The minimal protrusion came, in part, because the body is also efficiently designed. 

    The plastic casing of each ’bud, which is edged with a layer of silicone, packs in a 6mm driver, two microphones, and a clickable button that lets you perform functions like switching tracks and changing to ANC, while only weighing 5.5 grams. That’s notably light when you compare it to the high-performing Jaybird Vista 2 (another one of my favorites), which weigh 6.7 grams per ’bud with the medium ear fin (5.4 grams without it) and the JBL Live Free NC + TWS, which weigh 6.8 gram per ’bud. For me, the Jabra earbuds’ fit was incredibly comfortable—I could barely feel them during hour-long workouts and I only became slightly aware of them when I wore the headset for several hours while working at my desk.

    Setting up the Jabra Elite 7 Active earbuds

    Setting up the Jabra Elite 7 Active earbuds was actually—thankfully—a passive process. Once out of their case, the ’buds instantly synced to each other and I paired them to my phone by clicking their name in the list of available Bluetooth connections (the BT 5.2 protocol codecs supported include both SBC and AAC for maximum iOS and Android compatibility). And, thanks to a late January 2022 firmware update, the Jabra Elite 7 Active supports multipoint pairing, meaning you can be connected to, say, your laptop and phone at the same time so you don’t have to fuss with untethering from one and messing with settings in the other if you decide to email one last quick attachment before a run around the neighborhood. Similarly, you could have the earbuds paired with, say, both your phone and a connected smartwatch and use whatever device was most convenient to answer a call if someone tried to get a hold of you during a workout.

    Setting up your customized listening experience requires more time and effort, but it’s worthwhile. Start by downloading the Jabra Sound+ app (available for iOs and Android, and necessary for firmware updates if you want that multipoint feature and anything new that rolls out). From there you can personalize your ANC/ambient awareness levels by moving two sliders that can dial the levels of these noise-cancelling earbuds up and down. In the settings tab, you can personalize your experience even more with functions that include MyFit, an automatic check to make sure your buds are correctly in place, and options for adjusting the controls in each earbud. You can assign different functions to one, two, or three clicks (only light pressure required) on either the right or left side, and functions supported range from pausing the music to advancing tracks to switching sound modes (between HearThrough and ANC). However, there is no option to adjust the volume with the ’buds—a definite low point. But what the physical controls can do is very user-friendly.

    Jabra Elite 7 Active earbuds in their case
    The Jabra Elite 7 Active sports a durable and lightweight design, perfect for workouts. Andrew Waite

    Key features of the Jabra Elite 7 Active earbuds 

    From the sounds you hear to the noises you don’t, the Jabra Elite 7 Active earbuds have a lot to offer. Here are the noteworthy features:  

    Tune it up, tone it down …

    Equipped with two mics apiece, the Jabra Elite Active buds will effectively cancel out noises around you and even customize your noise cancelling—as mentioned above. The noise cancelling successfully muted my wife’s Zoom calls, the barking dog, and my nearly 4-year-old daughter’s “Rainbow Rangers” cartoon. I actually found the noise cancelling more effective than that of the Skullcandy Hesh ANC over-the-ear headphones that I’ve enjoyed. The Jabra Sound+ app also comes with preloaded Soundscapes that let you pleasantly drown out your environment with natural sounds and white noises. I thought the rain and clapping thunder in “Perfect Storm” and the crashing surf in “Ocean Waves” were particularly pleasing and effective—as well as true to life.

    In addition to muting the world, the Jabra true wireless earbuds are also equipped to amplify it. Jabra’s version of ambient/transparency mode—mixing in some external sound with the music for situational awareness—is called HearThrough and it skews more muted than other ’buds I’ve tested, in part because the seal of the EarGels is so secure. This was perfect when all I needed was to hear a car coming up behind me on a bike ride, but it was a nuisance when I tried using the HearThrough mode to talk to my wife. In those instances, I found it better to simply pause the music or take one out (there is a mono mode supported, so you can use either ’bud independently).  

    I’m hear for it …

    Four microphones (two on each bud) make the ANC and HearThrough features work, as well as make these Jabra Bluetooth earbuds great for calls. A special mesh over the microphones guards against wind noise; I used them on several outdoor phone calls and one Zoom meeting that I took on my back deck and I had no issues. I set up my Jabra headphones so that three clicks on the left bud connected me to Siri (Amazon Alexa and Google Assistant are also natively supported on Android devices) and the virtual assistant had no more hearing trouble than usual, passing my test of successfully naming the 15th president (James Buchanan, for those who don’t feel like asking their own phones).

    The Jabra Elite 7 Active’s sound 

    The overall sound quality in the Jabra Elite 7 Active buds is very impressive. The 6mm drivers—which are the same size as other sports buds, such as the Jaybird Vista 2, which I’ve taken for quite a few runs—offer rich, detailed playback across the entire 20Hz to 20kHz spectrum. This was apparent in the noticeable touches like the ring of the tambourine in “Shake It Out” and the chuckles in “Shake It Off.” Meanwhile, the buds strut their stuff at both ends—from the rhythmic drums and bass in “Shake It Off” to the soaring treble in the chorus of “Shake It Out.” Nothing I threw at them could shake their confidence.

    While the stock tuning of the Elite 7 Active has the kind of authority you need to keep your intensity high during a workout, customization could very well motivate a lot of customers to buy these Jabra headphones. I’ve already mentioned the ANC customization, but that’s just the start. The Jabra Sound+ app comes with six preloaded EQ mixes: neutral, speech, bass boost, treble boost, smooth, and energize. These mixes adjust the bass and treble accordingly. For instance, “smooth” stays fairly level, with slight elevations in the bass and treble, while energize pumps up the bottom and top ends, dipping the middle range slightly, to bring out the beats and catchy choruses that motivate workouts. You can also create and save your own mixes, known as MySound, by sliding dots on a line chart.

    The Jabra Elite 7 Active in man's ear
    The Jabra Elite 7 Active’s HearThrough transparency feature can keep you aware of any surprises sneaking up behind you. Andrew Waite

    So, who should buy the Jabra Elite 7 Active earbuds? 

    Active listeners should definitely consider buying the Jabra Elite 7 Active earbuds. The earbuds’ slim, lightweight design and special silicone EarGels create a fit that is more secure and more comfortable than any pair of sports earbuds I’ve tested. To my mind, that fit and the increased battery life make the extra $30 you need to spend to upgrade from last year’s Jabra Elite Active 75t worthwhile.

    The sound customization and sound quality will also more than suffice the needs of most listeners. But if you’re as much a sonic critic as you are a workout fanatic, a pair like the Jaybird Vista 2 offers even greater sound customization, while the JBL Live Free NC + TWS, which I’ve found energizing, offer a slightly more immersive sound (for many listeners, the differences will go unnoticed). If you’re looking for a solid pair of sports earbuds on a budget, the Skullcandy Dime, which I found to be a top budget buy, are unapologetically cheap, delivering an incredibly punchy sound that outperforms its price point. But these budget ’buds come back to Earth with an IPX4 rating that can’t handle workouts that get too sweaty. They also don’t offer any sound customization.

    If you need a set of earbuds for work more than play, the Jabra Elite 7 Pro, the Active’s more expensive cousin, provides the same great sound, plus added technology that makes for clearer phone calls, such as bone conduction sensors. Similarly, if your lifestyle is a little less sweaty and your budget a bit bigger, there are productivity partners such as the Sony WF-1000XM4, a reviewer favorite and the noise cancellation champ. Still, if you’re more into crunches than just crunching numbers, I don’t think there is a set of buds that will stay in place quite like the personalizable and powerful Elite 7 Active

    The post Jabra Elite 7 Active review: A perfect fit? appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    Best Buy has lowered prices on high-end exercise equipment, but act fast https://www.popsci.com/reviews/fitness-gear-sale/ Fri, 07 Jan 2022 14:59:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=419158
    Limited time sale on Best Buy fitness gear

    Run, lift, and press more while you spend less when you purchase the best home gym gear at substantial savings.

    The post Best Buy has lowered prices on high-end exercise equipment, but act fast appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    Limited time sale on Best Buy fitness gear

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    If “new year, new you” is your mantra, you can now add new deals to make your resolutions even better. Whether you need to kickstart an improved workout routine or take your current home gym to the next level, there’s never been a better time to invest in some high-quality fitness gear. From adjustable kettlebells to cardio machines, there are some scorching new deals at Best Buy right now on the essential tools for any kind of fitness routine. So, if you want to do more reps without forking over more bills, check out these deep discounts:

    Bowflex Treadmill 10 ($1,700, was $2,800)

    No need to trek to the gym or head outside in inclement weather—you can get a great workout from the comfort of your home with the Bowflex Treadmill. And with a 10-inch screen, you can stream your favorite shows from Netflix, Hulu, Disney+, and Amazon Prime as you run over 50 global routes virtually, plus receive personalized coaching available with a JRNY Membership. We’d say you’ll get great entertainment without breaking a sweat, but that would miss the point.

    Bowflex Max Trainer M9 ($1,700, was $2,500)

    If you want to achieve an intense full-body workout while saving valuable space in your home, the Bowflex Max Trainer’s compact design and 20 levels of magnetic resistance is a piece of streamlined equipment that can help you crush your goals. With personalized targets designed to improve your cardio fitness and strength, workouts with the Bowflex Trainer will continue to push you to peak performance for years to come.

    Bowflex PR1000 Home Gym ($500, was $800)

    Complete your home gym setup with workout gear that is both versatile and adjustable. The 210 pounds of Power Rod resistance available in the PR1000 allow you to progress as you hit new goals, with 25 strength exercises that can hit muscle groups across your arms, abs, chest, back, shoulders, and lower body. And with an integrated rowing station in the machine, you can also get a killer cardio workout in without purchasing another piece of fitness gear.

    More limited-time deals on fitness gear:

    Schwinn 130 Upright Bike ($300, was $500)

    Bowflex 840 Adjustable Kettlebell ($120, was $150)

    Bowflex 5.1S Stowable Bench ($250, was $400)

    Bowflex C7 Bike ($1,300, was $1,500)

    Bowflex SelectTech Stand ($130, was $200)

    Bowflex SelectTech Barbell with Curl Bar ($500, was $600)

    Schwinn 270 Recumbent Exercise Bike ($600, was $800)

    The post Best Buy has lowered prices on high-end exercise equipment, but act fast appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    Best fitness watch: Activity monitors for every lifestyle https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-fitness-watch/ Thu, 30 Dec 2021 19:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=368530
    best fitness watch
    Jonathan Borba, Unsplash

    Scroll through our picks for the best fitness watch so you can better track your workout metrics, heart rate, and sleep cycles.

    The post Best fitness watch: Activity monitors for every lifestyle appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    best fitness watch
    Jonathan Borba, Unsplash

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Best overall A pair of grey SHOKZ bone conduction headphones on a blue and white background. Shokz OpenRun
    SEE IT

    Impressive battery life, water resistance, and reliable connectivity make these the best pair of bone-conduction headphones around.

    Best for kids A pair of pink bone conduction headphones with a unicorn pattern on a blue and white background N/0 Kids Bone Conduction Headphones
    SEE IT

    Give your kids a pair of headphones that will provide safe entertainment while they stay active.

    Best waterproof A pair of blue bone conduction headphones on a blue and white background Shokz OpenSwim
    SEE IT

    A pair of open-ear headphones that’s waterproof, the OpenSwim suit doing laps in the pool swimmingly.

    If you lead an active lifestyle or simply want to keep better track of your health in real-time, a fitness watch is a necessary addition to your everyday wear. The best fitness watches allow you to focus on what you’ve set out to do, whether that be running, cycling, swimming, or hiking. Depending on pairing compatibility, you can download your favorite songs to onboard storage or take control of smartphone apps like Spotify. With detailed monitoring of your distance, steps, calories burned, and heart rate, you can gain insight as to where you can maximize your efforts—or even perhaps get a better night’s sleep. 

    What to consider when shopping for the best fitness watch 

    Whether you prefer running outside, spinning, or playing group sports like baseball, purchasing a fitness watch can be a great addition to your accessory collection. With sleek and customizable styles, you can wear your watch day to day no matter your activity. But before you buy a wearable designed to help you prioritize your health, you’ll need to prioritize the features and uses that are your must-haves. 

    Are you focused on a particular workout, like running?

    While many trackers are fitness omnivores—monitoring workouts of all stripes—running comes with challenges particular enough to warrant a specialized device, or devices. The best running watch will offer easy access to your favorite playlists so you’re not distracted by having to skip song after song. Along with measuring important metrics such as steps taken, heart rate, and distance traveled, more-advanced devices offer training and recovery tips based on your VO2 max (a measure of how well your body uses oxygen), which will allow you to maximize your efforts. 

    Do you need extra encouragement to push yourself? 

    Some of us need a nudge to push workouts to the next level. Many offerings, if they notice a dip in performance or heart rate, will encourage you to work harder with a little buzz when it’s time to step up your intensity. Others include access to fitness communities that put you in touch with both peers and professional coaches, both of which can offer up inspiration or exercise routines to keep you motivated or mix up your routine if you get bored. 

    Do you want to leave your phone at home? 

    Burlier wearables have tech on board that lets you untether from a phone without losing functionality. Onboard GPS tends to hike up the price of a fitness watch, but it lets you explore new trails without getting lost and will keep a precise record of your routes—all without a handset weighing you down. For runners and cyclists, these maps can help you see where you ran fastest, where you struggled, and help you understand why. Some trackers also have onboard storage, making it easier to tote tunes phone-free. 

    Is sleep tracking a priority? 

    There are some days when you wake up ready to greet the day and others where you just want to pull the covers back over your head. It can be hard to know what the difference is between a good night’s sleep and a rough one, but the best sleep tracker watch can help you get to the bottom of it. Most fitness watches monitor your heart rate and movement, which is closely related to sleep cycles. Once the device’s algorithmic smarts crunch all that information, it’ll help you understand why and when you are waking up, then you can take action to resolve the issue. Some watches even come with meditation apps like Breath or Calm built in. 

    Do you want more advanced health metrics? 

    More health-conscious individuals may want a watch that not only tracks your fitness activity, but one that can also offer a deeper understanding of your health beyond heart rates and calorie burns. An Apple Watch, for instance, includes sensors to keep track of your cardiovascular health by measuring your blood oxygen levels and taking electrocardiograms.

    How much does price matter?

    If it’s not a priority to respond to text messages and phone calls, then you don’t need to spend a lot. Even cheap fitness watches will track the basics (think steps and heart rate), and many will also monitor and analyze your sleep cycles.

    The best fitness watches

    With so many brands and products available, there is bound to be a watch that aligns perfectly with your wants and needs. The good news is that you might not have to only choose one must-have feature, since most smartwatches run the gamut of fitness-tracking features—though some handle particular needs, like running or sleep tracking, better than others. 

    Best overall wellness watch: Apple Watch Series 6 

    Amazon

    SEE IT

    While the Apple Watch Series 6 may be a splurge purchase compared to other trackers on this list, its top-shelf feature set makes it worth the cash. The wearable measures your blood oxygen levels and takes electrocardiograms right from your wrist to keep extremely close tabs on your cardiovascular health. Of course, it’ll do the basics like track your daily activity and measure your workouts—even if they include swimming. On top of that, you can answer texts, phone calls, use Apple Pay, and listen to music all from your watch.

    Best sleep-tracker watch: Samsung Galaxy Watch Active 2

    Amazon

    SEE IT

    When it’s time to hit the hay, the Samsung Galaxy Watch Active 2’s display will automatically dim to fit the environment. Built-in sleep tracking provides valuable insights, such as how much light, deep, and REM sleep you’re getting throughout the night. With this info, you can make changes to your schedule, if need be. Additionally, the free Samsung Health App includes access to Calm, a meditation app that helps keep an eye on stress levels and offers guided sessions to help you chill. On top of slumber monitoring, it includes a standard raft of activity tracking goodies and heart-rate monitoring, which will alert you if the watch detects an irregularity. 

    Best running watch: Garmin Forerunner 245 

    Amazon

    SEE IT

    The Garmin Forerunner 245 watch plays DJ, so you can focus on your run: It can either sync up with devices running music-streaming apps such as Spotify or Deezer (premium membership required) or store up to 500 of your favorite songs in its onboard storage for easy access to your playlists. In order to improve your form, this watch can tap into cadence, stride length, ground contact, and balance data provided by Garmin’s Running Dynamics waistband clip ($70) and HRM-Run/HRM-Tri heart-rate monitor ($130). You also have access to free training from a coach via the Garmin Connect online fitness community. There are also some other really great Garmin smartwatches, if you decide this one isn’t for you.

    Best fitness-tracker watch: Fitbit Versa 3

    Amazon

    SEE IT

    The Fitbit Versa 3 is a very smart watch. This device auto-detects more than 20 different types of exercise—from biking to weight-lifting—and maps progress on an intensity map in the Fitbit app. The watch also includes GPS and an altimeter, allowing it to monitor progress more accurately than most other trackers. The simplest to understand: A Fitbit-specific metric called Active Zone Minutes will use your resting heart rate to evaluate your workout effort and will give you a buzz to step up your intensity. It’s also a great smartwatch: Using built-in Amazon Alexa or Google Assistant, you can get news and set alarms or reminders via voice activation. If you’re looking for something slightly different, check out the Fitbit Inspire 2 fitness tracker.

    Full FitBit Versa 3 review here.

    Best budget fitness watch: YAMAY SmartWatch

    Amazon

    SEE IT

    At just $45.99, the YAMAY SmartWatch has all of the features to make it a competitor of the top brands. With a large touchscreen with an aluminum alloy frame, it’s light to wear and sleep in yet sturdy enough for everyday use. Whether running, cycling, or ping-pong is your activity of choice, the YAMAY SmartWatch’s 13 exercise modes track your steps, distance, and calories burned. It’s compatible with Android and iOS devices via the OnlyFit app to receive notifications—but you can’t reply or make outgoing calls from the device itself. 

    FAQs

    Q: Should I get a fitness tracker or a smartwatch?

    Fitness trackers and smartwatches often have overlapping features, but they are two different animals. Smartwatches pair with a smartphone to receive message notifications and other alerts, but they tend to be larger. Fitness trackers, on the other hand, are designed specifically with tools to monitor your activity—such as sleep, heart rate, pace, and distance—and tend to be more svelte. Some fitness trackers will send pings from your phone, but communication is not a priority. 

    Q: Is it worth getting a fitness watch? 

    A fitness watch brings together the best of a fitness tracker with the connectivity of a smartwatch. It can track important information in real-time—such as calories burned, steps taken, distance, and sleep cycles—and motivate you to maximize your workouts. With the numbers and details provided, you can track your progress and make the necessary changes to improve your health and ensure you’re getting the best workout for you. Most of the devices will include smartwatch functionality like syncing with music apps and pinging text alerts. 

    Q: What is the best budget fitness tracker? 

    If all you want in a wearable is basic fitness tracking, a dedicated device may be best. Key features to look for are heart rate and sleep monitoring, 24/7 activity tracking, and, sometimes, GPS. At just $25, the LETSCOM Fitness Tracker, offered in 10 colorways, has these basic features plus more—it provides multisport tracking so you can get more specific measurements depending on your activity of choice. It will also pair with a compatible smartphone to receive notifications and once connected. A rare bonus: It even takes photos.

    Related: Get a full workout without leaving the house with the best home gym.

    The final word on the best fitness watch

    The best fitness watch will track your activity metrics, as well as enhance your chosen exercise and provide insight as to where improvement can be made. Whether you want your fitness tracker to monitor your health specifically or want a watch that does that in addition to acting as a smartwatch, there is no shortage of great products available.  

    The post Best fitness watch: Activity monitors for every lifestyle appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>